TEMPEffisysrEl.{ - Iannelli Construction Co...

O7/29/L0 LLW No.: 063545

sEcTroN 15970TEMPEffisysrEl.{(LOIWOnXS cousor,n)

PART 1 - GENER;AI.

This specification defines the basic control networkcommunj-cation requirements and other control system features foral-I mechanical systems and producLs specified herein. The nlrrn..lsca# f t^.i ^

., -.,'^-^--. ^.^ --.--^ t---------'*-'.

.'-----:--*;; -'---*'^: 4'rv rqr.-vuvor tnl-s specification is to delineate the specific network

communrcation standard and other controlsystem features for al-l-specified mechanicaf systems and products to achieve seamlesscontrol system integration. The Scope of work is theresponsibility of the Temperature Control- contractor (TCC) .Specific requi-rements are contained herein; Sectlon 15501, BasicHVAC Requi-rements and Section S01010 shall be referred to forgeneral requirements.

rt is the i-ntent of this sectlon to ctarify that the TCc isresponsible for the incorporation of all- LonWorks control-Iersinto the BMS for controll-ers furnished both by the TCC and byother vendors. It is recognized that controfs furni-shed by othervendors and by trades other than mechanical necessitate that boththe General contractor (GC) and Mechanical contractor (MC)actively f acilitate the coordi-nation of control-s between allrrr r+- i ac rr i s 1- ho ra<nnngibil_ j_tV Of eaCh vendOr fUrnishlnq aurrs lsDyvr. _ ECI\_II Vtr:rILl(JI f _digital controller f or its proper operat j-on, conf iguration, -and

compliance with al-1 appropriate specification sections, for thecomplete documentation of their respective control-ler/gateway. Itis the responsibility of each vendor to comply with the intent ofthis specification section rerating to, but not l-imited toproviding direct, technical- assistance to the TCC to integratethe vendor's device (s) into the BMS, technical performance,warranties, service response, etc.The MC and the GC shall determine which combination of providingdigital controls best meets the intent of the specifications. Thecombination is the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor;however, the final combination must comply with the specifiedrequirements for each piece of mechanical equipment as describedbel-ow and in the respective equipment specifications. Therequi-red control interoperability remains identical- for each ofthe following options, listed i-n decreasing desirability.

l. The TCC may furnish their approved native*LonWorkscontrol-ler and other control devices to the OEM. TheOEM shal-1 f actory install- them including, internal_wiring, low-voltage power and communications wiring.The unit willbe delivered t.o the site ready f orconnection of fiel-d-based contro] devices and networkwiring. For rooftop units, if the TCC furnishes theircontrol-lers to the OEM, the TCC shal-l_ furnish their

NYCSCA TEI4PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTE!,I 15970 1(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

o7 /29/LO

2.

LLW NO.: 063545

controll-ers and related devices mounted on a back-plateand wired to a termi_nal- strip.The OEM may furnish and instal_1 an approved native-Lonworks controller and the specified control devicesincluding all wiring internal withi_n the equipment,including al-1 1ow-voltage power and communicationswiring. The r/o points to be furnished are as describedon the plans and specifications including the sequenceof operation. The unit will be delivered to the sireready for connection of field-based control- devices andnetwork connections. The OEM shall_ furnish to theAr:t.horitv a lir-cnsod- frrllrr-frrnr.j-inn:l nnn-, nf f'ztuurrv!rLJ q !reurrouut Lu--J _*_-.*l_ COIJy Of tnetoolset necessary for communication with and theadjustment of their LonWorks controll-er.Commercj-af terminal- equipment OEMs (SpecificationSections 15838, 15852, 15857, etc.) may furnish a *DDC-Ready" or "Digital-Ready" unit which incorporates someor all of the control devices (as coordinated with theTCC) , al-l- factory*wired to terminal blocks. The OEMshall provide adequate space (as coordinated with theTCC) within the unit for the TCC to furnish field-mounted and terminat.ed approved nat j_ve-LonWorkscontroller within the unit.Commercial central equipment OEMs (SpecificationSections 15565, 15854, 15853 Note: RTU*11, RTU-13, RTU-14 & RTU-I5 are existing units and existing DDCcontroll-ers are removed and replaced with new ones mayfurnish and instal-l an approved non-Lonworks control-l-erpaired with a LonWorks Gateway together with thespecified. control devices, including all wiringinternal to t.he central equipment, including al_I low-voltage power and communications wiring. The I/O pointsto be furnished are as described on the plans andspecifications including the sequence of operation. TheOEM shall furnish, instal_led in the unit I a pre-programmed and approved gateway which provides the samefunctionality of a LonWorks contro]ler. The unit willbe delivered to the site ready for termination off iel-d-based cont.rol devices and network communicationwiring. The OEM shal_l furnish to the Authority aIicensed, fu1Iy-functional copy of the toolsetnecessary for communication with and the adjustment oftheir LonWorks qateway. Note that the term qatewayincludes network interface module as a functionalequivalent.

Before submi-tting any equipment shop drawings forapproval, the HVAC Contractor, Automatic TemperatureControls Contractor and the Equipment Vendor andManufacturer shall- coordinate the controls required forthe system.

TSMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 2(LONWORKS B&{S/DDC rVrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

This specification makes numerous references to Lon, LonWorks andLonMark devices. rn all instances these references areacknowledged to be regist.ered trademarks.

Provide LonMark controllers in accordance with the specifiedsequence of operation as defined in section 15985, Sequence ofoperations. rn those instances in which LonMarkdevices/controll-ers are noL available, the Temperature ControlContractor shal-l- provide LonWorks devices/control-l-ers withapprication source code, device resource files (DRr), andexternal- interface files (XIF) . A licensed copy of each softwaretool-set required to install- and commission thedevices/controllers shal-1 be provided to the Department ofEducation f or non-LonMark devices/control-l-ers and shal1 beapproved by the AuthorJ-ty's Architect / Engineer-of-Record /Facility Manaqement Systems rntegrator (FMSr). The scA hasretai-ned the services of the FMSI for BMS/DDC projects whichrequire a School- Operating Console (SOC). The Temperature ControlSystem Contractor shall, under the oversight of the FacilityManagement Systems rntegrator, commission and emproy theproprietary software tool- used to program the LonWorks customappli-cation controllers (CAC) in the LonWorks control svstem. A

^t flr^^^ ^^f!--^-^^ L^^r - ^r--r r r--ev.yJ vr LlrsDs software tool-s shal-l be used and mai-ntained bv theFacility Management Systems rntegrator, as required, to properlymaintain the integrity of each school database on 6 nro-i cr-f hrznra-i aa+ 1^^ ^.:

- J- - -J-y!vJ suL lro.-_LD .

This specif ication al-so covers the design, manuf acturingi,testing, delivery, and technical- direction of instal-l-ation andinitial- setting and operation of LonWorks controll-ers and sensorsfor a new Building Managrement System (BMS) to be provided for newconstruction and for other projects selected by the Authority forproject implementation.

The Temperature Control Contractor shal_l_ provide al_l LonWorks LONwiring from the routers to the terminal devices, including all-conduit, enclosures, for al_l LonWorks DDC points l_isted in the^^j -r- I -: ^r I ^ ^ ^L ^--- Lr- -Porrlt al-strs and as shown on the contract drawings. See ControlDragrams on Drawings and secti-on 15985, sequence of operatj_ons,for minimum system input/output points.The Temperature Control- Contractor's scope of work shall be based

+l^^ *^^! -^^L^--i--- I -L-UPOII tne most comprehensive interpretation of the drawings,specifications, and Contract Documents.

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l provide rel-ated workitems indicated on the Mechanical, Electrical- and BuildlngManaqement System Drawings and items of work called for in thisSection of the Specif ications . This incl-udes al-1 inci-dentals,equipment, services, hoisting, scaffolding, supports, tools,Sttncrr|i q'i .)n 'l ahor- .-^nqrrm:hl a .i f omq faac I i na.pul/srvr,>aL/J.], LspvL, uvrrDur,lsvrv , Leevr _-**nSeS, eEC.,necessary to provide complete systems. perform start up andcommissi-oning on each control- product, subsystem, and system ton-^--.i l^ €.- I 1 \z nnar:l.r-l a qfZql-Amqyrvvrus rLtrry UPeIdIJJ_e The Temperature Control

TS{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 3(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE}

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO LLr[ No. : 063545

Contractor's work shal-l be in accordance wit.h the specif iedfunctional performance of this specification and in coniormanceto the Facility Management Systems fntegration requirements asspecified in Section 15973.

The Mechanj-ca1, El-ectrical- and Automation Svstem Drawj-nss showf ho rvonarr I i rrah^amanf aF {-1.,^Lrrs yErrE!ar arranqement of the respect.ive systems. TheTemperature Control ConLractor shal-f follow these drawingsr dsclosely as actual- building constructi-on and the work of othertrades will permit. Provide devices, fittings, and accessories,which may be required but not shown on the Drawj-ngs or speci-fiedherein. Investigate conditions affecting the work and arrange thework accordingty. Provide modifications and accessories as mav berequired to meet such conditions.

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The Temperature Control_ Contractor shall provide theLonWorks control system as indicated in the plans andspecifications for a complete and proper instal_lation.This Section includes control- equipment for HVACsystems and components, including control componentsfor terminal- heating and cooling units that are notsupplied with factory-wired controls.The control system shalt be complete in al_l respectsand shall be instal-Ied by competent'Temperature ControlContractors meeting the criteria of the SCA designstandards and specifications and the pre-qualifiedcriteria of the Authoritv. See Arti_cle 1.5 forsubmit.tal- requirements .

A

R

The TCC shal-1 employnrn har 'l i aa^ -a l- ra i n ..i nalJrv}Jsr ff\-vrrDel LIdrll_LI-tg

the work specified.

qualified personnel with theand certification required for

r- The control system specified shall_ be a LonWorks^^n^l -i -^f nnn n^-! -^^ lcorrrpr-lanr uuC Control_ System that can, withoutaddi-ti-onal- equipment, perf orm the entire automatictemperature control and energy management functionsrecrrircrl fnr tho Prnionfv9L.

The BMS/DDC System wil_l consist of a fl_at, openarchitecture that util-izes ANSf /Zte standard i09.1,, theLonTa1k protocolr ds the common communication protocolbetween all controlled and controlling devices. Wheredefined on the LonWorks Control Network Block Dj-agram,LonTalk packets shall be encapsulated into TCp/Ipmessages. Any such encapsulation of the LonTal_kprotocol into IP data-qrams shall conform to the latestversion of the LonWorks gui_delines for suchencapsulation. Provide LonWorks system architecture andassoci-ated communication and 1ow voltage (24VAC) wiring

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 4(LONWORKS BMS/DDC r{rTH SCHOOL OPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0 LLII NO. : 063545

in accordance with scA Lonworks control- Network BlockDiagram.

The Lonworks network platform and network managementshall be lmplemented with the latest versions of thefollowing development and integration tools provi-ded bythe Temperature Control Contractor (TCC) andcoordinated with the FMSI:

LNS Network Operating SystemProtocol- Analyzer Software (Echelon or Loytec LpA-Ip)LonMaker rntegration Toor Turbo professional Edition3.2LNS Plug-insLNS DDE Server

Provide Lonworks compliant products that communicate onmultiple channels to meet the functional requirementsof this specification and the dedicated productfunctional specifications and profiles specified.

F- Provide LonWorks nodes, instrumentati-on, control

g

devices, control panels, controll_er programming andcontroller programming software, setpoints, alarms,controller input/output and power wiring, databasegeneration, and assocj_ated control_ devices. providenetwork wiring termination in accordance with thelatest LonWorks Wiri-nq Guidelines.

When not provided as a packaged factory assembly, TCCshall furnish to the mechanical_ contractor and to theunit equipment manufacturers, control end devices i.e.damper actuators, automatic control valves, valveoperators, temperature and pressure sensors, etc. inaccordance with the requirements of this Section andSections S01010 and 15501 as well as the individualequipment Secti-ons. TCC to coordinate with Mechanical-Contractor and General_ Contraccor.

Furni-sh VAV box terminal- LonWorks controJlers to thevAV unit manufacturer per specification 15930 entitl-ed"Variable Air Volume (VAV) Terminal Units andSpecification 15931 entitl_ed "Fan-powered Variabl_e AirVolume (VAV) Terminal_ Uni_ts". For existing VAV andFPVAV box terminals, TCC shal_I replace existing DDCcontroll-ers with new ones. Also, for existing RTU-11,RTU-13, RTU-14 & RTU-15 TCC shall_ remove exi_stinq andprovide new DDC control_lers.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 5(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO LL?il NO. : 053545

Furni-sh central Lonworks controllers to the customrooftop unit manufacturers per Specification l-5953entitred "custom Packaged Rooftop Heating and cooringUnits (Variable Air Vof ume Systems ) ', and perspecification 15854 entitled "custom packaged RooflopHo:I i na rnd /-nn l i n* r'In.i + ^rr=qLrrrv q.rrLr .-uurf,rrv uri-LLb (Constant Volume Systems)".

For termi-nal units which are to be integrated into theBMS network, furnish termi-nal Lonworks controllers forthe convectors, unit heater/cabinet heater units perSpecif ication 15835 entitled, ..Convectors,,, b.tSpecification 15836 entitled "Unit Heaters/cabinecHeaters". Since space within the terminal unit 1sIimited, the TCC shall provide either 1) a remotely-mounted controller with wall- mounted temperature sensorinstal-led out.side of terminal units (above suspendedceiling or hiqh on the wall_ ) or , 2) a LonWorkj wall_thermostat as equarry-acceptable alternates. Refer tosecti-on 2.8.A.10. TCC to coordinate these controls withthe MC and GC and equipment vendors. For units that arenot to be integrated into the BMS net.work refer tosection 2.8.A.9.

connecL to the metering for each utility electric meteranrl rrf i 'l i f rz aa s mof ar hrr .i n1- a r€ar- i na nrr Iorr!.1 uL-LrrLy !u- rLLuuvr vJ rrree! r-*rse output metersignals to an approved TCC provided digitalinput/out.put pulse-meter interface modur-e that reiid"son the Lonworks network as a node for processinq ofmeter data for data trendinq and storaqe.

see Requirements of Article 2.9. provide separare mainrra^+"-.i *^!^-^ ic --LtrlvErrLu!a yo"D rrl€t€r if utility pufse-meter interface isnn1- nrnrz'i rlarlv v ruug.

Temperature control contractor (TCC) is required tofurnish the gas meter and gas pressure transmitter forthe header that feeds the boil_ers, the header thacfeeds the rooftop units and a gas meter and gaspressure transmitter to monitor the gas consumption ofthe domestic water heater. Gas meters and gas pressuretransmitters shal-l- be instalred bv p&D contractor. TCCshal-f integrate the gas meters and gas pressuretransmi-tters l-ocated on the main gas header t.hat feedsall- of the rooftop units RTU-2, RTU-8, RTU-1_1, RTU-13,RTU-14, RTU-15, RTU-17 & RTU-18, main gas header thacfeeds alf of the boilers 81 & B2 (on roof) and themeter and gas pressure transmitter that monitors thedomesti-c hot water heater gas usaqe into the BMS/DDCsvstem.

NYCSCA TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 6(LONWORKS BMS/DDC IVITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOI,E)

I.

J.

o7 /2e/L0

L.

LLVI NO. : 063545

TCC shal-l- provide (furni-sh and instal_1) local- electricmeterJ-ng for the main power feeder that serves al_I ofthe rooftop unlts RTU-2, RTU-8, RTU-11, RTU-13, RTU-14,RTU-15, RTU-17 & RTU-18, main power feeder that serveseach lighting panel per the point schedule. Total_electrical usage (kwh runtime and electrical kW) shallbe trended and stored 1ocal1y in the digital powermeter (Wattnode or approved equal) and downloaded tothe LNS server for data retrieval bv the FMSI.

Provide one (1) Portabfe Operations Terminal- to permitoperator interface to facilitate network manaqement,node commissioning, diagnostics and general operatorinterface with the install-ed LONWORKS Control System asa LONWORKS Network Services Interface (NSI) tool. ThePOT shall- connect directly t.o all BMS controllers andto the Lon Bus and while connected shal_l support memorydownl-oads and other commissioning and troubleshootinqoperati-ons.

Provide i-LON 100 e3 Lon Scheduler, i-Lon 600 Router,24 vol-t step down transformers I eLc., Cisco switch, LNSWeb Server (PC) with Uninterruptible Power Supply, inthe school's Main Telecommunications room as indicatedon the contracL drawings and as required for afunctional LonWorks controlsystem per ttre drawj-ngs.LonWorks equipment in the Main Telecommunications roomto be installed by the TCC in a fullsize data cabiner,provided by the Divislon 16 el-ectrical conLractor, inaccordance with the resuirements of Section 76727entitled "Data Cabl-inq SvJtem".

Provi-de LonWorks routers, ds required and as depictedon the contract drawings, i.e. an Open SystemArchitecture.

l. Provide ilon-600 routers inTel-ecommunications Closet.router (s) in LonWorks wal_ILonWorks wal-l- data encl_osuresby the TCC and installed bycontractor.

each IntermediateInstal-l- iLon- 6 0 0

The following example is given to il_l_ustrate thedesi-gn criteria to determine the all-owable amountof Lon bus traffic to comply with the Authority'sdesi-qn standards.

The maximum number of Lon nodes all-owed on asingle Lon neLwork seqment is 62. Thisnumber of Lon nodes is further reduced basedon the amount of network traffic.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 7(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

M.

N

n

data enclosures.shal-l be furnished

the Division 16

N]rcscA

o7 /29lLO Lt9il NO. : 063545

SCA Lon network segmenls are designed to pass150 points per second based on the SOC updat.erefresh time of no longer than 5 seconds fora total of 750 points per segment. Based onan B0% point count utilization rate to all-owfor a l-imited future growth, this translatesto a maxj-mum of 600 points per Lon segment.

Each Lon node is defined as any custom orapplication specific controller, I/O module,intelligent sensor or vendor gateway thatgets connected to the Lon FTT-10 Lon 78KBBus.

A Lon Segment is defined as a FTT-10 buswithout a repeater. Lon bus devices shall- bewired in a bus topology and free topologyshall not be allowed. Each Lon bus shalt bedouble terminated with correct. Lonworksterminator modules. Lon bus distance shal-lnot exceed 3000 feet and 62 nodes.

A Point is defined as any value that ispassed in or out of a Lon bus connecteddevice and would include items l_iketemperat.ures, operat.or setpoints, alarms andqJ-:l-rraae a1-nt eev.

f . Example: Assume each RTU control-l_er has 40points of information to send over the Lonbus and each of the VAV boxes has 10 points.If the Lon seqment has 5 RTUs and 30 VAVboxes, the corresponding point transfer overthe Lon bus is 5 RTUS G (40 points) - 200points + 30 VAV G (10 points) : 300 pointsfor a total point transfer count of 500.Since this is bel-ow the required maximum of600 points, the network segment has beencorrectly configured. ff Lhe Total had beengreater than 600 points of information t.o bepassed over a single Lon segmentr drladditional- Cat 5 Ethernet riser and i.Lon 600router would have been required to createanother Lon network segment to accommodatethe excess point traffic.

3. The wall mounted Lonworks data encl-osures shall beprovided with j-nterior back panel for the mountingof : t.wo (2) Quad Electrical Outlets, Disconnectand circuit breaker, and 1l_0VAC to 24VAC step-downtransformers (quantity and size (s) as required) .For terminal_ units that require Iine-vol_tage power(example fan-powered VAV boxes, unit heaters,cabinet unit heaters, etc.) an acceptable option

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 8(LONWORKS BMS/DDC hrrTH SCHOOL OPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

h

/-l

N]rcscA

o7 /2elLO LL![ NO. : 053545

is to obtain control power from a local_transformer taking power from the main powersource in l-ieu of providing step-down transformersi-n the wall-mounted LonWorks data enclosuresl-ocated i-n the Intermediate Telecom closets.

The LonWorks wall-mounted data enclosures sha1l beNEMA I2K rated with gasket, have a maximum depthof 6' and shallbe located in each IntermediateTelecommunication Closet .

The above equipment shafl- be furnished and pre-wired by the TCC in the Lonworks wall-mount.ed dataenclosures . The Divisi_on 16 contractor shall_instal-l the Lonworks wall-mounted data encl_osures.The Lonworks wall--mounted data enclosure shal_1 bepowered from a dedicated 20 Amp circuit breakerand power source provided by the Division L6contractor. To provide selectivity with thisupstream device, the disconnect circult breaker inthe LonWorks dat.a enclosure shall have a triprating no greater than 7 Amps. Circuit Breakers:The LonWorks wall-mounted data enclosures or DDC24VAC power distribution panel shal-l be providedwith DIN-rail mounted circui-t breakers (AmericanElectrical) complying with the following:

Features Technical- DataUL 489 Rated 1 PoleInsulation Resistance100 Meqa ohms

r2o/240v 60 HZ.

Tn1- arrrrnt i nn t/a:nr^-i r"rrr Ls! ! uI/ LJvrr \_clycluJ Ly10,000 Amps

Minimum Amp Rating 1-

AmpMaximum Amp Rating 1Amps

Dielectric Strenqth l-500Volts 60 HZ

Operating TemperatureRanqe -40oC to +60oC

P. The Division 16 El-ectricar contractor shall provide110vAC power for use by the Temperature control- systemcontractor, in the Main Tel-ecommunications Room fullsize data cabinet, dnd in each IntermediateTelecommunications Cl-oset Lonworks wall data enclosureper the requirements of SectionAuthority' s specifications.

L6127 of the

fnteqrate into the BMS system, LonTalk controllers orgateways for the following systems which are providedby other trade contractors or equipment vendors:

1. RTU-11, RTU-13, RTU-14, RTU-15 (al_1 existing) .

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI{ 15970 9(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OpERATI}rc CONSOT.E)

O.

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO

2.

A

LLII NO. : 063545

vAV-201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 209, 209,2L0-L, 2L0-2, 2IL, 2I3, 2IB, 220, 222, 226, 229and their associated temperature sensors or lon-thermostats (al1 exi_st.ing) .

FPVAV-2001, FPVAV-200-2, FPVAV-200-3 and theirassociated temperature sensors or l-on-thermostats,

Boil-ers B-1 & B-2.

Hot water pumps HWP-1, HWP-2 & HWP-3.

DHWH in boil_er room.

L-.i -^r r!s IJulrrP-.

5

R I'mardan-\r A^nnrr{-nr a'yerrvJ yErrs!eLv! oyStem.

The Temperature Controf Contractor shall furnish andinstall- a LonWorks networked Direct DigitaJ_ Control_(DDC) system for control and monitoring of the buildingHeating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)systems as described in this specification and pointslist specified, shown on the drawings r or required perthe controlsequence of operati-ons.

The DDC system shall consist of stand-alone ApplicationSpecific Controllers (ASC), Application GenericControll-ers (AGC), and Custom Application Controllers(CAC) as herein speci-fied and as j_ndicated on thedrawings. The DDC system shal_l also comprise ofsensors, automatic valves with actuators, damperactuators, operating software, approved submittal,operation and maintenance manual_s, start-test-checkdocumentation, as-bui1t documents, operat.or traini-nq,install-ation l-abor, warranLy and al_l_ other necessarymaterial and l-abor to provide a complete and workableDVDLE]I[.

The Temperature Control- Contractor shall_ providenetwork services for the DDC system based on EchelonLonWorks Network Services (LNS).

The DDC system, as specified, shal1 independentlycontrol the building HVAC equipment to maintain acomfortabl-e environment in an energy efficient manner.The building operator shall have the ability tocommuni-cate with the BMS and control the sequence ofoperation within the buil_dinq.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROT SYSTEM 15970 10(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

T.

N:rcscA

07 /29/L0

V

LL9il NO. : 063545

Provide wire, raceway systems, back-boxes, 24VAC and/or24VDC power supplies and al-l- final_ network connectionsto nodes provided by this Specification and thefollowing ASCs, AGCs and CACs, including but notlimited to:1. Intelligent Air Terminal Device Control_l_ers (i . e . ,VAV, FPB, etc. )

Lon-based, intelligent or hard-wired Outside AirTemperature and Humidity Sensors.

Va ni abl c l-rocrrrcnr-rz J)ri rzaqj uLrvvD.

Packaged Unitary Air Conditioning Units (i. e. ,Roof Top Units, Control-l-ers f or Heat pumps,Condensing Units, etc. ) .

Controllers for Water Svstems.

Other HVAC Equipment (Hot Water System and PowerMonitoring Control Units.

Additional Intelligent Devices and Control Unitsoutlined herein or on the Mechanical andElect.rical- Drawinqs.

The Mechanicaf Contractor, as part of the Gas LeakDetection Equipment, shall provide the natural gassensors. The TCC shall integrate the gas a1armpanel annunciation with the BMS/DDC svstem.

The Mechanical- Contractor, as part of the Di-eselOil Leak/LeveI Detection Equ j-pment, shall- providethe leak and l-evel sensors (reference Sections15590 and 15594 ) . TCC shal-l- integrate al_l_l-eak/ level diesel oil al_arm into the BMS/DDCsystem. In addition, TCC shall_ int.egrate theDiesel Oit Transfer Pump status into the BMS/DDCsystem (Refer to Sections 15590 and 15593).

Space temperature and space humidity sensors shallbe located in the Main Telecom Room, ElevatorMachi-ne Room, Food Storage Room and in al_lf ntermediate Tel-ecom Cl-osets f or the purpose ofmonitoring and al-arm. Space humidity/temperaturesensors shall be integrated into the BMS/DDCsystem. LonWorks rel_ative humidity node shall beCapelon LS-H01, or approved equal. LonWorksrel-ative humidity node shall be wal_l mounted witha sensor accuracy of +/- 3 ? RH at'7'7"8, and shal_l_be able to be used for alarm signalingnotification.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 11(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

)

A

5.

6

l.

10.

v

NYCSCA

o7 /ze/L0 LLII NO. : 053545

11. The Electrj-cal Contractor shall_ provide theEmergency Generator (reference Section 1623I) andshal-1 provide hard-wired, voltage-free drycontacts indicat.ing the f oJ_lowing: conmongenerator alarm, generat.or running status,Automatic Transfer Switch in the EmergencyPosition. The TCC shall- integrate these contactsinto the BMS/DDC svstem.

All- the necessary fittings to install- welIs, meters,and other accessory equipment and all wiring shall_ beincl-uded. A11 the equipment shall be furnished by thecontrol manufacturer and instal-led under the controlmanufacturer' s supervision.

Provide and instal-l_ devices/controll_ers, relays,switches, thermostats, sensors, damper operators,conduit, wiring, tubing and panels to provide acomplete temperature regulation and control- operationsystem. All wiring shal1 be run according to buildinglines (no anqles ) and conceal_ed where possible . A1lwiring shafl be installed in a workmanlike manner asoutl-ined in the New york City Construction andElectrical Codes. Installation shal-1 complv with al_l-l-ocal controlsystem electrical codes.

Checkout of t.he system shall be by the TemperatureControl Contractor under the oversight of theAuthority's Facility Management Systems Integrator. TheAuthority's Facility Management Systems Integratorshall provide commissioning oversight of the controlsystem after final_ checkout, testing, and commissioni_ngby the Temperature Control- System Contractor.Core drill for wall and floor openings and seal- uparound the conduits and wiring with smoke-tightsealant. (Refer to Section 07'/202 Fire-stopping andSection 07 900 : Joint Seal_ers ) .

AA. wiring connections in panels shal-l- be properry rabeledin a manner easily identifiable using the controldrawinqs.

BB. Input/Output (f/O) points which are required are hereindefined as those hardware and software val-ues needed toachieve the described sequence of operation,measurement, monitoring, trending, calculating andalarming functions. They incl-ude val-ues f rom hard-wireddevices, calcul-ations and f rom devices connect.ed viacommunication network. These I/O are shown on the PointLists, and as described and/or shown on the contractdrawings, and as descri-bed i-n all- specif i-cationsections. The points requirement is cumulative in itseffect so as to be more complete and inclusive than any

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L2(LONWORKS BMS/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

W

07 /29/L0

CC

LLTI NO. : 063545

one cited source. The points shal_l_ be monitored,displayed, adjusted, trended, and/or al_armed at the pOTand/or SOC.

Scheduling of Work

A11 work shal-1 be in conjunction with applicableAuthority construction schedul_es and the TemperatureControf Contractor shal-l- coordinate his work with othertrades.

Manpower and support'l Tha TamnglSlglg Control Contractor .qha I I nrorri dgqLs!v vvrrL!vr vvtrL!quLv! Dllqtf IJ!vvftadequate, qualified manpower for the purpose of

providing a complete control instal-lation withinthe construction time schedule established bv theAuthority.

The Temperature Control Contractor shal_l_ provide:rlantrrf a nrrql j f i efl mennowef fOf a]_l_ nerinhcra'lguv:ssee, yuurr!fuv lrlqrryvvve! !v! qJr I/E!ryltg!aIfunctions including: equipment start-up, test andbal-ance, commissioning, and owner training; unlessotherwise specified.

TCC shafl- provide coordination of work with theFacifity Manaqement Systems Integrator.The School- Operating Consol-e (SOC) consisting ofPC, monitor, and keyboard, to be located in theschool custodj-an's office is to be provided by thetr-:r--i I il-rr M:n:naman{- Qrzcl- amc Tn1- anr={,,*..agement Systems Integrator underSection 15973 -

The Authority's Facility Management SystemsInteqrator shall provide central_ system monitoringand supervisory control t.hrough the instal-l_ationof GUI software applications that support anEchefon DDE interface.

4. Contract Coordination for System Integration:The Temperature Control Contractor shalI furnishand install- the followinq work under thisspecification:

TCC shallproducts.

nrnrri rla LonWorks compliant

DD

3.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

sYsrEM 15970 13oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

07 /29lLO LL?{ NO. : 063545

TCC shallsubmit requests for productsubstitutions to the Architect / Enqineer-of-Record.forwardManagement

The Architect / Enqineer will-to the Authority's

Systems Tnl-anr:fnr

substitutions shal-l- be approved prior toinstal-1ation. Costs associat.ed with chanqesto the F ,^.i't I I r\7 Management SystemsIntegrator's (Section 15973) scope of work asa result of util-izrng a substitute productshal-1 be borne bv the Tem'oerature ControlsContractor.

TCC shallsubmit productinterconnection diagramsEngineer-of-Record /Sv.sfems Tnfoqa6lgl fOrAuthoritv.

h adl I l trt

n'l 'tnar

XIF fil-es and wirlngto the Architect /

F-:r'i I'i f rz Man--*..agemenrapproval and to the

EE

d. TCC shal-l provide individual start-up andcommissioning of each stand-alone LonWorkscompliant nrnrlrrn{- installed. Replace

f

defective products prior to the networkmanagement and communication commissioning.

TCC shall replace defective products found toha rlafan1- irza durinq the CbmmisSioninq Of thecontrol- network.

The TCC shall provide distributed supervisl-onsoftware to monitor, control, and graphicallyrepresent points on the LonWorks control_system. Utilization of the Portable Operat.orTerminal (POT), LNS Server and LonMakerIntegration Tool- Turbo Professi-onal Edition3.2 is requlred for the TCC to demonstrateand verj-fy his implementation of the LonWorkscontrol system under the oversight of theFacility Management Systems Integrator. Seedet.ail-ed specif icatlondefined within.

Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

reguirements as

Refer to Secti-on 16727 Scope of Work for the Divisionf6 responsibility for:

110 VAC power wiring and receptacles.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

SYSTEM 15970 L4oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

ot /ze/Lo LLtil NO. : 063545

Furnishing, instal-lation, testing and terminationsof the LonWorks CAT-5e cabling system per therequirements of Section 16721 . Includi-ng:

a. Cabling from the Cisco 3560 switch located inthe Main Telecommunications Room (MTR) toeach Intermediate Telecom Closet andtermination at each LonWorks wall- dataenclosure.

h The Division 16 electrical-terminate CAT-5e wiring toLonWorks data cabinetTelecommunications Room.

Providing a full-size LonWorksthe resuirements of Section 16127

contractor shall^ ^-f^l^ ^^-^'la parcn pane_L r-nin the Main

data cabinet per. See Division L6

details andcontract requirements forspecifications.

Control- step-down transformers (11OVAC/24VAC)shallbe provided by the TCC. If any 110VAC poweris required for control devices, flow meters,etc. , a licensed electricj-an retained by the TCCshal-l instal-l it. The TCC shal1 provide overallcoordination and shall have overall responsibilityf or the instal-Iation.Refer to Section 15973 Scope of Work forin1-anr=f.i^h resl)onsih.i I ifieS With the F-ar-.i I itrzfrrevy!sLrvlf !9DyvrrarvrrrL19a wfLlt LlIg !aulrf LyManagement. Systems Integrator, especially articlesdealinq with:

]-\

Related Work specified elsewhere.

Summary of Work.

Job Conditions.

LonWorks Nodes.

Instrumentation .

Networks.

System Programming.

Srzstcm Grenh i 6g .

Granh'i r-a'l TIscr Interf aCe.

fnstallation.

Y

h.

'l

i

k. Warranty Access.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA 15

07 /29lLO

FF.

GG

HH

ttW NO.: 063545

For curb mounted rooftop units, p€r NyC Mechanical CodeMC 301 .2.3, where the primary drain pan is not providedwith auxiliary drain line or an auxiliary draj_n pan isnot provided with an auxiliary drain l_ine, TCC shallprovide a condensate water levef detection device inthe auxiliary drain pan. Water l_evel_ detection deviceshall- be hard-wired and shall shut off the equipmentserved prior to overflow of the auxiliary pan.

Temperature Controfs Contractor (TCC) shall_ provide afield instalfed furnace control Hand-Off-Auto toggleselector switch for the commercial_ and semi-customunj-ts. (HOA selector switch will be factory installedfor the custom rooftop units) . In the "Auto" positj_on,the furnace shall be controlled as defined in Section15985 Sequence of Operation. In the *Off" position,the furnace shal-l be disabled. In the "Hand" position,the units' DDC furnace operating control-s shall beoverridden and the furnace started and ramped up to theful-l heat output capacity. In al_l_ modes, the furnaceoperation shall be subject to all safety devicesincluding but not limited to the manufacturer's hightemperature cut-out safety and a unit airfl_ow provingswitch. For the commercial- units, manufacturer'sauthorized field representative shal-1 verify that theHOA selector switch is properly fiel_d installed suchthat the manufacturer's furnace heat exchanger warrantyand the labeling and listing requirements remain ineffect.Per NYC Mechanical Code MC 1305.9.4, the MechanicalContractor shalf instalt sumps or containers at thebase of any shaft containing diesel oil- risers for anyqenerators located on higher elevation floors or on theroof. The Mechanical Contractor shal-l- also provi-deleak sensors in the sumps or containers that report tothe leak detection panLt provided by the Mechanical-Contractor per Section 15590. The Temperature Control_sContractor (TCC) shall interface the diesel_ oil leakdetection panel to the di-esel- oil_ Lransfer pumps suchthat when a leak is detected at the sumps or containersat the base of the shaf t containing t.he diesel oil_risers and the dieseloil ]eak detection panel goesinto the al-arm mode, the diesel oil_ transfer pumps willbe shut. down. TCC shal-l run control- wi-rj-ng f rom thediesel- oil leak detection panel to the diesel_ oiltransfer pump starters to enable this shutdown. If drycontacts are not avail_able at the di_esel- oi1 leakdetection panel, the TCC shal_l_ provide a relay inparallel with the diesel oiI teak detection panel afarmhorn. This relay shal-l- close a set of TCC provided drycontacts which j-n turn will be utilized in the wiringfrom the diesel oil l-eak detection panel to the dieseloil transfer pump starters.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROT SYSTEM 15970 16(LONWORKS B&{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0

L.02 OTHER SERVICES

LLW NO.: 053545

Tho r^znrle e^^De shallalso incl-ude the f urnishinq ofevvvv r qrDv lrlvr uug Lllg

services of various disci-plines both in the field andin the local office in order to complete the work in asatisfactory and professj-onal- manner. The TemperatureControl Contractor is responsible for providing theseengineering services.

The Authority's Project Officer wil-l inform, on an asneeded basis, the Authority's Facility ManagementSystems fntegrator (FMSI) to enabl_e the FMSI to monitorthe Temperature Control Contractor's schedul_e andprogress during +-1-^

LIIg anfr] n6arf nd procurement,,installation, testing and commissioning stages of thejob. Scheduling, monitoring, and expediting of allfurnished material and equipment under the scope ofthis Specification is the Temperature Control_Contractor's responsibility. The Temperature ControlContractor shall provide sufficient manpower to performthese tasks to the satisfaction of the Authoritv, sFacility Management Systems Integrator.The services to be provided by the Temperature ControlContractor under this Specification shall_ include:

Provide technicalspecified herein.

direction of the instal-l-atron7\n

B

C.

D.

Incorporate Uninterruptible Power Supply surge

Provide field calibration, testing and commissioni_ng ofequipment as specified herein.

transient protection in the install-ation of the systemto protect efectrical_ components in all operators,workstations.

Provide submi-ttals, software, data entry facilities(Portable Operator's Terminal, POT) , programming,startup, test and validati_on, training of the Custodianand DoED Maintenance Representative on maintenance andoperation, as buil-t documentation and svstem warrantv.

Provide special tool-s, testinq equipment as requiredfor operation, installatio.n, and maintenance of theequipment specified herein.

F. Provide data communication wiri_ng and connectionsbetween LonWorks controllers and network interfacedevices.

G. Provide documentation and complete Operating andMaintenance Manuals.

NYCSCA TEMPER'A,TURE CONTROL SYSTEI{ 159?0 L7(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOTE)

R

07 /29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

software and scheduler HumanProvide i-LON 100 e-3Machine Interface (HMI) .

I. Provide start-up and system commissioning.

1.03 REFERENCES

References and lndustry standards l_isted in thisSection are applicable to the Work. Unl_ess morerestrj-ctive criteria or differing requirements areexplicitly stated in t.he Specifications, or mandated bygoverning codes or regulations, the recommendations,suggestions, and requirements described in thereferenced standards shalr be deemed mandatorv andapplicable to the Work.

B. Perform the work in accordance with the requirements ofSectron 15501 Basic HVAC Requirements, Division 1 andDivision 15 Secti-ons, and with the provisions of al_1applicable codes and laws.

The install-ation and equipment is to conform to alIapplicable building and el-ectrical code articl-es andreference standards cited therein.Abbreviations

A

D.

AGCASCBASBMS\-fI\-

COSCPUDDCDPRDPUDRFDWG (S)EMCSEPFPBFPMFACPFCCFMSFMSIGPMGUIHVACITC

r/oLON

AppJ-ication Generic ControfferApplicat.ion Specific ControllerBuilding Automation System (same as BMS)Building Management System (same as BAS)Custom Application Controll-erChange-of-StateCentral Processi-ng UnitDirect Digital ControllerDamperDigital Point UnitDevice Resource FileDrawi-ng (s )

Energy Monitoring Control SystemElectri c-Pneumati cFan Powered VAV BoxFeet per minuteFire Alarm Control_ PanelFire Command CenterFi rc Menarremonl- Srzq.l- amvJ r LvrrlE-^.i 'l -i r.. rr--^,r cr\--L-l--l- Ly l"iarrageft€flt Systems Integf atorGall-ons per minuteGraphical- User InterfaceHeatinq, Ventilating and Air Conditioningfntermediate Tel-ecommunications Cl_oset

Tnnrrl- /f)rr{-nrrfs/ vuuyuL

Locaf Operating Network

TEI,IPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 18(roNwoRKs BD{S/DDC VIrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/LO

LNSNSSNS]NFPAOI

OWSPEPIDPRVPSI (q) (a)RAMSCADA

SOCTCSTCCULVAVVCS

..WC

X]F

1.04 RELATED SECTIONS

DivisionDivision

A

B

LLTil NO. : 063545

LoNWoRr<s Network ServicesNetwork Services ServerNetwork Services InterfaceNational- Fire Protection Associati-onOneratnr i nfo6fSggOperat.ing SystemOperating Work StationPneumatic-el-ectricDrnnnri- i nn a l Tnf eora l Deri rzatiVerrru9Y!qJ uu!JV

Pressure Reducing ValvePounds per square inch (gauge) (absolute)Random Access MemoryQrrnar.'i cn-., COntfOl and T-)af : Anarr.i SitiOnJ vvrr u! vf qrrv uqvq nvYur!

SystemQchnnl Ana-={-inn Cnncnlauvrrvvl vygr o L!r]v vvf lovf ETomnaref rr ra f-nn1- rnl Qrzcl- amu _I u evrrr

Temperature Control- ContractorUnderwriters' LaboratoryVariable Air VolumeVoice Communication SystemInches of Water ColumnExternal- Interface Fil-e

15 Secti-ons15 Sections

1.05 SUBMITTALS

The Authority's Facility Management Systems Inteqrator(FMSI) will review aIl TCC submittal_s. The TCC shatltransmit al-l- submittals directly to the Architect /Engineer-of-Record who shafl- do a review to assesscompliance to the contract drawings and specifications.Shoul-d the Archj-tect / nngineer-of-Record determine that thesubmittal meets the specification and contract requirements,the Architect / Engineer-of-Record shallforward thesubmittal to the FMSI for review. rf the FMSI verifies thatthe submittals are compliant with the Authority'sspecifications and contract requirements, he/she shallforward it back to the Architect / Engineer-of-Record, who,in Lurn, shall transmit t.he submittal- to the TCC.

The Architect / Engineer-of*Record must review any submittal-deemed non-compl-iant by the FMST. If the Architect /Engiineer-of-Record do not concur with the FMSI review, thenthe Archi-tect / Engineer-of-Record shall di-rect the issue tothe Authority's Project Officer. The Authority, s projectofficer shal-l provide a resol-ution and direction on how tonrnaaarlI/! vvevs.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 19(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC IIITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

lnrcscA

07 /29/LO LLIV NO. : 063545

If the FMSI determi-nes that the TCC submittals are non-compliant with the Authority's specifications, the FMSrsharl provide their justification for this opinion in awri-tten report to the Authority and to the Architect /Engineer-of-Record.

Wit.hin thirty (30) cal-endar days of execution of the GeneralContractor/Mechanical- Contractor Award, the MechanicalContractor shafl submit for acceptance and approval the nameof the Temperature Control Contractor (TCC) to be contractedfor this project as well- as names of al-l subcontractors whomthe Temperature Control Contractor proposes to empl_oy.

within six weeks after date of execution of GeneralContractor/Mechanical- Contractor Award, the Temperaturecontrof contractor shall submit for acceptance (by theAuthority's Architect / Engineer-of-Record / pacirityManagement Systems f ntegrator) a list of al-l- material andequrpment manufacturers whose products are proposed. Withinsix (6) weeks after date of execution of Genera] Contractor/ Mechanical Contractor Award, the TCC shall_ a.l_so submit al-ist of al-l shop drawings that w1l-l be submitted in thecourse of the project.The Authorj-ty's Architect / Engineer-of-Record / FacilityManagement Systems fntegrator shall review this tist. Listshall show disposition of each item, including date ofsubmission, date of acceptance, and the like. List shall- bekept current weekly t.hroughout the entire constructionperiod.

coordj-nation Meeting: within ninety (90) days after the dateof executj-on of the Genera] Contractor (GC) /MechanicalContractor (MC) Award, the GC shall convene a coordinationmeeting between the MC and the Temperature controlsContractor (TCC), together with the plumbing contractor (PC)and electrical contractor (EC) , al-l- of whom shall meet withthe Vendor (s) furnishing the equipment/systems to coordinatedetails of the interface between the equipment/systems andthe DDC network. The Engineer-Of-Record and the FMSI shal-lbe present at this meeting. Each Installer/Vendor shal-1provide the meeting attendees with details of the proposedinterface including equipment, hardware and softwareidentifiers for the interface points, network identifiers,wiring requirements, communj-cation speeds, and requirednetwork accessories. The purpose of this meeting shal-l be toi-nsure there are no unresol-ved issues regarding theintegratj-on of the equipment/systems into the DDC network.Submittals for the equipment/systems shal1 not be approvedprior to the completion of this meeting. - Theequipment/systems include, but are not limited to condensingboilers, roof top units, terminal- equipment, variabl-ef recrtiencv clri rros - ma'i n ar.e q matar m: i n ol onl- ri n mol- arJ v! r v eQ t rrlq!Il YqD lttg Lg! t IttCIIJI EIE\- L! IU lttg Lg! t

energy monitoring devices, cooling towers, etc.NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI{ 15970 20

(LONWORKS BI|SIDDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

oz /29lLo LLII NO. : 063545

The TCC submittals shallbe submitted in separate boundbinders for each of the following sections. Each sectionshal-l- be i-ndexed and have a cover page indicating theproject information; TCC company and contact informationincluding name and telephone number; and shallindicate thesection information contained within the binder. The TCCshal} provide eight (8) copies of each binder for approval.Prnnncad nl,ran^^^ ^-^ ^-.*^titUtiOnS Of srrqtomq_ Anni\rr{-rrar !vuvosu urrarrys- cltrL,a >uJJ>L_LLt,lL-LLrtl> uI DJoLsrrrJ I a},}'/d,L dLu5,equipment and manufacturer's proposal material_s to besubmitted for approval as specified in par. 1.6.D.

The Temperature controlcontractor shall submit within 90days of General- Contractor/Mechani-cal Contractor Award thefollowing accordj-ng to conditions of Contract and asapplicable:

A. Shop Drawinqs

Provide an index of al1 informati-on containedwithin this binder complete with paginat.ion.

Indicate dimensions, description of materials and€..; -.i ^L^^!rrrf,DIISD, ^^-^-- Iysrrsrcrr ^ n cl- rrrn{. i nnurvrrt el1a.i f i nmodi-fications, actual component connections/anchorage methods, hardware, and install_ationprocedures, including specific requirementsindicated.

Provide non-specified drawings, wiring andschematic diagirams, software descriptions,cal-culati-ons, and any other detail-s to demonstratethat the system has been coordinated and wiIlproperly function as a system with the FacilityManagement Systems Integrator's GUI terminal.Trunk Network Diagram. The Temperature ControlContractor submittal shall include a trunk networkcable di-aqram, depicting al-l network runs showingrouters, every controlfer by name, everycommunicating device by name, every OEMcommunicating device by name, control panelfocations and al-I node connections in the actual_order intended for the instal-ler. This diaqramshalI ^'i ^^ include description of thecommunication type, media and protocol of thenetwork segments. This diagram shall be moredetailed than the schematic network diagramprovided on the contract drawinqs.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 2L(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

3.

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0

l^r

LLII NO. : 063545

Control- Diagrams: Use at least one individual_sheet for each major HVAC system. In al_l casesdifferentiat.e between manufacturer-installed andfiel-d-instal-l-ed wiring showing actual_ interfacingconnecti-ons and/or terminal bl_ock numbers.

HVAC system flow diagram with sensing,control-, saf ety and interl-ock devices .Functionaf temperature control- diagrams foreach mechanical system served by the BMSshal-l- indicate and tag each input/outputserved by each node and shall be indexed to aBill of Material on each diaqram.

Internal controf panel layouts, control face-panel and sub-panel layouts, el-ectrical-connecti-ons inside control panefs withtermi-nal- blocks indicated.

c. Ladder-type wir j-ng di-agrams showinginterlock, monitorlng and control wiring toand from equipment, including control_ systemsequipment.

Equipment Schedules: Provide schedul_es of alldevices indicat.ing each instance of device andpertinent information requi-red for the deviceselection, operation, setup and checkout. Thefollowing are typical equipment which shoul_d bescheduled.

Control- Val-ves: Provide identif ication. numbers, location, system, service, andperformance information of the valve body andactuator addressing specific performance ofeach valve not otherwi-se covered in therel-ated equipment cut. Indicate actualconnection detail-s for each item.

b. Control- Dampers: Providenttmhorq - 'l nnaf i nn qrrcl-omLrvrr I o I J LErtr,

performance information ofactuator addressing specificeach damper not otherwiserel-ated equipment cut.

identificationsorrri r-o - a.nd

the damper andperformance of

covered in the

Piping Connections: Thermal- WeIls, pressuretaps, valved outlets, flow switches, flowsensors, etc. Provide identification numbers,I nr-:.l- i nn

9fvtl, system, service, install-ationinformation such as connection size, styIe,materiaf type, and method.

TEMPERJATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 - 22(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

d. VAV and FPVAV Boxes: Provide performanceinformation for the damper and actuatorproviding specific performance of each dampernot otherwise covered in the relatedequipment cut.

Air Flow Measurins Stations: Provideperformance information for the sensing arrayand the t ransmitter provi-ding specif icperformance of each station not otherwisecovered in the rel-ated equipment cut. At aminimum provide the selection air flow raLe,velocity, and turndown ratio of each.

Measurement & Verification MonitoringDevices: Provide identification numbers,l-ocation, system, service, and performancej-nf ormation of the el-ectronic monitoringdevices of the utility meter j-ng equipmentspecified in Article 2.9 ELECTRONICMON]TORING.

1. Point List: Provide a summarv of the hardwarepoint's and software points as per contractdocuments. Include logical and physical diaqramsfor each channel indicating each node, nodeaddress (domain, subnet and group), channel- typeand router specifications.Data entrv forms for initial- parameters:Temperature Control Contractor shal-l- provide aIisting of all- set points, and a listing of HVACsystems with columnar bl-anks for beginning and endof occupancy periods; samples of proposed text forpoint descriptions, alarm text and messages (forat l-east two systems of at least 30 points total) .A11 text and graphics shallbe approved prior t.odata entry.

Software Documentation :

Point identification code.

Atl inclusive project database point"cross-over" tabl-es in Microsof t Bxcel-formatr ds requested by the FMSI.

System advisory'l

^^^'i -^ f ^-*--r_egg_i_Jrg rormats.messages, printouts,

4) Include speclfic programming for eachsystem, calculation of parameters,method of fiefd tuning, and integrationinto BMS control sequences.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEII{ 15970 23(LONWORKS BlrlS/DDC wrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

1)

2)

3)

N:rcscA

ot /29/L0 LtlI NO.: 053545

5) Description of system operat.ion underfailure conditions.I)aqcri nf i nn nf nnaraf- j ^^ arra{-aaauuru!ryL!vrr v! vysroLJtrv DyDLeI[[>,location and type of processors andmemory (RAM and ROM).

Coordinatlon Shop Drawings:

a. Provi-de AutoCAD generated floor plansindicating exacL installed location of thefollowing equipment and/or devices:

6)

1)

2)

3)

4\

s)

Application Generic controffers.Application Speciflc controllers.Customer Application Controllers.

Sensors l-ocated in Finished Areas.

I/O installed in mechanical svstems(ductwork, pipes, etc. ) .

Routers, switches and Bridges.

Units installed by Division 15 and 16trade contractors.

Other DDC rel-ated components, sensorsand actuators.

The f loor plans shal-t be 3 / 8' scaleindicating dimensioned location of allsystems and components contai_ned thereinindicating:tl Arranqement and l-ocati-on of all f ield

install-ed devices such as sensors,controllers, OEM panels and connections,etc.

Indicate -11oaa power connectionrequirements. Specific locations for 110VAC power required for control_ panels,control- transformers, and 110 VAC fiel-dcontrol- devices , Lf dfly, such as fl_owmafare al-nlrrv ev! v t

3) fnterconnect cabling between all fieldinstalled devices such as sensors,controllers, OEM panels and connections,etc.

TEDIPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 24(toNwoRKs BMS/DDC TIrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

b/

t)

B)

h

2)

lnrcscA

07 /29lLO

v

LLTI NO. : 063545

4) El-ectrical low voltage power wiringschematic indicating voltage dropcal-culatj-ons, wire size, node powerconsumption, maximum ful-l load circuit

Preventive Maintenance & Service Aqreement:

a. The TCC shall submit f or revi-ew andacceptance by the Owner a preventivemaintenance and service agreement. Thisagreement is not a part of the scope of workof this project. The agreement shal-1 coverstandard sof tware upgrades that wil-l- makeavailabl-e correcL j-ons or j-mprovements insoftware that has already been purchased.Software vendors without a proven record inthis aspect wiII not be acceptable.

Project schedule

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l submit aproject construction schedule relating to hisscope of work, in Gant chart form. This schedulewil-1 incl-ude detail-ed tasks, durations and dates.This schedule willbe updated biweekly at aminimum.

Esuipment Technical- Data Sheets

10

B.

2.

Provide an index of allthis binder complete with

Written confirmation ofthe *GUARANTEE" Articfe.

pages contained within^-^-; --! -i ^-l/ov Jlro Lf rrrr .

guarantees specified in

3. Product performance data (not sales or catalogsheets ) on al-l- componenLs used to meet therequirements of the specifications such assensors, transmitters, controll-ers, reldvs,annl nqrrracu!vet network transcer_vers, XIFdocumentation, configuration parameter options,mounting details and accessories, powerr6ffr1i raman+ - etc.g!l!v]I LU,

Where multiple models and/or where optionalfeatures are shown on a data sheet, theappropriate modef and applicable options shall- behighlighted by an arrow or other similar method.

Include manufacturers' installation and startupi-nst.ructions.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 25(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOT OpERiLTTNc CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

The TCC is specifically directed to include thefeatures, accessori-es and sub-assemblies of thefollowinq:

+

Et.hernet LON Switches, and Routers.

ANSI /EIA 7 09 .1 Routers .

SOC and POT with all- Accessories includingOEM Service Agreement.

Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Network Servi-ces plug-ins.

LonWorks Internet Servers.

Cisco Switch.

.l

q.

A Product Certif icatlon: A11 products shal-l_ becertj-fied to be LonMark compliant when thecontrol-ler can meet the specified Sequence ofn^^--!i^- qnaa'i fiarl in qonJ_ inn lqqRq \\QanrrannavysloLrLrtr aD i-F'v, usgusrt\/Enf Onarrlinrt' Products shal1 be LonWorksproducts if LonMark products are not provided.

5. Service Life Guidel- j-nes Submittals: printed copiesof the material manufacturer' s recommendationsshal-1 be furnished. (Ref er to SERVICE LIFEGUIDELINES Article) .

C Qaarranna nf nagl6tiOn

1. Provide an index ofthis binder complete

2. Provide a writtenrequired by section 1

Vendor Qual-ifications

a I I net^ros r-ontained withinl,sY e u

wit.h pagination.ca^rran^a nf 1-1np1^e.|- i On aSvl/u! q ervrr

5985.

1.

2.

?

Provide an index of al1 pages contained withinthis binder compJ-ete wj-th pagination.

Temperature Control- System Contractor shall haveavailable a service agreement standard softwareupgrades that will- make avail-able corrections orimprovements in software that. has already beenpurchased. Software vendors without a provenrecord in this aspect willnot be acceptable.

Submit documents as directed in article l_.7.H"Qual-ity Assurance - Experience Record."

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 . 26(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC IVITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NycscA

07 /29lLO

F'

A Submit documents as directed"Speci-al Requirements . "

tLT[ NO. : 063545

in articl-e 1, .9

E Software Licensing

1. Software documentation regarding the proposedPortable Operator's Terminal (POT) operatingsystem, third-party utilities and applicationprograms, and the proposed custom applicationprogram for the Supervisory Control- Units.

Software documentation regarding the proposed LNS(orrzor

^narrl- i nn crzcl-am {- h i rrl-nr 11- rz rr{- ; ]_itieS ande_)'uuerrl, uLr

application programs, and the proposed customannl i r-af i nn 11 r.\.rr^m f nr f ha Qrrrrorrri en r\7 f-nnl- rnlyrv\J!qrrl !v! Llre uulrs! v rov!J vvrrL!vr

Units.

The final- database shal-l reside on the LNS Server,:nrl nnn'iarl ^^lO the POT.

Provide documentation of all network tools used togenerate the system database.

3. Submit Neuron@ C (Visual Control or as approved)objects l-inked in a logical circuit diagram. Thevisual application code documentation shall_represent the functional specifications and systemnarf nrm=n69 here.i n sneCif ied.I/e! !v!rrrqrrvu rru!Ertl D_y\

Communication Transient

1. Communicatlon Transient Protection: Submittal. documentat.ion shall clearly define how this

requirement def ined in Artj-cle 2.L3.8.8 will bemet and how the external protection wil_1 notaffect the performance of the control-lers.

Contract Closeout Submittal_s

As-Built Drawinqs

Upon completion of the work, the TemperatureControl Contractor shallprovide to the FacilityManagement Systems Integrator a complete set ofas-built drawinqs and appl-ication software onmagnetic floppy-disk media. J- IIC F .^ ar l I r t- \7

Management Systems Integrator shal-1 in turndeliver same to the Authority for subsequentturnover to the Department of Educati_on.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 . 27(LONWORKS B&{S/DDC TIrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

o7 /29lLO

Shop drawingsRecord format.

One laminated,not to exceeda'ir hrnrllinaqrzctam la d\e. Y . tetc. ) .

LLII NO. : 063545

As-buif t drawings shal-l- contain al_l_ changes,modifications, al-terations, etc. which haveoccurred on the project since the approval of thecontrol system submittal. Additionally, fieldinf ormation shallalso be incl-uded on these as-built drawings indicating wire-numbers, wire-pu11inf ormation, actual- terminal_ bl_ock numbers,routing information, and shall indicate wherespare wires have been installed. The i_ntent is toprovide and document to the Owner al_l_ f ield-rel-ated instal-lation knowledge. Any errors in as-buil-t conditi-ons discovered shal1 be submitted tothe Architect / Engineer-of-Record, who wil_lreturn them to the TCC for correction. The TCC isresponsible for accurate as-built documentation ofhis work.

Operating and Maintenance Manual_s i_ncluding:

a. Backup software copies (CD-ROM five (5)copies) .

b. For Custom Application Controll-ers providethe actual controlsequence programming witha comment l_ine f or each proqramminqstatement.

d

anri nrodrrr-1- rlafa i n Pro-i or.l-I rvJ vve

nnn-farl-i nn innrnnri aJ-a c, srr- J'Lze,'l T 'i nr-h hrz 1'l i nr.h cnrrrz nf aaah

'vt- j eqvrr

crzel-am anr{ oar-h mai nr nnntf Olrnnf .l_ nrl rrn i 1- horf i nn rrlaf ar! vv! Uvy ulM t rrgq LrIIY Wq Lg! ,

Special warranty conditions, special_servicing conditions, and expanded warrantyor service contract 'oroposal-s.

q.

List of recommended sparecalibration tools for owner's

See Section 3 on O&M ManualsRequired Submittal-s forinformation.

* r r*- ^ - -,-Jye! LD clrl\l

mai-ntenance

and List ofadditional-

h. Provide l-icensed copy of all softwareprogramming tool-s to the Authority.

Training: Submit training program, course outl-ineand operating manual for approval_.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI{ 15970 . 28(LONWORKS B&{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0 LLtl NO. : 063545

Fiel-d Test Reports: Submit al-l the f ield testreports and results; inspection checkl_ists andcompliance forms as specified in this Section.

5. Hardware Demonstration and Acceptance TestingProcedure as required for the Temperature ControlContractor's reguest for Substantial- Completion.

1.06 snBsTrTuTIoNS

A. Wherever the words for "review" or "acceptance,, areused in regard to manufactured specialties, or whereverit is desired to substitute a different make or type ofapparatus for that specified, submit afl- informationpertrnent to the adequacy and adaptability of theproposed apparatus to the Authority, s Architect /Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management Systemsrntegrator and secure their approval before apparatusis ordered.

Whererzer srzglgp performance such as materia]quantitJ-es, operating pressure, network throughput, orthe l-ike are specified, or a definite make and size ofapparatus is specified, for which such quantities arereadily determinabl-e, the make and size of theapparatus proposed must conform substantially to thequantities specified or implied. Critical- dimensionsrelating to the i-nstall-at.ion of apparatus andcoordination with the rest of the svstem shal_1 beconsi-dered and adhered to whenever possibl-e.

(.

Substitution of equipment or apparatus shall includeaf l- necessary revisions and their costs required t.ocomplete the instal-l-ation.

Approval of request for substitutions may be given onlyafter receipt of complete and satisfactory performancedata covering the complete ranqe of operatingconditions in tabular and graphical form. Furnishcomplete and satisfactory information relative toequi-pment performance, features and accessories, etc.Additional- consLruction and design costs incurred as aresul-t of any accepted substitution shall be borne bythe Temperature Control Contractor.

Proposed changes and substitutions of systems,apparatus, equipment and manufacturers will beconsidered, subject to the approval of the Authority, sArchitect / Engineer-of-Record / Facility ManagementSystems Integrator. The proposal shall i_ncl-ude thefollowing i-nformation :

1. A descri-ption of the difference between theexisting contract requirement.s and that proposedthe comparative features of each, and the effect

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTED{ 15970 29(LONWORKS BDIS/DDC WITH SCHOOT OPERATING CONSOLE)

B

D.

NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO LLII NO.: 063545

of the change on the end resul-t performance.Include the impact of changes on other Contractorsand/or subcontractors and acknowledqe theinclusion of implementation costs.

Schematic drawings and details to supplement thedescriptions.

A l-ist of the contract requirements that must berevised if the change is accepted, including anysuggested specification revisions.

Complete l-ist of materials and equipment proposedfor use in the change.

Include a description and estimate of costs theAuthority may incur in i-mplementing the change,such as test., evaluation, operating and support-ner q

A projection of any effects the proposed changewou]d have on collateral costs to the Authoritv.A statement of the time by which a contractmodification accepting the change musL be j_ssued,not.ing any effect on the contract completion timeor the deliverv schedule.

B. A stat.ement indicating the reduction to thecontract price if the Authority's Architect /Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management SystemsTnfCCrr:fnr enr-onf l-ha /-l^^^^^ ml-^ 'Famnar:1-rrrarrrusy!quv! quueyL Lrts Uf Id.IfV€. IIIC f,srrrpg!qLu!g

Controf System Contractor shal-l- be responsible forannrnnrj:ra modification of any subcontractor's*I-r-scope or worK.

1.07 QUALITY ASST RAI\ICE

A. Submissions by Wholesa1ers, Contractors, Distributors,Independent Temperature Contractors, or any firm thatis determi-ned, by the discretion of the Authority notto be significantly in the business of manufacturingand installing automatic temperature control_ systems,shal-l- not be acceptable. Al_1 TCC bidders must havesuccessfully completed the SCA pre-eualificationprocess. All forms are availabl_e at the nycsca. orgwebsite.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 30(LONWORKS Bl,tSlDDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2e/L0

R

LLTI NO. : 063545

The system shall be designed by competent, factory-I r:'i narl rnnl i cation and sof tware engineers as well_ assYYrf vq Lrvtr qitu ov

instalfed- by competent, factory-triined technicians,regularly employed by the Temperature ControlContractor. The Temperature Control Contractor shal-i_have ful-l responsibility for proper desiqn,inst.all-at.ion, corTrmissioning and warranty of eachcomponent 1n the entire system. The Authority, sArchitect / Ungineer-of-Record / Facility ManagementQrzqf amq Tni- anr=l- nr -lr- lI i^^rn-n -''l 'luy o LErrrD -LrlLEgIdLOr Sr1aI1 approve a.J-J- Cofilml_SSaOnl_ngprocedures submitted and to be employed by theTemperature Control Contractor. The TemperatureControl- Cont ractor shaf I provi-de all requiredcommissioning programming to al-low for simple andeffective demonstration of the Sequence of Operationsby being able to generate or simul-ate al-I parametersnA-aeqAr\7 fn demOnStrate the funCtiOnalitv. ThisY LV UIIV ! UIIU LI

shoul-d include the ability to step though the typicalrl:rz a)r n i ahf haa1- i na rnrl nnn'l i na mnAaa n€ nnarrl-.i r*uJ rrryrrL rrve UOOJ-J-II! lttO()es OI Opefatfonand all transitions between modes. The TemperatureControl- Contractor shall be responsible f or usi_ngcompetent and skilled mechanics and electricians inthe lnstallation of the system. The Authority, sFacility Management Systems Integrator shal_l_ provideoverslght and checkout of t.he system. The TemperatureControl Contractor shall provide company support forthe overal-l- installation and perf ormance of thesystem.

The Temperat.ure Control Contractor shall_ have an in-lJf o.Ue / frrl I rz-qJ- :f forl factory-supported faciJ-itywithin fifty (50) miles of the jobsite. Supportf acility shall- have a spare parts inventory and all_necessary test and diagnostic equipment required to'i ncirl I -nmmi cci nn :nrl oorrzi r-o 1- ho qnef.i f i eCl .qrzSf em., vvrlurr!rrrvlf t qrru osr vr9s urrE Dygur!!99 oyouErrAs evidence and assurance of Authority's long-termavailability t.o product support, system service andparts, the installing Temperature Control Contractormust have been i-n business for a mini-mum of five (5)years. The Temperature Cont.rol_ Contractor shall employtechni-cians to nrnrz'i rla i ncJ-rrrnf i nnuvurvrrt routinemaintenance, and emergency service within twenty-four(2+7 hours upon written receipt of request.

D. As a further assurance of the timely and costeffective availability of additional or replacementparts, applicatj-on specific controlfers, sensors,actuators, relays, valves and miscel_laneous repairs,said parts shal-l be available either directly from themanufacLurer or a local_ factorv-authorized partswholesalers and/or distributors.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 31(LONWORKS BIIIS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NycscA

07 /2elLO

G.

E.

LLII NO. : 053545

The Temperature Control System shall be furnished andinstal-l-ed by a LONWORKS HVAC Controls contractorhaving manuiacturer support. The project shall besupervised by a control specialist who has completedthe following Echel-on Training Courses z iO1 -"LonWorks Network Design", 30L - "Using LonMakerIntegration TooL", AND 320 "i.Lon L00/i.Lon600Install-ation and Configuration". fn addition, theTemperature Control-s Contractor supervisor must showevidence as l.ra i na trained on t.he controlmanufacturer's LNS Plug-In toolset (as l_isted inArticle 2.I) .

Comply with LONMARK fnteroperability Association,Interoperability Guidelines for al_l_ products when thecontrolfer (s) can meet the specified Sequence ofOperations as specified in Section 15985, "sequence ofOperation". LonWorks controll_ers shall_ be provided inthe event LonMark products are not avail-able for thecontrol application. Utilize published functional_profiles for alf product network message andn^-€.i ^,,-^f .i ^-uulrr r_Lt urd. LJ-olr parameters .

Utilize Standard Configuration Parameter Types(SCPT's) for all product configuration parameters. Donot use network variables for this purpose.

Experience Record

Provide a l-ist of no less than three similar projectsthat have building control systems as specified. Theseprojects must be on-line and functional- such that theAuthority's Facility Management Systems Integrator orAuthority's Representative can observe a LonWorksdirect digital control system 1n full- operation. Atf east two (2) pro j ects shallbe using LonMarkrMcontrol products and approved network managementtoo1s. Submit 16sum6s indicating the LONWORKS Syst.emintegrator training and prior Instrument and Controlsexperience, including project references, referencescontact and phone numbers. If a previously submittedand accepted key-person is no longer avail_able to theproject, they shal-l be replaced by a person with equaltraining and prior experience within a thirty (30)calendar day time period. This period is to begin whenthe key-person becomes unavailable to the project. Ther6sum6s of these replaced personnel- shal-l be submittedfor review durJ-ng this thirty (30) cal_endar day timeperiod.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 32(LONWORKS BIr{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE}

F.

H

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO

Rul-e 23Cnnq.l- rrrn{_ i nn9!vrr,

a)114 rA f i nn c

Const.ruction

IndustrialDemolition

I.

LLW NO.: 063545

Codes and Standards:

The latest edition and addenda of the publicatj-onslisted in Section 15501 and the foll-owing publi_cationsin effect on the date of Contract award are part ofthis specification and, where referred to by titl-e orbasic designation only, are applicable to the extenti-ndicated by t.he specif ic reference:

1. Department of Labor State of New York (NYDL) .

Code, Protectlon in, and Excavati-on

Code of the Citv of New York.

Nat j-onal Fire Protection Code (NFPA) 24ISafeguarding Construction, Alteration, andDemolition Operations .

5. Electrical Standards: Provide electricalcomponents of control svstems that have been ULlisted and label-ed.

7

NEMA Compliance: Complynor{-ri ni na l.n namnnnan+.aus! uqf rltrry LU \-\JrttIJ(JlrgII LJ

control svstems.

NFPA Compliance: Comply withfor the Installation of Air\/cnl- i 'l al- i ncr Srzql- omq r^7hora =nn lvEIlLfrqLrrIY UJruurlro vvrre!e OPPf

and control seguences.

with NEMA st.andardsand devices of the

NFPA 90A: StandardConditioning and

icable to control-s

9.

10.

11.

L2.

13.

]-4.

15.

National El-ectrical- Codelocal- elect.rical- code.

(NEC) and applicable

Amerj-can National- Standards Institute (ANSI) .

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) .

Institute of El-ectrical and El-ectronic Ensineers(rEEE) .

USA Standard CodeTAqT-TT\r!vv4 f .

for Information Interchange

Electronics Industries Association (EIA) .

Instrument Society of America (ISA) .

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 33(LONWORKS B![S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2e/LO tLW NO.: 063545

(FCC) RegulationI6 Federal- Communication CommissionPart 15.

1.08 SERVICE LTFE GUIDELINES

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l provide guidelinesfor service life and replacement requirements for control-devices and controllers.A. Where installat.ion procedures, or any parts thereof,

are required to be in accord with the recommendationsof the manufacturer of the material being installed,printed copies of these recommendations shall befurnished to the Authority, s Architect / Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management systems rntegrator beforeinstallation. Instal-lation of the item will not beal-1owed to continue until the recommendations arerecei-ved.

B. Shoul-d any error or inconsistency appear in thedrawi-ngs, specification or Contract r or shoul_d theTemperature Control- Cont.ractor be uncertain as to thework, the Temperature Control- Contractor shall, beforeproceeding with the work, inform the Authority'sArchitect / Engineer-of-Record of same in writing andthen proceed with work as directed by the Authority, sArchitect / Engineer-of-Record in writing.

1. 09 SPECTAJ. REQUTREMENTS

A. Qualification ofContractor (TCC)

Proposed Temperature Control

The Temperature Control_ Contractor shall_ be pre-Qualified and listed in the Authority's '.LonWorksTemperature Control_s" approved Vendor Lisc.The purpose of this information is to assure that asapplicable, al-1 phases of engineer j_ng, design, andequipment furnished, and construction will beperformed by parties demonstrating sufficient. priorexperience in their areas of responsibil_ities.Documentation ofQualification

Temperature Control Contractor' s

Submit r6sum6s indicating passing certificates forthe control manufacturer's courses and Eche]onCorporation' s courses as listed i_n Article 1 . 7 . E.Such proof must include summary of coursework andindicate both writt.en and laboratorv resuirementsof alternate traini-nq.

TEII{PERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 34(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

B

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO LLlil NO. : 063545

Submit a list of similar projects, which haveBuilding Manaqement Systems installed. Theseprol ects must be on-line and functj_onal_ such thatthe Authority's Facility Management SystemsIntegrator or Authority's Representative canobserve the DDC Control_ Svst.em in ful_l_ operati-on.

Submit an organizational- diagram indicating thekey technical staff proposed for the projecti nnl rrA'i nnuvrrrY, Prnianl_ M:naaor Superintendent,Electrical Foreman, etc.Qrrl-rm'i r- a,r=lifiCatiOn CheCkliSt .i nd.i nal-i nrrrr!f9qulvtl 9rrgu^!JoL llluluqLflry

certi f 1ed network Int.egrators, networkarchitecture, neLwork management too1s, LonMarkproducts, and LonMark profiles to be used on thisproj ect.

Material-s and Equipment

AII materiafs and equipment shall be new, bearmanufacturer's name, and conform to the grade qualityand standards specified herein. Type capacity andapplication shalf be capable of satisfactory operationfor the purpose intended.

A11 material-s and equipment shal-l_ be adequat.elycovered and protected against dirt, water, chemical ormechanical- damage and theft. At completion, all workequipment and materials shallbe cJ_eaned, and damagerepaired by Temperature Control Contractor.

Admission of Equipment into the BuildingBefore submitting proposals, the Temperature ControlContractor shall check the existing openings in thebuilding and size of doors, passages and openingsthrough which the equipment is admitted. Whenevernecessary, the Temperature Control Contractor shallprovide the equipment in sections or knocked down inorder to admit the equipment through those openings.

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-I provide al_1rigging, erection, and hoisting equipment as requiredto off l-oad equipment, and to handle or place allequipment j-n posi_tion. This rigging and hoistingequipment shall only be attached and placed on thestructure in focations approved by the Authority atthe site.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROI, SYSTEM 15970 35(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

2.

C

D.

NycscA

07 /29/L0 LLTI NO.: 063545

E. Coordination wi_th Existlnq UtilitiesThe Temperature control contractor musr coordinatewith the Authority for scheduling of the work. Anyinterruptions or shutdowns of existing service must behel-d t.o mini-mum. shutdowns shal-l be coordinated by theAuthority.

whenever it becomes necessary to interrupt existingservices in use in the area, such as HVAC or electricservice, the Temperature cont.rol- contractor shallcontinue the work on a twenty four-hour basis (at noadditional cost to the Authority) until the work iscompleted and the system restored. Before beginningsuch work, the Temperature control contractor shallappfy in writing, to receive approval from theAuthority to establish a time when the i-nterruption ofservice will- cause minimum of interf erence wi_ttr theactivities in the area.

1.10 DELr\ZERY, STORAGE, AND HAIIDLTNG

A. Provide factory-shipping cartons for each piece ofequipment and control device. Keep equipment andcontrol devices in carton white shipping, in storaqeand while handling to prevent equipment damage and ioeliminate dirt and moisture. store equipment. andmaterial_s inside and protect from weather.

B. Products shall be provi-ded with completedocumentation. This shalr incr-ude diagrams of allLonMark ob j ects supported by the product as wel_l- asrelevant techni-cal specifications. UndocumentedLonworks products must be tagged and accepted byAuthori-ty's Architect / Engineer-of-Record / facilityManagement Systems Int.egrator prior to installation.Do not instal-l- undocumented products without suchacceptance.

All products and materials shallbe new,free of defects, damaqe and corrosion.

^'l ^-^ ^*luJsaf r 7 €1IIL,t

D. ship and store products and materials in a manner thatwill- protect them from damage, weather, and entry ofdebris. Do not instal_l damaged items, buL takeimmediate steps to obtain replacement or repair.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 36(LONWORKS BMS/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

C.

NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO LLlil NO. : 063545

1.11 GUARiA}ITEE

Provide a wrj-tten one-year guarantee signed by the controlsystem manufacturer. The starti-ng date shall be the Date ofsubstantial completion. provide two-year component (i.e.parts) guarantee per the requirements of part 2 produccs.

A. The Temperature control system shal-l be free fromdefects in workmanship and material under normal- useand service. If within twelve (12) months from theDate of Substantial_ Completion, the installedequipment is found to be defective in operation,workmanship or materials, replace, repair or adjustthe defect. at no cost to the Authority. service shallbe provided within twenty-four(24) hours upon noticefrom Authority' s designated Representative.

B. General Requirements: The Temperature controlcontractor shafl- provide at1 services, materiars andequrpment necessary for the successful_ operation ofthe DDC control_ system. The Temperature Controlcontractor shal-l- provide necessary material- requiredfor the work. The Temperature controlcontractor shallmr_nl_ml-ze ampacts on frni I i fr' ^^=fati6ns WhenvI. \performing scheduled repairs and non-schedul-ed work.

c. The one-year warranty shall- extend to materiar that issupplied and install_ed by the Temperature Controlcontractor. Material supplied but not i-nstalled by the'ramnarar.ure Control- Contractor shal_l be covered pervvrru!v! vvllL!qvLv! DlIof,I ug \_(JVEI-

the above to the extent of the product on1y.rnst.aflation labor shal1 be the responsibility of thetrade contractor perf orminq the install_ati-on.

The two-yearLonWorks / LonMark

warranty shall extend to allcomponents such dJ rrrtrfarc!veuv!vt

D.

controllers, sensors, etc., POT fap top computer,cisco Model- 3560 switch that is supplied and i-nstal-l-edby the Temperature Control Contractor. The two-yearwarranty shal-l- also extend to arl control component.sfurnished to the rooftop unit manufacturer, VAV boxuni-t manufacturer, unit heaters manufact.urer, cabinecheaters manufacturer, etc.All- corrective software modifications made duringwarranty service periods shal_I be updated on al_l_ userdocumentation and on user and manufacturer archivedsoftware disks at no cost to the Authoritv.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROT SYSTEM 15970 37(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrrH SCHOOL OPER;ATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

A. The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l- provide theHVAC Sequence of Operations as per specified inSect.j_on 15985, Sequence of Operations.

1.13 SERVICING OF SYSTEMS

o7 /29lLO

L.L2 PERFORMANCE

A.

A

LLI{ NO. : 063545

Provide the followinq services to maintain the controlsystem during the guarantee period.

Services shall be rendered within twentv-fourhours of notificati-on of problem.Servicing to include following:

(24)

1 . Emergency service.

2. Replacing defective parts and components asr gv uIIgu.

Ma'i nf : i n i nrr nf qrrcl- am nr^dYt --Y-.'amml-ng.

Incorporating improved system reliability as itbecomes avail-abl-e.

1.13 COOPERATION AIID COORDINATION

Apparatus and equipment specified under other Sectionsand Divisions:

1. Examine Pl-ans, Specifications and coordinate withwork of other Divisions. Examine control systemssupplied with factory package equipment.

2. Provide interfacinq items as required.

Examine and compare the DDC System Specifications andDrawings with the Specifications and Drawi_ngs of theother trades and report any discrepancies between themto Authorit.y. Obtain the Authority's writteninstructions for changes necessary in the DDC Systemwork. fnstall- and coordinate the DDC System work incooperation with the other trades installinginterrelated work. All chanqes required in the work ofthe Temperature Control Contractor, caused bynoncompliance with the specifications, shallbe madeat Temperature Control Contractor's expense.

Carefully check space requirements with other tradesto insure that all material_ can be installed in theallot.ted spaces, including above finished suspendedceilinqs.

TEI,IPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTE!,I 15970 38(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

?

4

R

NYCSCA

o7 /2elLO

is the Temperatureresponsi-bilitv.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Johnson Control-s IncToolset) .

LtW NO.: 063545

Wherever work interconnects with work of other tradesand vendors, coordinate with other trades to insurethat all trades have the information necessary so thatthey may properly instal-t all- the necessaryconnections and equi_pment.

Coordinate, protect and schedule work with othertrades in accordance with the construction sequence.Install the DDC System work to permit removal- (withoutdamage to other parts) of other parts requiringperiodic replacement or maintenance.

Make certain that al-l materials selected directly orcal anf aA l.rrr qrrrrrrl i arc nnnf6lp tO the fpalt.i rCmCni- S Ofvl uuyyrfu!o uvlr!v!rlr Lv urrs !s\1ur!glltErlLD uthe Specifications. Transmittal of such Specificationinformation to persons manufacturj-ng and supplyingmateri-al-s to the project, and rigid adherence thereto,

Control- Contractor's

2.OL MAI\TUFACTT,RERS

Control- systems conf ormingr to the requirements of theDrawings, Spec j-f ication and j ob conditions shall_ bemanufactured by one of the fotlowing manufacturers, meetingthe requirements of ECHELON LNS system architecture (latestrevision providing the raafrri rarl nnnf rnl eadrr6n-6functionality) and the approval of the Aut.hority's Architect/ EnqLneer-of-Record / Eac:-lity Manaqement Systemsfntegrator.

Acceptable Manufacturers

t. a. c. (Menta Tool-set.) .

Siemens Tal-on Block Editor (formerly Staefa).

(NexSys) (Tool*01/CPL

A.

3.

q

Circon (Circon Basic Toolset) .

Honeywell (Excel CARE 5.0 Toolset) .

Distech (LonWatcher Toolset) .

fnvensys (Workplace Tech 4.0 Toolset)

TEI,IPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 39(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2e/LO

2.02 EQUTPMENT

General LonMarkrMRecrrr i rements

LLII NO. : 063545

Trane Company (Latest Rover tool_set) .

Note: The TCC shal-l- provide two li-censed copr_estool-setq1-nrrrra

Systems

(latest version) of the r:ontrol srzsfem

B

to the Department of Education for use andby the Authority's Facility ManagementIntegrator or Authorj_ty's Representative.

Acceptable Products

1. The Temperature Control Contractor shal-1 furnishand install- LonWorks products manufactured bypreferably by one manufacturer. Materials andequipment shall be catalogued products and shallbe manufacturer's l-atest standard design thatr:omn'l i es wi f h f he sncr-i f i r-al- inn rocn.r.i rements. A11ul/uvf !!vqLrvrr !s\auf!s

products shallbe certified to be LonMarkcompliant when the controller can meet thecn6- i f i ad Qo.rrron6a nf Onora1- i ons as sneCif ied invvYuerrev v! vt/E! q Lrvrro oQ ol-section 15985, "seguence of Operation".

Control devices/control-Iers connected to t.heLonWorks controlnetwork should be readi_lyreplaceable with devj-ces/controllers from multiplemanufacturers.

R

(or LonWorks) Contro] Product and Svstem

A. Custom Application Controfl-ers (CAC) shall containtheir control programs in programmable non-volatilememory and their operating systems in firmware. EachCAC shall- have the intetligence to perform control_strategies without communication t.o other control_uni_ts.

CAC and Intelligent Devices shall be able to havetheir sequence of operation proqram edited and/ormodified. The inputs and outputs shall_ be able to beconfigured and reconfigured to permit the node toaccept field modifications and/or different operatingstrategies. Each node shal-l complete an entireinternal- scan in less than one second. Each internal_scan shall consist of updating inputs, gathering datafrom other controfl-ers, making necessary mathematical_cal-culat j-ons, and sequencing appropriate outputs f orlocal control-.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI,I 15970 40(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

07 /29lLO LtTil NO.: 063545

AS a mi nimtrm nrnrri rla - qAl1Ar:l-O f-Af- €a- a:al.r --+.nD q rrrrrralrrrJ|.r7 pIQVI_(.le d L_I-_____ Ior eacn ma]orpiece of HVAC equipment. Points used for control loopreset such as outside air or space temperature areexempt from this requirement.

Intelligent Devices can be used to meet the functionalspecification requirements in lieu of Control Units.Hninrorzor rrrnrzi flO A qttl-1ar\zi q'i nrr r-nnl- rn-l nnja tn nrnrri rlarrvvvvwv!t y!vvfqE q DuyE!vrDlrty uvllL!ur rtvug LU IJ!L/v-LLruglobal supervision over all nodes utilized to fulfillthe same function otherwise provided bv Control- Units.

When Application Generic Controllers (AGC) and/orCustom Application Control-l-ers (CAC) are applied,provide the following minimum spare points for eachcontrofler:

(2) Universal Inputs (AIlBI), or(1) Analog Input AND (1) Binary fnput

2. (1) Analog Output.

3. (1) Binary Output.

2.03 GENERAL LONMARK (OR LONWORKS) PROpUCT SOrrl{ARE REQUTREMENTS

A. Operating system software shal_l_ reside in Read OnIyMemory (ROM). Application software shall reside inEEPROM or f l_ash memorv.

The real--time operating system provided in ROM memoryshall- require no operator interaction to initiateoperations. The operating system shal-l- include;1 f.)narrf i nncvlrs!qLrvrlD and manasement of network

communications.

Error detection and recoverv from arithmetic andlogical faults.

3. Watchdog timers and sleep/wake-up 1ogic.

4 . System sel-f -testing.Product appl j-cation software shal_I be developed inNeuron@-C or Visual- Control- and capabl_e of beingdownloaded over the network in accordance with themost current versi-on of LNS API or equal-. TheTemperature Control Contractor is to provide met.hod ofapplication and submit system database for data basegeneration to the Authority's Facility ManagementSystems Integrator.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 4L(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

D.

B.

C

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0 LLTil NO.: 063545

D. Protocol Analyzer

1. The software package shall_ include the followingtool- for network analysis and monitoring with theIisted diagnostics functions:

Protocol Analyzer Tool.Protocol- Analyzer shall_ be EchelonLonManager, or LOYTEC Analyzer (LPA). Submitsubstitutes to the Architect / Enqineer-of-Record / facility Manaqement SystemsInteqrator in accordance to Secti_on 1.6.

2.04 TIVAC CONTROLS - EXECUTION

Description (coordinate wit.h school operator consol-e GUrwonderware Software and Facility Management systemsrntegrator requirements Section 15973 and TCC supplied andimplemented i-LON 100 e-3 Scheduler software)

This article defines the Basic Materials and Methodsused in the instal-lation of LonWorks Control productsto provide the functions necessary for control of themechanical- systems identified on this project.The controf system shallbe designed such that eachmechanical- system will be abl-e to operate under stand-alone control. As such, in the event of a networkcommunicatlon failure r or the loss of any otherr'^nrrnl I ar the control svstem shal1 continue tot urrv vvrr L! vr

independently operate under control.Communi-cation between the control panels shal_l_ be overa network speed (minimum type 78 KB) . A11 nodes onthis network shal-l- be peers. The operator shall nothave to know the panel identifier or l_ocation to viewor control an object. Application Specific ControlUnits shal-1 be dynamically bound to update pointinformation and alarm information. See LonWorksControl Network Bl_ock Diagram for network basictypical di-agram.

The documentati-on contained in this section and othercontract documents pertaini_nq to HVAC Control_s isschematic in nature. The Temperature ControlContractor shallprovide hardware and softwarenecessary to implement the functions shown or asimplied i-n the contract. documencs.

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 42(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

A.

B

U

o7 lzelLo

2.05 DDC HARDWARE REQUTREMENTS

LtW NO.: 053545

A Srzql- om (-nmzrnnanf cvvlr(I/vrrvrl Lo

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-1 furnishnetwork management hardware and applications andlogicaIly install DDC Control- Devices. Networkmanaqement shall include the following services:device installation, devj-ce configuration, devicediagnostics, field programmi.g, devicema intenanr-F - netwOf k vari al^rl e l-ri ndi ncr aL.---^'ruvfrurrve, rlELwv!n Vq!IqVIg VIIIUIIIYt UIIOIII]Ef

traffic analysis, message routing and repeatingand protocol conversion.

A11 network management work shall be coordinatedand approved by the Authority's Architect. /Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management SystemsInteqrator.

Network Management Application shall be based on agraphical object-oriented software system thatprovides an intuitive interface for network designand installation. Network Management Applicationshall be compatible with Windows XP Service Pack3, Windows Vista Service Pack L, and WindowsServer 2003 Rel-ease Service Pack 2 (or the latestrevision) , operating systems. This software mustall-ow for creat.ion of multiple logical subsystemswithin the overal-f conlrol strategy. The LonWorksNetwork Management shal-l- include all- sof twaremodules necessary to provide complete networkmanagement, installation and maintenance.

Network Manaqement Tools and Software Applicationsshal-l support multiple service tooi_s in aclient/server neLwork fashion. ApplicationPrograms shallbe based on the latest version ofthe LonWorks Network Services Operating System.

Network Management Application shal_l_ support astandard for 'plug-in' applets. The networkmanagement appli-cation should act as a .director'program that provides a published interfaceallowing other manufacLurers to construct plug-inapplets to run within the director application.

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 43(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

o7 /2e/LO

5

LLTI NO. : 053545

Network Manaqement Application shal-l_ be capable ofscanning network to discover devices, upload aportion of the overall- network conf i-gurationstored in each devi-ce, and deduce from theseportions the overall- network database. The NetworkManagement Application shall_ be capable ofrecovering attributes and configuration propertiesdirectly f rom individual devices/control-l-ers onthe conlrol network.

Network Management Application shallbe capable ofmergi-ng separate network databases into a commondatabaser so that separate independent networkdesigns each having an independent server can becommissioned independently and be later merqedinto a single network.

Network Management Applicatj-on shall be capable ofbatch design and commj-ssioning operations forspeed of deployment.

Ar,nanl- rl.rl aFrnrrrrm q

Network Management Appl-ications

The Temperature Controlraqnnna i l-, I o €nr nrnrri rli nn! v! lJ! v v rvrrrYnetwork manaqement toolsrl"ri n^ f trn -i *^'l ^*^-f -+-i ^-uu! rrry Ltls rlrrprgtrrelJ Lcr LJ-l,/]1SVSICM.

Contractor shal-l- beall network platform andat edch school facilityof the LonWorks control

The LonWorks network platform and networkmanagement shall be implemented with the latestversions of the following deveJ-opment andintegration tools as coordinated with the FMSI:

b

LNS Network Operating System.

Echel-on LonManaqer Protocol AnalyzerLOYTEC Analyzer (LPA).

or

LonMaker Integration Tool- Turbo Profess j-onal-Edition 3.2.

LNS Plug-ins.

LNS DDE Server.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 44(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

d

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

R System Performance parameters

The system shall update a graphic with 25 dynamicpoi-nts with al-l current data within 5 seconds.

The maximum time between the command of an outputna.i n+ 1^,, 1-r^^ onerator and the reaCtion l-rrz l- hpIrv!rr L vJ LrlE vye! q Lv! qrru LIIg rgclL- L_LUrr v y Ltrg

device shal-l be less t.han 2 seconds.

The maximum time between when a node object goesinto alarm and when it. is annunciated at theSchoof Operator Console (SOC) provided by theI-:ni'l i l-rz M=nrrraman1- Qrzcf amg Tnf eCrrator Shal]_ nOtexceed 30 seconds.

Engineer Al-arm and Messaqe Reporting Syst.em

The message alarm and report system f rom t.he School_Operator Console (SOC) to operating personnel and tothe Central-ized Host Control Station (CHCS) is to beprovided by the Facility Management Systems Integrator.LonWorks Network Manasement Execution

1 . The Temperature Control ContracLor shal-l-, af teralf hardware (devices/controll-ers, nodes andwlring) have been installed, provide all necessarydevice instal-l-ation, device conf iguration, devicediagnostics, and network variabl-e binding andsystems diagnostics. The Temperature ControlContractor shal-1 util-ize the Portabl_e OperationsTerminal- (POT) to provide all LonWorks networkmanagement execution independent of the SchoolOperator Console (SOC) and Graphical UserInterface software provided by the FacilityManagement Systems Integrator under Division15 973 .

The Temperature Control- Contractor shal-l uti-lize aprotocol analyzer tool-, Echelon LonManager orLOYTEC (LPA) to monit.or network traf f ic on aLl_installed control channels for a minimum oftwenty-four (24) hours per channel. Reconfigurenodes and/or instal-l additional routers asnecessarv to maint.ain traffic to at l-east 80% ofchannel bandwidth capacity.

The Authority's Facility Management Syst.emsIntegrator shall oversee al-I of the above worknarf nrmad 1-\r' f ha TamnalSl6pg COntf O'l SvSf Cmvl Lr19 lErttI/E!qLu!E vvtIL!vr uJ9LgtLL

Contractor.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTE.M 15970 45(LONWORKS BMS/DDC r{rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

3.

D.

NYCSCA

0z /29/L0

t-\

h

(LONWORKS

Device/node

Device/node

Device/node

Device/node

inst.all-ation.a^- F.i f .i ^^uvrr! JY ur G uru1l .

l.: ^^^^^+.: ^^\-rfcrvrlrJD L_Lr-D .

maintenance.

LLlil NO. : 063545

E Hardware Install-ation1. All node instal-lation and network instatlation

procedures shall be under the direct oversiqht bythe Authority's Facility Management SystemsInteqrator.

2. Install and bind nodes in accord.ance with themanufacturers written installation instructionsand the Authority's Architect / Engineer-of-Record/ Facility Management Systems Integrator.

F. i-Lon 100 Internet Server Schedulinq software

1. The TCC shall provide scheduling software(i.Lon100 e-3 or later) to monitor, controf, andpictorially represent the Scheduling points of theLonWorks control svstem on t.he pOT screen.

The Temperature Control Contractor shal_l_ provideto t.he Facilities Management Systems Integrator orAuthority's Representat.ive a licensed copy of thei-LON 100 e-3 software that j-s required to programthe TCC Schedul-er screens. This software i_n turnshafl- be provided to the New York City Departmentof Education (NYCDOE).

G LonWorks Network Servi_ces (LNS)

1. General: Provide a 32*bit, object*orient.edmultiple client server based Network Manaqementappfication program (s) utilizing the latestLonWorks Network Servj_ces (LNS) ApI.

Network Manaqement clients shal_l_ be capable ofperforming the following network services byaccessing the approprlate network node databasesfrom the Network Services Server:

2.

d

Fiei-d programming.

Network variab]e bindinq.

Network variable browsinq.

Network Recoverv.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 46BTI{S/DDC IIITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NvcscA

07 /29/LO LLtil NO. : 053545

Network-merge functions.

Graphical user interface

k. System diagnostics.

3. The Network Manaqement Services software (NSS)shall reside on the BMS Local Area Network serverand on the POT during commissioning of the projectby the Temperature Control Contractor. Thisapplication shall support multiple clients on theLocal Area Network and by using Operator Interfacedevices anvwhere on the BMS control_ network.

Network Management Database Server (LNS/WEB Server)

1. The Temperature Control Contractor shal_1 provideone dedicated Portabl-e Operator Terminal_ (pOT)computer to allow network system commissioning andaccess. Once installed, the POT computer shallserve with the network database server durinq theinstall-ation and commissioning of networksubsystems or channels that are commissj_oned priorto the School- Operating Consol-e being provided byt.he Authority's Facility Management SystemsIntegrator.

LNS/V{EB Server

The LNS/WEB Server shall incorporate the followingi-tems as a mi-nimum requiremenL:

CPU: Intel Core 2 Duo E6305, 1.86 GHz, 2MBCache, 1-066 MHz FSB.

RAM: Minimum 4 Gig ECCSingle-Ranked, expandable.

DDR2 Style 4x1GB

c. Motherboard: Front Side 800 MHz bus speedwith Intel 81230 or higher chipset.

t_

l

b

d Hard Drives: Two (250 GB or larger) 1200 rpmSATA Hard Drives.

Hardware RAfD Card: SATA RAID (Supported byMicrosoft Windows 2003 Server O/S andApplicable Manufacturer Certified Driver OEMLOGO Program) Card Configured as Level 1(Mirroring) .

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 47(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /2elLO

f

Lt![ NO. : 063545

Video Display z L9" LCD Monitor, Capable ofviewing up to 1600 X 7200 B 32 bit depth modeG75 Hz in 16 X 9 format with a Video DisplayAdapter equipped with video graphics cardcapable of displaying up to 1600 X 1200resol-ution @ 32 bits, video memory minimum ofI2B Meg of RAM.

HMI Interfaces: USB Standard 105key keyboardand 3 butt.on USB Mouse.

Floppy drive: 3.5 inch high density (1,.44Mb) .

FIoppy and hard drive cont.roller cards.

DVD R Dri_ve: DVD (+ / -) & CD-R&RW with minimumread speed of 40X.

Two (2) on-board RS-232 serial_ ports, oneparallel port, and four USB ports.

56K Internal Hayes compatibl_e Modem.

I/O Bus Devices: (3) avaiJ-able 3 pCI Expresssl-ots and 2 standard PCI.

Net.work f nterf ace Driver.Network Interfaces: 1 Onboard Network AdapterCard and 1 additional Network Adapter cardcapable of IO/IO0l1000 Ethernet Speeds.

LonWorks Network Interface APIU to functionas NSI terminal_.

Microsoft Server 2003 Standard Edition R2,Service Pack 2 operating system (or LatestVers j-on) with f ive cl_ient licenses withIicense registered to the NYC Department ofEducation.

Echelon LonMaker Integrat j_on Tool_ Turbo f orWindows Professional Edition 3.2.

Echelon LNS DDEversion) softwareto match TCC/ s.i

^f ^-f -^^^

Echel-on i],on 600rzarc'i nn\vv!urvrr/.

server 2.I (or latestwith appropriate plug-ins

hardware and software

g.

h.

I.

).

hta.

Y.

IP Server 1.0 (or .l-atest

u. Echel_on il,on 100 e3 Ip (or l_atest versj_on).

TEMPERATURT CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 48(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OpERjATTNc CONSOLE)

t.

NYCSCA

o7 /29/LO

w.

x.

v.

LLII NO. : 063545

Manufacturer's Warranty: Four-year on-sitesupport with four hour exchange of parts.

Chassis Style: Mini-Tower.

Qorrrar M:nranmnn{-.uE! v s! r'tqrrqYElrtgll L .mnn'i {- n-'i -^LV! rrrY .

/-rnalrl a aF OS based

The IP address sha.l-l be determined by project.connect. The FMSI shall obtain the addressand forwarded to the TCC for install-ation.The LNS server shall not be joined to adomain but rather to a workgroup by the TCC.

The Computer Name shal-l be determined by theOSSS/tt via the FMSf and forwarded to the TCCf or instal-l-ation.

The FMSI shall provide the TCC with thecurrent hardware specifications supported bythe OSSS/IT.

Z.

hl^)

Acceptable Manufacturers: Dell_ PowerEdge Series.

The LNS server shallbe provided with anuninterruptible power supply (UPS) meeting thespeeifications of 2.5.L3.

Portable Operators Terminal (POT)

1. The Temperature Control- Contractor shal_l_ provideone Portable Operator Terminal- (POT) interfacedevice, for use by the Temperature ControlContractor for system commissioning during projectimplementation. The Portable Operator Terminalshall be turned over to the Authority, once thesystem has been commissioned and approved by theAuthority Representative (s) and/or the FacilityManagement Systems Integrator, to t.he school_s11116r:1- i nn an^-,.Y1_neer.

The Portable Operator Termi-nal- shal1 incorporatethe following items as a minimum reguirement.

a. PCLTA2O or PCLTA21 LonWorks Network Interface(i.e. Free Topology Transceiver, TP/FT-10).

b. PCMCIA or card bus 10/100 Ethernet NetworkInterface card.

c. Operating System Software.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 49(LONWORKS B&[S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

2.

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO LL?[ NO. : 063545

LonWorks Network Interface API to function asa NSI terminal_.

User Display Screen (I5" XGA Active matrix) .

^^^2 GB RAM minimum expandable.

Intel Core 2 Duo T7500 (2.20 GHz) 4M L2Cache, 800 MHz Dual Core or higher.

Mi-nimum One 80 GB hard drive.One 55 Kbaud modem.

DVD R Drive: DVD (+/-) & CD-R&RW with minimumread speed of 40X.

Touch pad mouse.

Four-year, next-business-day, on-sitemaintenance service contract with AccidentalDamage coverage.

Acceptable Manufacturers: Dell_

The Portabl-e Operator Terminal_ Int.erf ace Deviceshall- be capable of supporting al_1 LONWORKSnetwork transceiver types / E'TT Lul r\r tEthernet/ICP/IP, etc.) and provide for the abilityto serve multiple control_ channel_s by ptugging ina PCMCIA network card for the appropriate networktype.

4. The Portabl-e Operator Interface Device shall havea f actory-instal-l-ed Operating System to incl_udeMicrosoft Windows XP professional-, oy latesrrel-ease.

A

g.

T-

h.

i.

j.

1-

't

?

The Portable Operator Interfacehave factory-installed cl-ient

Ug V f L-E: DIICl-L -L

sof t.ware toProfessionalinclude Microsoft v! ! !ug

(Including fnternet Explorer) .

The Portable Operator Interface Device shallbe capable of Client Server operatj-ons to NSSvia FTTl0, or Ethernet TCP/Ip LonWorkschannel-s.

The Portabl-e Operator Interface Device shallbe equipped with manufacturer specific^rnar-m r*n nnnf -i arrrr1- inn =nn'l inr1- ..innPrugl.ctltt dllt..l. *---.t apptl_CaEl_Ons Of"plug-ins" for al-l- devices/controllers on thecontrol network.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTE!{ 15970 50(LONWORKS BMS/DDC rVrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

h

N:rcscA

07 /29/L0 LLTI NO. : 063545

J. Application Specific Controfl_er (ASC)

General- Requirements

Application Specific Controllers shall_ beequipped with either a 3720 or a 3150 Neuronmicroprocessor controller, a mj-nimum of 64Kprogrammable non-vo1atile (fl-ash) memory forgeneral data processing, power supply,input/output modul-es, termination blocks,network transceivers.

Operating system software, operati-ng sequencesoftware and application programs shall bestored in programmabl-e, non-volatile memory.

The ASC unit may be equipped with a dedicatedsof tware cf ock battery. I f incl-uded, Lhebattery shall be capable of maintaining timeof duy, day of week, date, month, and year,'i ndonandon1- nf crze1- am nnr,Te1. fOf a 12 hOUfuJ u uvrrl _yv*peri-od. Incl-ude an integral calendar withautomatic leap vear compensation.

1_.

1^\

ASC Interface Software

1-\

General: ASC shall be configured, notprogrammed, via PC based interface software.This software shall be a program applet,which runs within the network management toolchosen. fntimate knowledge of operation ofASC shallnot be required for configuration.

ASC shall- provi-de a selection of control-applications performable throughconfiguration of the device. Download of newapplication shoul-d not be required for one ofthoqa annl i n:l- i nnq

ASC Device Software

a. General: An ASC shal-l operate in standalonemoder ds needed for specified control-applications if network communication fails.Sof tware shall- incl-ude a complete operatingsystem (O.S.), communications handler, pointprocessing, standard control- algorithms, andspecific control sequences.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 51(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

o7 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

b. Operating System software shall reside inprogrammabl_e f l_ash memory, operate in real_*trme, provide prioritized task scheduling,control- time programs, monitor and managenetwork communications, and scan inputs andoutputs. Operating System shall_ also containbuilt in diaqnosti_cs.

Application Generic Cont.roll_er (AGC)

General Requirements1.

Application Generic Controffers shall beequipped with either a 3120 or a 3150@ Neuronmicroprocessor controller, a minimum of 64Kprogranmabl-e non-volatil-e (flash) memory forqeneral data processing, power supply,input/output modules, termination blocks,network transceivers.

Operating system software, operatj_ng sequencesoftware and application proqramsr dsapproved by the Architect / Engineer-of-Record or Facility Management SystemsIntegrator, shall be stored in programmable,non-volatil-e memorv.

The AGC unit shall be equipped wit.h adedicated software clock battery. The batteryshal-l be capable of maintaining time of d"y,day of week, date, month, and year,independent of system power for a 12 hourperiod. Incl-ude an integral cal-endar withautomatic leap year compensatj-on.

AGC Interface Software

t^,

2.

General: AGC shallbe configured, notprogrammed, via PC based interface software(LNS pfug in) . This software shalibe aprogram that runs in con;unction with thenetwork manaqement tool chosen. Intimateknowledge of operation of AGC shallnot berequired for configuration.

AGC shall provide a selection of controlfunction blocks that can be configured.Download of new applications from networkmanagement tool shal_1 be possible, but notrequired.

h

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 52(LONWORKS BIdS/DDC rVrTH SCHOOL OpERjATTNc CONSOTE)

lnrcscA

07 /29/L0

1.

LtW NO.: 063545

Custom Applicat.ion Controller (CAC)

General- RequJ-rements

h

Custom Application Controllers shall_ beequipped with either a 3120 or a 3150@ Neuronmicroprocessor controller, a minimum of 64Kprogrammabl-e non-vo1atile (flash) memory forgeneral data processing, power supply,input/output modules, terminatj-on blocks,network transceivers.

Operating system software, cusLom operatingseguence software (manufacturer's tool setsas defined in Article 2.I) and applicationprograms shallbe stored in programmable,non-volatil-e memorv.

The CAC unit may be equipped with a dedicatedsoftware cfock battery. If included, thebattery shal-l be capable of maintaining timeof duy, day of week, date, month, and year,independent of system power for a 12-hourperiod. Include an integral calendar withautomatic leap year compensation.

CAC Software

t/-a*^-- 1 . A CAC shall operate in standal-onemoder ds needed for speci-fied controlapplications if network communication fails.Software shal-l include a complete operatingSrrql- om (O q \ ^nmmrrn'i n=f i nnq trrnrll ar nni nfoJaLsrtl \v.J. /, UUlruttUtIJUCLLfvrrJ rrqrru!s!, y(,fItLprocessing, standard controf algorithms, andspecific control sequences.

O. S. sof tware shal-l- reside in proglrammablefl-ash memory, operate in real-time, provideprioritized task scheduling, control timeprograms, monitor and manaqe CAC to OIcommunications, and scan inputs and outputs.O. S. shall also contain built in diaqnostics.

Input/Output Point Processj-nq Software shallinclude:

1) Continuous update of input and outputvalues and conditions. A11 continuouspoints are to be updated at a minimum ofone-second intervafs.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 53(LONWORKS BMS/DDC rVrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

2.

h

NYCSCA

o7 /2elto LLW NO.: 053545

Reasonability checks on all_ analog-i nnrr# o .^a-i - ^f {- ha nrorri nrr c I ., ra=A rr='l rrarrrlruLD crvo._Lr-r>L Lrrs I/!svauu.jIy Ied(l Vdl-Ueand discards those val-ues f allingoutside pre-progranmed reasonabilitylimits.

Assignment of proper engineering unitsand status condition identifiers to allanalogr and digital input. and outputs.

Analog input al-arm comparison with theability to assiqn two individual_ sets ofhigh and l-ow fimits (warning and actualalarm) tn an innrrf .)r 1-n aqqirrn a qof nfrrryuL v! uv qJJfYrr q JEL v!

floatinq limits (alarm follows a resetschedul-e or control- point) to the input.Each alarm shallbe assigned a uniquedifferential to prevent a point fiomoscill-aLing into and out of afarm. Al_armcompari-sons shall be made each scancyc1e.

De-bounce of digital inputs to preventnuisance alarms. De-bounce timing shallbe adjustable from two seconds to twominutes in one-second increments.

d Alarm Lockouts

1) Alarm lockout software shall be providedto prevent nuisance alarms. On initialstart-up of a j-r handler and othermechanii:al- equipment a "timed l-ockout"peri-od shal-l be assigned to analogpoints to afl_ow them to reach a stablecondition bef ore activatJ-ng alarmcomparis;on 1ogic. Lockout period is tobe prograrnmable on a per point basisfrom 0 to 90 minutes in one-minuteincrements.

Custom DDC Control Loops

Custom DDC programs are to be provided tomeet the control- strategies as cal_led for inthe sequence of operation sections of thesespecif ications. Each DDC Controller shal_l_have residenl-ial- in its memory and availabl_eto the pro(Jrams a ful_l_ library of DDCalgorithms, intrinsic control_ operators,arithmetic, logic and relational operatorsfor implement-ation of control sequences:

2)

3)

4)

q\

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 54(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0 ttW NO.: 063545

A11 DDC setpoints, gai-ns and timeconstants associ-ated with DDC programsshall be available to the operator fordisplay and modif ication vi-a theportable operator's terminal and SOCworkstation.

DDC control proqrams shall include anassiqnment of initialization values toall outputs to assure that controlleddevices/controll-ers assume a fail-safennqi l- i nn r'\n 'i ni l- i ai qrzc1- am c1-rrl- -rrn!II! 9IqI J)' J UVTTL J Uq! U U}/.

M. Uninterruptible Power Supp1y

The LNS server located in the Main TelecommunicationsRoom shallbe provided with rel_iable backupuninterruptible power supply (UPS) meeting thefol-lowing minimum specifications :

.Srrrcre Prof cr-l-ed OUtletS.

Lightning and Surge Protection.

Si te wi ri no fauf t indicator.Reset-able circuit breaker.

Audible alarms: l-ow battery.llser-renl ar-cahl e hot-swan batteries

1. Output power

Output power

capacity : l- 10 0 VA

supply: 640 W

Nominal- output voltage: L20 VAC

10. Output Connections: six surged protected outlets,f our wi-th battery back-up.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 55(LONWORKS B['{S/DDC ylrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLS)

tl

2)

2.

?

A

x

9.

N:rcscA

07 /2elLO

Batteri-es:

Type: Maintenance-free,

LLII NO. : 053545

l-ead-acidol anf rn-l rr{. a.

ca: I arlv 9gJvg,

hal-l-orrz uri.l_h qrrcnanrladj wJLrt ouol/Erruguleak*proof.

Manufacturer: Belkin Enterprise Series 1100 VA(Part Number: F6C1100-UNV) or ApC equivalent.

2.06 LON ROUTERS, BRTDGES e TRAIISCETVERS

A. Routers and Bridqes

Equip each router and bridge with a networktransceiver on each network port (inbound andoutbound) as dictated by the requi-red networktype.

The network router shall be designed to routemessages from a segment, sub-net, or domain inful-l duplex communication mode.

Routers and bridges shall util-ize LonTalk@protocol transport, network, and session layers totransparent.ly route messages bound for a nodeaddress in another sub-net or domain.

Routers and bridges shallbe fulIy programmableand permit a syst.ems integrator to define messagetraffic, destination, and other network manaqementfunctions utiliz:ng LONWORKS, Network Servers(LNS) and Net Profil-er install-ation tool_s throughthe LON Manager Software package or other LNS APIbased Network Management t.ool as approved by theArchitect / Enqineer-of -Record / f'USf .

The routers and bridges shal-l be capable of DINrail- or panel mounting and be equipped with statusLED lights for Network traffic and power.

Provide a minimum of (2) Neuron 3150 processorsfor use as the network rourer communicationcontroller.

Transcei-vers

The transceiver shall be an Echel-on i.LON 600router furni-shed with the latest softwareavailable from the Echel-on's website.

A

R,

b.

iLON600 Firmware I.00.24

iLON600 Release 1.0 SP4.

TEI{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI,T 15970 55(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC IIITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

ot /29/Lo LL9il NO. : 063545

c. iLON600 Rel_ease 1.0 SP5.

d. 1LON600 Release 1.0 SP6.

e. Additional updates as required.

LonWorks/IP Server TPlFT-10 channel-, 90-240 VAC

Ethernet Port I0/L00l1000 Base-T, auto-selecting, auto-polarity

Ethernet Connector RJ-45Operating Input +24 VAC or VDC, +33% 1,20 VACvoltage

Lonworks/rP serverModels 1260I/12602 (or latest)Or A Loytec L-IP Router.Loytec/fP Server TPIFT-10 channel_, 90-240 VAC

Ethernet Port I0/I00l1000 Base-T, auto-selecting, auto-polarity

Ethernet Connector RJ-45Onor:f i r*-,.)g Input I2-35VDCII2-24VAC Supply Voltagevortage

Loytec/rP serverModefs LIP-3ECTB/LIP-1ECTB (or l_atest)

C. Schedulers

The i. Lon 100 e3 shallprovide al-l scheduling andshall be an Echelon Model- 121,01 (or latest) . Thescheduler shall be furnished with the l-atest softwareavail-able from the Echel_on website.

f. iLON100e3 Sp2.

2. iLON100e3 SP2 Update 1.

3. iLON100e3 SP2 Update 4.

4. iLON100e3 Sp2 Update 5.

5. Additional updates as required.The scheduler shall be furnished with the f ol-l-owinofeatures.

Channel Type TPIFT-IOOperating Input Voltage L00-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz or

+24 VAC i33%Power Consumptj-on <15 WattsEthernet Port. I0/L00l1000 Base-T, auto-

selecti-ng, auto-polarityEthernet Connector Type RJ-45, 8-conductorTem'oerature

MTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 57(toNwoRKs B[.rslDDc WITH SCHOOL OPERjATING CONSOLE)

07 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

D.

/-)naraJ- i naq uf rlY

Nfnn-nnorrf i nnHumidity (non-condensing)

f)nar: l-'i nae uf rrY

Non-operating

Termi-nator Modules

0-500C-40 to +85oC

10 to 90% RH G 50oC902 RH max G 50oC

Provi-de Terminator Modul-es, location and number,in accordance with the Lonworks instal-lationstandards on each LON network segment and as shownon the contract drawings.

2 . Terminator Modul-es shallbe provided as follows:

Echelon Model 44100 or Loytec Model LT-33 forF^ /--TPlFT-l0 free topology channel_.

Echelon Model 44101 or Loytec Model LT-33 forTPlFT-10 bus topology channel.

2.07 CrSCO CATALYST WS-C3550G-24PS-E SWTTCH (OR TATEST VERSTON)

The Cisco Mode] WS-C3560G-24PS-E (or l_ater version) switchshal-l provide twenty-four (24) L0/r00/r00O-Mbps ports andfour (4) SPF-based Giqabit Ethernet ports for the LonWorksnetwork connectivity requirements.

The Cisco switch shall meet thespecifications:

following minimum

A. Performance

1. Cisco Catalyst WS-C35 60G-24PS-E (or later version)switch: 32-Gbps maximum forwarding bandwidth.

2. I MB packet buffer memory architecture shared byal1 ports.

3. 128-MB DRAM and 16-MB fl-ash memorv.

4. Configurabl-e up to L2,000 MAC addresses.

5. The switch shal-l be provided with the IP Servj-cesI j-cense (previously referred to as the EnhancedMultilayer Image r or EMI) .

Connectors And Cabl_inq

1. 1OBASE-T ports: RJ-45 connectors, two-pairCategory 5e unshielded twisted-pair (Urel cabling.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 58(toNwoRKs B[!S/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

1.

P.

lnrcscA

07 /29/L0

2.

?

LLTI NO. : 063545

100BASE-TX ports: RJ-45| 2TAdnr\7 ha ll'l'U -ah I r hd

I "v

connectors,' t.wo-pair

1000BASE-TX ports: MT-RJ connectors, up to 1800feet (550 meters) cable distance for 50/125 or upto 900 feet (215 m) cable distance for 62.5/I25micron multimode fiber-optic cablinq.

Power Connectors

1. The j-nterna] power supply supports input voltagesbetween 100 and 240 VAC.

2. AC power cord to connect the AC power connector toan AC power outlet.

3. AC input voltagre: 100 to I2'7 , 200(auto-ranging) .

4. AC input frequency: 41 to 63 Hz.

Modef Number

1. Cisco Catalyst WS-C3560?-24PS-Erzar< i nn \w v!u+vrr/ .

(nr I a1- ar\v!

t-\

Provide sensors and transmitters required asoutlined j-n the input/output summary andqa^rian^6 aF

^r1ar:l- i nn anCl aS feOUifedvl/v!-UY

achieving the specifi-ed accuracy as specifiedherein.

Temperature transmitters shallbe equippedwith indivj-dual zero and span adjustments.The zero and span adjustments shall be non-interactive to permit calibration withoutiterative operations. Provide a loop testsignal to aid in sensor calibration.Temperature transmitters shallbe sized andconstructed to be compatible wlth the mediumto be monitored. Transmitters shal-l- beanrr i nnarl t-i f I a ]_ineariZation CirCUit tOcompensate for non-lineari-ty of the sensorand bridge and provide a true l-inear outputsiqnal.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 59(roNwoRKs BMS/DDC rVrTH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

(-

to 240 VAC

D.

2.08 ELECTRONTC INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICES

A. Temperature and Humidity Sensors and Transmitters

General Sensor & Transmitter Requirements

a

rnrcscA

o7 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

d. Temperature seRsors shal-l- be of theresistance type and sha1l be either three-wire 100 ohm platinum RTD, or two-wire 1000ohm platinum RTD.

Thermistors may be acceptable provided thatthe temperature vs. resistance curves arecontained either in the controller's softwareor firmware and that its performance is asspecified herein efsewhere. Submit proof ofthe software mathematical equation or thefirmware conversion charts together with thetemperature/resi-stance charts from themanuf acturer of the sensor. Thermistors shal-l-be of the Thermistor (NTC) Type with aminimum of 100 ohm/oF resistance changie\zerqrrq i_amncratUre tO inSUfe qOOd feSOlUtiOnevfrrve!

and accuraty. Thermistors shal-] be certifiedto be stable +0.2408. over five years and+0.36"F. accurate and free from drift forfive years.

The following accuracies are requi-red andincl-ude errors associated with the sensor,lead wire and A to D conversion.

o Point Type Accuracyo Outside Air 0.5"Fo Chilled Water 0.5"Fo Room Temperature 1.00oFo Hot Water/Steam 0.75oFo Duct Temperature 0.5oFo Sensors Used in Energy 0.1oF Matched-Pair

Water (BTU) or Process SensorsCalculations

Thermowell-s

a. Thermo-wells are requj-red f or all- temperaturesensors in fluids transported within pipingsuch as, but not limj-ted to, water and steam.

Thermo-wells shal-l- be supplied as a completea.qscml-rlrz inr-lrrdinr-r fhc qonq.)r- qay-\erableuv+r]Y'JUI/q

wel-l-, wellhead and Greenfiel-d fitting.Thermowells shalf be pressure rated andconstructed in accordance with the systemworking pressure.


}a

NYCSCA

07 /2slLO

Duct sensorsall-owable formeasurement.

rl

LLW NO.: 063545

Thermowells and sensors shall_ be mounted in athreadolet or I/2" NPT saddle and allow easyaccess to the sensor for repair orreplacement.

Thermowells shall be filled with heat-conductive compound which is specificallymanuf acLured f or the applicat.ion. Thecompound shallbe suitable for thetemperature range being sensed.

Thermowells shall be constructed offolf owinq material-s:

fL^LIIg

Chilfed and Hot Water; brass.

Steam,' 316 stainl-ess steel_.

Brine (sa1t sol_utions )o+ r.i n'l ^^ ^ a+^^ l

marine grade

Duct-Mounted Sensors

a. Duct-mounted sensors shall mount in ahandibox through a hole in the duct and bepositioned so as to be easily accessible forrepair or replacement. A neoprene grommet(Seaftite fitting and mountJ_ng plate) shal_Ibe used on the sensor assembly to prevent airleaks.

1)

2)

?\

b. shal-I be insertion typedischarge air temperature

c. Acceptable Manufacturers and Model No.s

HA11 'i RA / AAT] AQgrrl sv! +eu .

Veris Industires TD series.

Greystone TE200 Series.4\ r:F Sontav Model- LN-TT-522-ETT

or approved equal.

Arzer:rri nrr Tlrrr-l- 'larzna Qancnrauuu L r J_yE ugrtDvl D

Provide for ductwork measurement to accountfor air temperature measurement of mixed airtemperatures and discharge air temperaturesfor ductwork greater than 36 inches in anydimensi-on and where alr temperaturestratification exists. Temperature Control

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 61(LONWORKS BI'IS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

1)

2)

3)

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO

Prorzi dc r-ani lnnjn# {-n +L^yvf,rr L LU LrrE

element and toean Qnr

LLW NO.: 063545

Contractor shal-l- uti-1i ze averagling ducttemperature sensors for these applications.The use of duct insertion type sensors isprohibited for these applications.

b. The Temperature Control Contractor shall-utilize an averagi-ng sensor with muJ-tip1esensing points using either of two desi-gns:

The averaging sensor shall be a flexiblecopper tube containing multiplethermistor sensors wired in a manner toaveragie their resistance and thereforetheir temperatures. The sensing elementshal-l- be fastened in such a manner thatthe element not come into direct contactwith any sharpr or abrasive metal-. Useof averaging straps intended f or t.hispurpose is required.

2) The averaging sensor shall be agalvanized steel tube with hol-esextending across the duct or plenum tobe sampled. A bl-eed hole outside theduct or plenum causes air to enter thesample tube and exit at. the b}eed hole,thus bathing the sensor in average air.The averaging sensor shal-l- be installedcomplete with end-cap, compressionfittings, gdskets, mounti-ng flange andreguired accessories.

1)

I : rrz srrnnorf S at COnneCtiOnduct to support the sensingprevent abrasion damagre to the

d. Acceptable Manufacturers and model- No.s

Bapi BA/series.

Veris TA series.

Greystone TE200 series

Or approved equal.

tl

2)

3)

4)


sYsrEM 15970 62OPER;ATING CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

07 /2e/LO LLlil NO. : 063545

5. Duct Relative Humidity & Temperature Sensors

Sncr- i f i r-: tions Humiditv E]ementrr ulllf uf u J

Operat.ing rangie 0 to 100% RHAccuracy at 68oF (20"C) +Z% RH, 2O-7SZ RH

including hysteresi-s,.l 'i nae ri .|- rz and+ trrvq! r LJ t

repeatability32 to L22"F (-6 to 50oC)Less than 0.06% perrlanraa I'a\^^- ^.i f .i --^uavc.(/rLtvg

only 4-20 mA, 0-10100%^rn^n rf i OnalI/r vyvr ur

interface tocontroller)

Output signal-RH/T units 0-10 VDC, 0-100%

Polarity protectionnranar# -i ^- ^ 1I/rUIJUr LlUf lclA

Yes

Operating temperatureTemperature effectQonci nn ol ama--n,,+^..+ ^..i -'.^I_RHvuLI/uL Df9r1Cl.

units

RTD callbration pointAr.r-rr r.a r\\/Qanqi na al amanr

Output signal

32"F (0"C)+10F (10.55'C)1,000 Ohm RTD0-10 VDC 0-100% linear,

vDC, 0-I i narr

(ProvideLon

I i naar+!rreq! t

Specifications - Temperature Element(-6 to 50oc)

proportionalCalibration adjustments None required

General Specifications18 AWG cabl-e lengthshared in conduit wit.hother sensor wirinq 750-ft (229m\ max

Connections Screw terminal-sDimensions Duct Probez I/2" O.D. x

J'L (123.7 mm x 177.8 mm)Duct Housing, 4" L x 4-I/2" W x 2-L/2" D ,102 mmx 115 mm x 64 mm)

\/o'l 1- acra ror-nri rement 13.5 to 35 VDC or 24 VAC

Duct RH/T Sensor 5% (0-f0 VDC)Siemens Model Number 538-896 or Kele GEH seriesOr Bapi Model Number BA/xx-H270 or approved equal

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTED{ 15970 63(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

07 /2e/L0

6 Room Rel-ative Humiditv Sensors

Qnanifin=f innq - I.Irrmid.ifv EfemenLvYvv!!+vuurvrlu rturtrruruY r

Operating RangeAccuracy at 11 deg F(Element only)

Sensing ElementOperating TemperatureTemnere1- rr ro F,f feCt

LLII NO. : 053545

0-100% RH!22 at 20-95 RH%including hysteresis,'r .i ^^-*"i +., andJffrgalILyt

-f-1^-i'l .i +,,rslJsaLauf rf LyCanar-il-irzo

32-122 deg FLess than 0.06%/deg F

Output Signal (RH/T Unit) 4-20 ma DC 0-100% linear,proportional

Acceptabl-e Manufacturers and Model- No. s

t-\

Grevstone MoclsI Number RH200A

Veris Model Number HD2XVSTC2

Kel-e GEH seriesor approved equal.

Outside Air Temperature and Humidity Sensors

a. Outside air temperat.ure ahO humidity sensorsshal-l be desiqned to withstand theenvironmental conditions to which they wil-1be exposed. They shall also be provided witha solar shield.

The outside air temperature sensor shall befurnished with a sun-shield to reduce theheating effects of refl-ected sunlight fromadjacent surfaces. This shield surroundinglthe sensor el-ement shal-l also protect thesensors against wind velocity effects.

Outside sensors shall be mounted on a north-facing surface, out of direct sunlight, andaway from other heat sources. The outside airhumidity and CO2 sensors shall be installedadjacent to the outside air temperaturesensor.

Outside Temperature and humidity sensorsshal-I comply with the section 2.8 but. shallbe mounted in a NEMA 3R vented encfosure andrated for ambient temperatures.

Acceptabl-e Manuf acturers and Model No. s

1) Bapi BA/xx-H210-0-EU.


t^,

d

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO tL![ NO. : 063545

Veris HO series.

Grevsfone TF,200 seri-esOr :nnrnrrarl 63" r 1vr qj1_yr v v su s9t,rcr-L

Room Sensors (Temperature Onl-y)

Room temperature sensors are to be providedwith a cover to prevent accidental damage.Reference Article 3.5.

Terminal unit temperature sensors shall alIbe of the thermistor (NTC) type with a 100-ohm/"F resj-stance change versus temperaturechange to insure good resolution andaccuracy.

Sensor shallbe supplied with a vertical basefor mounting on a standard single gangi rrnn1_ i

^n l.rnw qrrnn'l i ori hrz l- ha Tamnarr{-rrrnJ urrv Lrvrf vv^ O UyIJf rEU p y Lrrg f grrrygr a L uI E

Control- Contractor.

Office room sensors shall allow theadj ustment of room temperature set.point(l-imited to nominal- setpoint + / - 3 deg F) .

C'l assrcrcrm - PA Snrr'aq Sl- : i rurarzs - Tni I olg andt v es!r

Corri-dors shall have the setpoint adjustedfrom the BMS/DDC SOC. PA Space sensors shall-have a local occupancy button to override therrnn^^lihiad mrl6lp i-n nr-r-rrniqd fOf a 2-hOUf timerlrvsu uv vuv uI/r\

period.

Cl-assroom Sensors:

Distech EC-Sensor, Bapi BA/xx-B-J-C22-CJ withBapi guard thermostat prot.ector, GreystoneTE20OADxx, ACI A/1K-3W*R-232 or approvedequal.

PA Space Sensors:

Distech EC-Sensor-LO, Bapi BA/BS2SF-J-C22L-24-xxx-CG with Bapi guard thermostatprotector, Greystone TE2}OADxxBSAF, ACI A/IK-3W-RO-232-RA-20K*55 to 85 w/LCD or approvedequar

Office Sensors:

Distech EC-Sensor-SLO, Bapi BA/BS2MF-J-C22L-24'xxx-CG with Bapi guard thermostatprotector, Greystone TE2}OADXXAPBSAF, ACfA/1K-3W-RSO-232-RA-20K-55 TO 85 W/LCD orapproved equal

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 65Br{s/DDC VIITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

2\

3)

B.

t-\

d

N:rcscA(LONWORKS

o7 /29lLO

Programmablenoturnr'lr\

LLII NO. : 063545

Stairways, Toilets and Corrj-dors:

Distech EC-Sensor, Bapi BA/xx-B-J-C22-CJ withBapi guard thermostat protector, GreystoneTE2}OADxx, ACI A/1K-3W-R-232 or approvedequal.

b.

thermostats ( connected to the Lon

In l-ieu of having a separate remotetemperat.ure sensor drivi-ng a native Loncontroller, one may combine the sensor andcontroller components into one networkedthermostat. This could be opt.ionally usedfor heat pump units, unit heaters, cabinetunit. heater, and thermostats that driveterminal unit finned-tube radiators orconvector el-ect.ronj-c valve operators.

Office Lon thermostats shall have integraltemperature sensor with LED and setpointadjustments of +/- 3 degrees F. Classrooms,PA Spaces, Stairways, Corridors and Toiletthermostats shall- have the setpoints adjustedat the SOC. Thermostats shallbe 'oowered from24VAC. Thermost.at shal-l provi-de LonMarkVersi-on 3.3 (or later) Space ComfortController Object type #8500 profile.Thermostat shallprovide peer to peercommunicati-on and shall utilize the LonTal-kprotocol.

General- Specifications :

Power: Nominal 24 VAC, 60H2.

Operating Temperature: 32 to I22 degreesl.'

Display Ranqe: -40 t.o L22 degrees F.

Neuron 3120 processor.

5) Transceiver: TplFT-10; 78 kpbs.

LCD: 2 rows B characters each.

Resol-ution: +0 .2"F.

c.

2)

?\

1)

4\

6)

1)

8) Control Accuracy: +0.9(calibrated).

9 ) Sensor rangfe: Heatinq:

degrees F at 70oF

40 to 90oF

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 66(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

o7 /29lLO

10)

11)

LLW NO.: 063545

Sensor range: Cooling: 54 to 100"F

Provide l-oca1 occupied/unoccupiedoverride adjustment for PA spaces.

Remot.e mount temperature sensor: shal_1be 10 K-ohm NTC thermi-stors or approvedequal.

Acceptable manufacturers :

r2)

13)

Distech: EC-StatViconics: VT7600cE Sontay: LN-TT-522-ETTOr approved equa1.

fferential- Pressure Transmitters and Accessori_esB. Di

1. TransmitterGeneral Air and Water pressureRequirements:

h

Pressure transmitters shall_ be constructed towithstand 100% pressure over-range withoutdamage and to hold calibrated accuracy whensubject to a momentary 402 over-range input.Pressure transmj-tters shall_ provi_de theoption to transmit a 0 to 5VDC,0 to 10VDC,or 4 to 20 mA output signal.

Differential pressure transmitters used forflow measurement shalt be sized to the ffowsensing device and shal-l be supplied withshutoff and bl-eed val-ves in the high and lowsensing pick-up lines (two way or 3 way valvemanifolds as appf icab1e) .

Provide a housing with a minimum rating ofNEMA 1 for the transmitter. Locatetransmit.ters in accessi-bl-e l_ocal contro]panels wherever possible.

Duct sensing pressure applications where thevelocity exceeds 1500 fpm shal_l_ util- j_zestatic pressure traverse probes.

d.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 67(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPER;ATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

Low Air Pressure Applications (0 to 0.5 "wc)

The pressure transmitter shall be capable oftransmitting a linear electronic signalproportional to the differential of the roomand reference static pressure input signalswith the following minimum performancespecifications.lt

2)

?\

4)

q\

hl

t)

8)

1)

2)

3'r

t^\ The transmitter shall utili-ze vari-ablecapacitance sensor technology and be immuneto shock and vlbration.Acceptabl-e Manufacturers

Span: Not qreater than two times thedesign space DP.

Accuracy: PIus or minus 0.5% of F.S.

Dead Band: Less than 0.3% of output.

Repeatability: Within 0.22 of output.

T,incari1-rz. pLuS Or minUS 0-?*, of sn^n-uvqrr '

Pacnnnca. r.oSS than One SeCOnd fOr fUllspan input.

Temperature Stability: Output0.01%/oF shift.Pressure transmitters shafl- transmit a 0to 5VDC, 0 to 1OVDC r or 4 to 20 mAoutput siqnal-s.

Veris Industries PX series.

Setra Model 260.

Ashcroft CXLDP.

Medium to High Air Pressure Applications (0.5" to10.0 "wc)

The pressure transmitter shall be similar tothe Low Air Pressure Transmitter except theperformance specifications are not as severe.Provide differential pressure transmitterswhich meet the f ollowi-ng performancerequirements:

TEI{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 68(LONWORKS B!,IS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

lnrcscA

ot /ze/L0

r)

LLW NO.: 053545

Zero & span: (% F. S. /Deg. F) : 0. A4IZinr-lrrrlinn l'inarril-rz hrrofa-aoio -^.l!rIeIuurrrY IIIrgq!rLyt TIyDLETEDJD CTIILIrepeatability.

Accuracy: 1? F.S. (best straight line).Static Pressure Effect:0.5% F.S. (to100 psig) .

Thermal- Ef f ects : (*. 03% F. S. /Oeg. F.over 40oF. to 100oF. (cal_ibrated at7ooF. )

5) Pressure transmitters shall transmit a 0to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDC, or 4 to 20 mAoutput signal.

Acceptabfe manufacturers :

z)

3)

4)

1^,

r_)

2)

?\

Mamac PR-214/215.

Setra Model- 264.

Verrs fndustries PX series.

0.01 20 "wc input differentialpressure rangfe.

Maintain accuracy up to 2QzL turndownratio.

4) Dwyer Series 616W.

5) Greystone LP1 series.

Low Differential, Water Pressure Applications (0"to 20 "wc)

The differential pressure transmitter shall-be of industrial quality and transmit alinear output in response to variation offl-ow meter differential pressure or waterpressure selrsl-ng pof nts.

The dif ferential pressure transmi-tter shal-lhave non-interactive zero ^-latru spanadjustments adjustable from the outside coverand meet {-L^LIIg followi-ng performancespecifications.

h

1)

2)

3)

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BIISIDDC WrTH SCHOOL

Reference Accuracy:span.

+ 0.2 of full

SYSTEM 15970 69oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /2e/L0 LLII NO. : 063545

4) Pressure transmitters shall- transmi-t a0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA outputsignal.

Acceptable Manufacturers :

Medj-um to Hiqh Dif ferential Vfater PressureApplicatj-ons (2I "wc to 100 psi)

a. The differential pressure transmitter shal-1meet f1-'aLIIE low nraQqrrra transmitterspecifications except the following:

1)

2)

5)

4)

II

2)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tobar - Model 75DP1.

Foxboro - Model 823 DP.

rtmanr Mnrlar PX750 - 15OD1 .

Dwrzer Seri cs 655.

Differential- pressure ranqe from 2L "wcto 100 psi.

Reference Accuracy: t LZ of ful-1 span(includes non-l-j-nearity, hysteresj-s, andrepeatability) .

3) Pressure transmitters0-5VDC, 0-10VDC r orsignal.

shall transmit a4-20 mA output

b. Acceptable Manufacturers :

Mamac Series Pr 283.

Veri-s Industri-es PW series.

Kele W30 series.

Greystone WP-D.

6.

Provide three valve manifolds for all wetdifferential pressure transmitters.

Bypass Val-ve Assembly: Mount stand-al-one pressuretransmitters in a bypass valve assembly panel. Thepanel shall be constructed to NEMA 1 standards.The transmitter shal-l- be installed in the panelwith hi and low connections piped and val-ved. Airbl-eed units, bypass val-ves and compressionfittings shallbe provided.

TEIIPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 70(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

tnrcscA

o7 /29lLO

C.

LLW NO.: 063545

El-ectronic Valve & Damper Actuators

Gcnoral Rorvrri roman.l-q /whara ra.rrli rarll\ vrrre!v

Electronic actuators shall be electric,rii rcr-1- cnrrnl arl 1- rzr"ra n:nrl'rl o nf l^,ai na m^Untedu-Y-yvUqyqvrvvU!r]Yrllv

over the shaft of the damper. They shall- beUL listed and the manufacturer shall- providea 2-year unconditional warranty from the dateof Substantial Completion. Power consumptionshall not exceed B watts or 15 VA ofLransformer sizing capacity per high torqueactuator nor 2 watts or 4 VA for VAVactuators. Sound fevel- shall not exceed 45 dBfor high torque or 35 dB for VAV actuators:

Electronic overload protecti-on shall protectactuator motor from damage. If damper ;ams,acLuator shallnot burnout. Internal endswitch type actuators are not acceptable.Actuators ma \z ha manh a n'i nr '1 I rr andelectrical-1y paralleled on the same shaft tomultiply the available torque. A reversi-ngswitch shall be provided to change actionfrom direct to reverse in rel-ation to controlsignal as operation requires.

El-ectronic valve and damper modulatingactuators shall be driven bv a 0-1-0VDc or 4-20 mA siqnal.

Control- Dam'oer Actuators

Outside Air (Oa1 and Exhaust Air (EXH)actuators shafl be modulating, spring-return,normally-closed for fail-safe operation.

The control circuit shall be fully modulatingusing 0-1OVDC or 4-20mA signals. Accuracy andrepeatability shal-l be within tI/21 ofcontrol- signal. A 0-1OVDC or 4-20mA signalshall- be produced by the actuator which i-sdirectly proportional- to the shaft clampposition which can be used to controlactuators which are paralleled off a mastermotor or to provide a feedback signal to theautomation system indicating damper position.Accuracy shall be within t2.52.

Acceptable manufacturers:Dodge, TAC or Del-ta.

RA trmn \t:6f -DgfIILLVf I LGg!Ot

l^t

2.

b


sYsrErd 15970 7LoPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0

4

LLII NO. : 063545

Miscellaneous Damper Actuators

OA combustion and ventilation air intake andEXH damper actuators shall be two-position,sprrng-return, normally-closed if any waternininn nni Ic nr nfhar Afrltinmanf in .|-ha en^-6yf urrrY t uvllD v! vLIIE! EYuryrttslrL lll LIIE Dyquswhich the damper serves needs to be prot.ectedfrom freezing. Otherwise drive open, driveclosed type 2 position may be used. Theminimum torque for any actuator shal-l be 50inch-lbs.

b. Acceptable manufacturers: Belimo, Staefa,Dodge or Dei_ta.

Inlet Vanes Actuators

DDC control systems shall uti-lize variabl-efrequency drives (VFD) for fan modulation.

Acceptabl-e manufacturers:Hnnoiruza'l I TAa

t rrrv.

Johnson Controls,

Combination Smoke and Fire Damper Actuators

]-\

Actuators shalI be factory mounted andconnected to the damper section and shallconform to UL-555S specifications and Section15915. They shall be rated for 350"F.Coordinate with Fire Al-arm contractor foractuator voltage and normal-ly open/norma11yclosed orientation.

D. Valve Actuators

Cont.rol Val-ves Actuators (3 inch and smaller)

b.

Actuators shall have a gear release button ona

'l I non-snri no rc.|- rr rn modcls tO al_l_Ow manUal_caf l-inn Dinag Shal_1 be frrl lrz inqrrla1-o6[ andDrrqJJ vs !uf!J rrroulqLg

heat. shiefds shal-l be i-nstalled if necessarv.

The control- circuit shall be fully moduJ_atingusing 0-10 volt or 4-20 mA signals. Accuracyand repeatability shal-l be within L/2L ofcontrol- signal. A 0-1OVDC or 4-20n'A feedbackc i an =-l -fl - f f ha nrar{rrnarl }rrr l-ha = afJrgrrcr-L :jtlcl-Ll- pI Lrrs quuUa'tOlwhich is directly proportional to the shaftclamp position which can be used to control-actuators which are paralleled off a mastermotor or to provide a feedback si_gnal to theautomation system indicating valve position.

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 72(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NlrcscA

o7 /29lLO LL?[ NO. : 063545

Valve body and actuators shal1 be shippedf u11y assembl-ed and t.ested at the val_vefactory prior to shipment.

d. Acceptable Manufacturers:

ftnrlaavvvYv

Belimo

Staefarr17\rrINU

2. Control- Valve Actuators (4 inch and l_arqer) .

a. The valve actuator shall consist of apermanent split capacitor, reversi_bIe typeel-ectric motor which dr j_ves a compoundepicycle gtear. Unit. shall be mountingdlrectly to the valves without brackets andadaptersr or readily adapted to suit allot.her type quarter-turn val_ves.

The actuator shafl- have an integral terminal_strip, whi-ch, through conduit entries, willen.sltre .qimnla r^ri rinrr l-n nnr^rar qrrnnl iacurrlrl/rv vvJ! rrry Lv yvws! DuylJrtgD.

The actualor shall be constructed towithst.and high shock and vibrations withoutoperations faifure. One copy of the wiringdiagram shal-l- be provided with the actuator.The actuator shall have a sel-f-locking geartrain which is permanently lubricated at thefactory. The gearing shal_J_ be run on ball- andneedle bearinqs. Actuators with 600 inllbs.or more output torque shall have twoadjustable factory calibrated mechanicaltorque l-imit switches of the single-pole,doubl-e-throw type. The motor shall_ be f ittedwith thermal overl-oad protection. Motor rotorshaft shall- run in ball bearinss at each endof motor.

1)

2)

<l

q\

4\

h

d

The environmental temperature range of theactuator shall be -30"C to +6OoC (-20"F to+1400F) .

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 73(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrrH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

07 /29/L0

or approved equal.

2 . 09 ELECTRONIC MONITORTNG

f.

9.

LtlI NO. : 063545

The actuator shall be capable of operating100? of the time at an ambient temperature of400c.

The actuator shal-1 have an integral sel_f -locking gear train. Motor brakes shall_ not berequi-red to maintai-n desired val_ve position.Levers or l-atches shal_l_ not be required toengage or disengage the manuaf overrj_de.Mechanical travel- stops, adjustable to 150 ineach direction of 90" rotation shall bestandardr ds wel-l as two adjustable travell-imit switches with el-ectrically isol-atedcontacts. Addit.i_onal adjustable switchesshal-l- be available as opti_on.

Acceptable Manufacturers

Bel-i-mo

Automax

3) Tyco

Worcest.er

h

1\

z)

4)

A. Utility Metering (Totat El_ectric and Gas)

The Temperature Control Contractor shall provideel-ectric metering f or each utility el,ectric and gasmeter by interfacing pulse output meter signals to anapproved TCC provided DDC controller with digitalinput/output pulse meter interface module that woul-dreside on the Lonworks network as a node for processingof meter data for data trendinq and storaqe.

The Temperature control contractor shal-1 wire eachpulse meter to the digital input/output pulse meterinterface module and confj_gure the LonWorks plug-in.The Temperature controlcontractor shal-1 set up theproper meter scaring and multiplier parameters to havethe functional block output represent the meter usage.

For each electric meter provi-de trending data for kwdemand and kWh consumption.

For each gas meter provide consumpti-on in therms andBTU's.

TEMPERJATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 74(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

o7 /29/L0

p,

LLW NO.: 063545

The Temperature Control- Contractor shall provide acaha--+o

--i- -.nn{-,'--iseparate marn vsrtLu!r Vcr,) meter tO mOnitOr t.he utilitygas consumption that meets the requirements of thesesnecificei-innq- if tho nrorzidod rrfil'i l-rz.r^e mo{-ar rlnn-Lrvrro, LL Ltrv yrvvrugu ULJIIUJ yqo rrlgLE! uv(j,>nnf nannr={- n

^.i ^.i +-'l ^,.'l ^^^rrvL ysllvrcrLtrj ul_g_LLd.I IJu_L5€5.

Efectric Sub-metering (Rooftop Units, Lighting panel_s)

Tha Tamnarr1- lll'g Control Contractor shall providef vrrlYe! vvtt L! vr vvlt L! qu Lv!

electric sub-metering for the main power connectiont^^.l^- ftr -+ ^ ^t I ^rrss\rsr Lrlcr L >erves af I of the above units aS well aseach lighting panel per the point schedul-e in thisspecification, contract drawings and Section 15985.Provide a networked multi-functioned digital powermeter and monitor meeting the following specifications:

True RMS PowerAll Phases) .

Reactive PowerA11 Phases) .

Power FactorPh:qae\! rresvs, .

- Iit]:1_J.e /Phaeo A Ph:qa P, Phrca C\! rrsvv rrt u, vt

- \/ARq lPh-aqo A Dhaca Tl Phrca C\rrrqvv ztt ut v,

(Phase A, Phase B, Phase C , Al-1

True RMS Energy Watt-hoursPhase C, A11 Phases) .

/Dhrca A\! rreuv Lrt 9nt c6 Ruf

5 Reactive Energy - VAR-hours (A11 Phases)

AC Frequency.

Computed RMS Voltage (Phase A,

1.

Phase

Phase

Phaqo f-\vt .

Dhaca f-\e, .

P,

P,

\-,

1n

11

Computed RMS Current (Phase A,

Demand.

Peak Demand: Value and Time-

Internal data-logging (Real- Energy vs. Time)

Communi-cations RequiremenLs: Twisted pair (F'TT-10)Measurement readi-ngs shall be transmitted over the Lonnetwork as Standard Network Variabl-e Types (SNVTs) .LonWorks Interoperability: The TCC shall_ integrate thepoints (Standard Network Variable Types SNVTs) into theBMS as detail-ed in the point l_ists.

Accuracy shall be 0.5% of reading over a range of powerfactor and harmonic content. The monitor shal_l_ measurestrue RMS power even with leading or lagging powerfactor and chopped or distorted waveforms.

TEI{PERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 75(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2e/L0 LLTI NO. : 063545

Provide current transformers wit.h inteqral burdenresistors. Spl-it-core current transformers shaIlproduce a voltage proportional_ to the l_oad current.Current transformer output voltaqe 0-0.333 VAC ratedcurrent.

Mode1 : WattNode Pl-us f or LonWorks, Manuf acturer:Continental Control_ Svstems.

Model: PowerTrakmodule, Manufacturer:Or approved equal

PT-9000 withKel-e, Tnc .

PT-NTL-10 LonWorks

The Temperature Control_ Contractor shal1 providecomplete wiring diagrams and describe the spacemounting requirements for t.he metering/monitoringequipment. The TCC shalf furnish the WattNode devJ_ce,the current transformers, fuses, and any other product-

: E: ^ clcrri r-o.q raarr'r i rorl f nr rrrnnar ^naral- i nnDPgU_Lr_LU UEV rr,c:.> rc\ju_L* __

For each e1ectric meter provide trending data for kWdemand and kWh consumption.

C. Electronic Monitoring (Variable Frequency Drives)Tha ro-^erature COntrOl Srzef om Cnnl- rar:tor sha I 'l nrnrz'i rlafvl(LyvrqLu!s vvIIu!v! JJDLgltt uuIlL!quuvr DlrqIJ PIUVa\lE:el-ectronic monitoring for each Variabl_e Frequency Drive(VFD) via the factory LonWorks network card per the

^^] -r ^^tr-^l--'l ^ .: * !Li ^ : c: --!i -yvlrru ouo€dule in this specification and Section 15995.

For each supply/return fan VFD provide monitoringof CFM/St.atus/kw/kwh.

For each pumpGPM/Status /kW/kwh

VFD provide monitoring of

El-ectronj-c Monitoring (as per the poi_nt List)The Temperature Control- Contractor shall provideelectronic monitoring for each constant volume fan(example: wardrobe exhaust fan) and pump by installinga WattNode specified in Sect.2.9.B for motors greaterthan or equal to 5 HP. WattNode shall_ be used todetermine power consumption (kW) and equipment runtime(kwh) .

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l- providecomplete wiring diagrams and space m-ountingrequirements for the current transformers to theequi-pment unit manufacturers. The equipment unitmanufacturers shallprovide mountinq space for currenttransformers and WattNodes per the requirements ofequipment unit specifications.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 76(LONWORKS B&|S/DDC TilrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

1.

NYCSCA

07 /2elLO

ANS] 816

ANSI 831

. ANSI 8109.3

LLTI NO. : 063545

Local Natural Gas Metering and Gas Pressure Monitorj-ngThe Temperature Control- Cont ractor (TCC ) shal-l-integrate the local gas meters and l-ocal- gas pressuretransmitters (for the gas header l-ine that serves allof the roof top units RTU-2, RTU-8, RTU-11, RTU-13/RTU-14, RTU-15, RTU-17 & RTU-18, gas header l-ine t.hatserves all of the boilers 81 & B2 and gas l-ine thatserves the domestic hot water heater) by interfacingthe pulse output meter signals to an approved TCCprovided DDC control-ler with digital input/output pulsemeter interface modul-e that would reside on theLonWorks network as a node for processing of meter datafor data trending and storage. TCC shall al-so integratethe gas pressure transmi-tter signals into the network.

The Temperature Control Contractor shall- wire eachpulse meter to the digital input/output pulse meterinterface modufe and configure the LonWorks plug-in.The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l- set up theproper meter scaling and multiplier parameters to havethe functional bl-ock output represent the meter usage.For each gas meter provide consumptj-on in cubic feetper hour and totalized cubic feet.L. Gas Meter Sensor

The gas meters shall ha ^

n^a'i.|- irza

displacement, rotary type util-i zrnq twonnnnci t- a rnf ati ncr trnir-r-l nlro 'i mna'l 1ef S. Therrrlyv r

meter shal-l- be sized according to themanufacturer's recommendations, especiallyconcerni-nq minimum and maxi-mum capacities.The meter shall be sized so that. it will- notbe operated below 10% of it.s rated capacityto avoid low-flow seepaqe error.

b. The gas meter shal-l meet the following codesand standards;

. ASME BoiIer & Pressure Vesse-l- Code; SectionVIII

Flanged Pipe & Fittings{-1 Q 9r nr nd

Rnferrz Caq Mal-arq tq)\v \J4l

. 49 CFR I92 Min. Federal Safety Standards

. Underwrj-ter's Laboratory (UL)

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrrH SCHOOL


NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO

2.

tLTt NO. : 063545

c. Installation: The TCC shal1 coordinate withf ha n'l riml.r-i nn nnnf r=nl_ nr l-ha nrnnar I nn=+.i nnLTIV l/!UILLVITTY 9VIIL!AULV! Llfg IJ!UIJET IL/\-C1 L-L(JI],

nri anfr1_ i nnee u+vrl t and other narf i nan1-

considerations to assure accurate and properoperation and maintenance of the fl-ow meterand its appurtenances. The installation shal_lfollow the manufacturer' s writtenrecommendations .

d. Model-: American Meter Companv Series RPM withETC.

Efectronic Temperature Correction Modul_e

Temperature correction feature shal1 beprovided to the gas flow meter to compensat.efor variations in density and to avoid theraqrr-l f -i nn ma{-,.., -errng errors .

. LCD display of input gas temperature -40oto 150'F

. Continuousnraeqrr16

fix f act.or correction for

Membrane pushbutton and user-configurablealphanumeric LCD for display of: test,uncorrected vol-ume r corrected volume,fixed-set pressure, live temperature,l.r:f 1- arrz rrn'1 f :rra I i rzo f I nuz- anfl O'l er-trnniCusYvt !f vu !fvvYt qrru 9f99L!v,

uncorrected backup.

Programmableal-arms ) .

cal-1-in ( schedul-ed and on

Fie1d-programmable firmware through serial

Two Form-A vol_ume pulse outputs and oneForm-A alarm pulse output.

Audit-trail- memory 40 days of daily-corrected volume, uncorrected volume,averagie pressure, and averagie temperature.

Low power requirements 4 years* on fourD-cel-l- al-kaline batteries.

. 4-20mA output. (add as an optional feature)

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEII{ 15970 78(LONWORKS BIdS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2e/LO LLTI NO. : 053545

Installati-on: The transmitter/compensationmodul-e mounts directly to RPM Series RotaryMeter. The TCC shall coordinate with theplumbing contractor the proper location,orientation, and ot.her pertrnentconsiderations to assure accurate and properoperation and maintenance of the flow mererand its appurtenances. The i-nstall-at.ion shall-f o1l-ow the manufacturer's writtenrecommendations .

d. Model: American Meter Company MfNI-MAX@ T.

2.LO SWITCHES

A Differential- Pressure Switches

Al I nresslrrc qcnq inrr al om4nlg Shall be COf rOSiOnresistant. Pressure sensi-ng elements shalt bebourdon tubes, bell-ows r or diaphragm type. Unitsshaff have tamper-proof adjustable range anddlfferential- pressure settings.Unit shallbe provided with indicating 4"Magneheli-c gauge (or approved equal). Two pressuresensor snap-acting, dry-contact micro-switchesshal-l- be provided that shall be rated up to 10A G

120VAC, 60 Hz. Sensor assembly shalt operateautomatically with manual reset, one required foreach circuit. Complet.e sensor assembly shal-l beprotected against vibration at all_ criticalmovement pi-vots, slides, etc. Unit shal_1 have 2%

1.

full-scale accuracv at 70approved.

F and shall be UL

Unit shallbe rated for I0" Hg to 25 psig total-overpressure on either side of the diaphragm.

Ambient temperature: 20 F to I20 F.

5. Acceptable Manufacturers:Series or approved equal.

Dwyer Photohelic A3000

Electric Low*Limit Thermostat (Freezestat.)

Duct.-type, fixed-differential, temperature rangeof 5.0 DegF. Sensing element shall be a 20-footlong capillary tube responding to the l-owesttemperature sensed along any seqment (typicallybetween two and twelve j-nches) of bulb length.Hardwired contacts shall be provided. One NC-SPSTrated for 164 G 120vAC, 9.2A G 208VAC; 8A g 240vAc, andone NO-SPST rated for 6A G 12OVAC, 3.3A G 208VAC; 34 G

24OvAc. Unit shall be manuaflv reset. Provide one

TE.MPERJATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 79(toNwoRKs BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2e/LO

T-)rrnannn E C-qn! V JV .

Kele A70cA-1.

Siemens 134-1504

2.

tLI[ NO. : 053545

low limit thermostat for each twenty (20) square-feet or fraction thereof of coil_ surface area.

The NC-SPST contact shallbe hardwired into thesupply fan motor control circuit, and shal_l not bewired in the auto-}eg of the HOA swit.ch. The NO-SPST contact shall be wired into the DDCcontroller as a digital input.Provide hardwired interlocked manual-reset typethermostat set at 35 DegF on each air handlingunit, with an adjustable (0 to 1-20 second) delaybefore the fan shuts down.

Provide an override of this safetv-shutdown forar-r handling units requr_rl_ng smoke-purge

3.

initiation from the Fireoverride with Fire Alarm

Accepted Manufacturers .

Al-arm System. CoordinateContractor.

h

(- Water Flow Switches

UL-listed, sui-table f or all- service applicationconditions. Body minimum working pressure ratingshal-l equal or exceed service pressure. Switchelectrj-cal- rating shallbe 230 volts AC 3.1ampere, II5 volts AC 1.4 ampere, and I25 VAC 1l_5-230 VAC Pilot duty. Unit shall- have two SPDTswitches. Actuating flow rated shall be fieldadj ustable f or the specif ied and indicat.edservice. Switch l-ocation shali- preclude exposureto turbul-ent or pulsating f l-ow conditions. Flowswitch shal-l not cause pressure drop exceeding 2psi at maximum system fl-ow rate. AcceptableManufacturer: McDonnell-Miller FS7-4 or Ameritrol,Inc. FX series or Dwver Model FS-2 Series or Kel_eF61 Series or approne-d equal.

Strap*On Aquastat

UL-listed, provided with a suitable removabl-espring-cIip for attaching aquastat to pipe and asnap-action SPDT switch. Switch adjustablesetpoint shal-1 be as indicated. El_ectrical rat j_nsshall- be 5 Amps , I20 VAC.

TEI{PERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 80(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WITH SCHOOT OPERATING CONSOLE}

D.

NYCSCA

07 /29/t0 LLTiI NO. : 063545

2. Acceptabl-e Manufacturers

a. Honeywell L4006H1004.b. JCI A19DAC_1C.

c. or approved equal.

Duct Smoke Detector

1. See Electrical- section L6720 for specifications.See Specification 15501 for Schedule ofResponsibil-ities.

2 .LL I'!g!L - _-FIRESSI'RE, TEMPERATnRE Ar{p ELECTRTCAL MEASTTRTNGAPPARJATUS

Temperature contro]s contracLor (TCC) shall- coordinate withf hc cener^l r-ontractor (GC), Mechanical- Contractor (MC) andequipment manufacturers for the furnishing /installing ofthe sensors. Refer to Sectj-ons 15852, 15853, 15854, 15855and 15857. Any sensors not factorv provided shal_l- be fieldprovided by the TCC.

A. Low Velocity And High Turndown Air

TI

1. General- low velocity and highuni-ts shal-f be used for:

Outdoor air applicationsvelocities (one for eachlouver) .

Fl-ow Applications

turndown air flow

due to dust and lowoutside air intake

b. Appllcations where turndowns of greater than3 to 1 are required or measurement of ductaverage velocities ranging less than 750 fpmare required.

c. Turbul-ent locations within placementrecommendations of the manufacturer, where 5upstream and l- downstream duct diameters fromturbulence causing devices are not avail-abledue to physical duct constraints.

2. Provide atrfLow/ temperacure measurement deviceswhere indicated on the plans. Fan inl-etmeasurement devices shal-l- not be substituted forduct or plenum measurement devices indicated onthe p1ans.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 81(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0

operatingtemperature

A

LLTI NO. : 063545

3. Each measuremenL device shall consist of one ormore sensor probe assemblies and a singlemrcroprocessor-based transmitter. Each sensorprobe assembly wil-l conta j-n one or moreindependently wired sensor housings. Multipleindependent sensors shatl produce measurementsequally weighted and averaged by the transmj_t.terprior to output. Pitot tubes and arrays are notacceptable. Vortex shedding airfl-ow meters are notacceptable.

All Airflow/Temperature Measurement Sensor probeAq<oml-rl i oc

a. Each sensor housing D I.L d. -L J. util-i zehermetically sealed, bead-in-glass typethermi-stor or RTD probes used to determineairflow rate and ambient temcerature.

l-.:nh i nr{anap6lgnl SenSOf-hnrrc-i na cha}] beJIIq.

calibrated at a minimum of sixteen (16)airfl-ow rates and have an accuracy of !2% ofreading over the entire operating airflowrange. Each sensor assembly shalf be factorycal-ibrated to standards that are traceable tothe National- Institute of Standards andTechnology (NIST) .

Devices whose accuracy is the combinedaccuracy of the transmitter and sensor probesmust demonstrate that the total accuracymeets the performance requiremenls of this

. specification throughout the measurementranqe.

l^t

rl Tha nh^rA|- i nrr J- amrror.af rr ra jr:ndau. rrrE vl/gtqL!trv Lgrrrl/g!quu!s !qtrygsensor probe assembly shall be -20"

for theF to 160"

for theRH (non-

Eachf.ar-l-nrrr

tr The operating humidity ranqecancn r nrnl,ra rqcamJ.rl rz ch=I l. fg 0-992quuurrtvrJ otrqJr

nnnr{an c i nn\

Each temperature sensor shal-1 be cal-ibratedat a minimum of 3 temperatures and have anaccuracv of +0.15' F over the entire

temperature ranfr6

sensor shal-l- becalibrated to standards that are traceabl-e tothe National- Institute of Standards andTechnology (NIST).

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 82(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOI.,E)

NYCSCA

07 /29/t0 LtW NO.: 063545

f. Each sensor probe assembly shall_ have anintegral, U.L. listed, plenum rated cable andterminal plug for connection to a remotelymounted transmj-tter. A11 interconnecting pinsshal-l- be qold pl-ated.

g. Each sensor assembly shallnot requirematching to the transmitter in the field.

h. A single manufacturer shall provide both theairfl-ow/temperature measuring probe (s) andtransmrtter at a qiven measurement location.

Duct and Plenum Ai-rffow and Temperature SensorProbe Assemblies

The number of sensor housings provided foreach location shall be as follows:

n-a- t^^ Fr \nrsa \Jv.rL., sensors(:1 ')

>1 t'o <4 .]

4to<B 6B to <72 a

L2 to <16 T2>16 16

Probe assembly mounting brackets shal-1 beconstructed of stainl-ess steel. Probeassemblies shall be mounted using one of thefollowinq options:

Insertion mounted (through the side ortop of the duct).

Tnternally mounted (inside the duct orplenum) .

Standoff mounted (inside the plenum,immediately upstream of an intake damperor downstream of a filter or coil- bank. )with a probe extending j-nto the outsideair fl-ow stream.

The operating airfl-ow range shall be 0 to5,000 FPM unless otherwise indicated on theVIOIIJ.

TED{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 83(LONWORKS BI,IS/DDC TIrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

t-\

1\

2)

3'l

NYCSCA

o7 /29/t0

6.

LL?I NO. : 063545

Integral TemperatureAirflow TransmitterSensor

1-r

with

The transmitLers shall- have an LCD displayn:nal.rl a n€ .{ j cn'l :rzi nn a i rf f gi4. Aif f IOW Shal_]_vruyrql' rrrY qII !

be f ield conf igurabl-e to be displayed as avelocity or a vol-umetric rate.

The transmi-tter shallbe capable ofdisplaying the individual- airfl-ow readings ofeach sensor on the LCD display.

The transmitter sha1l operate on 24 VAC or 24VDC. The transmitter shal-l not require anisol-ated power source.

d. The operating temperature range for thetransmitter shafl- be -20"8 to L20"F. Thetransmitter shallbe protected from weatherand water.

The transmitter shall be capable ofcommunicating with the host controls usingone of the foll-owinq interface options:

Linear analog output siqnal: Fiel-dselectable, fuse protbcted and isolated,0-10 VDC and 4-20mA (4-wire) .

The airflow/temperature measuringi device shall beUL listed as an entire assemb]y.

The manufacturer's authorized representative sha1lreview and approve placement and operat.ing airflowrates for each measurement location indicated onthe TCC shop drawings.

a. A written report shall be submitted to theAuthority's Architect / Engineer-of-Record /Facility Management Systems Integrator if anymeasurement locations do not meet themanufacturer' s placement requirements.

Acceptable Manufacturers (or approved equal) :

a. Ebtron Series GPI Duct and Plenum Probe.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 84(LOIIWORKS BIdS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

1)

R

MrcscA

07 /29lLO

R,

LLTI NO. : 063545

Pitot type airflow measuring stati_ons

General-- Pitot type airf l-ow measuring stationsshal-l- only be acceptable in locations not excludedin the description in above Articl-e. Airflowsaverage greater than those described j-n abovesection provide conditions that would beacceptable for alternates described in thissectionr providing they can meet the accuracycriteria as described below.

Traverse probes shall be a dual-manif ol_d,cylindrical-type constructed of 3003 extrudedaluminum with an anodized finish to eliminatesurface pitting and unnecessary air friction. Themultiple total pressure manifolds shal_l havesensors located atong the staqnation plane of theapproaching airflow and without the physicalpresence of forward projecting sensors into theair stream. The static pressure manifol-d shallincorporate dual- offset static tips on opposingsides of the averaging manifold so as to bei-nsensitive to flow-angle variations of as much as+?no .in fL^ ^^L.;^^ -.i--rZU l-n t'ne dPfr.vourrrrrv arL Stfeam.

The airflow traverse probe shal-f not induce ameasurabfe pressure drop, nor shall the soundlevel within the duct be amplified by its singularor multiple presences in the air sLream. Eachairflow measuring probe sha11 contain multipletotal and static pressure ports placed at equaldistances along the probe length. The number ofsensors on each probe and the quantity of probesutil-ized at each installation shall comply withthe ASHRAE Standards for duct traversinq.

4. Traverse probes shal-1 provide test documentationdemonstrati-ng error no greater than t2.52 of themeasured airfl-ow range down to 750 FPM. Below 750FPM Pitot type air flow stations are notacceptable (see section 2.LI.A above) .

Each air fl-ow measuring device shal-l- be providedwith a matched 0.25 %F.S. accurate transmi-tter.Transmitters shallbe manufactured by the samemanufacturer as the Pitot. Transmitters shall notbe more than 35% over the full span requirement ofthe maxj-mum design CFM and shal-l quarantee total_system accuracy (including airfl_ow sensor andtransmitter of 5% of reading) . Systems thatcannot meet this accuracy requi-rement shall- beprovided with dual- transmitters.

TEI{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 85(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0

(.

6.

tLW NO.: 053545

Each fl-ow measuring station shall be complete withits own dedicated microprocessor with a 4-Iine,B 0-character, alpha/numeric display and f ul_l_function keypad. The panel shal-l_ be ful1yprogrammabl-e and display calcul-ated CFM directlyon a LED monitor on the canel face.

Provide 24 VAC power tostation.

Acceptable ManufacLurers :

each flow measuring

Series Smart

DPT 250A /Air Monitor Veltron

Ebtron Seri-es GPI .

Static Pressure Traverse Probe

1. Provide multipoint traverse probes in the duct ateach point where static pressure sensinq isrequired.

Each duct static traverse probe shalt containmultiple static pressure sensors located along theexterj-or surface of the cylindrical probe.Pressure sensing points shall not protrude beyondthe surface of the crobe.

The duct static traverse probe shatl be ofstai-nless steel- construction and (except f or 3 / 4"diameter probes with lengths of 24" or l_ess ) becomplete with threaded end support. rod, sealingwasher and nut, and mounting plate with gasket and.St.at i c r)reserrra c'i nnr'l €i f f i n^ The StatiCuu!v oJYrtql !rLLIrrY. I

traverse probe shal_l_ be capable of producing asteady, non-pulsating signal of standard staticpressure without need for correction factors, wlthan inst.rument accuracv of 22.

Acceptable Manufacturers: (or approved equal)

1) Air Monitor STAT-Probe/I.

2) Brandt B-SSK 8000.

Dwyer PFSTransmi-tter

TEMPERATURE CONTROL(LONWORKS BI|SIDDC WrTH SCHOOL

sYsrEM 15970 85oPERATING CONSOLE)

h

Air Velocity

voJ-u-probe/vs.

2.

MrcscA

07 /29/L0 LtW NO.: 063545

n Venturi Fl-ow Meter (GPM)

Pressure drop on venturi type flow meters shallnot exceed 0.25 "WC. Each venturi fow and highpressure taps shal_I be equipped with nipples,valves and quick disconnects.

Equip each venturi with a metal identification tagindicating the size, location, GPM and meterra:di na €nr t-he GPM sner:i f i ed.u!rr ulrguJ!r

Provide (1) 6" dial- differential pressure meter ofthe proper range to determine piping system fl-owrate.

5

Venturi meters shal-l- utilize f langed or screwed-connections for removal purposes and shaIl berated for the system operating pressures.

The venturi flow meter shall be factory calibratedto provi-de a minimum of f l-ow accuracy betweenactual and factory flow calibration data. Flowmeter shal-l output a 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA signal- tothe DDC controller.

1.

2

Acceptable Manufacturers:Aarnntrin nr :nnrnrrarl aar.rlne!vYury v! ql1_y!vvsu sYuo!.

Barco, Gerand and

tr Current Transformers

The current transformers shall be designed to be. j-nstalled or removed without dismantling theprimary bus or cables. The transformer shallbe ofa sptit core design.

The core and windings shal-l- be completely encasedrn a UL approved thermoplastic rated 94VA. Nometal- parts shall be exposed other than theterminal-s.

The current transformers shal-l- meet the followinqspecifications:

Frequencv Limits: 50 to 400 Hz

b Insulation: 0.6 KV Class, 10 KV BIL.

Accuracy: *1% at 5.0 toclass with U.P.F. burden.

25.0 VA accuracy

Provrde a disconnect switch for each currenttransformer. Acceptable models inc1ude Kel-e #U3889Swi-tch Bl-ock with #209PF Cover.


NYCSCA

o7 /2e/LO

G.

LLVI NO. : 063545

Acceptable Manufacturers: (or approved equal)

a. Veris Industries 931/ 95L.

b. Greystone SC-550 series.

c. Kel-e Sentry 200 series.TT Current Sensinq Switches

Current sensing switch shall be self-powered withsolid-state circuitry and a dry contact output.Current sensi-ng switches shall- consi-st of a solldstate current sensinq circult, adjustable trlppoint, solid state switch, SPDT relay and an LEDindicatinq the on or off status. A conductor ofthe load sfraff be passed through the window of thedevice. It shall- accept over-current up to twiceiJ-c l-rin inl-n range.I ^^^*+ ^1--'t ^ rr^-.lt.t f ar.t ttrArq . I ar :rrrrrnrzor] aa,,r'l \nuuEyLo.rJ_Le r"rcrt.*- r\Jr dyyl-(,vELr gqudJ_/

a. Kel-e Model SCS1 series.

b. Greystone SC-500 series.

c. Veris Industries H90B-

Water Fl-ow Sub-metering

The TemperaLure Control- Contractor shal-l- provide waterflow meLers for the hot water, flows from the basel'rrri'lr{'inn Dr^vide a matched flow sensor and analoq flowvu!rurrr\, . ! !vv rus q rLLqLullgu !f vw DEIIDU!

transmiiter which is then tied into the BMS.

1. Water Flow Sensor (Pipe Sizes 1,-I/2" and less)

a. The f l-ow sensor shall be an in-line type witha non-magnetic, spinning impeller (paddlewheel ) as the only movinq part . The f l-owsensor shall be mount.ed in a cast-bronzehousing with FPT threads. The electronicshousing shal-l- be glass-f illed PPS. Thei mnc'l -lcr sha I 'l be ol as.s-f i I I ecl nvlon with ayrquu !rrrvs

UHMWPE sleeve bearing. The shaft materialshal-l- be tungsten carbide. The electronicshousing shall have two ethylene-propylene O-Rings and shal-I be easily removed from themafor l.rnrlrzvvvJ. The sensor will- have allelectronics epoxy-sealed with a 2*conductor,shielded cable extending from the top of thesensor. The sensor shall operate in l-inepressures up to 400 psi and liquidt.emperatures up t.o 220" E, and operate in

TED{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 - 88

1.

2.

NYCSCA(LONWORKS BI,IS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /29/LO

h

LLW NO.: 063545

flows of % foot per second to 15 feet persecond with linearity of I Ieo andrepeatability of t 1%.

Instal-l-ation: The f low sensor is provided asan integral part of an assembly which isinstal-l-ed bv mechanical contractor. The TCCshall- coordinate with the mechani-cal-contractor f or the proper instal_l_ation ofthis device accordj-nq to the manufacturer, sinstructions.

c. The sensor shall operate with in l_inepressures up to 400 psi and liquidtemperatures up to 220" F, and operate inflows of 1 foot per second to 30 feet persecond in pipes of 3" diameter up to 40" in

d

di-ameter with l-inearitv ofrepeatabilit.y of t1%.

Model-: Data Indust.rial Model- 250B orequal-.

t1% and

ar-rr.lrnrzarl*vr-

2. Water Fl-ow Sensor (Pipe Sizes 2" and 2-I/2"\The flow sensor sha1l be an in-line type witha non-magnetic, spinning impeller (paddl-ewheef) as the only moving part. The ffowsensor shal-1 be mounted in either a cast-bronze or cast-iron housing with FPT threads.The type of material is based on the pressureof the application. The electronics housingshall- be glass-filled PPS. The impellershall- be glass-filled nylon with a UHMWPEsleeve bearing. The shaft material- shall betungsten carbide. The electronj_cs housingshall have two ethylene-propylene O-Rings andshall- be easily removed from the meter body.The sensor will have all electronics epoxy-seal-ed with a 2-conductor, shiel-ded cabl_eextending from the top of the sensor. Thesensor shal-l- operate in fine pressures up to400 psi and liquid temperatures up to 220" Eland operate in flows of %. foot per second to15 feet per second wi-th linearity of 11% andrepeatability of !t%.

b. Installation: The fl-ow sensor is provided asan i-ntegral part of an assembly which isinstalled by mechanical contractor. The TCCshal-] coordinate with the mechanical-contractor f or t.he proper installation ofthis device according to the manufacturer'sinstructions.


N:rcscA

07 /2elto LLVil NO. : 063545

c. The sensor shal-l_ operate in l_ine pressures upto 400 psi and liquid temperatures up to 220"E, and operate in f l_ows of 1 foot per secondto 30 feet per second in pipes of 3" diameterup to 40" in diameter with l-inearitv of tLZand repeatability of t1%.

d. Model: Data Industrial- Model 22BB and 228C8or approved equal.

Water Flow Sensor (Pipe Sizes of 3" and greater)

a. The flow sensor shallbe an insertion typewith a non-magnetic, spinning impeller(paddle wheel-) as the only moving part. Thesensor sleeve will be brass or 376- stainl_esssteel- depending upon the fluid being sensed.The impeller shal1 be glass-fi1led nylon witha UHMPWE sleeve bearing. The shaft materialshal-1 be tunssten carbide. The sensor will_be supplied with a 2" NPT adapter forinstal-lation into any commercially avail-abfeweld-on f it.ting or pipe saddl-e. The adaptershal-1 have two ethylene-propylene O-Rings.The sensor will have al-l el-ectronics epoxy-sealed with a 2-conductor, shielded cableextending out through a conduit connection onthe top of the sensor.

Installation: fnsertion of the sensor i_ntoany pipe size shall be L-L/2" from the insidewal-l to the end of the sensor housing. TheTCC shall- coordinate with the mechanicalcontractor f or the proper instal_l-ation ofthis device accordinq to the manufacturer'sinstructions.

The sensor shal-I operate in l-ine pressures upl- n Ao'A nc-i :nrl 'l-i a"i A +- ^mn^rA1- riro< Ilr..1 1- 4 220"-yor qrrv Jr\1urv uErrrus!qLu!gD uI/ LLF, and operate in flows of l- foot per secondto 30 feet per second in pipes of 3" diameterup to 40" in di-ameter with linearity of 11%and repeatabil-ity of t1%.

Modef: Data Industrial Model 220 or approvedequal.

b

.l

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEII 15970 90(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

07 /29lLO

Analog Transmitter

LLW NO.: 063545

transmitter shall be a loopcapable of transmitting amA signal proportionaf to

unit shallbe microprocessorno switches or potenti-ometers

The ana I ncr f l.owpowered devi-celinear 4 - 20fraarrana-t rlrhar!sYuEr1gy. rrlg

controll-ed with1-.) qal_

A1t circuitry shal-l be encapsulat.ed i-n anencl-osure for humidity, moisture and fungusresistance. Operating ranqe shal-l be 32 F to158F. All programming, including flow sensorselection, pipe si-ze, fl-ow range setting,response t.ime and f iltering shal-I be setdigitally via a computer using Windows-basedsoftware with a programming kit (disk andcabl-e) .

The transmitter shall be factory programmedfor the actual flow conditions. Additionally,the transmitter shal-1 be field-programmablerrqincr : I:nl--*I- -oP computer. The t.ransmittershall have a ground fug to maximize EMInrn1_ anl- i nn ..'han na.AqqAr\2, The t.fanSmittefvvlrvtl ItsUsJJq!J.

marz he morrnf erl ramn1- al rz f rnm f ha qanqn' r On a...*J rurrrv!,DfN Rail, in a local control- panel_ enclosure.

d. Model: Data Industrial Model 310*00 orapproved equal, complete with fieldcal-ibration software, hardware, cabl-es andcalibratlon instructions.

2.L2 CONTROL VAIVES A}ID DAI{PERS

A General Control Val_ve Requj_remenrs

A11 automatic control valves shal-1 be .l-inear,fully proportioning, with modul-ating baII, pfug orV-port inner guides unl-ess otherwise specified.Tha rr: I rzao ohall_ be quiet in Operation and fail_safe in either normally open or normally closedposition in the event of control- air fail-ure orl-oss of electroni-c low vol-taqe power.

AIl valves shallbe capable of operating insequence when required by the sequence ofoperation. Al-l control valves shal-l- be s j-zed bythe Temperature Control- ContracLor, and shall beguaranteed to meet the heating and cooling loadsac cn6^.if.iarl Val_Ve aUthOfifrr (i _c. rai- in nf nnAn. vqrvu quLrrv!rLJ \r.s. !qLrv v! vl/Errvalve pressure drop to cl-osed valve pressure drop)shaf l- be greater-than or equal--to 0.5 forthrottling valve applications The pressure drop

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 91(LONWORKS BD,|SIDDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO

?

LLII NO. : 053545

through the control- vai_ve when it is fully openshal-l be at feast 50% of the pressure drop from thesupply to the return line.A11 control valves shall be suitabl_e f or thepressure conditions, and shal_1 cl_ose against thedif ferentlal pressures invol_ved. Valve bodypressure rating and connection type (screwed orflanged) shall conform toclassifications appropriate for thepressures.

Hot and Cold Water Control Valves

ANST nressrrresystem working

H

Hot and cold water globe type control val_ves shal_lbe single-seated type, with equal percentage flowcharacteristics. The va]ve discs shall becomposrtion type and shall_ be sized using ISAmethods.

Pressure drop through the vaJ_ves shal_l- not exceed5 psid unl-ess otherwise indicated.

(-

3 . Bal-l valves shallbe equipped with 316 stainlesssteel trim, Teflon seal_s and adjustable packinggland nuts. Provj-de a handle for manual operationduring start-up and maintenance.

Two-Position Control Valves

For open/closed and/or three-way divertingappJ-ications, butterfly valves are acceptable andshall be heavy-duty pattern with a body ratingcomparable to the pipe rating.Provide each butterfly valve with a replaceablelining suj-tabfe for temperature and servicerequirements.

Equip each with a butterfly val_ve with stainlesssteel- disc and st.ainl-ess steel stem.

Valves used for shut-offshall be bubble-tiqht.

or isolation purposes

D. Automatic control Dampers (when Not Furnished As partOf A Packaged Equipment Factory Assembly, i.e. fieldfurnished by TCC, instal_led by mechanical contractor)1. Automatic dampers shall be multiple blades and

sized for the application by t.he TemperatureControl- Contractor and/or as indicated on theDrawings.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEil4 15970 92(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

MrcscA

07 /2e/to

aZ

LLW NO.: 063545

Submit a schedule of damper sizes to theAuthority's Architect / Engrneer-of-Record /Far-i I i f rz Manaoemenf Srzsf ems Tnf ecrrai:Or withinuJrLerrlu rrruvY!ql

thirty (30) days after being awarded the contract.Dampers used for throttling airfl_ow shall be ofthe opposed blade type arranged for normally openor normally closed operation as required. Thedamper is to be si-zed so that when wlde open thepressure drop is a sufficient amount of its close-off pressure drop to shift the characteristiccurve to near lin-ear. Multi-section dampers mustho nrnrzi rlarl with suf f icient i-nterconnectinqy!vv4vvv yvrurr Ju!!I9IgtlL rltLg,

hardw-are or jackshaft to provide unison operationof all- blades in the enLire assembly.

Damper frames and bl-ades shall be constructed ofei-ther minimum I6 gauge galvanized steel or L4gauge aluminum and arranged to f acil-itat.e f iel-dassembly of several individual sections into aI arna rlrmna- area and al-l-ow secure fastcni ncr ofq!vq qrrv qJJvw og9u!9 !qo Lgrrltly v!

damper frame to the surroundinq ductwork, coflaror fan housing. Maximum blade length in anysection shal-l be 48". Additional stiffening orbracing shal-l be provided f or any secti-onexceeding 48" in height.

Damper blades shalf not exceed eight (8) inches inwidth. AIl blades except for fume hood exhaustsystems shal-l- be galvanized sheet steel_. Bladesshall- be suitab1e for high velocity performance.

A11 damper bearings to be made of nylon. Bushingsthat Lurn in the bearing are to be oil impregnatedsintered metal. Dampers shallbe tight. closing,l-ow leakage type with synthetic elastomer seals onthe blade edges and on the top, bottom and sidesof the frame. Dampers shal-l not leak in excess ofB cfm per square foot when closing against 4" w.c.static pressure.

4.

'7 Leakage and f l-ow characterist.ics charts shal1 besubmitted to the Authority's Arghitect. / Engineer-of-Record / Facllity Management Systems Integratorfor review.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 93(LONWORKS BIIIS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2elLO LLVil NO. : 063545

2.L3 ELECTRICAL CONTROL POI{ER A}ID LOW VOLTAGE WTRING

A. Provide interl-ock wiring between supply, return andexhaust fans and electrical wirinq for rel_avs fortamnar:1- rrra anCl nresslre indiCatiOn.y! voo u! Provideinterl-ock wiring between refrigeration machines/ pumpsand condensing equipment as required for the specifiedsequence of operation and the refrigeration systemintegral controller (s) . Do not provide interl_ockwiring if a dedicated digital output has beenspecified for t.he equipment or the sequence ofoperation requires independent start/stop.

B. Provide control- wiring, conduit and connections forI ow fomnor^tUfe thermostats, high temperature+1^^e#^^f ^r

-l :rmq f I nr^r quri f nhac :nl- rrrl- i nn rlarri nocLlfs!lLlVDLCrLDt qIqlttlet !.f Jvvruertes, sveUOLrrrV UEVJU=,>,

control- devices for temperature, pressure and flowindication, and point resets for the LonWorks BMS/DDCcontrol- svstem.

Provide aIl- other wiring required for the completeoperat.ion of the LonWorks BMS/DDC control_ svstem. Thisrncludes but is not limiteo uo:

Where 24VAC power is not provided as an integralna rl- of f ho orrrr i rrmanf nrnrzi rlo nnnf rnl n^r,7arvyuryrrrvrr u t Ir! v v f uE uvtl L! vt lrvwE!wiring between L20 vol-t AC/ 24 vol-t AC powertransformers that are located i-n LonWorks walIdata enclosures to Lon routers and other LonWorkscontrol components requiring 24 vol-ts power foroperatJ-on.

Line L20 vol-t AC power to TCC furnj-shed control_devices, i. e. f l-ow meters, etc. (if applicable) .The TCC shall ret.ain the service of a l_icensedelectrician and shallbe responsible for theoverall- coordination of the above work.

3. 18 Kil-o Baud Twisted pair Local- Operating Networkwiring (TplFTT-10) .

Instal-l all- wiring raceway systems complyi_ng with therequlrements of the National El_ectrical_ Code, and NewYork City Code. A11 corridor installations shall beinstalled in the Cable Tray or EMT. Provide EMTsl-eeves from the cable tray through the wall-s to aboveceiling areas. Secured free air plenum rated cable isall-owed to be run above the ceilinq areas.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 94(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

(-

D

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO

wiring.conduit

E

LLlil NO. : 063545

LonWorks Network Communj-cation Reguirements

1. Wired network communication shal-l- be via channelsconsisting of Belden, Type 8411, twisted pair orEchelon approved cable installed in a 3/4' EMT orcable tray.Communi-cation conduits shal-l- not be installedcloser than six feet from high power transformersor run paral-l-el within six feet of electrica} highpower Cables. Care shal-l be taken to route thecabl-e as far from interference generating devicesas possible.

All shields shal-l- be ground (earth ground) at onepoint only, to eliminate ground loops. Thisqrounding shal1 be within the enclosure.

There shal-l be no power wiring, in excess of 30VAC rms, run in conduit with communications

2.

fn cases where siqnal wiring is run inwith communl-catr.r_on wrrl-n9/ ^11af,J

communication wiring and signal wiring shall berrrn rrcinn canal3lg tWiSted qhialdod n:irg With theyqr!

shiel-ds grounded in accordance with themanufacturer' s wi-ring practrces.

Ethernet

The BMS-LON shall employ Carrier Sense MultipleAccess/Cottision Detect (CSMA/CD) contention typeprotocol, which adheres to the industry standardformat IEEE 802.3. The content of messages shallbe the manufacturer's standard. The BMS-LONcomponents shal-1 be manufacturer's standard oravail-able from third party vendors, which utilizethe same chip J-mplementation as used by themanufacturer. In addition Ethernet NIM's shall befulIy Internet Protocol- (IP) compliant allowingconnection to currently install-ed IEEE 802.3compliant Ethernet Networks.Ethernet NIM' s shall directly support connecti-vityto A \rarietrz of r-ah'l incr trzggg.eJ-L

System Architecture

The Temperature Control Contractor sha1l provi-dethe LonWorks controf network as shown on thecontract drawi-nqs.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEII{ 15970 95(roNwoRKs BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO

F

LLW NO.: 063545

The Division 76 contractor shall provide, test,instal-l and terminate alf Cat 5e Ethernet cablingfor the LonWorks local- operating network as shownon the drawings per the requirements of SectionL6121.

Communication Transient Protectlon

The manufacturer's catalog data sheet shall_provide evi-dence that all- BAS products offered bythe manufacturer are tested and complv with thestandard for Transient Surge withstandcapabilities for el-ectrical devices ANSI C62.4I,rh ts H -hx /- rexrr ^^r^-^-i ^^ A and B. SUr:h f esti nor!!! Je I LJ9V, \-A LEVUr_LUD f1 ctllLl -D. Jt,l(_t! uEDLfrrvshal-l- have included power and communication trunkr.ri r-i na .'^mhliance with IEEE_587 Sha I I i mnl rzlqrrus wr Ltr !!!! J9 t Drrqll Irilyry

conformance wi-th IEEE-412 transient. standardsbased on the stated position of ANSI and IEEEregarding applicabil-ity of the rated standards.In addition, dt each building entry and exitpoint., the wire communicati-ons trunk wiring shal-1l-ra nrn{-anl-ad With a tf ansi cn1- snrarc nrn{- anl- i nn

F!vLvvuvu wrLrr q L!qllorsrlu auryE lJrvLEULfvtldevice provj-ding the minimaf protectionspecifications of the General- Semiconductor, Model_#4228 device. This requj-rement can be satisfied byecrtt'i rra I en1- nrnl- or-l. i r-rn nrnrzi rlarl hrr l- ha ITpq qrzq1- omL _y-vuvuLf vrf lrrvvrvsu vJ Lrts u! u aJDuEltr.The communications circuitry and input/outputcircuitry, of the DDC Controllers shal-1 provideprotection against a 1000 volt, 3 Amp transientsignal, directly applied to the communication orinput/output termi-nations. The manufacturer'scatalog data sheet shall provide evi-dence ofconformance with this requirement. Systems notcomplying with this requ j-rement shall_ provideequivalent protection external to the DDCcontrol-1er. Protection shallbe provided for theindividual communr_cataons -^-ialru input/outputterminations f or each DDC controll-er. Submittal-documentation shall clearly define how thisrequirement willbe met and how the external-protection will not affect the performance of thecontroll-ers.

Input/Output Signal Control Wiri_ng

1. RTD wiring shall be three-wire or four-wj-retwisted, shiel-ded, minimum number 22 gauge.

2. Digital Input and Output wiring shallbe a minlmumof number 18 gause.

Analog Input and Output conLrol functions shall bea minimum of number 18 gauge, twisted, shietded.


NYCSCA

07 lzelLo

New York City

(:

LLTI NO. : 063545

4. Thermistors shall be equipped with themanuf acturers' cal-ibrated lead wirinq. This l-eadwire shallnot be trimmed.

Low Voltage (24VAC) Power Wiring

Low voltage (24VAC) power wiring shall be minimumtwo-wire twisted AWG L6-2. Provide low voltage24V AC power to each LON controller, as required,from IIjV/24VAC transformers l-ocated in LonWorkswall data encfosures or l-ocal step down powerwiring to provide 24VAC low volt.age contro1 power.Provide the required number of transformers basedon the power requirements of each LonWorkscontroller.

2. Low voltaqe power wiring that exceeds 30 VAC shall-be run separate from the LON communicationstwisted pair (TplFT-10) LON wiring.

Low Voltage (24 VAC/VDC) Power and Si-gnal Wiring

Low vol-taqe power wiring (24 VAC) shall be minimumtwo-conducLor st.randed AWG 18 and sized for theamperage required. Low voltage signal wiring (0-10VDC) shall be minimum two-conductor stranded AWG1B and sized for the amperage required. Lowvoltage wiring may be combined within one cable ifacceptable to the practices of the manufacturer towhich the cable 1s connected.

Control Transformers (120vo1t /24VAC)

The TCC shall provide control transformers conformingto the followinq specificati-ons:

Single-phase general purpose, individually mountedin LonWorks walI data encl-osures.

Dry type, two winding type, self-cooled

Ratings and quantities complying with the control-crzqf am ra^rri -emenLs and in COnfOfmanCe tO:!gYg+!\

H

Manufactured andl-atest applicableUL l-isted and bear

Control- transformersconf inrrorrs oneration at"r-.expectancy per ANSI C57

TEMPERJATURE CONTROL(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

Code Requirements.

tested in accordance with theANSI, NEMA, and IEEE Standards.the UL l-abeI.

shallbe designed f orrated kVA with normal l-ife

sYsrEM 15970 97oPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

E

NYCSCA

o7 /2e/L0

6.

LLlt NO. : 063545

Each transformer shallbe over-current protected+l.r-a"^L. {- l-^ ^€ ^.i !l^^- ^ s.-^^Lrr!vuyrr urrE use of either a fuse or circuitbreaker.

Splices

Splices in communication, control power wiring andsignal wiring cables shal-l- not be allowed. Terminationssha]l- be in accessible locations. Free air run cabl_esshalf be harnessed with cable ties as specified herein.

Conduit and Fitti-nqs

1. Where conduit is utilized for Control Wiring,Control- Cabl-e or Transmission Cable: El_ectricalmetallic tubing (EMT) shall be provided withcompression f ittings. Conduit shall_ be cold roll_edsteel, ztnc coated or zinc-coated riqid steel_ withthreaded connections.

Outl-et Boxes (Dry Location) : Sheradized or hot-dipped galvanized drawn steel- suited to eachapplication, in general, four inches square oroctaqon with suitabl-e raised cover.

Outlet Boxes (Exposed to Weather): Threaded hubcast aluminum or i-ron boxes with qasket deviceplate.

Puff and Junction Boxes: Size according to number,size, and position of enteri-ng raceway as requiredby National Electrical Codes. Encl-osure type shalIbe suited t.o l-ocation.

ReIays

Relays other than those associated with digital outputcards shal-l- be general purpose, enclosed plug-in typewhen mounted within an encl-osure. Relay configurationswhich are also acceptable include assemblies whichhouse relay contacts within their own enclosure whichis mounted externally on an enclosure. Number ofcontacts and operational function shall be as required.

Solid State Relays (SSR) : Input/output i-solation shallbe qreater than 10E9 ohms with a breakdown voltaqe of1500V root mean square or greater at 60 Hz. The contactlife shall be l-0 x 10 E6 operations or qreater. Theambient temperature range of SSRs shall be -20 to+140F. Input impedance shal-l not be less than 500 ohms.Relays shallbe rated for the application. Operatingand release time shal-l- be for 100 milliseconds or l_ess.Transient suppressi-on shal-l- be provided as an integralpart of the relay.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 98(LONWORKS BIdSIDDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

J.

K.

L.

NycscA

o7 /2elLO

2.14 DDC

M

LLVil NO. : 063545

Contactors: Contactors shallbe Definite Purpose.:€-i^^ll-- l^-:^--^^1 c^-^ Ll^^ l^--Ll--^-b1-,eurr-Ludrry designed for t.he heating, ventil-ating, air

conditioning, and refrigeration industry (HVACR) andsui-table for the switchinq of sinqle or three phaseloads as annliCabl_e.s-Y-Y'

ITARDWARE IDENTIFICATION

Automatic Control Vafve Taqs

1. For valves, etc., use meta] tags with a L-L/2"mlnimum diamet.er, f abricated of brass, stainl-esssteel or aluminum. Attach tags with chain of samematerials. For lubrication instructions, use linenor heavy duty shipping tag.rTr=a rzr I t'n^ ..'i ]- h i rlanl- j fvi na nrrml.ror :nr{ orzof nmtaY vclrveD w-LLtt ILICItLIIy_Ltly flurrrr./Er o.tILl Sy:iLettt.Number valves by fl-oor l-evel, column l-ocation andsystem served.

A

3. Prenare I i stS of al_l_'l nr-al- i rrn f I nnr 'l arral, LLvvL ruvu!t

senerafe I i s1_s for eaChvvHs!s ee

eactr maintenance manual.

tagged val-ves showingl-rrr nrrmhor rr<a ProrraroesY I spvqrzql_om Tnr--lrrda nnrrio< invvyrvu

B yv!!E f avD

l. A11 conductors or cablescnnl- rn'l n=nal e rlarz-i na<uvrlL!v! I/olIg*.-,cabinets shal-1 be taqqed.

in al-1 pul-1 boxes,and terminal strip

(.

D.

Provide wire Tags as per Division 1,6

Conduit Tags

1. Provide tagging or labeling of conduit so that. itis always readily observable which conduit wasinstalled or used in implementation of this Work.

Miscellaneous Eguipment Ident.ificationSr:rewed-on - onnr:rzad l'rl anl LamiCOid Sheet Witht ettY vruv

white lettering on all control panels and remoteprocessing panels. Lettering sizes subject toapproval.

Tn qcri nl- i nn crr'hi an.l-t ruvjEvu

indicating equipment.,and swit.ches. Fori nnrrl- /r-rrr.l- nrrf mnrlrr I aqvt e4 eI/u L rlrvuurer t

identification.

to review and acceptance,system numbers, functionsnanal -i nf a*.. --rr_or wr_rrng,

Iocal- control panel device

TEDIPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BIISIDDC WrTH SCHOOL


N:rcscA

07 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

A11 I/O field devices (except space sensors) thatare not mounted within the control_ler panel shallbe identif ied with name pIat.es.

A11 I/O fiel-d devices inside the control]er panel-shall be label-ed.

The identificationand identify thetemperature sensor)

shal-1 match all documentationfunction (i.e. mixed air

1.

Cali-bration settings shall be clearly marked withpaint or lndef ibl-e ink. Each terminal- striptermj-nation shallbe tagged with an identificationthat matches t.he control drawrngs.

The outside of each DDC controller panel shall- beidentified with a phenolic label- with blacklettering on white background, matching theidentification name shown on the drawings.

Affix pl-astlc labels on each starter and equipmentautomatically control-l-ed through the ControlSystem. Label shallindicate the followinq:

AUTTONThis equipment is operating under automat.iccontrol and mav start at anv time wit.houtwarninq.

Al-I wiring and cabling, including that withinfactory-fabricated panels shal-l be label-ed at eachend within 2" of termi-nation with a cableidentifier and other descriptive information.

Permanently label or code each point of fieldterminal- strips to show the instrument or itemserved.

Identify aIl ot.her control components with permanentl-abel-s. Identifiers shall match record documents. Al-1plug-in components shal-l be l-abel-ed such that removafnr +-ha ^^m^^rlent does not remove the label. Identifvvvrlrvvrrvrru uvsQ rrvL !glttvvg LlIg lqugI. f ugllulf *allequipment and panels. Identif ication shal-I be wit.hlabel-s describing equipment and panel- use function.Labels shall be engraved with contrastinq text usingbakelite, plastic or metal- material-. Labels shall bepermanently glued or mechanically fastened.

1. Label each control valve and control damperactuator assembly (excl-uding VAV zones) .

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 1OO(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

6.

R

10

tr

F'

NYCSCA

o7 /2elLO tLV[ NO. : 063545

Coordinate numbering sequence with other Division15 I ahol inrr ra.rrli ramanl- q!u\au!rurrLulrLo.

3. Verify with the Authority's Facility ManagementSystems Integrator.

G. Al-1 wires and cables shall be identified withpermanent markers or wire tag at controll_er. Wiredesignations at controllers shall describe the devicetermi-nation point and function. Also providelaminated, 7I"xLJ" control_ wiring diagram withinterminal cont.rolf er encl_osure. Label- al1 input andoutput field devices as l_abeled on control diaqram.

2.L5 ALARMING, TRENDING, Al{D SCHEDULfNG NETIIORKING FTTNCTIONS

The Temperature control contractor shal-l providecoordination with the FMSI and LNS Database proqramminq forthe following control network communi-cation functions:

Al-arm Processing. Any obj ect in the system shal_1 beconfigurable to alarm in and out of normal state.

Binary Alarms. Each binary object shall_ be set toalarm based on the operator specified state.Analog Al-arms. Each analog object shal-l- have bothhiqh and low alarm l-imits and warning l-imits.Alarming must be able to be automatically andmanuallv disabled.

The FMSI furnished Wonderware software is to beutilized to display alarming, event logging or trendingwhere this software is employed as the GUI for theschool at the School_ Operator Consol_e. A'l I hi n.arrzalarming, capacity calcul-ations I eLc., are to beaccomplished at the focal ASC, AGC, CAC or LonMaker LNSDatabase level. The Wonderware software and School-Operat.ing Consol-e (SOC) provided by the FMSI shall beused to process analog alarms.

Applications Editors. Each DDC Control_ler shall supportful-1 screen editing of al_l_ syst.em applications. TCCshal-1 provide editors for each application at DDCControll-er(s). The applications shall be downl-oaded andexecuted at the appropriate DDC Controller (s) .Coordinate all work with the Authority's FacilityManagement Systems Integrator. A11 controlling,schedulinq, start/stop apptications are to becompatible with the TCC i*LON100 e-3 HMI software andthe Wonderware software install-ed by the Authority'sFacility Management Systems Integrator See Sect.ion15973.

TEI4PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 101(LONWORKS BI4S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

2.

A

1.

B

NYCSCA

01/29lLO LLTI NO. : 063545

Controller. TCC shall provide a ful1 screen editorfor each type controller and application thatshal-l al-low the operator with proper password toview and change the configuration, name, controlparameters, and system setpoints.Qn1.rar{rr'l i n^ nrCC she'l I nrorzidg an indiViclrra'l 7-fl:rzrvv 0rfqf,tr y!vvrug qll Irrurvluuol r uc|.ytime schedul-e for each plece of equipmentcontroll-ed by the BMS. Each of these schedulesshall incl-ude the capability for start, stop, andnight economizer actj-ons. Each schedule mayconsist of up t.o (10 ) events . When a group ofobjects are scheduled together, provide thecapability to define advances and delays for eachmember. Each schedul-e shall consist of thefollowinq:

Weekly Schedule. Provide separate schedulesfor each day of the week.

r-vnan+. i an c^hedules. Provide the abii-it.v f orUvIlsVUlgO. !!VVM Ullg qVIIILJ

the operator to designate any day of the yearas an exception schedule. This excepti-onschedul-e shal1 overri-de the standard schedulefor thaf clarz Ewr-oni- i nn SChedUl_eS ma\/ l-lc**J. u rLLqJ vv

defined up to a year in advance. Once anexception schedule i-s executed it will bedi-scarded and replaced by the standardscheduled for that dav of t.he week.

HoI j-day Schedules. Provide the capabil-ity forthe operator to define special or holidayschedul-es. These schedul-es may be placed onthe scheduling calendar and wil-l be repeatedeach \/ea r - Tha nnar:.l- nr Shal-l- be able tOrlof i no l- ha I annl_ h nf arnh hnl i rlrrr nari nrlvqvrr rrvr!uq] y9! !vu.

Equipment Coordination. TCC shallprovide af ull- screen editor that al-lows equipment tobe grouped for proper operation as specifiedin the sequence of operations. This shallinclude the coordination of VAV Boxes withtheir associated Air Handling Equipment.

h

2.L6 CUSTOM APPLICATION PROGRJMMING EEATIIRES (Coordinate wj-thsection L5973)

TCC shall provide the software tools, approved by theArchitect / Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management.Systems Integrator, to create, modify, and debug cusLomapplicati-on programming .

TEI{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 LOz(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

.l

n

lnrcscA

o7 lze/t0

R

LLW NO.: 063545

Tha 'FamnaraJ-rrra /-nn1- rnl arzglgp COntfaCtOr sha'l I nrorri dgUJULVTTL VVrrU!qUUV! Qrrqrr y!vval

to the Facil-ities Management Systems Integrator alicensed copy of the following proprietary softwareIhal- iq rAaltrirorl l-n nrndram l-ha arrcfam rnn'lin={- i,----olrr dppl_rcatl_oncontrollers. This software in turn shal-l- be providedto the New York City Department of Education (NYCDOE).Provide a licensed copy of each of the followingapplicable packages: TAC's Menta software, JohnsonControf s NXS-Tool--01 and CPL Tool_ software, Circon'sBASIC software, Honeywel_l-'s CARE software, DisTech'sLonWatcher software, Siemens (formerly Staefa) TalonBlock Editor, and Invensys I/A Series MicroNet WorkPl-ace Technician sof tware or t.he equivalent customapplication control-1er software. Each control-manufacturer shall be approved by the Authority'sArchitect / Engineer-of-Record / Facilities ManagementQrzcfamc Tn{-o.rrafnr Tha Temnerafttre COntfOl Svstemrquv!. rrtg agllrlJglqLulg VJUL

Contractor shall-, under the oversiqht of the FacilityManagement Systems Integrator, employ the software tool_used to program the custom application controll-ers i_nthe LonWorks control system. A copy of these softwaretools shall be used and maintained by the FacilityManacromanf Srzql_ omq Tnl- anr:f nr 2 e radrr i rarl nrnnarl rzuJrLsrrro f,rrLsy!qLvr f ao !gyuf,!Eut pL vyEtryoverseeing the TCC commissioning and maintaining thei n1_ anri f " n€ eaCh SChOOI databaSe On a nrni or'1- lrrzvr sqerr Dvrrvvr uqLqvqDE vrl a IJrvJ guL py

project basis.

The operator shall be abl-e to create, edj-t, anddowni-oad custom proqrams at the same time that al_l_other system applications are operating. The systemshall be ful1y operable while custom routines areedited, compiled, and downloaded.

The programming language shal-l- be English languageoriented and be based on the syntax of programminglanguages such as BASIC. lt shal-l- allow for free formor fill-in-the-bl-ank programming. Alternatively, theprogramming language can be graphically-based usingfunction blocks as long as blocks are avail-able thatdirectly provides the functions listed below, and thatcustom or compound function blocks can be created.

A ful-l- screen character editor/programming environmentshal-l- be provided at the Portable Operator's Terminal_(POT). The editor shall be cursor/mouse-driven andall-ow the user to insert, add, modify, and delet.e codefrom the custom programming. It shal-I afso incorporateword processing features such as cut-paste andfind/rep1ace.

The programming language shal-l- al-Iow independentlyexecuting program modules to be developed. Each modul-eshall be able to independentl-v enable and disable othermodules.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 103(LONWORKS B![S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

C

E

MrcscA

07 /29/LO LLv[ NO. : 063545

The editor/programming environment shall have adebugginq/simulation capability that al-Iows the user tostep through the program and to observe anyintermedi-ate values and/or result.s. The debugger shall-al-so provide error messagfes f or syntax and executiong!!UID.

The programming language shal-1 support conditional

u

staLements ( ] F/THEN/ELSE/ELSE- ]F) using compoundBool-ean (AND, OR and NOT) and/or relations (EQUAL, LESSTHAN, GREATER THAN, NOT EQUAL) comparisons.

I. The programming language shal-1 support f loat.ing-pointarithmetic using the following operators: +t , /, x,square root, and xy. The following mathematicalfunctions shal-1 also be provided: natural_ log, 1og,absolute vafue, and minimum/maximum val-ue from a listof values.

J. The programming Ianguage shall- have pre-definedvariabl-es t.hat represent. clock time, day of the week,and date. Variables that provide int.erval timing shallal-so be availabl-e. The language shal_l- allow forcomputaLr-ons usinq these values.

K. The programming language shal_l have the ability to pre-define variabl-es representing the status and resul-t.s ofthe System Software, and shall_ be able to enable,disabl-e, and change the val-ues of LomMenrd" (or LonWorks)objects in the system. Al1 programming tools shall becompatible with Echelon's LNS operating system. providel-icense copy of all programminq tools to Authority.

2.L7 RACEWAY MATERIALS A}ID COIIDUITS

A. The Temperature Control Contractor is responsible forassuri-ngi that conduit size and quantity, size and typeis sui-table for the equipment supplied with a maximumfill of sixty percent. The Temperature ControlContractor shal-l review the proper installation oreach type of device with the equipment supplier.

B. All- new condults shallbe conceal_ed when instal_l-ed infinished areas. Conduits shall be concealed in crawl-spaces, above suspended ceilings and within walls. Al1condui-ts shal-1 be instal-led parallel to buildingfines. The proper connector shall be used and properlyinstall-ed to insure the integrity of the conduitsystem as a groundinq means.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 104(LONWORKS B!,ISIDDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

iJ

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO

2.L8 WIRING - GENERAL

LLII NO, : 063545

All pulI or junction boxes shall be mounted in areadily accessible location. Junction or pul1 boxesshall- be galvanized finished sheet steel of Codethickness and of ample size to properly enclose theconductors and to all-ow inspection of the contents.Junction boxes shall have plain sheet steel screw-attached covers. All pul1 and junction boxes shal-1have the cover marked i-ndicatinq the function of the^^-f^^+ ^

n

B

C

D.

Cabl-e shal-l- be suitable for use in condui-ts and ductsabove and bel-ow ground and exposed installation inr:abl e f rarr rrrnS. Cable Shal-l- be SUitabIe f or crncrAt'i onJrfqf r vv Juf LqvIu !v! vyg!quI9

in a wet or dry location with alternatively wet anddry conditions.

The design ambient temperature for cable shal-l be 40degrees C. Maximum ambient eart.h temperature shall beconsidered 20 deqrees C.

Cable shafl have a service life equal to the designlife of the instal-lation, which is expected to be 20years, dt the design voltage and current rating andwhil-e subiected to environmental conditions.

Conductors shal1 be Class B,copper, t j-n-coated.

concentric stranded

E. Insulation shall be fire-retardant, heat-resistant,oil--resistant, moisture-resistant, and ozone-resistantthermosettinq compound rated for 90 degrees C maximumconductorconditions

temperature under normal- operating

F. Single-conductor and mul-ti-conductor cabl-es shall havean overall jacket made of the thermosetting compoundwith simil-ar properties as insulation. Jacket andinsulation construction and physical properties shallbe in accordance with ICEA 5-19-81, and 5-68-514.

2.L9 POI{ER CABLES (By prVrSrON 16 CONTRACTOR)

A. Power cable shall be No. 12 AWG minimum and may beMetal Clad Cable (Type AC) with ground conduct.or asallowed bv Code.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 105(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrrH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NlrcscA

o7 /2elLO LLTI NO. : 063545

2.20 CONTROL CABLES

A. El-ectronic instrument wire and cabl-e shall be 300-Vinsulation cl-ass, single-twist.ed pair, multi-twistedpairs and triads, with individual_ pair and overallshield. No. 15 or l-B AWG conductor material shal-I beCIass Concentric stranded copper annealed coated,insulated with a thermosetting compound with flame-retardant characteristics, and it shall_ be providedwith an overaff jacket of thermosetting compound.

2.2L TERMINAL BLOCKS

A. Each terminal block shall be uniquely identified.These identif icat.ions shal_l_ correspond to wiringdiagram. Provide fire-retardant marking st.rips of theterminal blocks for external connections.

2.22 ENCLOSLRES

For al-l input/output devlces/controllers that requirefield interface devices, these devices where practicalshall- be mounted in a field DDC Controller panel. A11other field interface devices shal-l_ be mounted at thepoint of field interface in a separate enclosuresuitable for the location. The Temperature Control_Contractor shalf provide an enclosure t.hat protectsthe device (s) from dust, moisture, conceals integralwiri-ng and moving parts. DDC controll-er panels shall_f:Onf a i n l-)r")rdAF 'l ..i ^^ F^. ' f arf rna ral ar,^y-",-- supprfes ror sensorsr aII r__*j/sand contactors, safety circuit.s, and I/P transducers.

The DDC controll-er enclosure shalt be of st.eelconstructi-on with baked enamel finish; NEMA t2K ratedwith a hinged door and keyed ]ock. The enclosure shallbe sized for twenty perceht spare mounting space. A11focks shall be keyed identically.A LonWorks Data enclosure shal-l- be provided in eachIntermediate tel-ecommunications cl_oset f or the DDCLonWorks routers (i-Lon 600 routers or approvedequal) . The contract documents may al-l-ow the i-Lon600s to be installed in the Master TelecommunicationRoom's LonWorks cabinet as applicab]e.

The Division I6 electrical contractor shal1 provide afull- size data cabinet for the i-Lon 600 router(s), i-Lon 100 Internet Server (s) , UPS, and the Cisco 3560Switch l-ocated in the Main Telecommunications Room.

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 105(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE]

A

B

("

MrcscA

o7 /2e/t0

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTAJ.LATTON

C.

D.

LLTil NO. : 063545

All- wiring to and from the DDC cont.roller panel shall-be to screw type terminals. Analog or communicationswiring may use the panel as a raceway withoutterminating. The use of wire nuts wit.hin the panel oron any DDC Controller input or output wiring isprohibited.

E. All wiring within the panel shal-l- be run in plasticwire way to give a neat and workmanlike appearance.

A.

p,

The installation of the controlsystem shall be madeby the manufacturer or approved franchised deal-ers.See Qual-ity Assurance Reguirements.

InstalI the complete DDC systems of temperaturecontrolr dS noted on the Drawinqs and as specified.Provide al-I necessary relays, mount j-ng brackets,swj-tches, digital controllers, control wiring andaccessories required, even though not specificallycal-led for, so as to result in complete workablea"af^*^JVJLCITTJ.

Install all- room sensors and thermostats 5'-6' abovethe finished floor in Primary Schools and 7' -0" abovethe finished ffoor in Hiqh Schools and IntermediateSchools.

Electrical Work:

Division 16 Electrical ContracLor to provide powersupply wiring from power source to power connection atunit control- panels including starters, disconnects,and required el-ectrical devices, except wheresncai f iod ,aq frrrn i <hod ^r frnf r\r\/-i neJ- .al I orl V

J lLLeue+rvv, Jy

manufacturer. Temperature Control Contractor toprovide control wiring as required and necessary for a-a\mnl al- a operation. Interlock wirinq betweenelectrically operated equipment and between equipmentand field-installed control- devi-ces shall be providedbrz 1-he TomneratUre COntrO] COntraCtOr.

Control Wirinq

Install control communication, signal and controlpower wiring without splices between termj-nal points.Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened.Inst.all raceways, boxes, cabinets, electronic,building wire, cables, signal and communj-catj-on cable

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 107(LONWORKS B&{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE}

D.

tr

N:rcscA

o7 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

r-n accordance with National_ Electricaf Code and therequirements of Division 16.

Instalf alf wiring raceway systems complying with therequirements of the National- Electrical Code, and NewYork City Code. A11 Corridor inst.all-ations shall beinstalled i-n Cabl-e Tray or EMT. Provide EMT sleevesfrom cable tray through the walls to above ceilingareas. Secured free air plenum rated cable is al-l-owedin areas outside Corridors that have finishedceilings.

3 . 02 DDC CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALI.ATION - E:${INATION

\/ori f rz l-h:f oVSf emS arc ro:flrz 1- n rF1.'6li rz4 y,7g1]4.! uqv)' Lv ! gvEI v E

Beginning of instal-fation means installer acceptsexistinq conditions.

C The project plans shall be thoroughly examined forcontrol- device and equipment locations, and anydiscrepancies, conflicts, or omissions shal-l bereported to the Authority for resol_ution before rough-in work is started.

The Temperature Control Contractor shall i-nspect thesite to verify that equipment is inst.allable as showrr,and any discrepancies, conf licts , or omissions shal-l_be reported to the Authority for resolution beforerough-in work is st.arted.

The Temperature Control Contractor shall- examine thedrawings and specifications for other parts of thework, and if head room or space conditions appearinadequate or if any discrepancies occur bet.ween theplans and his work and the plans for the work ofnf harc l-ra eha'l I rannrf Srrr:h fli sr:renanCies tO the! !vyv! L oqutr v!ou!sI-

Authority and shall- obtain written instructions forany changes necessary to accommodate his work with thework of others.

Coordinate al-1 work with the Authority's FacilityManagement Systems Integrator and the requirements ofSection 15973.

3. 03 GENERiAL INSTATLATTON REQUTREME!flTS

A. Install all control components in accordance withmanufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

TEMPERATT'RS CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 - 108(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

A

R

D.

tr

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0

C

B

LLII NO.: 053545

Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipmenton vibration-free walls or free-standing angle ironsupports. One cabinet mav accommodate more than one*.r.lo- 'i n e-ame equipment room. Provide engravedplastic nameplates for instruments and control-s insidecabinet and engraved Lamicoid nameplates on cabinert^^^

Af ter completion of instal-l-ation, test and adj ustcontrol- equipment. Submit data showing calibration,setpoints and final adjustments of controls.Tnsf al I orrrrirlmon.|- ninina r^ri rina n-al-rla l- rarzc ol- neysryrrLUrrLt t/ryfrr\:,t vULLL!Ly, vqvre urqJot suv.

nerallol fn hrrilrlina i-in^- /i ^ l.rnriznn]- :'lIJq!qr!s! LV VUlf,Urll9 JIIIE:-) \f,.e. 1 tL\)LLLVLLUd-J-l

rre11- ir-aI anrl n:r:I'lol l-n r^r:IIq\ r^Tharo\zar 11.rqeihlauv vYqrrJ / vvrfv! yvJulvJ9 .

Provide sufficient slack and flexibl-e connections toallow for vibration of plping and equipment.

D.

.l_n

I,F Install al-f equipment

,aq rlaf i norl l.rrz t'-].rant- arqo us!rrlsu py ultol/LEINEC or by NYC Code.

readilv accessible locationArticl-e 10 0 , Part A of the

Verify integrity of afl- wiring to ensure continuityand freedom from shorts and grounds.

A11 equipment, instal-fation,'and wiring shal-l- complywith acceptable industry specifications and standardsfor performance, reliability, and compatibillty and beexecuted in strict adherence to l-ocal codes andstandard practices.

3. 04 ELECTRICAI, SYSTE}! INSTALLATION

Comply with all New York City Code Requirements.

Instal-l 1ow voltage power and LON communication trunksin conduit in the foJ-J-owing l-ocations consistent withlocal buildinq code al-lowances.

Mechanical- rooms.

E]ectrical rooms.

Vertical- risers (exception: fire-rated continuousshafts; for example telephone closets) .

Open Areas where the wiring wiII be exposed tovj-ew or tampering.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 109(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC IVITH SCHOOL OPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

A.

1.

4.

N:rcscA

07 /29lLO

u

('

D.

tr

E.

LtW NO.: 063545

5. Control wiring shal-I be instal-l-ed in the corridorin Cabl-e Tray or EMT. Provide EMT sleeves from thecabl-e tray through the walls to above ceilingareas. Secured free air plenum rated cable isall-owed to be run above the ceilinq area inoffices, classrooms and PA spaces.

Conceal conduit within finished shafts, ceilings andwall- as required. Instal-l- exposed conduit parallelwith or at right angles to the buil-ding wal-ls.

Where Class 2 wires are in concealed and accessibl_elocations incl-uding ceiling return air plenums,approved cabl-es not in raceway may be used providedthat:

Circuits meet NEC Cl-as s 2 (current-l-imited)requj-rements. (Low-voltage power circuits shallbe sub-fused when required to meet Class 2current-fimit. )

2 . All cables shallbe UL l-isted f or applicat ion,i.e., cables used in ceiling plenums shall be ULl-isted specifically for that purpose.

Do not j-nstall Cl-ass 2 w:-r:-ng in conduit containingCl-ass 1 wiring. Boxes and panels containing highvoltage may not be used for low voltage wiring exceptfor the purpose of interfacing the two (e.g., relaysand transformers).

Where Class 2 wiring is run exposed, wiring to be runparallel along a surface or perpendicul-ar t.o iL, andneatly tied at 3m (10 ft.) intervals.All wire-to-device connections shal1 be made at aterminal- bl-ocks or terminal strip. A11 wire-to-wireconnections shall be at a terminal block, or with acrimped connector. All wiring within enclosures shall_be neatly bundl-ed and anchored to permit access andprevent restriction to devices and terminal_s.

Plug or cap all unused conduit openings and stub*ups.Do not use caulkinq compound.

Route al-l- conduits to cfear beams, plates, footingsand structure members. Do not route conduit throuqhcolumn footings or grade beams.

Set conduits as follows:

1. Expanding sil-icone f ire-stop material_ sealedwatertight where conduit is run between floors andthrough wal-1s of f ireproof shaf t.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 110(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

J

NYCSCA

07 /2elLO

3.05

2. Oakum and lead, sea1ed watertightthrough outside foundation wal-ls.

LLTI NO. : 063545

penetration

l'-:n ^nah o-ds"*I"installed.

of conduits until- conductors areK

L Vfhere conduit is attached to vibrating or rotatingequipment, flexible metal conduit with groundconductor with a minimum length of 1B inches andmaxi-mum length of 35 inches shal_l_ be i_nstall_ed andanchored in such a manner that vibration and equipmentnoise will not be transmitted to the stati_onarvconduit.

M Where exposed to thelocations, waterproofi-nstalled. Installationf lexib]e metal conduit.

elements or in damp or wetf lexibl-e conduit shall beshal-l be as specif ied f or

N. Provide fl-oor, wal1, and ceiling plates for allconduits passing through wa11s, floors or ceilings.Use prime coated cast iron, split-ring type plates,except with polished chrome-plated finish in exposedf j-nished spaces.

O. Wires are to be kept to a minimum of three (3) inchesfrom hot waLer, steam or condensate piping.

P. Where wires leave the conduit system, they are to beprotected by plast.ic insert or bushing.

O. A11 wiring in concrete walls or fl-oors shal_l be run inrigid conduit.

TE}TPERATT'RE AND HUMTDITY SENSOR A}ID THERMOSTAT INSTATI"ATION

Temperature and humidity sensors and thermostats shallrequire no field calibrations.Temperature and humidity sensor and thermostat.sassemblies shall be readily accessible and adaptableto each type of application in such manner as to allowfor quick, easy replacement and servicing without.special tool-s or skil-1s.

a

C. 'lamnara1-rrra SCnS1..11. Sf r:p-gnuurf av! a L! ql

helical- screw stainless steelpermitted on hot water pipingother water temperature sensors

mountings, utilizi-ngnl :mno olr r 'l 1 nn I rr l-ra\-f crrltyD; DIICtI-L vrrrJ vsup to 2 inches. All-

shall be i-n well-s.

TEI,IPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC TIrTH SCHOOL

SYSTEM 15970 - 111oPERATTNG CONSOTE)

N:rcscA

07 /29lLO

D.

R

LL![ NO. : 063545

Outdoor instal-lations shall be of weatherproofconstruction or in appropriate NEMA enclosures. Theseinstallat.ions shallbe protected from solar radiatj-onand wind ef fects. Protective shiel-d shal_l_ be stainlesssteel-.

Thermostat and Sensor Guards: Each thermostat andsensor installed in a primary school playroom,cafeteria, corridor, gymnasium, l_ocker room or shopshall- be provided with a sl_otted metal giuard, wi-reguard or perforated guard designed for heavy-duty usewhich shallbe f astened in pl_ace. Thermostat andsensors in all occupied areas in intermediate and highschools shal-1 be equipped with sl-otted metal guard,wire guard or perforated guard designed for heavy-dutyuse which shallbe fastened in place. Perforated guardshall- be manufactured by Shaw-Perkins fnc. Series 16.Top, front, and bottom faces shall_ be 16 gauge withI/8" perforations on 3/76" staggered centers. Finishshaf l- be white or tan baked enamel-. Cover sides andmounting frame shall be 14-gauge minimum solid steel_.Guard shall mount directly to wall and encloset.hermostat or sensor. Slotted steel thermostat guardsshall be manufactured by Westwood Products, Inc. Top,front, and bottom faces shal1 be constructed of L8-22gauge mj-nimum steel with finish of beige or whitebaked enamel finish. Guard shall_ mount directly towal1 and encl-ose thermostat. or sensor. Provide eight-tumbler lock, two sets of matching keys for eachguard, and mounting hardware. Provide solid anchoringper the manufacturers requirements.

F. Sensors .in ducts shallbe mounted in locations tosense the correct temperature and/or humidity of theair only and shall not be located in dead air spacesor positions obstructed by ducts, equipment, and soforth. Locations where installed shall be within thevibration and velocity limit of the sensing element.Ducts shal-l be securely sealed where elements orconnections penetrate ducts to avoid measurinq falseconditions.

All sensors measuring temperatures in pipes largerthan 2 inches in diameter or in pressure vessels shal1be supplied with well-s properly fabricated for theservice. V[e]-1s shall be non-corrosive to the mediumbeing measured and shall have sufficient physicalstrength to withstand pressures and vel-ociti-es towhich they are subjected. Wel-1s shall be instal-l-ed inthe piping at elbows where pi-ping is smaller than thelength of t.he well to affect proper flow across thean+.i -^ -f the well-.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTED{ 15970 LL2(LONWORKS BIIS/DDC WrrH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

G

N:rcscA

07 /29lLO

Thermo-we1l-mountedconducting compoundthe sensor.

SWITCH INSTALI.ATION

sensors shal-lto ensure good

LLTI NO. : 063545

incl-ude thermalheat transfer to

H

A. Install using a threadolet in st.eel pipe. In copperpipe use C x C x F Tee, no pipe extensions orsubstitutions all_owed.

MOUnt a minimUm Of f iVe ni na-di rmo.| arq rrostrc^m andone pipe-dia^"1"r -;";"1;"5;';'*;;; ;"; ;ii;;.;.' *i

"greater, from fittings and other obstructions.

Instal-l- according to manufacturer's instruct.ions.

Assure correct flow direction and aliqnment.

Mount in horizontaf piping - flow switch on top of then'i naI-'yv.

3. 07 ACTUATOR TNSTALLATION

3.06 FLOTV

A

p, To compress seals when spring return actuators areused on normally closed dampers, power actuator toapproximately 50 open position, manually cl-ose therlemnor -anrl 1- l.'o- | i alr]- nn rha I i nlrraauqrrryE! t qrru LrrglI LIyrILf:It Lltg If tr^crgv.

Check operation of damper/actuator combi-nation toconfi-rm that actuator modulates damper smoothlythroughout stroke to both open and closed positions.Valves Actuators shall be mounted on valves withadapters approved by the actuator manufacturer.Actuators and adapters shal-1 be mounted foll-owinqmanufacturer I s recommendations.

3.08 CoNTROL VATVE TNSTATLATTON (AS APPTTCABLE)

A. Valve submittals shal-l be coordinated for type,^"--.!j!-- cjon ahri nininn nnnfj^rrr-finn faqudtr L_L Ly I s]-ze/' ano I-+r/+rry _Lguratl_on to ensurecompatibility with pipe design. The equipmentmanufacturer or the mechanical fleld contractor shal-linstall all- valves.

All control- valves shal-l be installed so that the stemposition is not more than 60 degrees from the verticalup position or as directed by the val-ve manufacturer,whi-chever is the most limitinq.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 113(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrrH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

R

r-

D.

tr

Mount and link control- damper actuators permanufacturer I s instructions.

r-

D.

B.

MTCSCA

07 /29/LO

C

tr

D

Valves shalf be install_ed inmanufacturer t s recommendations.

tLIil NO. : 053545

accordance with the

Control valves shal-l- be installed so that they areaccessible and serviceable, and such that actuatorsmay be serviced and removed without interference fromsLructure or other pipes and/or equipment.

Isofation val-ves shal-l- be installed such that controlva1ve body may be serviced without draining thesupply/return side piping syst.em. Unions shal_l_ beinstalled at all- connections to screwed tvpe control-val-ves.

Prnrzirla l- raa for all control valves indicatinq serviceesY e vvrf L! vI v qJ v go lttu_

and number. Tags shal-l be brass, 1,-L/2" in di-ameter,with L/ 4" high l-etters. Securely fasten with chain andhook. Match identificati-on numbers as shown onannrorzorl r-nn1- rnl q qhnn rlrar^ 'q-y-yruvs(l t-(JrtL--*- ---,il_ngs.

3.09 CONTROL DAMPER INSTAITATION DAIUPERS ARE FIELD FT'RNISIIED BY

Article does not apply to factory furnished equipment.

A. Damper submittals shall_ bequantity, and size to ensuremetal desiqn.

coordinated for type,compatibility with sheet

R T)rrnr n^n i n^5 shal-1 be f ree of anv obstruction orvF/vrrrrlY p rrrqrr vg I -irreqularities that might interfere with blade orlinkage rotation or actuator mountinq. Duct openingsshall- measure L/4" larger than damper dimensions andshall- be square, straigiht, and l_evel.

Indivi-dual- damper sections, ds well- as entire multiplesection assemblies, must be completely square and freefrom racking, twisting, or bending. Measure diagonallyfrom upper corners to opposite lower corners of eachdamper section. Both dimensions must be egual +!/8".

Mechanical contractor shal-1 follow manufacturer'si-nstructions for field installation of controldampers. Unless specif ical-ly designed for vertical_bl-ade application, dampers must be mounted wlth bl-adeaxis horizontal-.

Mechanical contractor shal-I install extended shaft orjackshaft per manufacturer's instructions. (Typically,a sticker on the damper face shows recommendedextended shaft location. Att.ach shaft on label_ed sideof damper to that blade. )

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 LLA(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOTE)

r-

D.

tr

NYCSCA

o7 /2elLO LtTil NO. : 063545

Damper blades, ax1es, and linkage must operate wit.houthi nrl'i na Pa€n1^p .SVStem Ol)Fra1- i nn _ r'rzr-l e flamncr af1. qS!vrv oJ o Lstlr vys!qurvrt, vyurE uerttyE! o! Lcinstallation to assure proper operation. On multiplesection assemblies, al-l- sections must open and cl_osesimultaneouslv.

G. Provide a visible and accessible indication of damperposition on the drive shaft end. The orientat.ion ofthe blades shallbe indicated by the Mechanical-Contractor by not.ching the end of the damper shaft inthe direction of the blades.

F

H Mechanical contractor shal_Iof damper when required todamper weight.

support ductwork in areanrarzan]- qana'i nn xrr^ f ay! s v srr L DoYY rrlv LrLre L\J

I. After instaflation of low-leakage dampers with seals,mechanical contractor shal-l- caulk between f rame andduct or opening to prevent leakage around perimeter ofdamper.

3.10 LOCATION

Space carbon dioxide or temperature sensors shall bemounted away from machinery generating heat, dJ_rectlight, and diffuser air streams.

Outdoor air sensors shall be mounted on the building'snorth face directly in the outside air. Install thesesensors such that the effect of heat radiated from thebuifdinq or sunl-iqht is minimized. Install the outsideair frumidity and CO2 sensors adjacent to the outsideair temperature sensor.

Fiel-d encl-osures shal-l- be located immediately adjacentto the controller panel to which it is beinqinterfaced.

3.11 PROTECTION

A. The Temperature Control- Contractor shall protect allwork and material from damage by his/her work orworkers, and shallbe liable f or al_l_ damase thuscaused.

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l_ beresponsible for his/her work and equipment untilf i na I 'l rz j nqTranl-ad f no+arl rnrl rnnan.l-ar{ l.rrz l- h^!!rrqrrJ rrrDysuLE\f,, Le:-Lq;v7 qrru qvuelJLv(r py LllcArchitect / Engineer-of-Record / authority's FacilityManagement Systems Tntanrrfnr / Arrf hori f rzt g/ r rs

Representative. The Temperature Control_ Contractorshalf protect his/her work against theft or damage,and shall carefully store materi-al and equipmentreceived on-site that is not immediately install-ed.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 115(toNwoRKs Bl,Is/DDc WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

A

B.

C.

R

NYCSCA

o7 /29/L0 LLTil NO. : 063545

The Temperature Control Contractor shall close allopen ends of work with temporary covers or plugsduring storage and construction to prevent entry off ore i on ohi cr-lg .

3.12 rrElp QuArrTY CONTROL

A. A11 work, materi-afs and equipment shall_ comply withthe rules and regulations of applicable l_ocal, state,and federal- codes and ordinances as identified in Part1 of this Section.

C.

Tha 'laomnarrl-'rre Control Contractor shall continual-1vf v.r!yv! vvrrL!vf vvrlL!qvuv! DIIqTI vvtlL!lluqIt _monitor the DDC Control System field instal-lation forcode compliance and quallty of workmanshlp.

The Authority's Project Officer shall arrange forfield inspections by local- and/or state authoritieshaving jurisdiction over the work. The Authority, sProject Officer shall- inform the Facility ManagementSystems Integrator when the work by the TemperatureControl- Contractor has progressed to a point whereinspection is required by the Facility ManagementSystems Integrat.or.

The Temperature Control Contractor, s work shal_l- becommissibned by the Temperature Control Contractor andwitnessed by Authority representatives (ProjectOfficer, FfD personnel) and the FaciJ_ity ManagementQrzcl-omc Tnf an13lgl. A11 BMS /nnf- trrn-.i Ar.1- q radrr.i ri nn a!quv! . nf,f, DL-ta/ uuv ! !vJ gvLD !gyuJ!IIty

SOC work shal-l be reviewed and deemed compliant by theFacility Management Systems Integrator before theAuthority's Project Officer authorizes final paymenL.

Evidence of factory cal-ibration and bench testing isrequired to be provided by the manufacturer and theTemperature Control Contractor. The TemperatureControl Contractor shallprovide certification fromthe manufacturer that controller, sensor, and actuatorcomponent testing has been completed. Copies ofreports shall be made availabLe within one week ofrequest of copy. The Temperature Control Contractorshal-l- test project specific database software routinesand provide a written test report. before downloadingat the site for start-up, point to point, and basicfunction testing. The Temperature Cont.rol Contractorshall util-ize the Portabl-e Operator, s Terminal- (pOT)and/or the LNS Server to demonstrate the ful-l_functionalitv of the Temperature Control_ Contractor, swork

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 116(toNwoRKs Btds/DDc wrTH scHool, oPERATTNG CONSOTE)

B

l)

tr

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO LLTI NO. : 063545

Upon completion of component or system instal_l_ation,the Temperature Control Contractor shall initj_atecomprehensive point-to-point and basic functiontesting. Fact.ory calibration and bench testing willnot be considered acceptable alternates to onsi_tefiel-d testingStart-up/Point-to-point Scope

1. Test all end field devi_ces through properinput/output to the Portable Operator's Terminal-(Por).

Testing must be complete, detailed and documentedon approved point-to-point verificat.ion forms.

A11 f ield cal-i-bration must be done with hiqh*,.-1 .i r-. .: -.^!quarfry anst.rumentatron. Test instrumentationselected for calibrating field devices shall besuitable for application. Instruments shall-display current (within the past 12-months) NISTtraceable calibration sticker. Associatedinstrument calibrati-on certificates shallbe madeavailable within 24 hours of request for copy.

Provj-de testing and documentation criteria. (TheTemperature Control- Contractor shall_ util_ize thePortable Operator's Terminal (POT) and/or the LNSServer to demonstrate complete functi-onalit.y)

Field device and functional-itv

3.13 START.UP POINT-TO-POINT AI{D BASTC FUNCTION TESTING

A

R

2.

4.

1)

2)

?\

Verifv al I field'-_*-f

properly sized ori- -i ^^oPerci Llng range .

acl-irrsfed for

devices installed areranged for anticipated

Verify devices areaavvaa*-UV!!EUL positi-on,

orientation and full- range.

Conductor Integrj-ty

a) Test all wiring continuity fromfield devices ts^LU correcti nnrrl- /nrrf nrrl-f rryuvt vv LyuL.

Conductor Termination

Veri-fy at1 device wire terminationsare per submittal package.

a)

b) wl-reVerify all input/outputtermi-nati-ons are correct.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 LL7(LONWORKS BD'S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/LO LL9[ NO. : 063545

Verify fiel-d devices communicate tothe Portable Operator's Terminal(POT) and/or the LNS Server.

Conductor to Output

a) Test linear-scaling calibration ofevery analog output point.

Al-arm Interlocking

a) Verify al-l af arm signals f romdevice initiation through all_required notification components(Portable Operator's Terminal(POT), LNS Server and localannunciation, etc. )

6 ) Devi-ce Cali-bration

A11 field devices are to be fiel-dcalibrated. A11 thermistor sensorsshall be tested for accuracy in thefield or at the factory prior toshipment (when integral with NISTtraceable calibration) .

b) Cal-ibration

c)

/\al

q\

7)

UIUJE toconditions.

Fiel-d Calibration Criteri-a

must be done at ornormal- operatinq

r r onI-L-Er r onTrrr r onT,L.E

r5%l5%r3%r5%+221 5% mid ranqeI 5% at 50 PPM

Space TemperatureA i r Tomnar:l-rrra-TTni l- rrrrFfuid TemperatureAir Flow RateLi-quid Flow RateDifferential PressureGage PressureRelative HumidityCA2 Moni-torRefri-gerant Monitor

The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l- completelycheck out, cal-lbrate, and test al_1 connected hardwareand TCC supplied software to insure that the systemperforms 1n accordance with the approvedspecifications and sequences of operation submitted.The AuthoriIv'q Prn-ian1- nffiCer and FID nersonncI as! r vvr qrru L LU yg! OVrrIrE! qu

wel-l- as the Facility Manaqement Systems IntegratorshalI witness all testing performed by the TemperatureControl System Contractor.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTE}{ 15970 118(LONWORKS B![S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2slLO

J.

D

E.

tr

H

LLTI NO. : 063545

The Temperature Control Contractor shall_ beresponsible for all testing, repair, and retesting asoutlined in this specification.Complete records shall be kept of al-l_ tests and testreports. Records shall be made avail_able to theFacility Manaqement Systems Integrator and/or theArrl- hnri l-rz /Droieet Of f i r:er anri F-Tn ncrsonncl ) f Of\! !vJUvL V!!f Us! qtrv L !u yE!DvrtrIEa/ !L

inspection and approval. Records shall_ be turned overto the Authoritv at the end of the work phase.

The Temperature Control Contractor shall- notify theAtrthoritv af leasf firze (5'l darrq nrinr to fesfincri.n\ J / LV L9O LJIIY ]

order that the Facility Management Systems Integrator,and/or the Authority's representatives (ProjectOfficer and FID personnel) mav witness such tests.Provide the Authoritv's Project Officer, FfDpersonnel, and/or the Facility Management SystemsIntegrator approved operation and acceptance testingof the complete system.

Field Test: When installation of the system iscomplete, calibrate equipment. and verify t.ransmissaonmedia operation before the system is placed on-l_i_ne.A11 testingi, calibrating, adjusting and finaf fiel_dtests shallbe completed by 'the Temperature Control-Contractor. Provide a crosscheck of each control_ pointwithin the system by making a comparj-son between thecontrol- command and the f iel-d-controll-ed device.Verifv that al I crrcfams are oncraglg frOm lOCal_control-s in the specif ied f ail-ure mode upon panelf ail-ure or loss of power. Submit the results offunctional- and diagnostic tests and calibrations tothe Authority (Project Officer and FID personnel)and/or the Facility Management Systems Inteqrator forf i n: I qrzqf om ar-r.orrl-:n-a

Sensors and other devices supplied with calj-brationcertificates indicating prior factory calibration toreference standards that. are traceable to NIST, shall-not be adjusted in the field without the explicitconsent of the Authority's Facil-ity Management SystemsIntegrator or Authority's Representative.

Comprehensive functional performance testing shal_I beperformed on every installati-on or modification to thecontrol system. The Temperature Control Contractorshall- test and document al-l- logic and control- sequencestatements for accomplishing each specific controlfunction as detaifed in the approved sequence ofoperation and in the Functional Performance Testsdescribed herein. The Temperature Control Contractorshall record each process and corresponding results.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 119(LONWORKS BIr{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO LLll NO. : 063545

Documentation will include names of test personnel andfinaf test dates.

K. Compliance Inspection Checklist: Submit the completedFuncti-onal Performance Tests Checkl_ists as detail_edherein to the Authority's Representatives (projectOfficer and FfD personnef) and the Facility ManagementSystems Integrator for verification of compliance tothe project specifications. Fail-ure to comply with thespecified information shal-l constitute non-performanceof the contract. The Temperature Control Contractorshall submit written justification for each item inthe checklist that he is unable to comply with. TheFacility Manaqement Systems Integrator and theAuthority wil_l initiaf and date the checklist tosignify fl-^LIIC Tamnarrf rr ro Control Contractor'scompliance before acceptance of system by theAuthority's FID Inspector.

3.L4 START-UP AND TESTING

The Temperature cont.rol- contractor and t.he Manuf acturer'steChni f:jl rCt)r^onnf r+.i-'^ ^hrl I qf arf -rrrr l-aql- anrl oaf :'l'lueurrrrf,uqr tEptcDc:ttLcrL..t.ve J--_*_ , _F r veevr .5eL dJ_Iparameters as directed by the Authority's Project Officer.The Temperature control contractor and the Manufacturer'stechnicar representati-ve shal-1 demonstrate compliance withal-l- requirements herein. A11 damaged or malfunctioning TCCsupplied software shallbe replaced.

A. Specially trained personnel- in the direct employ of theTemperature Control- Contractor shal-l_ perform f inal_acij ustments .

LonMaker Protocol- Analyzer or Loytec Analyzer shal_l- beutil-ized to observe, analyze and diagnose the behaviorof the installed network.

C. The Temperature Control Contractor shal-I accomplishsystem commissioning with oversight. by the FacilityManagement Systems Integrator util_i zLnq muIt.ipleNetwork Services Interface (NSI) commissioning tools toal-1ow multi-ple f ield technicians to work on specif icchannels.

3. 15 POINT VERIFICATION

A. To verify end-to-end operation of the system, theTemperature Control Contractor shallprovide a hardcopy of an Al-l Points Summary Listing to theAuthority's Project Officer, FID personnel, and/orFacility Management. Systems Integrator for each partor system to be placed in warranty. The TemperatureControf Contractor shall additionally provide a printscreen of the process display showi_ng real- time

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L2O(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

R

NvcscA

07 /29lLO LLTI NO. : 063545

dynamic point information for al_] points on thesubsystem(s) to be accepted.

3. 15 SEQLENCE \TERIFTCATTON

A. The Temperature Control Contractor shal-l- notify theAuthority's Project Officer, FID personnel and/orFacility Management Systems Integrator of sysLems thatnarfnrm aII cnaîfiorl qarsran4es. The Far:iI.i frzqJf al/sur!rgv oEyusrrvgD. f ftg !qvrf rLJManagement Systems Integrator, Project Officer and FIDpersonnel shall verify all sequences of operation and^r ^^^ -LF qrzql- om i n1- n r^r.arran1- \7 ar.a'anl- :nâ l-aq.l-yrcr\-E LII.- wq! ! qrr uy auuLr

B. The warranty acceptance test. shatl be of 1,20continuous hour duration incfusive of the Sequence ofOperation's Occupied and Unoccupied time periods andthe SVSto- eh:l'l nar€6p6 es sncr-i f ied herein.ryuvr ! -

C. Testing.

Tlrrri nn f ha 1)n krnrrrc t- lra DDC COntf O]_ grzstem sh: I 'l nOLrrvulJf Lllg y oLgtlt DIIq!I I1!

report any system fault diagnostics from the subsystemunder test.The subsystem shall be performance verified asoperational by the TCC using the trends of eachcontrol- loop located in the DDC Control-l-ers or LNSServer

During occupied and unoccupied periods, DDC controlloops, under test, shall mai-ntain control of theprocess variable within the following tolerancesrelative to the applicable setpoint:

D.

E"

a

a

a

a

a

o

Duct St.atic PressurePttmn Hcari PragggagT-)rraf lTramnarr f rr ra T.nnncuuuL rglrr]vEIctLu!s lvvlro

Room Temperature LoopsPipe Temperature LoopsDuct Humidity

Room Humidity

r 0.3+102r 2.0T I-.U

t 2.0t 2 % ratedTransmittert 2 % ratedTransmitter

ttwc

of cont.rol- rangeOr

_f

Or_r

Or_r

error of the

error of the

G. The Temperature Control- Conlractor shal-1 provide aha rcl r'a)n\z nri n{- nrrJ- nf .l- ha nrn âe e \z^ ri rhl avvtiJ yrrrlLvuu u pfOCeSSvariabl-e setpoint and control- loop output percentagefor the period of two hours prior to occupancy to 2hours after occupancy with samples taken every 15minutes.

TEI{PERATTJRE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L2L(roNwoRKs BldslDDC WrTH SCHOOL OpERiATTNc CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO LLTI NO. : 063545

3 .L7 ACCEPTAI\TCE PROCEDT'RE

Upon completion of the install-ation, the TemperatureControl Contractor shal-1 start*up the system andperforms aIl necessary calibration and testing toAn qrr ra nr^n^r nnarat- i nn a€ f ha nrn j p6.f mef:han i CaIvys! q uf vrl v! LlrE yr vJ u9 u ILLUUtrqltJ\

systems. See previous Articles for complete testingrequirements.

The TCC shal-l- schedule a hardware demonstration andsystem acceptance test t.o be performed in the presenceof the Authority (Project Officer and FID personnel)and the Facility Management Systems Integrator. TheaC.r:enl- enr.o f oql- i nrr i e r.l/-€i ^^r !^mnnqf raf i nn l- hauvuel/ Lqrlgs LvJ Llrry r p uE I f tlgLl <1D Ll(:ttrvrro L! q LIIIY LllE:sequence of operations as specified and/or asj-ndicated on the Drawings. The Temperature Control-Contractor shal-l- perform al-l- tests prior to schedulingthe acceptance test and hardware demonstration toinsure the overal-l system is ready for inspection andobservations. The TCC shal-l submit the signedFuncti-onal- Perf ormance checkl-ists as detailed herei-n.The TCC shal-l demonstrate the complete and successfulHVAC controlsystem Sequence of Operations to theFacility Management System Integrator or Authority'sRepresentative prior to the FMSI installation of theWonderware acceisoty software on the TCC provided LNSServer to ensure that the TCC is not affected by theFMSI. Upon installation of the FMSI provi-dedWonderware software and SOC, both the FMSI and TCCshall repeat all- successful commiss j-oni-ng tests forthe Authority's Representative and FID personnel forF-inaI Anr.anl- rn^a

During the completion of enti-re system commissioningby the Temperature Control Contractor (TCC), the TCCshal-l demonstrate to the Authority (Project Officerand FID personnel) and to the Facility ManagementSystems Integrator's satisfact.ion that the controlsystems function as designed.

When the system performance is deemed satisfactory inwhole by these observers, the system parts will beaccepted for beneficial use and be deemedsubstantiall-y complete.

The control systems wifl- not be accepted as meetingthe requirements of Completion until- all testsdescribed in this specification have been performed tothe sati-sfaction of both the Authority (ProjectOfficer and FID personnel) and the Facility ManagementSystems Integrator. Any tests that cannot be performeddue to circumstances beyond the control of theTemperature Control- Contractor may be exempt from theCompletion requirements if reported as such in writing

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L22(LONWORKS BIdS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

7\n

R

D.

tr

r-

NYCSCA

o7 /29lto

c

3.18

tLlY NO. : 063545

to the Authority's representative. Such tests shall_then be performed as part of the warranty.

The controlsystem shall be properly commissionedprr-or to acceptance. The Temperature ControlContractor shall- coordinate with others (includingmechanical, el-ectrical- and test and balance ) toproperly start up and verify the operation of thesystem. Provide as-built documentat.ion as specified.Punch List and Deficiencv Resolution

Within one (1) business day of deficiencynotification, the Temperature Control- Contractorshal-l- resolve or provide written responseindicating the earliest possible time and date thedeficiency can and will be resolved.

2. Control- deficiencies discovered during thecommissioning process shal_1 be rectified andretested. The Temperature Control Contractorshal-l bear alf cost impacts.

DOCT'MENTATION

Drawings

A. The drawings shal-I be on Aut.oCAD. In every appropriatecase, drawings shall be to scale and shal_l include:

1. Equipment layouts showing arrangement of internalcomponents and wiring terminal_ bl_ocks.

I E^" 'i^-^^r morrnti ncr anrl i_nStal-Iation recllli remcnl- s!Yury]ttErlU rllvullurllY qrrLl -LIIDL<1-LICtLIUII !Eyur!srrlsllLO.

3. Di-mensj-oned physicaf drawings of all equipment.

4 - ^Svsf em qr-homa1- i r. d'i arrrSpg.vaqYI

E InIi ri nn rijJ . vv-Lr -Llrg uJ-agfams .

System architecture and topography.

i-LON 100 e-3 Scheduler Screen.

Wiring connection diaqrams shallinclude termj_nal_blocks, wire designations, and circuit descriptions.The TemperaLure Control- Contractor shall_ incorporatethe t.erminal block numbers in the design drawinqsaccordingly.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L23(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

6.

1.

P.

mrcscA

o7 /29/LO

r-

LL9[ NO. : 053545

The Authority's Facility ManagemenL Systems Integratorreserves the right to revise the DDC Control Systernequipment interconnection wiring and arrangementdrawings without change to Contract price, providedsuch revisions are made before wiring diagrams arerel-eased for fabrication. Anv other wirinq orequipment changes that may be requ-ired to complet6 thecontracted scope of work after release of wJ-ringdlagrams shall be required by the TCC with no changein contracted price.

D. Should any error or inconsistency appear in thedrawings, specification r or contract, or shoul_d theTemperature control contractor be uncertain as to thework, the Temperature Controf Contractor sha11, beforeproceeding with the work, inform the Authorit.y, sArchitect / Engineer-of-Record and the Authority'sFacility Management Systems Integrator or project.Officer of same in writing and then proceed with workas directed by the Authority's Architect / Engtneer-of-Record and Authority's Facitit.y Manaqement Systemsfntegrator or Project Officer in writj_ng.

Manuals

A. General: Provide maint.enancewith the Contract Documents and

1. Provide five (5) copies of

Manuals shallbe standardhard back 3-ri-nq loose-l_eaf

manual-s in accordanceas rirodified herein.

each manual-.

size and provided inbinders.

Submit one (1) copy of each manual to theArchitect / Engineer-of-Record who will_ forwardthe submission to the Authority, s FacilityManagement Systems Integrat.or for review. Afterreview and approval, assemble ot.her copies.

Manuals shall be completed and in Authority'spossession prior to Authority's acceptance and atfeast ten (10) days prior to instruction ofoperatrng personrrel.

Contents of O&M Manual_s

Provide a Tabl-e of Contents.

fnclude the following information in theMaintenance Manual in an Tntroduction sectionfollowj-ng the Table of Contents:

a. Alphabetical_ list of al_l system components,with the name, address, and 24-hour phone

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L24(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

?

B

2.

NvcscA

o7 /29/L0

corrective^r^^^n,. -^ ^IJ! VUSUUT ED .

Parts l-istnumbers and

number of the companyqorrri n i na a: nh i J_ am .trr -i -^rl?1ar:finn

LLtil NO. : 063545

responsible forfhe fi rsf vear of

b. The Temperature Control- Cont.ractor' s name,address and tel-ephone number.

Name, siqnature and titleControl- Contractor' sresponsible for preparationmanual.

Date ofnumber.

issuance of manua] and revision

The Temperature Control Contractor'scontrol- number.

i nl-r)vp

Incl-ude the following information as a minimum inthe sections Number I, "General".

d

n € Tamna ra l- rr ra

representativeof technical-

Valve tag list. (Coordinate with Mechanical-Contractor. Use similar format or add ontot.he procedure initiated by the MechanicalContrlctor) .

h Drnnar lubricants and 'l rrhri n:f i nc

instructions for each piece of equipment, thedate when lubricated, and the recommendedf requency of l-ubricati-on.

Tabfe of multi-conductorr-rrrraqnnnrli nrr qrzqf om rnrluJ u uvrll qrrv

area serveo.

Charts showing normaf operating conditj-onsand points of hiqh and low limit alarms.

Routine preventive maintenance procedures and

cabl-e tag number andl..rr i 'l rl-i nn € 1, --oor or

d.

f

h.

diagnostic troubl-e shooting

with manufacturer's catal-ogmanufacturer's order informat.ion.

g. Install-ation instructions for each piece ofeguipment install-ed under thi-s division.List of ordinary and special tools, operatingimaterial-s and supplies and test equipmentrecommended for operation and servicinq.

Detail-ed description of modifications made tostandard catalog equipment..

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROT SYSTEM 15970 L25B!,rslDDC WrTH SCHOOL OpERjATINc CONSOLE)

NYCSCA(LONI{,ORKS

07 /2elLO

(-

LLII NO. : 063545

Contents of DDC Control Svstem Manual_

1. Prepare a separate binder for DDC Control- Systemwith sections for the following components:

1^,

A

T

Y.

General-.

Custom Interface Appl-ication Documentation.

Network Management Tool Applicatj-on.

LNS Network Managiement Documentation.

LonWorks products and equipment.

Local- Area Network Accessories.

i-LON 100 e-3 Software Manual.

2. In addition, submit the following:

Electronic versions of AutoCAD (most currentrefease) and/or Visio Technical (most currentrel-ease ) drawing f iles f or aIl- drawingsubmittals and shop drawinqs.

Plans, schematics and rj-ser diagrams shal-l- beprinted on sheets large enough to be legibleand folded to fit i-n binders.

A CD-ROM record copy of all submittal data.

Graphic explanations of operator functions.Although operator functions are to be self-instructional and menu-interacLive from thekeyboard terminal-, this manual- shall be f orof f -l-ine study and ref resher use.

f-nmnrrl-ar i zaA nri nf orrt. s nf al_1 data f ileLVU LU

construction including al-1 point processingassignments, physical- terminal- rel-atj-onships,flowcharts of graphic program, etc.

h

d

D.

f . Provide i-n the manual- revised as-builtdocuments of al-1 materials required under theparagraph "Submittal-s" on this specification.

Manufacturer' s LiteratureGeneral: Provj-de manufacturers l-i-terature of properpreventative and comprehensive maintenance for atlitems of equipment and components.

TE,I{PERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L26(LONWORKS BMS/DDC VIrTH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /2elLO LtT[ NO. : 063545

Spare Parts and Tools

A. A l-ist of recommended spare parts, accessories, andconsumabl-e supplies shall be provided. These spareparts are intended to be stocked at the site and willbe used for normal operation, preventativemaj-ntenance, and minor repairs. Each item on the listof spare parts shal-l include a description,manufacturer, manufacturer's part number, recommendedstock quantity, recommended vendors, unit price anddelivery. As a minimum for all items that are normallystocked as spare parts, ten (10) percent of theoriginal equipment, with a minimum of one shall beincluded in the spare parts l-ist..

B. A l1st of recommended special tool-s, equipment, andaccessories as required for bot.h initial- instal_lationand maintenance shalf be provided. Each item shall-incl-ude a description, manufacturer, part number,recommended quantity, recommended vendors, unit price,and deliverv.

3.19 TRAINING

A. The Temperature Control Contractor shall providecnmnarall instructors to qive full instructionrtrJ L! uv Lv

(minimum 40 hours) utili zing specified manual-sr ?s-built documentation and the on-l-ine help utility todesignated personnel (Custodian and DoED MaintenanceRepresentative) in the adjustment, operation andmaintenance of the equipment installed rather than aaranaral 1- rai-,*,nrnq course. Instructors shall bethoroughly f amiliar with all- aspects of t.he subj ectmatter they are to teach. Temperature ControlContractor shal-l submit training program withsubmj-ttal for the Authority's Architect / Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management Systems Integrat.or'sapproval. In addition to the above 40 hours ofinstruction, additional- training shall_ be repeatedquarterly during the warranty period. A minimum of 8hours of instruction shal-t be provided for eachnrr:rf ar"l rr 1- rri ni nn na1-i-66l .u! q!rr!rrY ys.

B. Since the Department of Education may requireadditional personnel to have more comprehensiveunderstanding of the hardware and software, additionalI ra'i n'i nn must be avail-able f rom f hc TcmngaglgagqvqJrqv!u !!vrlr urrE rgrLLI/\

Control Contractor. If such training is required bythe Department of Education, it will be contracted ata later date. Temperature Control- Contractor sha]lprovide description of avail-able local and factorycustomer training to the Department of Education fortheir review and consideration.

TEDIPERJATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L27(LONWORKS BlrlS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0

C

LLII NO.: 063545

Following completion of the Temperature ControlContractor commi-ssioning, demonstrate ent.ire systemoperati-on to the Department of Education Custodian andMai-ntenance Representative to the satisfact.ion of theFaci I i .l- rz Manacraman.l- Qrzq1- amq Tn.l- aarrf ar t- h^rrsrrsvvrlrerru 9JDUErrro frtLsy!ALU!, LIt€Authorj-ty's Project Officer and the Authority's FIDpersonnel.

Demonstrate each manual_ override command at thePortable Operator's Terminal (POT) .

Operator Training

A. Provide instruction to operating personnel (custodianand DoED Maintenance Representative) in accordancewith the Contract Documents. The following qeneralrequr-rements are in addition to t.hose in otherSections:

Instruct Owner's operating personnel_ in properstarting sequences, operation, shut down, andmaintenance procedures, including normal andemergency procedures.

fnstruct Owner's operating personnel in proper useof the I-LON 100 e-3 HMI software and use ofsystem scheduli-ng screens.

Instruction shall be by personnel skilled inoperatj-on of equipment. Instruction for majorequipment shall be by equipment manufacturer, srepresentati-ves.

Reference instructions contained in the Operatingand Maintenance Manuals. Instructions cannot besubstituted for manuals.

1.

4

Provide equipmentclassroom trainj-nq.

and material-s .i e^n s^-!gYur!Eu !uL

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS B!4SIDDC VIrTH SCHOOL

SYSTEM 15970 L28oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

o7 /2e/L0

B

C

I,LIV NO. : 063545

AIl training performed shall reference site specificinstallation examples whenever possible. Trainingshall utilize the approved O&M manual_s, as-bui1rdocumentation, and the on-line help utilities.Operator training shall include:

1.

2.

?

A4

1.

X

5.

Seguence of Operation review.

Srrrn rrn/qi.rn Off .vfrl u+Yrl

Commanding of points, keyboard and mouse mode.

Modifying English text.Use of al-l dial-oque boxes and menus.

Modifying alarm l-imits and st.art-stop times.

System initialization.Download and initial-ization of DDC control_lers.

15970 L29coNsoLE)

9. Use of portable operator's terminal_.

10. Troubfeshooting of sensors (determining badsensors) .

The TCC shall demonstrate the monitoring of the networkvariables and the ability to reseL t.he setpoints byusing only the Portable Operators Terminal_ (pOT) andthe LNS Server. This is required to demonstrate thatthe system provided by the TCC can work independentlyof t.he School Operating consof e and Wonderware GUIsoftware as provided by the Facility Management SystemsIntegrator.

Submi-t course outl-ine and operating manual forapproval (by the Authority's Architect / Engineer-of-Record / Facility Management Systems Integrator) priorto scheduling t.raining. The training shal_1 encompassas a minimum the following:1. Basic Wi-ndows NT/2000 - Windows 2000/Xp Traininq.2. Overview of Control- stratesies for al-l DDC Control_

<rzql-omc

. Overview of LonWoms control networks.

LonWorks Network Services and softwarecommissioninq tools.

5. LonWorks Network Managementr.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG

3

4

NYCSCA

o7 /2e/LO LLW NO.: 063545

Overview of installat.ion of LonWorks products.

Use of the Portabl-e OperaLor's Terminal Device(POT) and i-LON100 e-3 software/schedul-er screens.

Troubleshooting of input devices, L.e., badsensors.

Sequence of operation review.

Sicrn on sir^rn off .

Commanding of points, keyboard and mouse mode.

Use of dialogue boxes and menus.

Modi-fying warning Iimits, alarm limits and start-stop times.

6.

1.

B.

q

10.

11.

12.

13.

l-4. System initialization.E. The Facility Managrement Systems Integrator/project

Officer shall be responsible for the followingtraining items: Submit aff digital recordings producedduring the training. All digital recordj-ngs shall belabeled and turned over to the Custodi_an and DoEDMaintenance Representative within forty-eight hours(481 hours of training. Obtain receipt that thedigital recordings have been received and furnish tothe Authoritv.

3.20 CLEAI{UP

At the completion of the work, all equipment pertinentto this contract shall be checked and thoroughlycleaned, and allother areas shall be c]eaned aroundequipment provi-ded under this contract. Clean theexposed surfaces of tubing, hangers, and other exposedmetal of grease, plaster, or other foreign material_s.

Daily, upon finaf completion of work in an area,vacuum and/or damp wipe all finished room surfaces andfurnishings.

At the completion of work at the end of each day,remove from the building, premises, and surroundingqtraar-c ar-n all rubbish and debris resul-ti_nq fromqf r ! uvvrJrr qtru ugu! Jothe operations and l-eave a1l_ equipment spaces cleanand ready for use. The Temperature Control_ Contractorshal-l- clean up all debris resulting f rom itsactiviti-es dai1y. The Temperature Control_ Contractorshal-I remove all cartons, containers, crates, etc.under his/her control as soon as thei-r contents have

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 1s970 130

A

('

NYCSCA(roNwoRKs BMS/DDC 9[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /29/t0 LL9il NO. : 063545

been removed. Waste shal-l- be col-l-ected and removed bythe Temperature Control Contractor at no cost to theAuthority.

At the completion of work, al-1 equipment furnishedunder this Section shall be checked for paint damage,and any factory finished paint that has been damagedshall- be repaJ-red to match the adj acent areas . Anymetal cabinet or encl-osure that has been deformedshal-l- be replaced with new material and repainted tomatch the adjacent areas.

PART 4 - SCHEDULE

4.01 POINT SCHEDT'LES

BMS Input/Output (f/O) points which are required areherei-n def ined as t.hose hardware and sof tware point.sneeded to achieve the described sequence of operation,and as shown on the Point Lists, and as describedand/or shown on the contract drawings, and asdescribed in al-1 specification sections. The BMS pointrequirement is cumul-ative in its effect so as to bem'rra n Amnl a+- e and inclusirre f han An\/ one source. Thesrll \

points shall be monitored, displayed, adjusted,trended, and/or alarmed at the POT and/or SOC. TheTCC, vendors, equipment manufacLurers and aIl_ otherproviders of controls must review the contracLdocuments in their entirety for a completeunderstanding of the equipment details.Points of control- or feaLures which are not scheduledon the Point Schedul-e and which are required toaccomplish the specified sequence of control must beprovided as if contained within the required l-ist ofpoints.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEIII 15970 131(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

D.

A

B.

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0 LLTI NO. : 053545

PART 5 - INTERDISCIPLINARY,/ET'NCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING

5.01 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FIUNCTIONAT PERFORMAI{CE TESTING (FOR

The Temperature Controls Contractor will- use the Portabl-e Operator's Terminal- laptopor LNS Server rack mounted PC Monitor connected to the LNS database to moni-tor andconcrof and Lo run all of che following Commissioning Checklists. AII- of the followingComm.i-ssioning checkl-ists wif l- be repeated by Lhe Aur-horicy's FMSI where Lhe GraphiciUser Interface (GUI) will be used in li-eu of the Portabl-e operator's Terminal or r.llSServer rack mounted PC Monitor with the LNS Database for moniloring and control. FMSIwill demonstrate that the GUI displavs the same dat.a as does the LNS Database.

A.

B.

Door Air Curtain: Article Del-eted, Recessed cabinet unit heaters to be used instead.Domestlc Hot Water System (DHWH - Boi-Ier Room on Roof)

1. Contractors' Affidavit

The above equipmen r and systems integral Lo Lhem are comple Le and ready fordemonsLration Lo Lhe Auchoricy's Represeneauj.ve (Facilicies ManagemenL SyscemsInLegraLor) . The comrnissioning check.Iists (Prerequisite Checkfist, PoinL-ro-pointValidation and Cal-ibration Checklist and Functional- Checklist) are complete and havebeen CheCked Off nnlrr hv n:rti6e h:rrino riircer knaur-adco nf t-ha a\f^n- aS mafkedoerow, respecL.rve co each responsible conLracLor. The commissioning checklists aresubmitced by Lhe Contractors for approval by Lhe AuLhority's Representative(Facilities ManagemenL Syscems Integrator) None of Lhe ouLsLanding icems precludesafe and reliable functional tests beinq performed.

Mechanical- Contract.or Da1-e

'Iemperature ControlsContractor

Eleccrical ConL.ractor Date

tu-ne ra onrracE.or

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point Val-j-dation and Calibration Checklist. items areLo be compl-eted as part of srarLup & iniLiaL checkout, preparatory Lo functionaliaef i nr

a. This checklist does noL t.ake the place of the manufacturer's reconunended checkoutand srartup procedures or report-.

b. Items that do not apply shal1 be noted with the reasons on this form (N/A : notaoolic^t\le- RO: l-,\/ ^f harc\!f vLrrE!o/ r

c' General Contractors' assigned Qualj-ty Control Superintendent shalf be responsibleto see that checklj,st. items by their subcontractors are completed and checked off.

Contractor shafl add a check in the box provided when an ilem has been completed. Acorunenl fine has been provided Ior the AuLhority's RepresenLaLive (FacifitiesManidemcnt q\/qrahq TnFadr:r^rlfrrLLY!quv!, .In aI1 cases FMST ltraei'i-icq M:nanomcn' s\/q-amq Tn-adrafnr) shal I rrcri frz scatus onthe craphi ca r user i"f.ii"". *

iedii';";;' i; ;'h""il ".ili"i ; "'oi ii..

2. PrerequisiLe Checkl-ist

a. The following have been starLed up and startup reports and pre-functionalcheckl-ists submitced and approved ready for functional uescing:

tr SCA/FID Inspection completed and approved reports attached

. OEM Startup Task compl-eted and Report issued

tr Mechanical Contractor Release to Operate Eguipment

1s970 - L32coNsoLE)

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING

NYCSCA

o7 /2e/L0

b.

d.

ReLease

LLTil NO. : 063545

a)no ra f c Ecrr inman 1Efectri- cal Contractor

tr Af I contro.l- system functions f orprogrammed and operable pe-r conrracLschedul-es with debugging, loop eunj_ng

thj-s and alf interl-ocking systems.lncrrmonrc innlrrdinn finr'l <arn^int c! rrrsr ,e uyvrrr Lrand sensor calibrations completed.

areand

c. tr AII MEP punchlist items for this equlpment have been corrected..

Tl Safe.ies An.l ^nar:finn

r:nnac h:rra ha^-rrY ! qrrYs..^r16-f rrr'l rrac

reviewed and confirmed to be set at the

tr TesL regui-rements and sequences of operaLion are arcached

? Point-to-Point Validation and Cali.bration Checkli-sta. tr Sensor Cal-lbrati-on Checks: Check the sensors for cafibration and correct

l-ocati-on.

b.

"fn calibraLion" means taking a simulLaneous field reading with a cafibraLed t-esLansL.rumenL !o verify Iield sensor. Veriry thaL the sensor reading (via Lhepermanent thermostat, 9a9e, packaged controf panel or LNS DATABASE) compared tothe test instrument.-measured value is within the tolerances specified in thespecificacion requiremencs. If not, caI-ibraue or replace sensor. Use rhe sameresu insLrumenLs as used for che origina.L ca.Iibrarion, if possible.

tr Devi-ce Calibrati-on Checks: The actuators or devices checked for cafibration.

"In calibration" means observing a readout .in the LNS Database whil-esj.multaneously performing field observation to verify the actuator or contro.l-leddev.ice is cycled Lhrough the entire operati-ng range 0 to 100t, For items out ofcalibraLion o-r adjusLmenL, fix imrnediately or replace device.

4. Functional Testing: Hot Water Controls - Gas As Applicabfe

a. Test domesti-c hot water circufation pumo

tr 1. Manually slart pump

tr 2. Verify Pump is acrually running.

f-l Q r7^-r.,, +L-r rlJ. vs!r-y -'rau uhe LNS DATABASE indicaces Pump running status,

tr 4. Manual-1y stop pump

tr 5. Verify pump has stopped

tr 6. Verify that t.he LNS DATABASE indicat.es pump stopped sr,arus

tr 7- Rese1- nilmn r^ ^riai---

---l^ --i ,,^rifrrvgrr-lalarms

correct monitoring of runtime and

Tamnar>trr16 M^h i r^/alrLLyurq eu!s HvIr LU! ang

tr 1. Verify that the LNS DATABASE displays the correct Return WaLer Temperature

tr C \7^-l €.. rL^! !L^ve!f!y LrrdL Ltteand alarms properly

LNS DATABASE displays the correct Supply Water Temperaturear Lhe high limir alarm conditions

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

SYSTEIT{ 15970 133oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

h

07 /29/tO LLII NO.: 0635115

avh:rr<r ct:nL romno.^t1rr^ I l^r

Monitoring System Common Afarm.DATABASE

tr

tr

tr

tr

3. Verify rhe LNS DATABASE displays the correclgas-fired heaters)

4. Confirm the Carbon Monoxideon

and NaturalINS

5. Confirm the LNSand that it

DATABASE displaysalarms when

the correct naLural gas supply pressureIess than

6. Conf i.rmnfh err

the LNS DATABASE di,splavs theand -run cime hours

.^Tt6rr n:frrr:1 ^:<are monitored

ffow and that theand a]armed.

5. Checkout Completed

Aulhority' s Represencative SignaLure:Date: / /

TCC Renrescnj-:ti\/a (ian:tsrrra.Date: / /

,^hature:Date: / /

TEMPERA,TURE CONTROL(roNwoRKs Btds/DDc wrTH scHool,

sYsrEM 159?0 134oPERATTNG CONSOTE)

(To be filled out' and signed by ehe Auchority's Representative (Facil-i uiesManaoemenl Svcl-emc -nrFdr:fdr\ urhon rho c\ret^m inmants i< ^^mnlara \Lrrs of aLsrLL v. syufyrL'srrL f J uvrr.yreuEi /

tr The Commissioning Checkl-ists are 1OO% compl-eLe and checked by Authority'sRep.

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0 Ltlil NO. : 063545

C. Unit Heater, Cablnet Un.it Heater, Convector - Fin-Tube Radiator (Appl-icabfe to aLl^.,i ^r IexrsLrng ano new equipment in exiscing building and aff new equipmenL. in new addition)

NoLe: This Commissioning ChecklisL musL be compleced for every terminaf unic.1. Contractors' Affidavit

The above equipment and systems integral ro them are complele and ready fordemonstration Lo Lhe AuLhority's Representative (Facifitj.es Management Systemsfntegrator). The commissionin6 ahanlzlictc /Praraarrieil-c Chocklisf- Point-to-PointvaridaLion u"o i"ltriu-.iJ'i-iii..irr;;;;J"F"..i-.ii"r-o.,".t"it;;i";;;";;mp.r-ere and havebeen checked off only by parties having direcL knowledqe of the event, as markedbelow, respective to each responsible contractor. The commissloning checklists aresubmitted by Lhe Contractors for approval by the Authority's Representative(Facilicies Management SysLems rntegraLor) . None of Lhe outstanding icems precludesafe and refiable functlonal tests beinq performed.

Mechanr-ca-L Contractor Date

Temperature Control-sContractor

General Contractor

Dateec! r ntractor

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point Validation and Calibration Checklist items areLo be completed as parl of scarcup & iniLial checkout, preparaLory Lo functiona.Lf a<f i na

a. This checklj-st does not take the place of the manufacturer's recommended checkout^nal

qrrrj- rrn nrnnadrrro<svy y!vvvsu

b. Items that do not appl-y shall be noted with the reasons on this forn (N/A = not:nn- i-ah-a RO : hrr nfhorc\vf vLrrsro/.

c. General Contractors' assigned Quality Control Superintendent shalI be responsibleto see that check-List items by their subcontractors are completed and checked off.

Contractor shalf add a check in the box provided when an item has been completed. AcommenL fine has been provided for the Aut,hor-Lty's RepresenLat ive (FacifiriesManadcmanl- S\/qr am< Tnradr:f

^r\rrrq!Y!qLv!, .

In afl cases FMSI (FaciIiL.les Management Syscems fntegraror) shaff verify sLaLus onthe Graphical- User InLefface (GUI) node in the Cust-odj.an,s Office.

2. Prerequisit.e Checklist

a. The following have been sLarted up and sLarLup repons and pre-funcEionalcheckl-isrs submicced and approved ready for functional testing:

D SCA/FID InspecLion compleLed and approved reports acrached

tr OEM Startup Task completed and Report issued

tr Mechanicaf Contractor Release to Operate Eguipment

Electrical Contractor Release Equipment

b. tr All controlsystem functions for this and all interlocking systems areprogrammed and operable per conrracL documenls, including final secpoints andschedules wirh debugging, Ioop Luning and sensor cal_ibraLions compleced.

c. tr All MEP punchlist items for this equj"pment have been corrected.

d. tr Safeties and operating ranges have been reviewed and confirmed to be set at theco.rrect vaf ues.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 135(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA

o7 /2e/t0

3.

n Test requirements and sequences of operation are attached

LLII NO. : 063545

and Cal-ibration CheckfistChecks: Check the sensors for cal-ibration and correct

Point-t.o-Point vaf idationtr Sensor Calibration

location.

h

"In cafibraLion" means takino a simrrlrFneoirs fielcl readino wiLh a calibrated LeStinstrument ro ,'eriif- f;i;'"";r;;'. -"-;;;;;y-."hr. -ih;-'"".n"o.

readins (via rhepermanent thermostat, 9a9e, packaged controf panel or LNS DATABASE) compared tothe test j-nstrument-measured value is wit.hin the tolerances specified in thespecification requirements. If not, calibrate or replace sensor. Use the sameLesL instruments as used for the originaf cafibrarion, if possible.

tr Device Calibration Checks: The actuators or devices checked for calibration.

"In calibration" means observing a readout in the LNS Database whifesimuftaneously performing field observation to verify the actuator or control.l,eddevice is cycled through the entire operatinq range 0 to 100%. For j-tems oul- ofcalibrarion or adjuscmenc, fix immediacely or replace device.

4. Functional testing

a. Occupied Mode

tr 1. Confirm unit is in occupied mode

tr 2. Raise occupj.ed space set poinl above actual LemperaLure

l-l ? rro-i Ft' hrf ha: r <nrrrna i c anarn i -adJ. vs!r!y LtraL rrLue rv srrs!er-su.

tr 4. Verify fan sLarrs afler heac source is warm. (If applicable)

tr 5. Lower occupied space set poinL bel-ow actuaf temperature

tr 6. Verify t.hat heat source is de-energized

tr 7. Verify fan stops(If applicable)

tr 8. Confirn LNS DATABASEConnected controll-er

Ability to change Occupied setpoint in .Iocal- LonWorks

l-\

tr 9. SLep defeted.

Unoccupied Mode

tr 1. Confirm unit is in unoccupied mode

El 2. Raise unoccupied space set point above actuaf temperature

tr 3. Verify Lhat heaL source .is enerqized

tr Verily fan srarts aILer heac source is warm. (If applicable)

tr 5. Lower unoccupied space ser point below actual Lemperature

TEI,IPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI4(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC nrTH SCHOOL OPERATING

15970 136coNsoLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29lto

D.

5.

LtYil NO.: 063545

tr

tr

6. Verify Lhar heaL source is de-enerqized

7. Ver"lfy fan scops when uniL has fan

tr

n q qf6n 116laf6A

ts^ ch:naa Ilnncnrrni o.l eaf n^i nt in ]-ocalB. Confirm LNS DATABASE Abllj-tyLonworks Connected controller

Alarm.ing and Monitoring

tr 1. Simulate space temperature below 45 "F

tr

tr

tr

2. Verify LNS DATABASE indicates Space Temperature

3. Verify LNS DATABASE indicates low Space Temperature afarm

4. Verify LNS DATABASE indicates Unit Heater or Cabinet Unit Heater dj.scharge

Checkout Completed

(To be fitled out and signed by the Authority's Representative (Facil-ities ManagemenrSystems Int.egrator) when the syst.em or equipment is compfete.)

tr The Comm-issioning Checklists are 100% complete and checked by Aut-hority's Rep.

Atrrhorirvt q RcnroqanF:f i r,o (ian:r"r^.q!+vu ufYrruuurs.

Date: / /

TCC RepresentaL.ive SignaLure:Date: / /FTn -nqna.-^r'< qi^naLUfe:Date: / /

General Exhaust Fans (Applicable to a1f existing and new fans in existing buildi-ng andnew fans in new additi_on)

NoLe: This Commissioning ChecklisL musr be compleLed for every r-erminaf unit.l-. Contract.ors' Affidavit

The above equipmenc and sys Lems incegral Lo Lhem are compfete and ready fordemonstraLion to che AuLhoriuy's RepresenraLive (FaciliLies Management SysLemsInLegrato-r). The commissioning checklists (PrerequisiLe Checktist, Point-Lo-pointValidation and Cafibration Checklist and Eunctional Checkfist) are complete and havebeen checked ofI onfy by parr-ies having d.irecr knowledge of the evdnt, as markedbelow, respective to each responsibfe contractor. The commissioning checkl-j-sts aresubmitted by the Conlraclors for approval by Lhe Aulhority's Representative(Facilities Management Systems Integrator). None of the outstanding items precludesafe and reliable functiona.L tests being performed.

Mechanica Contractor

Temperature ControlsContractor

ectr Contractor

Generaf Contractor

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL


NYCSCA

07 /29lLO LLTI NO. : 063545

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point. Vafidation and Cal-ibration Checkl-j-st items areLo be comp]eted as parL of sLarlup e initial checkouL, prepararory to functionaltesting.

a. This checklist does not take the place of theanal st Arf rrn nr6aarirrroc nr r6^^rF!syv! L.

b. Items that do not apply shatl be noted wlthapplicable, BO : by others) .

manufacturer's recommended checkout

the reasons on this forn (N/A : not

and Calibration ChecklistChecks: Check the sensors for cal-ibrati-on and correcl

c. General Contractors' assigned Quality Controf Superintendent shal1 be responsibleto see that checklist items by their subcontractors are comp.Leted and checked off.

Contractor shall add a check in the box provided when an i"tem has been completed. AcomrnenL fine has been provided for uhe Authoricy's Represencacive (FaciLitiesMAn:damFnl q\rcl ame Tnra^rrt^.1r.ru!YrqLv! / .In all- cases EMSI (Facil-ities Management Systems Integrator) shaIl verify status onthe craphical- User Interface (GUI) node in the Custodian,s Office.

2. Prerequisite Checkl-ist

a. The following have been s[.arted up and sLarLup reports and pre-functj-onal checkfists submitted and approved ready for functional testing:

tr SCA/FID Inspection compl-eted and approved reports at.tached


tr Mechanica] ConLracLor Refease ro OperaLe Equipment

Electrica.l Contractor Rel-ease Eguipment

b. - Afl conLrol sysLem functions Lor chrs and aII inlerlocking systems areprogrammed and operable per contrac L documencs, includ-ing final setpoinls andschedures wich debugging, roop runing and sensor caribrations compfeLed.

c. tr Al1 MEP punchfist items for t.his equipment have been corrected.

d. tr Safeties and operating ranges have been reviewed and confirmed to be set aL thecorrect values.

tr TesL requirements and sequences of operation a-re aLLached

? Point-to-Point validationa. tr Sensor Cal-ibration

Iocation.

"In calibration" means takj-ng E Eilnult-an s field reading with a calibrated testinstrument to veri-fy fj-el-d sensor. Verify that the sensor reading (via thepermanent thermostat, gage, packaged contror panel or LNS DATABASE) compared tothe lest instrument-measured value is within the tolerances specified in thespecification requirements. If not, ca.Librate or replace sensor. Use the sametest instruments as used for the original calibration, if possible.

Ll Device Calibration Checks: The acluators or devices checked for calibration.

"rn calibration" means observing a readout in the LNS Database whil-esimultaneously performj-ng field obslrvation to verj,fy the actuator or control-l-eddevice is cycled through Lhe enlire operat-lng range 0 co 1OO%. For items out ofcal-ibration or adjustment, fix inmediatel-v or replace device.

TEI4PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 138(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

h

07 /2e/LO tLVil NO. : 063545

4. Functional- Testing: Kitchen Hood Exhaust Fana. General

tr 1. Is Exhaust fan equipped with Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switch?

tr 2. Is exhausc fan equipped with moLo-rized damper?

b. Manual Mode (If equipped with HOA switch)

tr 1. Place HOA switch to Hand

tr 2. verify motorized damper opens before fan starts (if appticable)

f'l ? \/^-! a., F--J r ve!f!y rarr >Ld! L5

tr 4. Confirm that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Run Status readinq

tr 5. Place HOA swltch to off

tr 6. Ver-ify exhausL fan srops

tr 7, \/crif\/ m^tarizarl ^:mnar

nlncac ai! -^-- i^rh-6\uur,,ye! \r! aPlJf!eo!!s/

tr 8. Verify that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Stopped Statusreadlng

c. Automatic Mode Integrated With Kitchen General- Exhaust Fan

tr 1. Pface HOA swit.ch to Auto

tr 2. Index fan to the occupied mode

tr 3. Confirm INS Database commands hood exhaust fan to start if Dieticianenables switch in the cooking mode and in parallel verify Kitchen general exhaustfan automatically turns off and that Cafeteria spiIl aJ.r is t.ransferred to theKitchen

tr 4. Verify motorized damper opens before fan starts (if applicable)

n q \/^-i a,, F--r. verf!y ratr >uatL5

tr 6. Confirm that the INS DATABASE indicates a Run Status readinq

tr 7. Index f an to unoccup.ied mod.e

tr 8. Confirm LNS Database commands both Kitchen Generaf exhaust fan and Kitchenhood exhaust fan to stop

tr 9. Verify exhaust fans stops (General exhaust fan and hood exhaust fan)

tr 10. Verify moLorized damper cfoses

NYCSCA TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 139(LONWORKS BMS/DDC IIITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

07/29/L0 LLW No.: 063545

tr L1. Verify that t.he LNS DATABASE j.ndicates a s1-ooned sfal-ils readingt

d. Fan Fail-ure test

tr 1. Pl-ace HOA switch to off

tr 2. Command the fan to start from the LNS Database

tr 3. Confirm LNS DATABASE displavs Fan Failure alarm when fan does not start

tr 4. Reset HOA switch to auto

tr 5. Confirm fan faii-ure alarm cfears

5. Functionaf Testing: Toilet Exhausl Fans (applies to ALL toilet exhaust fans throughoutlhe buiJ-ding)

a. General


tr 2. Is exhaust fan equipped with motorized damper?


tr l-. Place HOA switch to Hand

tr 2. Verify motorj-zed damper opens before fan starts (if applicabl-e)

tr 3. Verify fan sE.arts

tr 4, Confirm that the LNS DATABASE i-ndicates a Run Status readi-nq

tr 5. Pface HOA switch to off

tr 6. Verify exhausr fan stops

tr 7. Verify motorized damper closes (if applicable)

tr 8. Verify that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Stopped Status readinq

c. Automatic Mode

tr l-. Place HOA switch to Auto

tr 2. Index fan to t.he occupied mode

tr 3. Confirm LNS Database commands fan t.o slart

tr 4- Veri Fv mo'nnizcd damncr nnenq ha=nra f16 q-2r1c (if annl icabfe)

NYCSCA TEI{PERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 140(LONWORKS BMS/DDC rilrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

o7 /2e/LO LtI[ NO. : 063545

n q \/^-rF., F-^ ^!.u f,. verary Ian starLs

tr 6. Confirrn that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Run Status reading

tr 7. Index fan to unoccup.ied mode

tr 8. Confirm LNS Database commands fan co srop

tr 9. Verify exhausr Ian scops

tr 10. Verify molorized damper closes (.iI applicable)

El 11. Verify Lhar the LNS DATABASE -indicates a Scopped Status reading

d. Fan Fai:-ure test

tr 1. Place HOA switch to off


tr 3. Confirn LNS DATABASE dispfavs Fan Fail-ure alarm when fan does nocstart


tr 5. Confirm fan fail-ure afarm clears

6. Functional- Testing: Exhaust Fans That are Started/Stopped Based on Occupancyqnha,"lrr-o/rnn'l iac Lo ALL exhaust fans fhTorqhour rhe hrlirdina anarnizad based on!urfsrrrY ErrE!YfzEu

occupancy schedufe)

a. General

E 1. Is Exhaust fan equipped with Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switch?

tr 2. Is exhaust fan equipped with mot.orj,zed damper?



tr 2. Verify motorized damper opens before fan starts (if applicable)

n ? \7^-I F,, €-- -+.u J. verfry ran sLa-rLS

tr 4. Confirm lhat the LNS DATABASE indicates a Run Status readins


tr 6. Verify exhausL fan sLops

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 LAL(LONWORKS B[-{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

07 /29lLO LLIV NO. : 063545

tr 7. Verify motori-zed damper closes (if applicable)

tr 8. Verify Lhar che LNS DATABASE indicaLes a SLopped SEarus reading

c. Autonatic Mode

tr 1. Place HOA switch to Auto

tl 2. Index fan to the occupied mode

tr 3. Confirm LNS Database command.s fan ro srarr

tr 4. Verify motorized damper opens before fan starts (if applicabfe)

tr 5. Ver.if y f an scaris

tr 6. Confirm that the LNS DATABASE indj.cates a Run Status readinq

tr 7. Index fan to unoccupied mode

tr 8. Confirm LNS Database commands fan to stop

tr 9. Verify exhaust fan stops

tr 10. Verify mocorized damper closes (if applicable)

n 11 \r^-rt., !L-r rrr. vE!r!r -,,-- Lhe LNS DATABASE indicaues a Scopped Sralus readinq

d. Fan Fai,lure Test



tr 3. Confirm LNS DATABASE dispfavs Fan Eai-lure afarm when fan does nolstart


tr 5. Confirn fan failure alarm clears

7. Functional Testing: Temperature Control-l-ed General Exhaust Fans (Example GeneralKitchen Exhaust Ean in the Unoccupied Mode, Emergency cenerator Room Exhaust Fan) Thatare StarLed/Stopped Based on Tempe-raLure CondiL-Lons (applies L.o aIl- building exhaustfans that are energized based on space temperature)

a. General



NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L42(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /29/t0 LLTI No. : 053545

tr 3. Is there a supply air damper interlocked with the exhaust fan?

b. Manual- Mode (If eguipped with HOA switch)

tr 1. Pl-ace HOA switch to Hand

tr 2. VeriIy mocorized exhausr damper opens before fan slarLs (iI applicable)

tr 3. Verify mocorized suppJ-y dampe-r opens (iI applicable)

f-l A \t^-; r., €-^=! vgrf!y !arr ruarLD



tr 7. Verily exhausr fan stops

tr 8. Verify motorized exhaust damper cfoses (1f appficabl-e)

tr 9. Verify motorized supply damper cfoses (if applicable)

tr 10. Verily Lhat Lhe LNS DATABASE indicates a Slopped StaEus reading

c. Automatic Mode

El 1. Set fan flOA switch t.o Auto

tr 2. Sel space lemperature seL poinr below actual space temperature

tr 3. Verify that the LNS Database commands fan to start

tr 4. Verify motorized exhaust damper opens before fan starts (if applicabfe)

tr 5. Verify motorized supply damper opens (if applicabte)

n 6 \/ariFU frnwt vs!f!f


tr 8. Set space Lempe-raLure set point above acLual space LemperaLure

tr 9. Verify that the LNS Database commands fan to stop

tr 10. Verify fan stops

tr 11. Verify motorized exhaust damper cfoses (if applj-cable)

tr 12. Verify mocorized supply damper closes (if applicabte)

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 143(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPER;ATTNG CONSOLE)

O7/29/LO LLVI No.: 063545

tr 13. Confirm that the LNS DATABASE indicatee A q1_.nncd s1-aj-rq reading

8. Functionat Testing: Gas Meter Room Exhaust Fan

a. General

tr 1. Is Exhaust fan equipped with Hand-Off-Aut.o (HOA) switch?

tr 2. Is exhaust fan equipped with motorlzed darnper?

b. Manuaf Mode (If equipped with HOA switch)

tr l-. Pl,ace HOA switch to Hand

tr 2. Verify motorlzed damper opens before fan starts (if applicable)

tr 3. Verify fan starts


tr 5. Pface HOA swit.ch to off

tr 6. Verify exhaust fan srops

tr 7. VeriIy motorized damper cLoses (iI applicable)

tr 8. Verj-fy that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Stopped Status reading

c. Automalic Mode

B 1. Verify exhaust fan HOA switch is in Auto

tr 2. Simufate gas leak delection

tr 3. Confirm LNS DATABASE indi.cates gas leak alarm

tr 4. Verify motorj-zed exhaust damper opens before fan starts (if applicabfe)

tr 5. Verify fan starts

tr 6. Confirm LNS DATABASE indi-cates fan runni-ng status

9. Functional Testing: Science Lab Exhaust Hood

a. Generaf

tr 1. Is Exhaust fan equipped wirh Hand-OIf-Auro (HOA) switch?

MTCSCA TED{PERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L44(LONWORKS BDIS/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

o7 /29/L0 LLI{ NO. : 063545


tr 3. Document interlocked Roof top unit



tr 2. Verj-fy mocorized damper opens before fan sLarLs (-Lf applicabl-e)

tr 3. Verify fan scarrs

tr 4. Confj-rm that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Run Status read.inq


tr 6. Verify exhaust fan srops

tr 7. VeriIy mororized damper cfoses (if applicable)

tr 8. Verify that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Stopped Status readlng

c. Automati-c Mode

tr 1. Start interlocked RTU

l-l a \r^-:8,, +L-!vE!r!y the LNS DATABASE indicaces a run starus reading for theRTU

tr 3. Verify that upon a RTU run status, the hood exhaust fan starts

tr 4. Verify moLorized damper opens before fan scarcs (iI applicabLe)

tr 5. Verify exhaust fan starts

tr 6. Confirm that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Run Status readins

tr 7. SLop inrerlocked RTU

tr 8. Verify rhat the LNS DATABASE indicat.es a stopped srarus reading Ior theRTU

tr 9. Verify upon a RTU sLopped sEatus, the hood exhaust fan stops

tr 10. Verify motorized damper closes (if applicable)

tr 11. Verify exhausc fan stops

tr l-2. Confirrn that the LNS DATABASE indicates a Stopped Status readins

MTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROT SYSTEM 15970 145(LONWORKS BI,ISIDDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /2elLO

tr 3. Confirm LNS DATABASEs tart

T"t![ NO 063545

displays Fan Failure alarm when fan does

.l Alarm Testing

tr 1. Place HOA swi-t.ch to of f

tr 2. Command t.he hood exhaust fan to start from the LNS DATABASE

fl 4. Reset HOA switch to auto

not

jndicated on network,rrnnn ah:nna

^F cfrra

tr 5. Confirm fan fall-ure afarm cl-ears

10. Functional Testj.ng: Kitchen Can Wash Exhausl Fantr 1. Verify uhat exhausL fan is on conLinually, status .lsruntime hours are beinq monitored, and alarms are received

Il. Checkout Conpleted

(To be fi,lled out and signed by the Authority's Representative (Facili-ties ManagementSyslems InLegraLor) when the sysLem or equipmenc is complete.)

tr The Commissioning ChecklisLs are 100% complete and checked by Aurhorit.y's Rep.

Aut.hority'sDate: / /

Ranra<6nfrfir'6 (i an:frrra.

TCC Rcorcqcnr:f irra qrdn^rrr16.!+Yrrs surE.Date: / /F-D Tnsnect or's S i cn6lulg;Date: / /

E. Fan Powered VAV Box for Science Labs 6boxes in existing bui-lding and afl boxes

Note: This Commissioning Checklist mustBox No.

aarriAnr< /Annl inrh'a\nyytruu!rcin narr hrri Irlina\

h6 .^mhl6t6rl f^r ava- _-- ,"-ry

lo all exisl-ino:nd new

terminaf unit.

Area ServedMax Supply Air Flow SeLcingMin Supply Air Flow Setting

-Occupied Space Heacing Sec PointUnoccupied Space HeaLing Set poinuOccupied Space Coo.Ling Ser Point

Contractors' Affidavit

The aborre eoltjnmFnf and q\/<rame in-a^--l i ^ -h^h -^mnl6f6 rnd rar,4rr farJJousr". trrusYlof lcauydemonsLration to Lhe AuLhority's RepresenLative (Faciliries Management SystemsIntegrator). fhe commission.ing checkl-ist.s (Prerequisite Checklist, Point-Lo-Poj-ntVal-idation and Calibration Checkfist and Functional Checklist) are complete and havebeen checked of f only bV part-les ha\/inn diran, Lnnur-odna nf l-ha a\/6nl ^.s markedbeiow, respective ckiists are<lrhmi t t ^A h.' fhe ContraCtOfS fOf :nnrnrral hrz -hc Arrt-hori i-rz, q PFnrFSenLaLiVep I nq urrv! f uy(FacifiLies ManagemenL Sysrems Integrator) None of Lhe oursLanding items precludesafe and reliable functi-onaf tests beinq performed.

Mechan.icaf ConLracLor Date

emperature control-sContractor

.Eil-ectr].ca-L Contractor Date

Contractor

TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS B['!S/DDC MTH SCHOOL

sYsrEM 15970 - 146oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/LO

?

LLII NO. : 063545

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point Validation and Calibration Checkl-ist j-tems areto be compleeed as part of sLarrup & initiaf checkouu, preparalory co functional-i-estlng.

a. Thls checkfj-st does nol take the place of the manufacturer's recomrnended checkoutanal stArfrrn nrn.adrrrac nr ronnrrrLvv! u.

b. Items that do not apply shall be noted wlth the reasons on this form (N/A : notapplicable, BO = by others) .

c. Generaf Contractors' assigned Quafity Contro.I Superintendent shaff be responsi.bleto see that checklist ltems by their subconlractors are completed and checked off.

Contractor shafl add a check in the box provided when an item has been compl-eted. AcommenL fine has been provided for the AuLhority's Representative (Facil-iciesM-nFdcmcnr q\/ql am< Tnr6drrf^r\

In aIf cases FMSI (Faciliries ManagemenL Syscems InLegrator) shafl verify status onthe Graphical User Interface (GUI) node in the Custodian's Office.

2. Prerequisite Checklist

a. The following have been started up and startup reporLs and pre-funccional checklisLs submiLLed and approved ready lor Iunctional testing:

tr SCA/FID Inspection completed and approved repoits acrached

- OEM SI Arj-rrn Ta<L nnmnlor od rnzl p6n^rr i--',^.l

tr Mechanicaf Contractor Rel-ease to Operate Equipment

tr Electrica.l Contractor Release ts^ nhar.f6 Equipment

b' u All controf system functions for th.is and aLl interfocking systems areprog-rammed and operable per contracr documents, includ-Lng Iinal setpoints andschedul-es wilh debugging, Ioop Luning and sensor ca-Iibrations completed.

c. tr AII MEP punchli-st items for this equipment have been corrected.

A tr Safel-ies and onFralinn rannoc h:rra l'rogn feviewedcorrecE val-ues -

and confirmed ro be set aL Lhe

n Test requirements and sequences of operaLi-on are attached

Poinl-to-Point Validaliona. fl Sensor Cal-lbration

location.

and Caflbration Checkl-istChecks: Check the sensors for cal-ibration and correct

"In calibration" means taking a simultaneous field reading with a calj-brated testanst-rumenL Lo verify field sensor. Verify LhaL the sensor readj-ng (via thepermanent thermostat, 9a9e, packaged control panel or LNS DATABASE) compared lothe test instrument-measured value is within the tolerances specified i.n thespecification requirements. If notf ca.Iibrate or replace sensor. Use the sameLesL rns[.rumenLs as used for the originaf calibration, iI possible.

tr Device Calibration Checks: The actuators or devices checked for cal-ibration.

"fn cafibration" means observing a readout. in the LNS DATABASE whifesimufLaneousJ-y performing field obse-rvaLion Lo verify the acruator or controLl-eddevice is cycled Lhrough the entire operating range 0 ro 100%. For items ouL ofcafibration or adjusLment, fix immediaLely or repLace device.

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSfgM 15970 L47(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WITH SCHOOT OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO tl,l[ NO. : 063545

4. Functional Testing: Occupied Mode

a. General-

tr 1. Verify VAV Box fan Starts and is running when indexed to occupied mode

f'l ) \t^-: F,. +L-r !l,,,q1 Lhe LNS DATABASE indicates runnins staLus

b. Heatlng

tr l. rn the winter heacing mode, verify VAV Box damper modulaLes to ml-namum^rimar" ^'!^Fr\,:ir atrM <6F h^ihry!rr"a!y JuPPry JsL PvfrrL

f'l 2 rr^^^ 4,,-+L^- ^-^-

lu .. uparL lurLrrer drop in space temperature verify the VAV Box electric heat ismodulated up

tr 3. As space temperature rises back to occupied heating set point verify theVAV Box efectric heat is modulated down and VAV Box damper maintainsminimum primary supply air CEM set point

c. Cooling

tr 1. As space LemperaLure rises verify VAV Box damper modulares open ro L.hemaxj-mum primary supply air CFM set point

tr 2. Verj-fy the VAV Box elect.rlc heat ls off (with the exception of VAV boxes atthe minimum primary air posit.ion that serve the Sci-ence Labs/prep Rooms)

tr 3. As space lemperature decreases to the occupied cooling set point verify VAVBox damper modufates closed Lo Lhe m-inimum primary supply air CFM set poinr

tr 4. Verify the VAV Box efectric heat is off

5. Functional Testing: Unoccupied Mode

a. Generaf

tr 1. Verify VAV Box fan Stopped and ls not running when indexed t.o unoccupiedmode.

n ) \t^-: F,. +L-r rru z. verr-y Lnar rne LNS DATABASE indicaLes scopped fan sLaLus

tr 3. Verify the VAV Box damper is commanded cLosed.

tr 4. Verify the VAV Box e]ectrlc heat 1s off

b. Heating

tr 1. Verlfy VAV Box damper opens to maxi,mum air flow position

tr 2. Verify the VAV Box electric heat becomes energj-zed

tr 3. Step deleted.

tr 4. Step deleted.

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI4 159?0 L48(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

o7 /29lLO LL9il NO. : 063545

tr 5. Step delered.

tr 6. Verify LNS DATABASE displays room temperat.ure alarm

c. Cool-ing

tr l-. When RTU iS indexed on Lo mainf ain rrnoeerrnicd eool ino rcl:-irze hrrmidin^i hr I ar, ar o n'.i,-'j''ll=i^:",:: '11t"-."" evv+rrrY rrqrLLrv-tLv setyvrrrq \q!ee! u rlours at 70? RH) verj.fy VAV Box damper remains at maximum suppfyai,r ffow positron

tr 2. Yerify the efectric heat is de-energj-zed

6. Functional Testing: Morning Warm-up mode

a. Generaf

tr 1. When RTU is in rhe morning warm-up mode, verify the VAV Box fan is off

tr 2. Verj-fy the VAV Box electric heat i-s de-energized

3. Verify the VAV Box damper modufates to maintain maximum primary suppfy air CFMset point

tr 4. As the space temperaLure rises to occupied heaLing set point verify the VAVBox damper modulates to minimum primary supply air CFM set point (Static PressureSensor shalf remain functional during the Morning Warm-Up Mode)

tr 5. When space temperarure reaches the occupied heacing set point verify VAVbox goes to occupied mode (see above)

7. Functional Testing: Morninq purge and pull Down Mode

a. General

tr 1. Vihen RTU is in either morning Purge or PufI down mode verify the VAV Box

tr 2. Verify the VAV Box efectric heat is de-energi-zed

tr 3. Verify the VAV Box damper modulates to maintai-n maximum primary suppfy airCFM set point

tr 4. As space LemperaLure drops r-o occupied cooling set point verify the VAV Boxdamper modulates to minimum primary supply air CFM set point (Static PressureSensor shall remain functional during the Morning purge and pulf Down Mode)

tr 5. When space tempe-rature reaches Lhe occupied cooting ser point verify VAVbox goes to occupied mode

8. Functional Testing: Alarming and Monitoring

a. General

tr 1. Step defeted.

tr 2. Veri-fy the INS DATABASE indicates the room space temperature

MTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L49(LONWORKS B![S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

07 /29/LO

tr 3. Verify the LNS DATABASE i.ndicates

LLTil NO. : 063545

the VAV Box discharge temperature

tr 4. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box supply air actual fl-ou(CFM)

n q r7^-r+.. +L^ rru tr. vertry t.ne LNS DATABASE indicace. -h6 \/a\/ p^v -,,nhlv air caleulaferi flow(CFM)

tr 6. verify the LNS DATABASE indlcates the( in-wc )

VAV Box supply air vefocity pressure

tr 7. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box damper position

tr 8. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the

tr 9. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the

tr 10. verify the LNS DATABASE j-ndicatessetting

tr 1!-. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicatessettlng

tr 15. verify the LNS DATABASEsetpoint

VAV Box electric heat KW

VAV Box electrrc heat KWH

The VAV

Lhe VAV

Box primary suppfy air max, CFM

primary suppfy ai-r min. CFM

tr 12. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the vAV Box supply air temperature (fromVAV RTU controfler)

tr 13. Verify Lhe room LemperaLure sensor displays the actual room tempe.rature

tr I4 verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the ncnrrniarl ho:Finn <arnînf

to mod-ify space occupied heatinghaq ahilifrr

tr 16. verifyoccupied heating

the Officecathî ht

room LemperaEu-re sensor has abilicy to modify space

tr 17. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the space unoccupied heating setpoint

tr :.8. Verify the LNS DATABASE has abilicy t-o modify space unoccupied heatingseEpor-nt

tr 19. Verj-fy the Office room lemperatureunoccupied heating setpoint

concnr h:c :hi I i r rr rn mnrli frz cn:na

tr 20. verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the

tr 21-. Verify the LNS DATABASE has philij-rrseLpoint

ncnrrniod nnnl ina carnninfrv stsv+rr !

to modify space occupied coofing

tr 22. Verifyoccupred cool-ing

lhe Officeeafnî hf

rn^m l-amnar:Trrr^ ean-^, h-^ -h i I i F,, +^ m^.li f rr cnanaLer..ys!usu!E rraJ aurrr Ly LU r[vuf _f Jyqes

tr 23. Verify the LNS DATABASE has abillrv

TEMPERATURE COlinTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

to sLart and stop VAV Box fan


N:rcscA

o7 /29lLO

H.

9.

LLW NO.: 063545

Cha.L^rr1- f-^mn1ai6d

(To be filled out and signed by the Authority's Representative (Facilities ManagementSysLems Inlegraror) when che sysLem or equipment is compleLe.)

tr The Commissioning Check-Lists are 100? complete and checked by Authority's Rep.

Arrf hnri f rr, c

Date: / /Representative eian:frrra.

TCC Ronra<ontal i \/a Cianrr rrra.

Date: / /F-n -ncna.f^rr- qi^naLufe:Date: / /

Non-Fan Powered Conventionaf VAV Box (Cooling Onfy)NoLe: This Commissioning Checklisr musL be compleced for every terminaf unit.Box No.Area ServedMax SupplyA@Min (rrnnlv Air trl^Lr q6l ii-^

-

vvLLrrrvOccupied Space Heating Set PointUnoccupj-ed Space Heating Set poinrOccupied Space Cooling Set Point-


The aktorrc edrlinmanl :nd c\/cl6me i nj- por:l r^ rhem ara cnmnlora anrl rar.l\r fnr!Lugl

demonstraLion to the Aurhoriey's Represenrative (Facll-ities Managemenr SystemsfnLegrator). The cornmissioning checklisLs (Prerequisite Checkl-isr, Poinr-to-Poj-nLValidation and Cal-ibration Checkfist and Functiona.l Checkl-ist) are complete and. havebeen checked off onlv trv narries harzina diract knnwlarlna nf tha al/ant aS markeduef,uw, respecLtve CKI-LSES arec"hm; I F^d h', -he ConLracLors Iof ^nnro\/nl

hrr fhe Arrl-hnrifrz,s Renrrsenrat t\/cuyy!vvur9InuLrrvrfLyoa\gP!qv!..(Faci l il ies Manaocmenj- q\/qr ame TnFadraf

^rl Nl^na

^F rha

^rrf al^n.lihd i Fame nronl rrdagltEvuLJLqIlvrrlYruElllJy!99+qqE

safe and reliable functionaf tests beinq performed.

Mechani-cal Contractor Date

fu^-Tamnarafrrra a^nir^l c

Contractor

ec1:rr-ca on1- ra cto r

Contractor

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point Vafidation and Calj-bratlon Checklist items areLo be complered as part of sLartup a iniciaf checkouL, preparaLory Lo Iunctionaltestl-ng.

a. This checklist does not take the pface of thein.l qt:rFrrn nrnnad r6^^rf!Eyvr L.

b. Items that do not apply shalf be noLed withapplj.cable, BO : by others) .

manufacturer' s recommended checkout

the reasons on this forn (N/A : not

c. Generaf Cont-ractors' assigned QualiLy Contro.I Superintendent shafl be responsibleto see that checkfist items by their subconlractors are completed and checked off.

Contractor shaff add a check in the box prov.ided when an item has been completed, Acomment fine has been provided for rhe Authority's RepresentaEive (FaciLitiesManagement Systems Integrator) .In aff caseJ FMSI (Facil-iLies ManagemenL SysLems lnLegrator) shallverify s!arus onLhe Graphical- User lncerface (GUI) node in the Cusrodian,s Office.

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 151(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOT OPERATING CONSOLE)

01/ze/L0

winter hearing mode,:ir aFM a6t h^iht

LLTI NO.: 063545

2. Prereorrisi I e Chcelli5a

a. The following have been srarted up and sLarLup reports and pre-funcLionaf checkfisEs submirLed and approved ready for funccional cescing:

tr SCA/FID InspecLion compleced and approved reporus artached

tr OEM Starlup Task completed and Report issued

a Mechanical Contractor Release to Operate Equipment

Electrica.L Contractor Release Equipnent.

b. tr Al-l control system functj-ons for this and al-l inter-Locking systems areprogrammed and operable per conLracr documenus, includj-ng final setpoints andschedules with debugging, loop tuning and sensor calibrations complered.

c. tr Aff MEP punchlist items for this eguipment have been corrected.

d. n Safeties and oPerating ranges have been reviewed and confirmed to be set at thecorrect vafues.

tr Test requirements and sequences of operation are attached

3. Point-to-Point Validation and Calibration Checklista' u Sensor Calibration Checks: Check the sensors for calibration and correct

location.

"In ca-Labrat.ion" means taking a simultaneous fiefd reading with a calibrated testinstrument to verify field sensor. Verify that the sensor reading (via thepermanent thermostat, 9a9e, packaged cont.rol panel or ],NS DATABASE) compared tothe test instrurnent-measured val-ue is withj.n Lhe tolerances specified in thespecification requi-rements. If not, calibrate or replace sensor, Use the sametest instruments as used for the originaf calibration, if possible.

b. tr Device Cafibration Checks: The actuators or devices checked for cal-ibrati-on.

"In calibration" means observinq a readout in the LNS DATABASE whil-esimultaneously performing fietd observation to verlfy the actuator or controlleddevice ls cycled through the entire operating range 0 to 100?. For items out. ofcalibracion or adjusumenc, fix immed.lat-ely or repLace device.

4. Functional Testing: Occupied Mode

a. General

tr !-. Step deleted.

tr 2. Step defeted.

Heating

tr 1. rn thenri mrrrr c,rnnl .'

veri-fy VAV Box damper modulat'es to mini-mum

tr 2. Upon furthermnrirr'l:ia,.l rrn

temperature verify

TEMPERJATURE CONTROL SYSTEM(LONWORKS BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG

drop IN FL^ ^^-i-^+^- L^-r

15970 L52coNsoLE)

NlrcscA

h

07 /29/LO LtlI NO. : 053545

tr 3. AS Space temperatufe fises back l-^ A..rrnia.i ha^l-inc qc1- n^inj r/orif- the. _ *^;:::::." -,:-_"-: ;::l:, "" ueu Hv+r'L v!!r! vperrmerer near as modulated down and VAV Box darnper maintains

mrnamum prrmary supply air CFM set poinc

c. Cooling

tr 1. As space temperature rises verj-fy VAV Box damper modulates open to lhemaximum primary supply air CFM seE point

tr 2. Verify the perimeter heat is off (nith the exception of VAV boxes at theminimum primary air posit.ion that serve the Science Labs/prep Rooms)

tr 3. As space temperaru.re decreases Lo rhe occupied cooling ser point verily VAVBox damper modulat.es cl-osed to the minimum primary supply air CFM set point

n A \Iar i T\/ rh:f ih^ h^rim:rnv L^-, i-errL ye!r,,,Ee ,. off

5. Functional Testind: Tlnocernicd Mndo

a. General

tr 1. Verify the VAV Box damper is comnanded closed.

tr 2. Verify the perimeter heat j-s on.

b. Heating

tr 1. Verify VAV Box damper remains at closed air f-Iow position

tr 2. Verify the perimeter heat remains energized

tr 3. If room space temperaLure falfs below 45 degrees F verify Lhe cenLral- RTUis commanded on

tr 5. Verj-fy perimeter heat modufates as required with zero primary ai-r

tr 6. Verify LNS DATABASE displays room temperature alarm

c. Cool-ing

tr 1. When RTU is indexed on to maintain unoccupied cooling re.l-ative humidity setpoint (after 8 hours at- 70 Z RH) verify VAV Box damper remains at maximum supplyair flow nnsi-in1

tr 2. Veri-fy the perineter heat is de-energized

6. Functional Testing: Morni-ng Warm-up mode

a. General-

tr !-. Veri-fy the perimeter heat is de-energized (RTU will provide morning warm-upheat )

tr 2. Verify the VAV Box damper modul-ates to maintain maximum primary suppl-y al-rCFM set point

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 153(LONWORKS B[.[S/DDC WITH SCI{OOL OPERATING CONSOTE)

o7 /29lLO

1.

R

LLW NO.: 063545

tr. 3. es che represenLative room space Lemperat.ure rises to occupied heating seL.point verlfy the VAV Box damper modulates to minimum primary supply air CFM setpoint (Stat.j-c Pressure Sensor shafl remain functional during the Morning Warm-UpMode)

F 4. When space temperaEure reaches che occupied heauing set poinc verify VAVbox goes to occupied mode

Functionaf Testing: Morni-ng purge and pull Down Mode

b. Generaf

tr 1. Verify che perimerer heat- is de-energized

tr 2. Veri-fy the VAV Box d.amper modulatesCEM set point

to mainLain maximum primary supply air

tr 4. When space temperarure reaches che occup-ied coofing set poinc ver"ify VAVbox goes to occupied mode

Functionaf fesuing: Alarmrng and Monitoring

a. General-

tr l. Step del_et.ed.

tr 2. Yerify the LNS DATABASE indicates the room space temperature

tr 3. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box supply air actual fiow(CFM)

tr 4. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box supply air ca.Iculal-ed fiow(CFM}

tl- 5. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box supply air vefocity pressure( in-wc )

tr 6. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box damper posr-r:-on

tr 7. Verify the LNS DATABASE indj-cates the VAV Box primary supply air max, CFMsetting

tr 8. Verify the LNS DATABASE i-ndicates the vAV Box primary supply air nin. cFM

tr 9. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the VAV Box supply air temperature (fromVAV RTU controffer)

tr 10. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the space occupied heating setpoint

tr 11. Verify Lhe LNS DATABASE has ahi I ifv fo modi fv sn^.a nccrrnicrl haatsetpoint

!r\J uAfnDaJr Ilds ap----r JvqeL uuuuv+ev 'rEqLlng

tr 3. As space tempe-ratu-re drops Lodamper modul-aces Eo minimum primarvSensor shallremain functional- durin6

TEMPERATURE CONTROL(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOT

oeerrnied eno'l ino sef noinl- rrerifv ihe \/AV BOxsupply air CFM seL point (Static Pressure

t ha Mnrninn p,,rda :n.l prr'l I naurn Marla\

sYsTE!{ 15970 154oPERATTNG CONSOLE)

N]rcscA

07 /29lLO

tr 15. Verify theunoccupied heat.ing

tr 12. Verify the office room temperatureoccupied heating setpoint

tr 13. Verify the LNS DATABASE indi-cates the

tr 14. Verify the LNS DATABASE has abilitvsetpoint

LLtil NO. : 063545

scnqn r hAq ahi I i t rz rn mndi Frz <nrnosv rr.vsr rJ oyaeE

space unoccup.ied heating setpoinL

to modify space unoccupied heating

Office room temperature sensor haq ahilitri rn mndifrr <nrcaLvrltvv+-JJyqv!

l-o madi frz qni.a nnnrrni ad naa- i nnvvvrfrrY

tr 16. Verify the LNS DATABASE indicates the space occupied cooJ-j,ng setpoint

tr I1. Verify the LNS DATABASE has abilirysetpoant

tr 18. Verify the Office room temperature sensor has ability to modify spaceoccupied cooling setpoint

9. Checkout Compfeted(To be filled out and signed by the Authorit.y's Representative (Facilitles ManagemenrSystems fnregraror) when the sysrem or equipmenL is comp.LeLe.)

tr The Commissioning Checkfiscs are 100% complete and checked by Aulhority,s Rep,

Arrf hnri trz'c

Date: / /Representative Signature:

TCC RepresenLaE.ive Signar-ure :Date:_/_/_

FTD Tnena.t^rta Ci^h_-Y..4 Lure:Date: / /

L.

Constant Vol-ume Rooftop Unit (RTU-I8)

NoLe: This Commissioning Checkl-ist musr be compl-eLed for every constant vofume roofropunit.


The above equipmenu and systerns integral ro them are complete and ready fordemonstraLion to the Auchority's RepresenLaLive (Facilicies ManagemenL SystemsIntegirator) . The commissioning ,checkl-ists (Prerequisite Checklist, point-to-pointValidati-on and Cafibration Checklist and Functional- Checklist) are complele and havebeen checked .off gnly by parties..4aving direct knowledge of the event, as marked'below' -respecL-rve Lo each responsibl-e conLractor. Ihe commisE-oni,ng checklisL.s aresubmiLted by the ContracLors for approvaL by the Auchor.iL.y, s Representative(Facil iriaq M^n:ftement SVsl-cms TnfF.rator) Nona 6f fha ^iltcfanrjina ifomc\luurrrLrEo raa'dve,,,!r,L __*..._ precludesafe and rel-iabfe functionaf tests beinq performed.

MecnanLcal Contractor Date

Temperature Controls DateContractor

al Contraccor Oa r-e

General Contractor

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point Validatlon and Cal-ibrat.ion Checklist items areto be compfeted as part of startup & initiaf checkout, preparatory to functionaltesting.

TEMPERJATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 155(toNwoRKs Btds/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

manufacturer's recommended checkout

the reasons on thj-s form (N/A = not

b. tr Afl- control system functions for this and al1 interlocking systems areprogrammed and operable per contract documents, including final setpoints andschedul-es wiL.h debugging, foop Luning and sensor calrbraLions compfeted.

a. This checkl-ist does n^j- iaLa tha -lace of theand sLarcup pro".Juru"-.;;;;;;.'-"

b. Items that do not apply shall be not.ed wj-thappficable, BO : bv others).

c. Generaf Contractors' assigned Quality Control, Superintendent shall be responsibleto see thal checkfist items by their subcontractors are comp.l-eted and checfed off.Contractor shal1 add a check in the box provided when an item has been compl-eted. Acornment l-ine has been provided for che AuLhority's RepresencaLive (FaciIit.iesManagement Systems Integralor) .In all caSes EMSI (Facilities Manaoemenf Svsl_emq Tni.pnrator) shall rzerifrz SraruS onLhe Graph-icaf user i".";f .;-icrjil-' "'"a-'i" ;'h;";;".;;iji;" "oiir""'. --

2. Prerequi-sj,te Checklist

a. The following have been started up and startup reports and pre-functionalcheckl-isus submilced and approved ready for funccional uesi-.lng:

f SCA/FID Inspection comp.Leted and approved reports attached

tr OEM Startup Task completed and Report .issued

tr Mechanical Contractor Release to Operate Equipment

ELectrical Contractor Refease Operat.e Equipment

c. tr A11 MEP punchlist items for this equipment have been corrected..

d. E Safeties and operati-ng ranges have been revi.ewed and confirmed to be set at thecorrect vafues.

e. tr Test requirements and sequences of operation are altached

3. Point-to-Point Vafidation and Calibration Checkl-ist

a. E Sensor Ca]ibration Checks: Check the sensors for cal-ibration and correctlocation.

"-Ln ca-Llbralion" means taking a simul-taneous field reading with a calibrated testj-nscrumenr to verify Iiefd sensor. Verify LhaL che s-ensor reading (via Lhepermanent thermostat, gage, packaged controf panel or LNS DATABASE) conpared tothe test instrument-measured value is within the tolerances specified in the. specificaLion requirements. If noL, cafibrate or replace senso.r. Use che sametest lnstruments as used for the original calibration, if possible.

b. tr Device Calibration Checks: The acluators or devi-ces checked for cal-i-brati.on.

"In calibration" means observing a readout in the LNS DATABASE whilesimultaneously performing field observation to verify the actuator or controlleddevice is cycled through the entire operating range 0 to 1,00%. For items out ofcalibration or adjustment, fix imrnediatelv or repj-lce device.4. Functiona.I Tescing: Wiuh the roofrop unic syscem operaLing in che occupied mode andfans running, simutate the each of the following:

a. Activate Fire Alarm and Smoke Alarm Shutdown

INTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 156(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /2elLO LtW NO.: 063545

n I \/ari€., -h^r!y rrrs ruPyfy tdrr 5LUP5

tr 2. Confirm the smoke damper closes on discharge of supply fan

tr 3- Verif\/ lha rerrrrn f:n ef^ne!qrr rLvyr

tr 4. Confirm the smoke d.amper closes on infet of return fan

tr 5. Confirm mixed air dampers qo to 0% outside air.10O% return

tr 6. Acknowledge the Unit Failed afarm and conflrm the LNS DATABASE screen

b. Simul-ate Supply Air High Static Pressure Interlock oreafer fhan 4 inw.c. (adjustable)

tr 1. Verify the suppl-y and return fans stop

tr 2. Veti-fy mixed air dampers close to 0% outside air,100% return air

tr 3. Verify LNS DATABASE afarms high static condition

tr 4. Verify t.he supply fan does not restart until- static sensor is manually

tl 5. Confirm LNS DATABASE indications are accurate

c. Simulale Return Air Low Static Pressure Interl-ock qreater than -3 in w.c.( adj ustabfe )

tr 1. Verify the supply and return fans stop

tr 2..Verify mixed arr dampers close to 0% outside air,1-00% reL.urn air

tr 3. Veri-fy LNS DATABASE al-arms low static conditi-on

tr 4. Verify the supply fan does not restart untif static sensor is manuallyreset

tr 5. Confirm LNS DATABASE indications are accurate

d. Dirty Air Filter Alarm set at in w.c (as per manufacturer's recommendations)

tr 1. Sj-mufate [he tripping of che dircy filrer differential pressure sensor

E 2. Verify LNS DATABASE indicates the alarm conditions

tr 3. Acknowledge the LNS DATABASE Alarm and manual.l-y reset sensor

tr 4. Confirm LNS DATABASE alarm cl-ears

e. OEM Gas Burner Management System Main Burner Failure Interlock Check

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 157(LONWORKS BII{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

o7 /29lLO

tr l-. Confj-rm the supply fan and returnconditions

LLvil NO. : 063545

fan :ra ^nar^tina

eF araFi^

tr 2. Confirm the OEM gas burner management system has enabled and engaged theburner flame upon receiving the Lon Controller's Burner Enabl-e signal (ihe TCCLon controller is responsible to modufate the gas burner vaLve on the custom roof

-n l-hc t^rra.t ramnor:l rrra e6rnîhr ILU lldlll Ldf,__

tr 3. with the gasburner flame fai,lurealarm is generated.

hrrrnor anar:rinn r,'*^ ^f€ fh^ m-ih ^-^vysraLrrrY, Lrrs rL'arrr varand confirm the rooftop burner flame qoes

-.-l-,^ î*,.1 ^ri-^ ^vafve rfrLufdLfrrg d

off and a focal OEM

tr Manually reset the Local OEM alarm and re-fire the burner

tr 5. Confirm the OEM afarrn resets

f. Gas Burner Managemenr SysLem

tr 1. Confirm the suppfyconditions

Pilot Burner Failure

fan and reLurn fan

Interlock Check

^'rFi^qle wPelaLrrrg PlsoJulE

tr 2. Confi.rm the OEMenabLe signal from Lhe Lon

managemenL sysLem hasnal l fnr harr

received the bu.rner

:iramnr tn linhr tha

d: q hrr rnor

Controller

tr 3. lfith the main gas valve off, doesnilnf ? fim6e2

tha l-rrrrnar cvcf6h

tr 4. At the conclusion of the thirdmanagemenl system l-ock-out the burner

rrramhf ta I iahl fh^ îI^+ A^^- fh^ h'-..e IJftuL, uues Lrle !Urnef

^nd dcncreio a I^.rI. OEM a]-afm?

g.

tr 5. Manualty reset the local OEM al-arm and re-fire the burner

Loss of LNS DATABASE CornmunicaLion: Verily LhaL unit will sequence to Occupiedupon l-oss of LNS DATABASE communication.

tr 1. With the unit in heatins warm up mode simulate a LNS DATABASE failure

tr 2. Confirm unit goes to occupied heating mode

tr 3. Confirm LNS DATABASE indicates Alarm

tr 4. with the unit infaifure

Lhe unoccupied heacing mode, SimuIaIe a LNS DATABASE

tr 5. Confirm unit goes to occupied heating rnode

tr 6. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indicates Alarrn

Mode

tr 1. with unitf ai-1ure

i n rrnnanrrni aA ^^^' i -^ -^r^LUUrrrlg rLuuet

tr 8. Confirm unit goes to occupied cooling mode

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

^l*,,1-r^ LNS DATABASE

SYSTEM 15970 158oPERATING CONSOLE)

N:rcscA

o7 /29/t0 LLlil NO. : 053545

tr 9. confi-rm the LNS DATABASE indicates Alarm

tr 10. With unit in cooling purge mode, simul-ate LNS DATABASE failure

tr 1L. Confirm unit goes to occupied cooling mode

tr 12. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indicates A]arm

tr 13. With unit in cooling-pulfdown mode, simu]ate LNS DATABASE failure


tr 15. Confirm LNS DATABASE indicates Alarm

tr 16. With unit in economizer mode, simulate LNS DATABASE failure


tr 18. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indi-cates Alarm

h- Veriftr an ar:rm is receirzcd ttn^n ay.aa.lind fha ccrnninrc nF fha fnl l^Lrin^,Jerye!,-o _vffefrrrrv.

tr 1. Dirty filter

tr 2. Exhaust Stack Temperature

tr 3. Space Humidity, Space CO2 (ppm), Mixed Air Temp, Space Temp

tr 4. cas burner enabl,e/disabfe

tr 5. Return Air Temp Low

tr 6. Supply (Mixed) Air Flow

tr 7. Return Air Ffow

tr 8. outside Air Flow

tr 9. Supply Fan VFD Fautt

tr 10. Return Fan VED Eault

tr :-1. DX coil Discharqe TemD

tr L2. HG RHC Discharqe TemD

tr 13. Gas Supply Pressure if Less than 4,,wc (adjustable)

MTCSCA TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 159(LONWORKS BIIS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

1. Occupied Mode: Heating Mode Check:

tr 1. Simulate outside air temperature at or befow 45 F and confirm unit 1s.indexed ro Lhe heacinq mode

tl 2. Verify mixed air darnpers are at outside air intake minimum positj-on and Dxcooling is off

tr 3. Confirm the gas burner management system is enabled from LNS DATABASE

tr 4. Simu.IaLe che rerurn air temperarure below Lhe occupied return airtemperature setpoi-nt

tr 5. Confirm the burner pilot iqnites and establishes main burner

tr 6. Confirm the burner gas conrrol valve modu.l-ales open to mainta-Ln seL point

tr 1. Simul-ate the retu.rn air temperature above the occupied return aarLemperature setpoint

tr 8. Confirrn the burner control valve modulates closed to maintai"n set point

tr 9. Confirm the burner cycles off

tr 10. Confirm the firing rate of the burner is modulated properfy throughout thedemonslration

tr 11. Reset unit to normal operalion

j. Occupled Mode: Economizer cooling mode

tr 1. Simulate outside air temperature between 50 and 65 F and outside enthalpyfess than return air entha]cv

tr 2. Confirm unit is indexed to economv coolinq mode

tr 3. Confirm discharoe ai r lpmneretrrra qaj- noinr 'is rllfomafieal-v resef tomaximum discharge Lempe.caLure seL point

tr 4. Veri-fy outside/refief air dampers modu.Iated to 100? open and return al-rdarnper modulated closed

tr 5. Simufate the coo]ing needs not met by t-he economizer cooling, confirm DX^^^ll-^ i- ^r--^r ^-uuorrng ls sLageq on to mainLain -reLufn air Lempe-raLure set poinL and that OA andEA dampers reLurn Lo minimum code venLil-arion posicion and thaL recirculationdamper opens.

tr 6. Simufate Lhe oucs-ide air enthalpy is greater Lhan rhe rerurn air enthalpy

tr 1. Confirm discharge air temperat.ure set point is automaticall-y reset tominimum discharge remperarure set poinL

tr 8. Confirn DX cool.inq is staqed on

NYCSCA TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 160(LONWORKS B[.[S/DDC WITH SCHOOT OPERjATING CONSOLE)

07 /2e/L0

tr 3. Verify hoL 9asfemnar:r rrra cal nî î

bvpass va.Lve modul-ates

tr 9. Verify spiff and outsideposition and the return air damper

LLII NO. : 063545

air dampers are modul-ated t.o their minimumLo iLs maximum position serting

tr 10. Reset unit to norrnaf operatj-on

Occupied Mode: Mechanical cool-ing mode check

tr 1. Simu.Late the outside temperature

tr 4. Confirm discharge airm-Lnj-mum discharge tempe-raLure

'+ Lhan 65F

temperature sel point is automaticall-y resetset polnt

tr 2. Confi^rrn unit i-s indexed to cooling mode

fl 3' Simufate Lhe reLurn air temperaLure 10 degrees above rhe occupied cool-ing

tr 5. Verify mixed air dampers -remain aL

tr 6. Confirm DX cooling ls staged on totemperature seL point

mj-nimum outside air positi-on

mainrain the oeclnicd cnnlinc rcj-rrrn:ig

tl ?. Simu-Iate Lhe reLurn air temperaLure 1O degrees below che occupied cooling

tr 8. Confirm discharge airmax-lmum dj-scharge cempe.raLure

temperature set point is automatical-.Ly reset toset poant

tr 9. Conflrm DX cooling is staged offset pornt

to maintain the occupied cool-inq return

tr 10. Reset unit to normal operation

Occupied Mode: Dehumidification check

tr 1. Simulate ret.urn air relatlve humidity hlgher than occupied return airrefauive humj.diry se[point of 60e"RH

tr 2. Verify a stage of DX cooling is commanded on despite coofing demand

to maintain relurn air

tl 4. Set return ai.r refative humidltv below 60%RH

f'l i \/6riF\/ 5 -+-â ^f ny -^^tina icve!f!y a rLdvL v- vzr evv_rIv rr

demandcommanded of f un.l-ess needed f or coof ing

tr 6. Verj-fy hot gas bypass valve modufates c.l-osed.

tr 7. Reset unit. back to normaf oDerati-on

TEMPER;ATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 161(LONWORKS BI{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

07 /2s/LO LLW NO.: 053545

m. Occupj.ed Mode: CO2 conrrol check (When applicable)

tr 1". Simulace space Co. above Space CO, ser poinL

tr 2. vetLfy outside/exhaust air dampers modulate open and reEurn damper closesas CO2 rises

tr 3. Set unit to ful-l mechanical cooling mode

tr 4. VeriIy outside/exhausr air dampers remain open and reLurn damper remainsclosed

El 5. Resel uniL Lo normal cooling operation and CO: ]evel

tr 6. Verif y outside/exhaust air dampers modu.Late c.Iosed to the norma-}vanl-ilaf inn noqi-ion :nd rcirrrn damncr mndrrl:rgql''yg!l''vvurug9Jvyvll

tr 7. Reset unit back to norma.l- operation

tr 8. Simulate space CO2 below normal space CO2 setpoint

tr 9. Veri.fy outside/exhaust air d.ampers modu.lat.e more closed but not fess thanthe actua.I minimum position as set by Balancer and return damper mod.ulates moreopen

tr 10. Reset unit to normaf space COr fevels

tr 11. Verify outside/exhaust aj-r dampers modul-ate open to the normal venLil-ati"onpos.ltion and return damper modulates closed to normal position

tr 12. Reset unit back to normaf operation

n. Unoccupied Mode: General

tr l. SeL scheduler ro cycle uniL from occupied to unoccupied

tr 2. Verify supply and return fans sLop

tl 3. Confirm outside and. exhaust dampers are c.l-osed; and return damper is open

tr 4. Confirm gas burner is commanded off

tr 5. Confi-rm DX Cooling is cornrnanded off

tr 6. Confirm the unit has j-ndexed to the Unoccupied heati-ng setpoint of 55"Fif in the winter mode

N:TCSCA TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L62(LONWORKS BI,IS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OpERjATTNc CONSOLE)

o7 /29/LO LL![ NO. : 063545

0. Unoccupied Mode: Heating mode

tr 1. Simufale space Lemperatu-re lower rhen unoccupied space remperaru.re secpoinr

tr 2. Yerify supply and return fans start and ramp to Max CFM

tr 3. Verify mixed air dampers remain indexed to 1OO% return, 0% outside/spillaar

tr 4. Confi-rm the gas burner management system is enab]ed from LNS DATABASE

El 5. Conlirm burner gas concrol valve modulaLes open co mainuain high limit sec

tr 6. Sj.mulaLe che space remperaLure above the unoccup-ied space temperaruresetpoint

tr 7. Verify burner control- vafve modulates closed and burner is turned off

tr 8. Confirn supply and return fans stop


p. Unoccupied Mode: Dehumidification

tr l-. Simulate uhe space relaL-ive humidity above rhe unoccupied space relaLivehumidity setpoint of 70%RH for 8 continuous hours

El 2. Conlirm supply and reLurn fans are started and ramp ro max CFM

tr 3. Verify rnixed air dampers remain i.ndexed to 100% return, 0% outsideairlspill

tr 4. Verify a stage of DX coo-Iing is cornmanded on

tr 5. Verify hot gas bypass valve modul-ates open to maintain return air set point

tr 6. Simu.l-ate the space re.Lative humidity below the unoccupied space relativehumidj-ty cutoff setpoint of 65%RH after being held for 30 minutes

tr 7. Verify a stage of DX cooling is commanded off

tr 8, Verify hot gas bypass vafve modulates closed.

tr 9. Confirm supply and return fans are stopped

tr 10. Resec unit back Lo norma.I operal-ion

q. Unoccupied Mode: Bypass mode check

tr 1. Whife in unoccupied mode press the space bypass button located on the spacesensor

MTCSCA TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 163(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

0t /zelto LLII NO. : 063545

tr 2. Confirm the unoccupied command is overridden and the unit is indexed tooncrrni ad mnda

tr 3. Verify suppfy and return fans scarL and uniE operates according to theoccupied mode of operations including CO2 control

tr 4, Reset adjustable period of time from 120 minutes to 5 ml-nuEes

tr 5. Confirm that. after an adjustable period of tj-me the unit returns to anunoccupied mode

tr 6. Reset Unoccupied Bypass mode tr-mer Lo I2O minutes

r. Unoccupied to Occupied Mode Morning Warm-up

tr 1. Simufate the outside air temperature less t.han 45 "F to allow heating mode

tr 2. SeL schedufer to cyc.Le unit from unoccupied ro occrrpied mode

tr 3. Verify supply and return fans start and ramp to Max CFM

tr 4. Confirm mixed air dampers stav at O% outside air,l00% relurn al_r

tr 5. Confirm the gas burner management system is enabled from LNS DATABASE -

tr 6. Confirm burner gas concrol val-ve modulates open co maintain high l-imiL seLpoln!

tr 7. Simulale rise in return air temperature towards "72 "F

tr 8. Verj.fy burner control valve begins to modulate cfosed to maintain 72 "Ercirrrn rir t6h^ar.+rr*r- --...r,----re

tr 9. Simul-ate the recurn ar-r temperal-.ure above the occupied temperature setpoj-nl

tr 10. Confirm unit switches to occupi-ed heating mode

tr 11. Confirm the outs.ide/spill air damper modulate open to normal occupancymin. position and reLurn air damper closes Lo norma] occupied position

s. Unoccupied Mode to Occupied Mode: Morning purge

tr 1. Simulate outside ai.r enthalpy less then the return air enthalpy

tr 2. Ser schedufer to cyc.Le unic from unoccup.ied ro occupied mode


tr 4. Confirm mixed air dampers modufate to 100? outside/relief air, 0% returna1r

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L64(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /2e/L0 LLt[ NO. : 063545

tr 5. Confirm motnino Drrrde ilo.lc ind.exes ro mornrng pu1l down mode after 15minutes

t. Unoccupied Mode to Occupied Mode: Morning puJ-l Down

tr 1. Set outsj-de air enthalpy hj,gher then the return air enthalpy

tr 2. Ser scheduler Lo cyc]e unic from unoccupied to occupied mode

tr 3. Verify supply and return fans start and ramp t-o Max CFM

tr 4. Confirm mixed air clamncrq mor|rlate to O% outside,/refief air, lO0% return

tr 5. Confirm alf DX stages are commanded on

tr 6. AS return air femner^trrrF docro:<gg, confirm DX iS Staged off.

tr '7. Simufate the space temperature at or befow occupied space temperatureSetpoant

tr 8. Verify unit changes to occupied mode


(To be filled out and signed by the Authority's Representative (Facil-ities ManagementSystems Integ-ralor) when Lhe system or equipmen_ is complece.)

tr The Commissloning Checkl-ists are 100% complete and checked by Authority,s Rep.

Atlfhori fv's Renrrcanr:t i\/a qidnafrrra.\uy!EJErrLqLrvs

Date: / /

TCC RepresenLative SignaEure:Date: / /FTD TnsDecf or' s SicnSlglg;Date: / /

MTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 165(LONWORKS BIr{S/DDC r[rTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

ot /29lLo LLI{ NO. : 063545

variable volume Rooftop unit (RTU-2, RTU-8, RTU-11-, RTU-13, RTU-14, RTU-15 & RTU-17)

Note: This Commissi-oning Checklist must be completed for every variable volume rooftopunil.


Th" above equipment and systems integral ro Ehem are complet.e and ready fordemonstraLion to the AuthoriLy's RepresenraL.ive (FacilirieJ ManagemenL SystemsIntegrator) . The commissioning checklisrs (Prerequ-Ls.lr-e Checklist, Point-to-PointValidation and Caflbratj-on Checklist and Funct.ionaf Checklist) are complele and. havebeen checked off only by parLies havinq dj-recc knowfedqe of t.he evenl, as markedbe.low, respective ckl-ists aresubmit.ted by the Conlractors for approval by the Aut.hority's Representative(Facilicies ManagemenL SysLems InLegraLor). None of the ouLsLanding items precludesafe and reliabl-e functi-onaf tests beinq performed.

c

Contractor

Temperature Control-sContractor

Electrlcal Contractor

General Contractor

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Point Va]idation and Cafibration Checklist items areto be completed as parL of startup & iniLial checkout, preparalory Lo functionafa. fhi.i checklist d.oes not take the place of the manufacturer's recomrnended checkout

anal qj-Frrrrn nrncorlrr r6n^.1!syv! L.

b. Items that do not apply shall be noted with the reasons on this form (N/A : notappllcable, BO : by others) .

c. Generaf ConLracLors' assigned QualiLy Conrrof Superintendent shall be responsiblelo see that checklist items by their subcontractors are compl-eted and checked off.

Contractor shafl- add a check in the box provided when ancommenr fine has been provided for che Auuhoricy, sManagement Systems Integrator) .fn a1l- cases FMSI (Facilities Management Systems Integrator) shalf verify status onthe Graphical- User Interface (GUI) node in the Custodian,s Office.

2. Prereqursite Checklist

a. The following have been starLed up and srarrup reports and pre-functionalcheckfists submitted and approved ready for functional testi-ng:

! scA/FID Inspection complered and approved reports artached

item has been compleLed. ARepresentative (Facifities

15970 166coNsoLE)

tr OEM Startup Task compl-eted and Report issued

tr Mechanical Contractor Release to Operate Equi.pment

Elect ricaf Contractor Rel-ease Equipment

b. tr ALl control system functions for this and a]-] interlocking systems areprogramrned and operable per contract documents, inctuding fj-nal- setpoints andschedufes wich debugging, roop Luning and sensor cafibrarions compleced.

c. tr A11 MEP punchl-ist j-tems for this eguj_pment have been corrected.

TED{PERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTrr SCHOOL OPERATTNG

NYCSCA

0z /29lLo

3.

LLW NO.: 063545

d. tr Safeti-es and operating ranges have been reviewed and confirmed to be set at theco-r-rect vaL ues .

tr Test requiremenLs and sequences of operaLion are at-tached

Point-to-Pointa. E sensor

location.

Vafidation and Cal-ibration ChecklistCal-ibration Checks: Check the sensors for calibration and correct

4.

"rn calabrat.i-on" means taking a simultaneous fleld reading with a calibrated testinsurument Lo verify field sensor. Verify Lhat Lhe sensor reading (via thepermanent thermostat, 9a9e, packaged concro.I panel or LNS DATABASE) compared rothe test instrument-measured value is within the toferances specified i-n thespecificaLion requiremenes. If no-, cal,ibrate or replace sensor. Use the sametesl instruments as used for the oriqinal calibrat.ion, if possibfe.

b. D Device Cali-bration Checks: The actuators or devices checked for calibration.

"In cai-ibration" means observing a readout in the LNS DATABASE whilesimuleaneously performing field obslrvation to verify the actuator or controLl-eddevice is cycled Lhrough che encire operat-ing range 0 ro 100%. For irems out ofcalibration or adjustment, fi-x irnrnediately or repJ-ace dev.ice.

FunccionaL Testing: With Lhe roofcop unit. system operaLing in che occupied mode and thefans runni-ng, simulate each of the foJ-J-owing:a. Activate Fire Al-arm and Snoke Alarm Shut Down

tr 1. Verify the supply fan srops

tr 2. Conlirm che smoke damper closes on discharge of supply fan

tr 3. Verify Lhe recurn fan scops

tr Confirm the smoke damper closes on inlet of return fan

tr 5. Confirm mixed air dampers qo to 0% outside air,100% recurn

tr 6. Acknowledge the Unit- Eailed a.l-arm and confirm the LNS DATABASE screen

b. Simu-Late Supp1y Air High Static Pressure Interl-ock(adj ustable )

tr !-. Verify the supply and return fans stop

!L--g!Ea LE! Ln

tr 2. Verify mj-xed air damper cl-oses to O% ouLside air,LOO% return arr

tr 3. Verify LNS DATABASE afarms high static condition

tr 4. Ver-ify Lhe suppfy fan does noL resLa-rL unLj-I static sensor is manual-Iyreset

tr 5. Confirm LNS DATABASE indications are accurate

c. Simulate Return Air Low Static Pressure Interlock drcaj-cr rhan -? i-n(adj ustabl-e )

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L67(LONWORKS BI'{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NrcscA

o7 /29/LO LLTI NO. : 053545

tr 1. Verify rhe supply and relurn fans sLop

tr 2. Verily mixed air damper cfoses to 0% outside air,10Oe" recurn air

tr 3. Verify INS DATABASE alarms low static condition

tr 4. Verj-Iy the supply fan does noc resrart unLj.l sLaeic sensor is manually

tr 5. Confirrn LNS DATABASE indications are accurare

d. Dirt.y Air Fifter Alarm set at il w.c

tr 1. Simulate the differentlal pressure sensor in afarm

tr 2. Verify LNS DATABASE al-arm condi,tions

tr 3. Acknowledge the l,NS DATABASE alarm and manual.l-y reset sensor

tr 4. Confirm LNS DATABASE alarm cl-ears

e. Gas Burner Management System Main Burner Eail-ure Interfock Check

tr 1. Confirm che supply fan and reLurn fan are ope.rating aE static pressureconditions

tr 2. Confirrn the gas burner management sysLem (by others) is modulating theburner controf val-ve co maintain supply air Lemperature Lo set point

tr 3. With the gas burner operating, Lurn off che main gas valve simulating aburner flame fail-ure. Confirm the rooftop burner fl-ame qoes off and a local OEM:larm ia

^anar>i6.i

tr 4. Manuatly reset the focal OEM alarm and re-fire the burner

tr 5. Confirm the OEM alarm resets

f. Gas Burner Management System Pilot Burner Failure Interlock Check

tr 1. Confirm che supply Ian and reLurn Ian are operating ar sEatic pressureconditi-ons

tr 2. Confirrn the gas burner management system (by others) has initiated a cafl

tr 3. WiLh Lhe main gas valve off, confirm the burner system aLLempL to l-ight thepilot 3 times

tr 4. At the conclusion of the third attempt to light the pil-ot, confj-rm theburner management. system locks out the burner

MTCSCA TEMPERJATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 168(LONWORT(S BIrS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOLE)

07 /29lLO LtW NO.: 063545

^i I ^' {l --^ a-l 1,,-^ --! ^PffwL !ralrs !ar!urE drrq dtr 5. Confirm the local- burner controller indicates the

focal OEM alarm j-s generated.

tr 6. Manually reset the oEM alarm and re-fire t.he burner

CornnunicaLion - Verify thar the unit w.ill sequence to OccupiedDATABASE communication from anv other mode.

in heatinq warm up mode simufate a LNS DATABASE failure

Loss of LNS DATABASEMode on foss of LNS

tr 1. with the unit

tr 2. Confirm unit goes to occupied heating mode

tr 3. Confi-rm LNS DATABASE indicates Afarm

tr 4. With the unit infailure

fhe rrnoeerrnierJ heafino mnde simrrlafc a LNS DATABASE

tr 5. Confirm unit goes to occupied heatlng mode

tr 6. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indicates ALarm

tr 7. with unit in unoccupied coolins mode simuLate a LNS DATABASE failure


tr 9. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indicates Al-arm

tr 10. With uni-t in cooli-nq -Purse mode simulate LNS DATABASE fail-ure

tr 1l-. Confirm unit. goes to occupied cooling mode

tr 12. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indicates Alarm

tr 13. With unit in coofins-pulldown mode simufate LNS DAIABASE failure

tr 14, Confirm unit goes to occupied cooling mode

tl 15. Confirm LNS DATABASE indicates Afarm

tr 16. With unit in economizer mode simuLate LNS DATABASE fail-ure

tr 17. Confirrn unit goes to occupled cooling mode

tr 18. Confirm the LNS DATABASE indicates Alarm

h. Verify an a.Iarm is received upon exceeding Lhe setpoinL oI the following:

tr 1. Dirty fitter

tr 2. Exhaust Stack Temperature

TEilIPERLTT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BI.{S/DDC IIITH SCHOOL

SYSTEM 15970 169oPERjATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA

07 /29/L0 LLII NO. : 053545

tr 3, Step deleted.

tr 4. Space Humidity

tr 5. sF High static pressure

tr 6. RF Low Suction pressure

tr 7. RTU Low gas supply pressure

tr 8. Gas burner enabfe/disable

tr 9. Supply Air temp Hlgh

tr 10. Supply Air Temp Lou

tr l-1,. Return Air Temp Low

tr 12. Mixed Ai-r Temp Low

tr 13. Step deleted.

tr 14. outside Air Ffow

tr 15. Supply Fan VFD Fault

tr 16. Return Fan VFD Fault

tr 17. DX CoiL Discharge Temperature

tr 18. HG RHC Di,scharqe Temperature

tr 19. Common Fire Al-arm (One per bldgr)

i. Occupied Mode: Supply Air Static Control

tr 1. Record supply air st.atic seL poinc as seL by the balancer

tr 2. Lower supply air static set poinL

tr 3. Verify supply fan speed decreases to maintain set poin!

tr 4. Verify return fan speed remains 10% slower (value set by Bal-ancer)than supply fan speed

tr 5. Increase supply air static set point

tr 6. Verify supply fan speed increases to maintain set point

NYCSCA TEMPERJATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEI{ 15970 L7O(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOTE)

O7/29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

tr 7. Verify -return lan speed remains l-0? slower (vafue ser by Balancer)then suppl-y fan speed

tr 8. Reset supply air static set point to the balancer determined set poj-nt

Occupied Mode heatlng

tr -. Sei oucside airmode

temp below 45 'F and confirm unit is indexed to the heating

tr 2. Veri-fy mixed air darnpers are at minj-mum outside air intake nosifi.n nn.i DXcoolrng is off

tr 3. Confirm rhe gas burner managemenL system

tr 4. Simulateri r tamnar:f,rra

t.he discharge air Lemperaru.re bel-owsetpoint

is enabled from LNS DATABASE

r hc nnnrrnia.l na,rtrr'l rlicnhrraa

tr 5. Confirm the burner pilot iqnites and establish main burner

tr 6. Confirm thepoanl-.

burner gas controf valve modulates open Lo mainrain neutraL set

tr 7. simufate the di-scharse air temperature aboveair remperature secpoinc

tr 8. Confirn lhe burner controf valve modulatespofnt

the occupied neucra.I discharge

closed Lo maincain neuLraL set

tr 9. Confirm the Burner cycles off

rate of burner modul-ates properly

tr 11. Reset unit to norrnal- operation

Occupied Mode: Economizer coofing mode

tr 1. Si-mulat.e the outside temperature gleater than 50 F and less than 65 F andLhe oucs.r,de air enchalpy less rhen Lhe selecled parcicular space enthalpy

tr 2. Confirm unit. is i-ndexed to economy cooling mode

tr 10. Confirm the that thethroughout the demonstration

air f6m^arrl,'.6 c6rh^;hf i- -,'F^nrri^-lli' r^6^tsLqrfy rcscLsetpolnt

tr 3. Confj-rm the dischargemaximum discharge temperature

Eo

tr 4. Verify outside/relief air dampers modulate to 100% open and return aLrdamper modu.l-ates cLosed

tr 5 ' With the cooling needs nor met by t-he economizer cooling, confi.rm DXcooling is staged on to maintain discharge air temperature set point

tr 6. SimUlate lhe o1t1-side en-haln\/ i< ^rarf^- Fh-^ +h^ ^^t^--^^ ^-,ri^,,r-, ^^.*_ g!edLer Lrtdrl Lne setecteo partrcuJ-ar spaceenthalpy

TEMPERATT'RT CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

SYSTEM 15970 L?LoPERATTNG CONSOTE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29lLO

m.

tr -1. Confirm discharge airminimum discharge t.emperature

-AfrNATAT]TTA CAie6f

^î hr

LLW NO.: 063545

is aUfomafica'lv reseL Lopoln1-.

tr 8. Confirm DX coolinq is staqed on

tr 9. Verify outside and spiII air dampers are modulated ro their min posiLionand return damper to its max position sett.ing

tr 10. Reset uni.t. to normaf operation

Occupied Mode: Mechanicaf cooling mode

tr 1. Simulat.e the outside temperature grearer than or equal to b5 r

tr 2. Confirn unit is indexed to cooling mode

tr 3. Si-mul-ate the return ar.r temperature 10 degrees above the occupied coo.Lrngsetpoint

tl 4. Confirm discharge airminimum discharge tempe-raLure

famnar>frrra <afeaf nî.f

^îhi i- -,,r^--fi^-1 lv

PUfil L au Lurra LrLaf-f to

tr 5. Verify mj-xed air dampers remain at minimum outside air position

tr 6. Confirrn DX cooling is staged on to malntain discharge air temperature setpoint

tr ?. S-imuLate ehe rerurn ai-r LemperaLure 10 degrees befow the occupied coolingsetpoint

8. Confirm discharge ei t famnar:frrra set poinL is mainrainedtr

tr 9. Confirm DX coolingtemperature set point

ls cf:na/i nff wh-i1e maintaining discharge air

tr 10. Reset unit to norma] operation

Occupied Mode: Dehumidification

tr 1. Simulate return air relatlverelauive humidity seupoinc oI 55%RH

hrrmi d i f rr hi nhar t han oe errni er! rc1 rt rn aiIvvv sts+es

tr 2. Verify a stage of DX cooling is commanded on despite cooling demand

tr 3. Verify hot gas bypass vafve modulates opentemperature set point

Lo maintain discharge air

tr 4. Set return air re]ative humidity below 55%RH

|-'l tr \7^-r+,, -u r. verrry a stage of DX cooling is commanded off unl-ess needed for coolingdernand

tr 6. Verify hot qas bypass valve modulates cfosed.


sYsrEM 15970 L72oPERjATTNG CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

o7 /29/tO LL9[ NO. : 063545

tr 7. Simufate return air humiditv of 7O%RH for 8 hours

tr 8. Conlirm ehat the unit goes inLo Lhe cooling mode untif a setpoint oI 65 %

RH has been held for 30 mi-nutes

tr 9. Reset unit back to normal operation

n. Unoccupied Mode: Schedufer

tr i. Set scheduler Lo cyc.Le unir from occupied ro unoccupied

tr 2. Verify supply and return fans stop

tr 3. Confirm outside and exhaust. dampers are closed; and return damper is open

o. Unoccupied Mode: Heating

tr 1. Verify that the perlmeter fin tube radiation system maintains antlnoceroiF.i niohl serha.k j-amnor:rrrra nf 66 r]anraac tr

tr 2. Verify supply and return fans are sropped.

tr 3. Verify mixed air dampers indexed Lo 100% return, O% outside air

tr 4. Confirm the gas burner management system j-s disabled from LNS DATABASE

tr 5. Simulate a room sensor is below 45 "F

tr 6. Verify supply and ret.urn fans start and ramp to 100%

tr 7. Verify mi.xed air d.arnpers indexed Lo 100% return, O% outside air

tr 8. Confirm the gas burner management system is enabled from LNS DATABASE

tr 9. Confirm burner gas control- vafve modulaLes open to mainLain high limic serpoint


p. Unoccupled Mode: Dehunidification

tr 1. SimufaLe the selecced paruicular space re]ative humidiLy above theunoccupied space -relative humidicy setpoint of 70%RH for 8 hours

tr 2. Confirm supply and return fans are started and ramp to max CFM

tr 3. Verify mixed air darnpers remain indexed to 100U return, 0% outsideairlspi11

TNTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 L73(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /2e/LO LLW NO.: 063545

tr 4. Verlfy a stage of DX coofing is commanded on

tr 5. Verify hot gas bypass va-Lve modul-ares open Lo mainLain discharge aj-r setpoant'

tr 6. SimulaLe the selecfcd n:rtinrrlar snaee relarirre hrrmiditrr holnvr r-heunoccupied space re.rit-i'. r-'"*iJit;-;;;;;i;; "i-os-.nu-i.;:d *:"""J."---'

n ? r7^-i t-. ^ ^r ^^,,. velrly a ouag€ of DX cooling is commanded off

tr 8. Verify hot gas bypass valve modulates closed.

tr 9. Confirm supply and reLurn fans are sLopped

tr 10. Reset unit back to norma] operatl,on

q. Unoccupied to Occupied Mode: Morning Warm-Up

tr 1. Simulate the selecfed room snace SenSorS j-s below 12 "E and, Outside Air iSaess than 45F

tr 2. Set scheduler to cycle unit from unoccupied to occupied mode

tr 3. verify supply and retu.rn fans start and ramp 1-o static setpoint.

tr 4. Confirm mi.xed air dampers modulate to O% outsii" air,100% return air

tr 5. Confirm the gas burner management system is enab]ed from LNS DATABASE -

tr 6. Confirm burner gas concrol valve modulaLes open Lo mainrain high fimit setpor-nt

tr 7. Sj-nufate rise in return temperature to'12 'F

tr 8. Verify burner controf valve begi-ns to modulate to maintaj-n 72 "E returntemperat'ure

tr 9. Simulat.e the selected room sensor i-s above 72 "F

tr 10. Verify gas valve modul,ates to maintaj-n occupj-ed neutral- heating dischargefamnarr I ri r^

tr 11. confirm mixed air dampers nodulate to minimum outside Air posi-tion

tr 12. Simulate ouLside air greater than 50 "F

tr 13. confirm the morning warm-up mode is focked out by the DDC controfler

r- TIno..unicd t a Oncrrniad Mada. Marni^^! . vrrvvuuyr . .._-..r..y purge

tr 1. SimuIaLe ouLSide air enthafDv Icss l-hen i-he cclac-cd nartsi.rr'l^rrJ ,Fg!uenthaIDV

NYCSCA TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L74(roNwoRKs BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

O7/29/L0 LLW No.: 063545

tr 2. Set scheduler t.o cvcle rrnif from rrnoecspied to occupied mode


tr 4. Confirm mixed air dampers modufate to 100% outside/refief air, 0% returnair

tr 5. Conf irm morning purge mode .indexes to morning puf I down rnod.e af ter l-5minutes

s. Unoccupied to Occupied Mode: Morning pull Down

tr 1. Simulaue nttrsicic Fir anihainv hioher rhen f he selecte.i narl ierr'l:r oyavs

enthalpy

tr 2. Set scheduler co cycle unit from unoccupied t.o occupied mode

tr 3. Verlfy supply and return fans start and ramp to Max CFM

tr 4. Confirm mixed air dampers modulate to 0% outside/relief air, 100% return

tr 5. Confirm alf DX stages are commanded on

tr 6. As return air cempe-raLure dec-reases, conlirm DX is staged oII.

tr '7. Simulate the space temperature at or bel-ow occupied space temperat.uresetpoint

f'l Q \/6rif\? rr-if ^'-..-- -hanges to occupied mode


(To be fi1led out and signed by the Authority's Representative (Eacilities ManagementSystems Integrator) when the syslem or equipment is complete.)

tr The Conmissionino Checklisfs arc 100% complete and checked by Authority,s Rep.

Aulhoritv's Rcnroqanr:l i\/a ainnrrrrra.rfYrrqru!s.Date: / /

TCC Represenlative Signature:Date: / /FTD Tnqnecf^rt < qinn6lUag;Date:_/_/_

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 175(LONWORKS BIr{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOTE)

O7/29/LO LLII No.: 063545

H. Boiler Heating System (Hot Water): Condensing Boilers B-1 & B-2 (for Capacity LineProjects: New School-s and Existing Schools Undergoing Major Modifications)

Contractors' Affidavi-t

The ahowe eotrinmenl :nd svsl-ams inj-ear:l -n 'ham arc -.mnlaia and readrr fnrsurrLyf E uE !EusldernonsLration Lo Lhe Authoriry's Representacive (Facifir-ies Management SystemsIntegrator) . The commissioning checkJ-ists (Prerequisite Checklist, Point.-to-Poj-ntValidation and Calj-bration Checkl-ist and Functional Checkl-ist) are complete and havebeen checked off only by parties harrino diracr Lnnwladoc of thr F\/Fnr- aq markedbe-ow, respeclive cklisrs aresubmitted by the Contractors for approval by the Authority's Representative(Facilicies Managemenr Sys-ems InLegrato-r). None of Lhe outsranding iLems precludesafe and reliabl-e functionaf t.esls beinq performed.

Mechanicaf ConLracLor

']'emperature ConlrolsContractor

ElecL-rical ConLracLor

ceneral Contractor

Prerequisite Checklist, Point-to-Poi-nt Validation and Calibration Checkl-lst items arefO hF .nmnlal-a.l Aa nrrf nf cF.rr,'- . i^ir i^' ^L^-1.^!uu,,Ly4sLsu u_s! _up e arrrLrd_ urrcunutJLT preparatory Lo f uncciona_Lresrlng.a- This checklist does not take the pface of the manufacLurer's recommended checkout

and startup procedures or report.

b. Items that do not apply shall be noted with the reasons on thj-s form (N/A = notapplicable, BO : by others) .

c. General Contractors' assigned Quality Controf Superlntendent shal-I be responsibleto see that checkfist items by their subcontractors are compl-eted and checked off.

Contractor shalf add a check in the box provided when an item has been cpmpleted. AcommenL l-ine has been provided for the Auchoricy's Representative (FacilitiesManadcmanf q\rar aff< T^l 6^..r^r\

In aI1 cases FMSI (Facilicies ManagemenL Systems Integrator) shal_l_ verify status onthe Graphical User Interface (cUI) nbde in the Custodiari,s Office

2. Prerequisite Checklist

a. The following have been sLarted up and sLartup -reports and pre-funcLionalchecklists submitted and approved ready for functionaf testingf:

D SCA/FID Inspection comp-IeLed and approved reports atLacheo


tr Mechanical- Contractor Release to Operate Equipment

Electrical Contractor Rel-ease Equipment

b. tr A1] conLrof system functions for this and aff interl-ockinq systems areprogrammed and operable per contract documenLs, including fj-naf set.points andschedules wich debugging, loop Luning and sensor calibraLions completed.

c. tr All MEP punchlist items for this equipment. have been corrected.

tl Safetles and operaling ranqes have beencorrecc values.

TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BIdS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

reviewed and confirmed to be set at the

SYSTEM 15970 L76oPERATING CONSOLE)

NYCSCA

d.

o7 /29lLO

3.

n Tesf rcorri rcmanfe :n.l e^d,,dn^ac ^f

l^^ --^ -!!r^L^ra!s dLLaurtgu

Point-to-Point Val-idationa. tr Sensor Calibration

location.

and Calibralion ChecklistChecks: Check the sensors

LLW NO.: 063545

for calibration and correct

4.

"In cal-ibrati-on" means taking a simultaneous field reading with a ca.librated testanstrument to verify field sensor. VeriIy t-hat che sensor reading (via Lhepermanent thermostat, 9a9e, packaged control panel or LNS DATABASE) compared t.othe test j-nstrument-measured value is within the tolerances specified in thesoeci fic:rion ronrri ramanr e Tf n^t ^r- ihrrf^ ^r -^^lvr rsyrdC€ sensor. USe Ehe Sametest ins!ruments as used for the orlqinaf cali-bration, if possible.

b. tr Device Ca]ibration Checks: The actuators or devices checked for calibration.

"In calibration" means observing a readout in the LNS DATABASE whilesimuftaneously perfo-rming Iield observaLion uo verify the acLuaLor or concrofleddevice is cycled through the entire operating range O to 100%. For items out ofcafibration or adjusrmenL, fix immediatel-y or replace device.

Functronaf TestingNote: Boifers are controfled by OEM and Hou WaLer Pumps are conrrol-led by TCC.a. Hot Water Boiler Loop Monitorlnq/Controf

tr 1. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boifer #1 Leavinq Water Setpoi.nt

tr 2. Confirm LNS DATABASE can modily Boiler #1 Leaving WaLer Serpoint

tr 3. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler #1 Run Status

tr 4. Confirm LNS DATABASE can andicate Boi-l-er +1 Entering Water femperature

Leaving Water Temperature

tr 6. Sirnulate Boifer #1 Common Alarm

tr 7. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler #1, Common alarm

tr 8. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicace Boi.Ler planL % Capacity

tr 9. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler planttotalized cubic feet

Naturaf Gas Flow (SCFH) and

tr 5. Confirm LNS DATABASE can lndicate Boiler #1

tr 10. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Bo.iler pl-antWC)

tr l-1. ConfirmSt.atus

Narural Gas Pressure (in

Combustion Air DamperDATABASE can indicate Boiler +1

tr L2. Confirm LNS DATABASE can j-ndicate Boifer #1 Exhaust Stack Temperature

tr 13. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boi.Ler #2 Leaving Water Ser.poinL

t4 Confi-rm LNS DATABASEtr modify Boifer #2 Leaving Water Setpoint

tr 15. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boifer *2 Run Status

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL

SYSTEMOPERATING

15970 L77coNsor.E)

NYCSCA

o7 /2e/L0

tl 23. Confi-rmStatus

LNS DATABASE

tr 16. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler

tLI[ NO. : 063545

#2 Entering Wate-r Temperature

i n^i nrta Drrhh Fail-ed

tr [1. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler +2 Leav]-nq water TemperaLure

tr 18. Simuf ate Boi]-er #2 Common Alarm

tr 19. Confi,rm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler #2 Common alarm

tr 20. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler #2 Combustion Air Damper Status

tr 2L. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Boiler *2 Exhaust Stack TemperaLure

tr 22. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate pump #1 Run Status

tr 24. Confirrn LNS DATABASE can indi-cate pump #1 KW

tr 25. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate pumD +1 KWH

tr 26. Confirrn LNS DATABASE can indicate pump #2 Run SLatus

27.tr Confirm DATABASE can i-ndi-cate Pump #2

tr 28. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate pump #2 KW

tr 29. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate pump +2 KWH

tr 30.Status

Confirm DATABASE indicate Pump

tr 31. Confirm DATABASE can indicate

tr 37. Confirm LNS DATABASE canand Low Limit Alarms when Hiqhsimulated

.indj-cate Header Leavingand ]-ow Header Leavinq

Failed Status

Wat.er Temperature HighWater Temperatures are

Pump +3 Faifed SLal-us

tr 32. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate pump #3 KW

tr 33. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicaLe pump #3 KWH

tr 34. Confirrn LNS DATABASE can indicate Cofiunon Leaving Water Temperature

tr 35. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Common Return lqater Temperature

tr 36. Confirm LNS DATABASE can indicate Main Header Water Ffow Rate

tr 38. Confirm LNSmonoxide and naturaf

DATABASE can^:c

eahc^rc f-ihindi-cate

(mappeddi oi 1-al i nnirf s i onSl when carbon!+Y,

over from gas moniLoring panel)

TEMPERATURE CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL

SYSTEI,IOPERATING

159?0 178coNsorE)

NYCSCA

07 /ze/L0 Ltl[ NO. : 063545

tr 39. Confirm LNS DATABASE receives a general- afarm should any boiler controll-ergo -Lnro an al-arm condition [or any reason

40. Test. the system start for pump #!-. At the LNS DATABASE, select pump #1 tosI'art,.

tr a. Verify that Pump #1 is actually runnrng.

f-] h \r^-rF., rL-+ !lL,,q! Lne LNS DATABASE indicates the pump #1 Run Status.

41. Test the System Shutdown for Pump #1. At the I-NS DATABASE, select STOP forPump #1.

tr a. Verify thaL Pump #1 (In Auto) has acuually st.opped running.

n h \7^-rr.. rL-r !u D. verrry lnat uhe LNS DATABASE indicates Lhe stopped Secondary Loop Pump #1status.

42. Tesr che System Faifure lor pump #1.Al the LNS DATABASE' sefect Pump #1 as Lead Pump and Eo start. Fail pobier toPump #1 by sel-ecting VFD H-O-A switch to Off.

tr a. Verify Lhac Punp *1 is noL running.

tr b. Verify that the LNS DATABASE indlcates pump #1 Fai]ure sEarus.

tr c. Verify rhaL the se.Iected Scandby pump srarts.

43- Tesr r he S\/stcm Sl-:rl Ior Prrmn *?At lhe LNS DATABASE, sefect pump #2 to start.n r \/^-i F., FLaf prrmn *? ie :nrrr:t lu d. velrry Lrra_ - r" *""*"--y lunnang.

tr b. Verify that the LNS DATABASE indicates pump #2 Run Status.

44. Test the System Shutdown for pump #2.At the LNS DATABASE, sefecl STOP for purnp #2.n r \/ari frz fh=-,.rL Pump #2 (In Auco) has acluafly stopped running.

tr b. Verify that the LNS DATABASE indicates the stopped pump #2 st.atus.

45. Test Lhe System Faifure for pump #2.At the LNS DATABASE, sel-ect Pump #2 as Lead pump and to start.Fail power to Pump #2 by selecting VFD H-O-A switch to Off.

tr a. Verify thac Pump #2 is not running.

n h rr^-i 4,, -L-! rru !. ve!r-y -ldL Lne LNS DATABASE j-ndicaces Pump #2 Fai]u.re staLus.

tr c. Verify rhal Lhe sefected Standby pump sLarts.

46. TesL t-he Syscem StarL lor pump *3.At the LNS DATABASE, sefect pump *3 to sEarE.

tr a. Verify thar. Pump #3 is acrually running.

tr b. Verily rhaL the LNS DATABASE indicares pump #3 Run StaLus.

NYCSCA TEI{PERJATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 L79(LONWORKS B[.{S/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATING CONSOTE)

07 /2e/L0 LLII NO. : 063545

47. Test- che Sysrem Shucdown for pump #3.AI Ihe LNS DATABASE, Sefect SToP for Pump #3.

tr a. Verify that Pump #3 (In Auto) has actuaLly stopped running.

n L rr^-iu D. verrry LnaL rhe LNS DATABASE indl-cates Lhe stopped pump #3 sratus.

4 8 . Test the System Fai]u_re f or pump # 3 .At the LNS DATABASE, select pump #3 as Lead pump and to start. Fair power toPump #3 by selecting VFD H-O-A swi-tch to Off.

tr a. Verify LhaL Pump #3 is not running.

n L \r^-r 4.. rL^+ rrurrqu un€ LNS DATABASE indicates pump #3 Fai]ure status.

f'l - \/ari F!, -h3t rhc qcle.rcd qr:n.lhri prrmnu. vE! rlJ J -drruly

49. verify Lhat the condensace ffow rate (gpm) and cora.Iized gallons a-re indicatedtr

50. Verify that the raw and treated pH values for the condensate are indicatedtr

b, Hot Water Pressure Control_

Start System with one Pump running in Lead and another Pump selected as Standby

tr 1. Simulate an End-of-Line Differential Pressure lower than End-of-LineDifferential Pressure setpoint

n t \/^-t F., rL-! rls z. veLrLy Lnar rhe Lead Pump VFD.ramps up to mainLain seE.point.

n 2 \7^-i f ., +L-| rl.rrau uhe LNS DATABASE displays Lhe Differenriaf pressure.

tr 4. Simulate an End-of-Line Differential pressure low enouqh lo have Lead VFDexceed 75? capacity

tr 5. Verify that the Lead pump VFD ramps up to greaterlhtn 75o< canacil-\, l-^ mAint:in c6tsn^i^r

tr 6. Verify that. the Standby Pump is automatically started after a five minute-iha d^l -r, ^€ r^rj rzFrn drarfar fhr^ ?q9Lrrre uerdy u! lsdq v__ ,-_-_,- _. CapaCItV

tr 7. Verify chac the Lead and Standby VFDs modulate to share the l-oad equal-lv

tr 8. Simul-ate an End-of-Line Differential Pressure value that witl allow Leadand Lag Pump VFDS to ramp down to Minimurn flow rate (set by Bal-ancer)

tr 9. Verify that the standby pump indexes off t.o standby mode after a fr-veminute time defay

tr 10. Verify the lead Pump VFD modulates to carry.Ioad as only pump runnj-ng

MTCSCA TEMPERIA,TT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 180(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /2e/t0 LLIS NO. : 063545

tr 11. Simu.l-ate an End-of-Line Differential Pressure higher to create a lowerthan al-l-owed minimum fl-ow rate of the Lead pump (as set by Batancer)

tr T2. Verify Lhat the End-of-Line Bypass Pressure ConLroL Val-ve wifl moduLateopen to ensure the Lead Pump VED stays at the Minimum ffow rate (set by Bal-ancer)

13. Reset sysrem back to normal

Loop Alarmj-ng, Adjustments and

tr 1. Veri.fy that the LNSTamnarr frr ro

Mon j-torr-ng

DATABASE displays the correct cotTrmon Loop Supply

common Loop Returntr 2. Verify that the LNS DATABASE displays the correctTamnari I rr 16

tr 3. Verify the LNS DATABASE can modify the End-of-Line Differentj-af PressureSetpoint

tr 4. Verify the LNS DATABASE can modify the Standby Pump Start time delay value

n q \7^-i t.. !L^ Tiu f,. verrry tne !L\lS DATABASE can mod-iIy Lhe SLandby Pump Stop rime delay value

tr 6. Verify the LNS DATABASE can select Pump #f Pump

tr 1. Verify the LNS DATABASE can select pump #2

tr 8. Verify the LNS DATABASE can select pump +3 as

tr 9. Verify the LNS DATABASE can sel-ect pump #1 as Standby pump

tr 10. Verify the LNS DATABASE can sefect pump #2 as Standby pump

tr !-1. Verify the LNS DATABASE can sel-ect pump #3 as Standby pump

tr L2. Verify the LNS DATABASE can modify t.he End-Of-Line Bypass Valve Opensetpoint

tr l-3. Verify that a Differential- Water Pressure High Limit Alarm andDifferential Water Pressure Low Lj.mit Afarm is received after simulating a hj.qhand low differential pressure aL Lhe alarm trip points

tr 14. Veri-fy the LNS DATABASE receives an alarm upon a faifure of any pump

q Checkout

(To be

tr

Completed

z i I I ai ^"- -nn ^i ^^^d hv ih6r f vrreu !f utrEIntegrator) when the system

The Commissioning Checklists

Authority's Represenrative (Facil-icies Managementor equipment- j.s complete.)

are 100% comp.Lete and checked by AuthoriLy's Rep.

Arrf h^ri f \/'<Date: / /

TCC RepresentativeDate: / /

Panraeanfrt i \,6

eian:frrra.

Sagnature:

TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BDIS/DDC WrTH SCIIOOL


NvcscA

o7 /2elLO LL9il NO. : 053545

F-D Tnsne.tnr' q SinnatUfe:Date: / /

5.2 DIGTTAI" CONTROL SYSTEM ACCEPTAIICE

(To be filled out and signed by the Authority's Representative (Facifj-ties ManagementSysLems Inreqrator) | TemperaLure Controfs ConLracLor, FID RepresentaLive andDepartment of Education Divj-sion of Schoo] Facilities personnel when the project iscompfete. ) AII of rhe above Commissioning checkfisLs wilf be repeated by theAuthority's FMSI where the Graphics User Interface (cUI) will be used in l-j-eu of thePortab]-e Operator's Terrninaf or LNS Server rack mounted PC Monitor with the LNSDatabase for monitoring and control. FMSI wifl demonstrate that the GUI displays thesame data as does the LNS Database,

tr AIl of Lhe Commissioning Checkl-iscs for alI equipmenL and alf systems are L00?compfete and checked by Aurhoriuy,s Rep.

AIl of Lhe TemperaE.ure Cont-rolSvstems nr adrar ^r Tr: i n i na hrc

Contractor Training and Facifities Managementbeen completed

AII of the Temperature Control contractor Software/Licenses and FacilitiesManagement Systems Integrator Software/Licenses have been turned over to theDeparEmenL of Education

AuLhority' s RepresenlaLive Signature:Daf e: _/_ / _TCC RepresenLative SignaLure:Date: / /ETn Tnena-l ar,c ai^^-f',-^.v!. urYrroLurs.Date: / /

Department of EducationDivision of School- FacilitiesDate: / /

Signature:

EIID OF SECTION

TEMPERJATI'RE CONTROL(LONWORKS BMS/DDC V[rTn SCHOOL

SYSTEMOPERATING

15970 L82coNsoLE)

NYCSCA

07 /29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

LIST OF SI'BMITTALS

ST'BI{ITTAL DATE SUBII{ITTED DATE APPROVED

Jrruy utcrw_LlIgD.

1. Control Di-agramHVAC Fl_ow DiagramInternal Control Panel LayoutsT.:rlr{ar-Trzn6 tflj ri na fli:a14pgr_Yllu vvr!rrrY ULaYJCommunication Wiring Schematic DrawinqsPoint's ListFlow-Chart Control Sequences

?. Desr-rin1_ irzg Data and SeCr11pnr-F of Oncr6ltiOnSuqvq qtrv ugYugrluE v! vygr3. Point to Point and Basic Function Commissioning Forms

Personnel_ ListInstrumentation Li_st

4. Functional- Performance Test Documentation and Procedures5. Schedul-es:

Pressure TapTemneretrrrg VrJglf

6. Location:110 VAC power for Control panels

Documentation of Network ToolsUsed to Generatethe System Database:

Proposed Changes and SubstitutionsProposal:

Guarantees:

Quality Assurance Submittals :Product CertificationServi-ce Life GuidelinesSubmittals:

Qual-ification of ProposedTomnora1-rrro Cnn1-rnl Qrzcl-amvvrr u! vf uJ a UErLL

Contractor (TCC) Submittals:

1. Technical Experience Sheet2. Documentation of TCC Qualification3. Copies of LonWorks Training Certificates (one for each

technician)

Communi-cation Transient protection:

Field Test Reports:

NYCSCA TF,I{PERATT'RE CONTROL SYSfEM 159?0 183(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OPE&ATTNG CONSOLE)

o7 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

SUBMITTAL LIST OF SUBMITTALS (continued)

DATE ST'BIIITTED DATE APPRO\ZED

Contract Cl_oseout Submittal_s:

1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals2. Special Warranty and Service Conditions3. Spare Parts Lists4. Calibration Tool-s5 Si rrnorl Cnmmi qci nni nn Fnvvr11rrvu vvl!u!!+vvr - -,:mS(per Section 5 as defined herein)

Required and As-Buil_tDocumentation:

Maintenance Material_s'l - Snare Par.|. g

2. Special Tools3. Programming Tools

'l ritnrnfr.

'l Tr:ininn D'- rogram2. Course Outline3. Operating ManuaI4. Digital recordinqs

NYCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 184(roNwoRKs BD{S/DDC WrTH SCHOOL OpERjATTNc CONSOTE)

07 /2e/L0 LLW NO.: 053545

St BI4ITTAI LIST OF SUBIvTITTALS (continued)

DATE ST'BI4ITTED DATE APPROVED

SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT SUBMITTAL LISTS

Manufacturer's Data'l Qnharlrrla.

Automatic Val_vesField Furnished Automatic DampersTemperature and Humidity SensorsAir Quality SensorsCarbon Dioxide DetectorsPressure Transducers and Transmitters

2. Microprocessor Devi_ces:

External- Interface Files (XIF)Device Resource Files (DRF)Product Literaturef\l^-^^f n-i ^^(JI)J ecr uJ_agramsConfiguration Parameters

3. Schematic Diaqrams:

Local Operating Network andLollWonxs Architect.ure DiagramInterface Requirements with other Systems

4. Communication Equipment:

Ethernet LAN Hubs, Switches, and RoutersANSI/EIA 709.L RoutersCi-sco 3560 SwitchPortabl-e Operator TerminalIJn i nf orrrrnJ_ i h'l o Dnr^zar Qrrnn'lLrv4 _*r-I--yNetwork Services Plug-InsLonWorks Internet ServersLonWorks wall data encl-osures or 24 VAC Power Distributi-onPanels

5 Srrstem Arch i tontrrra T-)i an1r!vr-_ * _-*.Jram:

6. AutoCAD Generated Fl-oor plans:

1. DDC Components, Sensorsand Actuators Drawinqs:

Hardware demonstration andAcceptance Testing Procedure:

NTCSCA TEMPERATI'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 15970 185(LONWORKS BIIS/DDC ylrTH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

o7 /29/L0 LLTil NO. : 063545

_ LIST OF SUBITIITTALS (continued)DunnrrlA! DATE SttBtfITTED DATE APPRO\ZED

Process & InstrumentationFl-ow Diagrams:

Schematic Diagrams ofar.L Su.osystems:

Interfaces (software and hardware) :

Narrati-ve Description of Operation:

Description of Manual_Override Capabilities :

Software FIow Diagramwith Identificati-on of poincs:

I/O point Schedule:

Interlock Schedule:

Spare Capacity Provi_sions :

Technical- Bul-letins :

Riser & Control Diagrams:

Logical Narrative:

Software Documentation :

1. Point identification code? - Srz.s1_ cm Arirzi qr^rrrz Moc eadaerrsvruvrJ |rsoDeYED? Qnon i €'i a DvJ . ulrsur r r\- r L,O$f d.IIIIIIIII$4. Description of System Operation

under Failure Conditions5. Description of Operating Systems

(RAM and ROM) .

6. I-LON 100 e-3 Software

Service Agreement Software Update:

}NTCSCA TEMPERATT'RE CONTROL SYSTEM 159?0 186(LONWORKS BMS/DDC WITH SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE)

07 /29/L0 LLDI NO. : 063545

sEcTroN 15973FACILITY MA}IAGEMENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION

PART 1 - GENERAI

A Facility Management Systems Integrator (FMSI) has beenretained directly by the Authority under a separatecontract. Information is presented herein for coordinationpurposes between the FMSI, Temperature Control_ Contractor(TCC), the HVAC Contractor, P&D Contractor and El-ectricalCont.ractor "

A. The FMSI will be responsible for the following Scopeof Work ltems:

1. Work indicated in this section.

Section I59'l 0 relating to the FMSI's coordinationwith the TCC's Scope of Work.

r^r.i th f ho crz5lglqu_)' '

the network andNew York City

Division ofrlaaahnnl nnrr /NYC\

4. The FMSI will- ensure compliance of the TCC'sscope of work with Section 15985 of the

. Arrf hnri r- rTt g Standafds entj_tled \\Sorrrronr-a Ofuv\4uvrrvv \

Operation".

The FMSI will be responsible for the Central_ized HostStation, programming, Wonderware Graphical UserInterface (GUfl software, and hardware, development ofal-l graphical screens, trending, logs and alarmsmanagement, supervision of LonWorks network managementby TCC and connection of the LonWorks Nodes to the WideArea Network. The FMSI wil_l submit programmed softwarefor the Central-ized Host Station, Graphical Userfnterface (GUI) software (Wonderware) and all the otherprogrammi-ng tool-s and software specif ied in thisSection. Software will be submitted on com'oact discs(co; .

1. The Centralized Host Control Station (CHCS) isintended to seaml-essf v connect individualBuilding Automation Systems or entire systems

FACILITY I{ANAGEMENT SYSTn{S INTEGRATTON 15973 1

The FMSI's work will complyarchitectural requirements andtechnical requirements of theDepartment of EducationInstructional- and InformationDOE-DIIT).

R

NYCSCA

07 /29lLO

C.

LLII NO. : 053545

throughout the New York City Department ofEducation jurisdiction. LonWorks DDC buildingsystems for new and desi_gnated l_eased schoolsshal-l easily co-exist on the same Wide AreaNetwork tWeNl and will be controtted andmonit.ored f rom the new interoperabl-e CentralizedHost Controf Station.

Remote read/write Tnternet web Access wil-l- be viathe DSF provided Virtual Privat.e Network (VPN) tothe Main and Backup Servers located at the Bureauof Supplies Building, 44-46 Vernon Blvd, LfC, Ny.This secured connection, via TCP/TP (TransmissionControl Protocol (TCP) over Internet protocol_),will- enabfe any authorized remote PC to accessthe system graphics of any school connect.ed tothe Centralized Host Control- Station. Firewal_l_and Internet port connections wil-l- comply withal-l requirements of the New York City Departmentof Educatlon (DOE), the Division of Instructional-and fnformation Technology (DIIT) and Division76127 requirements. This read/write capabilitywill- provide f or remote monitor j_ng and controlprogrammang. Standard Browser access throuqhTSAC (Terminal Services Advanced Cl-ient) willprovide complete access to all points defj-ned in1- ha ena-'i f i n-t i on al- An\/ j- ime. A11 femOte aCCeSSqrr )f L

must go through VPN authenticat j-on to the Mai_nand Backup Servers and then connect to eachschool-.

The TCC shall be responsible for all work required perSection 1-597 0 of the Authority Specif J_cat j_ons,including, but not limited to:

Pnr1-:l-rl o T.rnl-nn l'-nmnrr1-ar tO be USed fOr SrzStcmvvrrryuuv! uv v9 qosu !v! oJoLgItL

programming, diagnostics, and commissioning. TheTCC shal-1 utilize distributed supervi-sionsoftware (i. Lon 100 e-3 or lat.er) to graphicallyrepresent scheduling points on the LonWorkscontrol q\/qram Wonderware graphicalrepresentation of the points (provided by theFMSI) shall be in accordance with the pointslists as defined in Section 15985 and theassociated control details on the Drawinq. Thesegraphics shal-1 be created using the Wonderwaresof tware and copied t.o the LNS server for

NYCSCA FACILITY IIAIIAGSIENT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION L5973 - 2

07 /29/LO

retrieval- and archiving

LLII NO. : 063545

The TCC shall-

2.

demonstrate and verify his/her implementation ofthe LonWorks control system by using the portableOperator's Terminal (POT) or LNS Server under theoversight of the FMSI.

The FMSI shal-1 receive from the TCC a licensedcopy of t.he i-LON100 e-3 software that isrequired to program the scheduling graphics.This software in turn wil-l be provided to the NewYork City Department of Education (NYCDOE).LNS Server, LNS Server UPS power supply, i-LON60O-Router (s) , i-LON 100 Lon Scheduler and Cisco3560 swi-tch: The above equipment is to beprovided by the TCC and shall be located in theschool-'s Main Tel-ecommunications Room. Inaddition to the i-LON 600 located in the MainTel-ecom Room LonWorks cabinetf TCC shal-1 provi_dei-LON 600 routers in each Intermediate Tel-ecomCl-oset's LonWorks wall enclosure per the LonWorkssystem architecture as shown in the LonWorksControl Network Block Diagram, LonWorks Wal-l-Data Enclosure Detail, and LonWorks Data Cabinetcontrol- details on the Drawings. TCC may l_ocateall- i-LON 600 routers in the LonWorks maincabinet in the Main Tel-ecom Room for small_schools . In this event , dl-l risers shal_1 be 7Ikbps shiel-ded twlsted pair.

Atl router locations shaIl be l-ocated and shownon the as-built drawings provided by the TCC.The FMSI will review for approval the location ofal-l field routers located outside of the LonWorkswall data enclosures. The TCC shall have theresponsibility of interfacing the CAT 5e risersvia i--LON 600 routers to the LON 1B kbps l-ocalbus (TPlFT10) with Lon Point routers as requiredper the total node requirement for the LonMarkcontrol_lers.

The Category 5e rj-sers are to be provided, tested, andtermj-nated by the Division 16 Contractor per therequi-rements of Section 16127. The wall dataencl-osures for the LonWorks control_s are to befurnished by the TCC and instal1ed by the Division 16contractor. The Cisco 3560 switch is to be providedby the TCC. Termination of the LonWorks Ethernet Cat

D.

MrcscA FACILTTY I{AI{AGBIENT SYSTEMS TNTEGRATION 159?3 - 3

07 /29/L0 LLII NO. : 063545

5e cabling at each LonWorks cabinet patch panel is tobe provided by the Divisj_on 16 Contractor.

The FMSI will provide the following in accordance withDIIT requi-rements:

The FMSI will provide the connection to the New yorkCity Department of Education Division ofInstructional and Information Technology Wide AreaNetwork (WAN) at each new and designated l_easedschool, by connecti-ng to the Computer SystemIntegrator provided main Ci-sco Managed switch which isl-ocated in the Main Data Rack (MDR) in the MainTelecommunication Room (MTR)

General: The BMS shall consist of a flat openarchitecture comprising of LonWorks nodes,rnstrumentation, control devices, control panels,controller proqraftm1ng, controll-er programmingSOf tw: rc a^!*^ 'i -.! ^ = l : --- nnnf rnl I ar j nnrrf /nrrJ-nrrJ-uv!Lvvq!Et '>eLlJ\J-LTIL>, d--Ld.I1il.5, uuIILrv!Js! rrrl/uL/ uuLlJuLand power wi-ring, controller network wiring to FMSIControl System, database generation, and associatedcontrol devlces.

G. The TCC shall provide network and control_ l_ow voltagepower wiring in accordance with Specification SectionL5910 entitled "Temperature Control- System (LonWorksBMS/DDC with School_ Operating Console),'.

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORI(

Thls section coordinates the responsibilities of theTCC (Section 15970 Scope of Work) , pertaining t.ocontrol- products or systems furnished by each tradethat wlll be integrated by the Authorit.y's FMSI(Section L597 3 Scope of Work) .

The FMSI will:

Provide the Central Host Control Station (CHCS)Hardware and Graphical User Interface Software(GUI) and associated system development andcommissioning for 91oba1 data access, alarmingand events, historical data access and storage,database back-up storaqe and maj-ntenance for theCHCS servi-ng the LonWorks DDC control system.

E

F

A

B

NYCSCA FACITITY IIAI{AGEMEIiIT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION 15973 . 4

07 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

Provide all- software required for the CHCS,Includinq but not limited to:

CHCS command and operating software: (LNSDDE Server or equivalent driver.

LonMaker for Windows.

Protocol- Analyzer Software for configuringthe network, database qenerati-on andcommr-ssioning, file management, security,system diagnostics, reports and logs, etc.

GUI software that displays,h: q I rand'i na a:n:1-.-i 'l 'i f i ^-rfqo u!strurttv uo.IJcrJJJJ_JLJcD.

control-s, and

Provide Main and Backup Servers hardware toprovide remote access at the DSF offices for theentire DOE control network and associated svstemdevelopment and commissioning.

Provide the School Operator Console (SOC)hardware and associ-ated Wonderware software (GUI)and operating system software to provide control_access at each local school-.

The FMSI will provide commissioning oversight per therequirements of Section 6.03 to inspect the controlinstall-ation and to incorporate the node databaseprogramming into each School_ Operati-ng Consol_e and theCentralized Host Control WorkStat.ion for alarming,trending, monitorj_ng, and programming control.

A11 l-abor, material, equipment and software asreferred to herein or on the plans are to be providedby the FMSI, t.hat are reguired to meet the functionalrntent of this specification. The Graphical UserInterface software (GUI), provided by the FMSI, willprovide the ability to perform system programming andgraphic display engineering at. each School OperatingConsole and at the Centralized Host Control_WorkStation as part of a complete software package.

The LonWorks network platform and network managementshall be implemented with the l_atest versions of thefollowing development and integration tool-s (providedby the TCC) on a project-by- project basis:

FACILITY IIANAGEI4ENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 . 5

h

d

C.

D.

NycscA

07 /29/LO

1.

?

tLI[ NO. : 063545

LNS Network Operating System.

LonTal-k Protocol.

Anal rzzor Snff rnrara /F-.r-hol nn nr T.arzl- an\uvr Lyvu!s \!vrrg!vt1 v! !vJ LEUrf .

LonMaker Integration Tool.

LNS Plug-ins.

LNS DDE Server.

The TCC shall provide to the FMSI a lj_censed copy ofthe following proprietary software that is required toannf i ^1i16 l_ ha =nnl .i nr+ i ^1 anAr\i f .i n :nA annl .i a:f -iurrrrrrgu!c Lrte d.ppt-rCjdLr(Jr- *lIu dppt_l_catlongeneric controllers and to proqram custom appl_icationLonWorks controllers. This software in turn will- beprovided to the New York City Department of Education(NYCDOE) . Provide the latest licensed copy of TAC'sMenta software, Johnson Control_s NXS-Tool-01 and CpLTool software, Circon's BASIC software, Siemens TalonBIock Edit.or (formerly Staefa) , Honeywell's CAREsoftware, DisTech's LonWatcher software, and InvensysI/A Series MicroNet Work Place Technician software orthe equivalent cusLom application LonWorks controll_ersoftware. Each control manufacturer shall be approvedby the Authority's FMSI and the Architect/Engineer ofRecord. . The TCC shall_, under the supervision of theFMSI, employ the proprietary software tool used toconfigure the application specific and applicationgenerrc controllers and to program the customapplication LonWorks controllers in t.he LonWorkscontrol system. A copy of these software tools wil_lbe used and maintained by the FMSI, ds required, toproperly ma j-ntain the integrity of each school_database on a project-by-project basis. All- softwarelicenses shall name the DOE as l_icensee, and allow theDOE to assiqn use of the tools to the FMSI. The FMSIwill- verif y that a l-icensed copy of al_l software istransmitted to the DOE.

Control- Sequence of Operations

System control sequence programming shal_1 be completedby the TCC, (See Section L591 0 and 15985) usingLonMaker programming tool_sets, furnished by the TCC,

MrcscA FACILITY MAI{AGEI,IENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 6

o7 /29lLO tLI[ NO. : 053545

to have the ability to run stand-alone with theLonWorks@ nodes. The FMSI will verify that the TCChas provided a Sequence of Operations consistent wit.hthat defined in SCA Standard Specification section15985.

The FMSI will verify that the TCC has developedcontrol- sequences that. require calendar andscheduling functrons (such as time schedulestart/stop and night setback), in compli_ance withqr-A qna-'i f i nat-i nn 1 qq?n and 15985 .LJJ I V I

rFL ^ rFr\r\f llg ruvshall use the Lon Scheduler to provide thisfunctionality.

FMSI wil-l verif y that the TCC has provided asequence of operation consistent with Section15985 (ecli ted aS required for the particularproject) . The FMSf will afso verify that the TCCsubmits Compliance Certifications.

The TCC shallprovide al-l functional_ testing andcommissioning of the controlsystem in compliancer^rifh ornh n-niocl- /c cna^.ifiod radrriramenlg. TheIrrvJvvu r ryver!rsv !sYur!EILL\control system shall be demonstrated to the SCAand the FMSI by the TCC to be in full complianceto the Authority's standards and specifications.Once the controlsystem is recommended foracceptance by the FMSI and accepted by the SCA,the FMSI wil-l- accept the as-built LonWorksdatabase from the TCC, then instal-l and i-ntegratethe LonWorks database into the local SOCdatabase, and finally perform a final_ "end-to-end" verification of al-I Supervisory Control andData Acquisiti-on (SCADA) points, and verificationof all SCADA functionality (overrides, schedules,al-arms, etc . ) in con-junction with the TCC.

Reports: FMSI will- review and approve completedcommissioning services reports, submitted by theTCC, organized by system submitted as onepackage. FMSI wilf incorporate the node databaseinto programming the School- Operating Consol_e(SOC) Wonderware GUI and the Centralized HostControl WorkStatj-on Wonderware GUI for alarming,trending, monitoring, and programming control_.

A

NYCSCA FACTLITY },IAI{AGBIENT SYSTE!,IS INTEGRATION 15973 - 7

o7 /2elLO

L.O2 REI,ATED SECTIONS

LLVil NO.: 063545

1n.

R,

Division 15 Sect.ions.

Division 76 Sections.

1.03 REI,ATED WORK SPECTFIED ELSEI{ITERE

Section 15970 - Temperature Control System (LonWorksBMS/DDC with School- Operating Console) (by TCC)

Section 1-591 0 provides the specifications forLonWorks /LonMark cont.rol- devices and svstemsincl-udinq but. not limited to:

f-nn1- rn'l n=na l q rlarzi nac anrl r"r-i ri nnvvrlu!vJ IJarlu!J, \rEVIutr:DT CtlIu w_LJ_I.t1g

Control- device networks.

Mechanical- control devices.

2. Tnfornnofable LOnWOTkS nodoq :nd nr- . rrlLe.t-tlycI.dl.)J-e LOnWOf KL *,.* '--Ogf

anfmAng.Section 16121 - "Data Cabling System" (by Division 16Electrical Contractor)

The LonWorks l-ocal operating network will_ consist ofseparate vertical- Category 5e risers (backbone)originating from a Cisco Model 3560 switch located inthe Maln Telecommunications Room to each LonWorks walldata encl-osure in each Intermediate Tel-ecommunicationsCl-oset. The Category 5e risers are to be provided,tested and terminated by the Division 1,6 Contractor.The LonWorks wal-I data encl-osures f or the LonWorkscontrol-s are to be supplied by the TCC and installedby the Division 16 contractor.

The Division 16 Electrical Contractor shal_l provide afu11 size LonWorks data cabinet per the requj_rementsof Section 1612'l for t.he mounting of the i-LON 100Internet Server, i-Lon 600 Router, Ci_sco Model_ 3560switch, LNS Web Server (PC) with Unint.erruptible powersupply, in the school's Main Tel_ecommunications Room(MTR) . See Division I6 contract requirements fordetails and specifications. Furnishing and mountingof the designated LonWorks control equipment in the

A

1.

1-\

B

MrcscA FACILITY I{ANAGEMENT SYSTE.IIS INTEGRATION 15973 - 8

o7 /29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

MTR data cabinet is the responsibility of the TCC perthe requj-rements of Section 15970.

The Division 16 Contractor shal_l_ also have theresponsibifity of putling all_ fiber optic and LANcabling for the DIIT Local Area Network. The TCCshal-r have the responsibirity of interf acing t.he cAT5e ri-sers to the LoN 1B kps locat bus (TplFT1O ) withLon Point routers as required per the total noderequrrement for the LonWorks control_lers.

c. The FMSils Scope of work rerated to the interface wlththe TCC is defined in Sectlon 15970.

1. 04 SYSTEM DESCRTPTION

The BMS/DDC controlsystem is comprised of the pointslist and the Lonworks network as shown on the Genera]Contractor's (and TCC,s) contract drawings. The FMSIwill connect to the Authority's Wide Area Network, viaa Cisco managed switch provided by the Computer SystemIntegrator, per the requirements of the New york CityDepartment of Education (NYCDOE) Division ofInst.ructional and Information Technol_ogv.

The LonWorks control- distribution shall be totallyindependent of the DIIT Local Area Network until thesystem l-s connected to the NYCDOE Wide Area Networkper NYCDOE DIfT requiremenLs.

1.05 SI'BMITTALS

A. The TCC shall provide eight copies of shop drawings ofthe controlsystem as described 1n Section L59'l O ,conslsting of a complete l_ist of equipment andmaterials, including manufacturer catalog data sheetsand instal-lation instructi_ons. Shop drawings shallcontain complete wiring and schematic diagrams, softwaredescriptions, calculations, and any other detailsrequired to demonstrate that the system has beencoordj-nated and wil-l- properly function as a system withthe FMSI provided front-end School_ Operating Console.The TCC shall provide the complete document.atj-on of thesystem database and shall_ provide a licensed copy ofeach software tool that the TCC is required to use to

A

NycscA FACILITY !,IAI{AGEDIEI{T SYSTEIIS INTEGRATION 15973 9

07 /29/LO tLTil NO. : 063545

create the system database and to complete his work perSection L591 0 of the Authoritv's specifications.

The TCC submittal shall- al-so incl_ude a trunk networkcable schematic diagram, depicting contro1 panellocations and a description of the communicat.ion type,media and protocol.

Upon completion of the work, the TCC shal-l provide tothe FMSI a complete set of .as-buil_t' drawings andapplication software on maqnetic floppy disk media orcompact disc as described in Section 1591 0 of thespecifications. The FMSI wilt in turn del_iver same tof ho Arrf hnri J-rz fnr crrhconrranl tUfnOVef tO fhe DenartmentuuvJ9yqurrL Lu!lrvvgr Lv utr9 uLyq! uttlg

of Education.

Any errors in as-buil_t conditions discovered by the FMSIshall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer of Record,who will return them to the TCC for correction. The TCCis responsible for accurate as-built documentation ofnr_s worK.

The FMSI willbe responsible for "as-bui.l_ts" pertainingto the Central- Host Contro] Station (CHCS) and theBureau of Supplies Building Main and Back-Up Serverarchitecture and network di_aqrams.

The Authority's FMSI will review all TCC submittals.The TCC shall t.ransmit all- submittal-s directly to theArchitect/Engineer of Record, who wil-1 do an initialreview to assess compliance to the contract drawingsand specifications. Should the Architect/ Engineer ofRecord determine that the submittal_ meets t.hespecification and contract requl_rement,s, theArchitect/Engineer of Record witl forward thesubmittal- to the FMSI for review. If the FMSIverifies that the submittal_s are compliant with theAuthority's speclfications and contract requirements,he/she wil-l forward it back to the Architect/Engineerof Record, who, in turn, will transmit the submittal_to the TCC.

The Architect/Engineer of Record must review anysubmittal- deemed non-compl-aint bv the FMSI.

NYCSCA FACILITY IANAGEI,IENT SYSTEMS TNTEGRATION 15973 - 10

07 /29lLO Ltlil NO. : 063545

Tf the Architect/Engineer of Record does not. concurwith the FMSf review, then the Architect/Engineer ofRecord will direct the issue to the Authorit.y'sPrniont- Affinel. The Authorifrr's proieCt OffiCer will. rrrv nuLtrv!!uJ o !!v-JE

provide a resolution and direction on how to proceed.

If the FMSI determines that the TCC submi_t.tal_s arenon-compl-aint wit.h the Authority's specifications, theFMSI will provide their justification for this opinionin a written report to the Authority and to theArchitect/Engineer of Record.

Fina1 approval or disqualification of the TCCsthemsel-ves willbe determined by the Authorit.y, s pre-Qualification unir.

1.06 AS-BUTLTS

The FMSI will- prepare and provide "as-built" drawingsof the control system architecture and the networkdiagrams of CHCS and the Main and Back-up servers.

The FMSI will be responsible for revJ_ewing TCCprovided "as-built" drawings pertaining to eachLonWorks control- instal-lation performed by the TCC.The FMSI wil-l also maintain copies of al_1 as-builtdrawings on CD ROM for archiving purposes.

Errors i-n as-built conditions discovered by the FMSIwill be submitted to the Architect/Engineer of Record,who will return them to the TCC for correction.Responsibility for accurate as-built documentation forwork performed bv the TCC remains with the TCC.

1.07 ST'BSTITUTIONS

The FMSI will review f or acceptance al-l- productsubstitutions submitted by the TCC. The TCC shallsubmit all information pertinent to the adequacy andadaptability of the proposed product substitution tothe FMSI (through the A/E of Record) and secure theirapproval before any product apparatus substitution isordered.

A

R

r-

A

NYCSCA FACILITY }{AI{AGEMENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 - 11

07 /2e/LO LLTI NO. : 063545

1. 08 TRAINING/OPERATION MAIIUAIS

The FMSI will- verify that alI training work, courseoutline and operati-on manuals provided by the TCC arej-n accordance with the requirements of the SCA, sspecif ications. The TCC shallbe responsible for al_ltraining on afl- equipment. provided by the TCC. TheFMSI willbe responsibJ_e f or all_ training on allequipment provided under this specificat.ion section.

Training: The FMSI w111 review and veri-fycompliance wit.h SCA Specification Section 15970of TCC proposed training progfram/ course outlineand operating manuaf prior to TCC training.

Following completion of the TCC training for theCustodian and DOE Maintenance Representative, theTCC under the oversight of the FMSf, shal1demonst.rate their entire system operation to thesatisfaction of the Department of Educationstaff, and the SCA's designated representatives(Project Officer and Faci_lities InspectionDivision personnel) .

The FMSI will then demonstrate the GUI front-endsystem functionality to the satisfaction of theSCA's Project Officer and Facil_ities fnspectionDivision personnel- and to the DOE staff.

R Tr:inina PrnnrrmJ. Y r qrtt

The FMSI will- submi_t all_ the digital recordinqsproduced during the trainlng. All videos will_ bel-abeled and turned over to the Custodian and DOEMai-ntenance Representative within forty-eight hours(4I ) hours of t.rainins . Obtain receipt that thevi-deos have been received and furnished to the SCA.The FMSf wil-1 also be responsible for all operator,supervisor and progiranmer training for the GUI SchoolOperating Console Wonderware system.Operator Training (at School Operating Consol_e withWonderware Software)

Provide instruction to operating personnel (Custodianand DOE Maintenance Representative) in accordance withthe contract documents. The following general

A

?

(

lnrcscA FACILITY II{AI{AGEMENT SYSTMI.S TNTEGRATION 15973 L2

07 /2elLO LLTI NO. : 063545

requirements are in addition to those in otherSections:

1. fnstruct Owner's operating personnel- in properstarting sequences, operation, shut down, andmaj-ntenance procedures, including normal; andemergency procedures.

2. Instruction shall be by personnel skill-ed i-n^nar.l-'inn n€ anrrinmall . InStfUCtiOn fOf maiOfvyuf yrlrgtr L . lrro L! uv urvrl rrrsj .

equipment shal-l- be by equipment manufacturer'sranrAeantatiVeS.

3. Reference instructions contained in t.he Operatingand Maintenance Manuals. InstrucLions cannot besubstituted for manuals.

4. Provide equipment and mat.erials required forcl-assroom tra j-ning.

All t-raininn narfnrmad Shal_l_ fefefenCe Site-specific instal-lation examples when everpossible. Training shal-1 util-ize specif iedmanual-s, as-built documentat.ion, and the on-linehelp util-ities.

Operator training shall include:

r Qo^ri^n^a nf Onorel- inn feVieW.vt/U!

1-\ Qian nn/-i^- atFv. ulYrl vrl/Jrvtr \-/Lr.

c. Commanding of poi-nts, keyboard and mousemode.

d. Modifying English text.

e. Use of all dialogue boxes and menus andarrnh'i n screens.

f. Modifying warning limits, alarm limits andstart-st.op times.

g. System initialization.

h. Use of School- Operator's Console.

NYCSCA FACILITY !4A}IAGEI{ENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATTON 15973 13

o7 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

i. Basic Windows NT/2000 Windows 2000/XPTraining.

I . Selection of displays and reports.

k. Demonstrate each manual- override command atthe School Operating Console.

(Note: The TCC shal-l- demonstrate the monitoringof the network variables and the ability to resetthe setpoints by using only the Portabl_eOperators Terminal (POT) . This is required todemonstrate that the system provided by the TCCcan work independently of the GUI SchoolOperating conso1e as provided by the FMSI).

FMSI will submit course outline and operatingmanual for approval (by the Authority'sArchitect/Engineer of Record) prior to schedulingtraininq.

D. Supervisor Training by the FMSI will include:

One (1) six-hour session uslng the on-site SchoolOnor:l- i nn f-nn qnl a ^n-rv1;EroLrrry -,,-Jmpassl-ng aS a mlnl_mUm:

1. Password assignment/modification.

2. Operator assiqnment/modificat.ion.

3. Operator authority assignment/modification.

4 . Point disable/enabl_e.

5. Terminal and data segregation/modification.

6. Use of School- Operator Console (SOC) .

1. Use of spreadsheet package with system data.

E. Programmer Training by the FMSI will incl_ude:

Software review of Sequence of Operation andf l-owchartsUse of diagnosticsSystem maintenance proceduresRevi-ew of initial-ization

MTCSCA FACILITY !{AI{AGEIIENT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION 159?3 L4

07 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

Upload/download and off-line archlving of pC systemsoftware

F. Traininq Submi_ttal_s

The FMSI wifl- be responsible for reviewing andapproving the following TCC submittals:

1. Training Program.

2. Course Outline.

3. Operating Manual.

4. Training video (digital recordings).

C 'Frr i n i n^ Vaf idatiOn

The FMSI will:

l. Demonstrate the ability of the system tocommunicate remotel_y.

2. Provide any and al_I software or system specifichardware (modems, keys, I/O cards) for the remotemonj-toring of the controf system.

1.10 AGENCY AI\ID CODE APPROVALS

A. All products of the controf systems shall be providedwith the following agency approvals. Verificationthat the approvals exist f or al-l_ submitted productsshall- be provided with the submittal package. Systemsor products not currently offering the followingapprovals are not acceptable.

1. UL-915; Energy Management Systems.

2. ULC; UL Canadian Standards Association.

3 . FCC, Part 15, Subpart J , Cl-ass A ComputingDevices.

4 . Lon Tal-k Protocof , ANSI /ntL 1 09 .1 Control_Networkinq Standard.

NTCSCA FACILITY !,IA}IAGED4ENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 - 15

o7 /29/L0 LLlil No. : 063545

The FMSI will verif y that al_l- of the TCC submittalsare compliant with the above. The FMSI wil_ldemonstrate to the Architect/Englneer of Record thattheir own products (hardware, software, etc. ) are al_socompliant with the above.

1.1.1 SOFTTIARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

The Department of Education (DOE) will sign a copy ofthe manufacturer's standard software and firmwareIinancina .^-eement. Such Iicense shalI crranl- rsc ofuuutr !ausrrQE orrqrt Y!qttL UDE

al-l- programs and application software to the (DOE) asdefined by the manufacturer's Iicense agreement, butshall protect manufacturer's rights to di_sclosure oftrade secrets contained within such software. At-1project developed software and documenLation shall_

R

A

become the property of the DOE.are not l-imited to:

These include, but

(CHCS) GUI software.

\

1.

x

Central Host Control Statlon

Individual- Schools'software.

Operator Console (SOC) cUI

LonWorks network platform and network managementsoftware (provided by the TCC). The FMSI wilfverifv that a l-icensed ccrl)\/ nf software isvvv ltransmitted to the DOE.

Prni on.| f]r:nh'i n Tm:aac! rvJEvu s!qIJrlJU rrrrqgED.

Record drawings.

Project network database.

Prnior-J- nrrql-rrrn^ 1 .i arf .i a-*-,Jm appracataonand code.

programming software

All- documentati-on requiredspecification Section 15970.

by the SCA l-n

The TCC programming software to meet open andinteroperable requirements of specification75910, LonMakerr or approved equal_.

NYCSCA FACITITY I{ANAGED'ENT SYSTED{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 16

o7 /2e/L0

The TCC sof tware tool_sLonWorks custom application

LLTI NO. : 063545

.i -^l FarequJ_req Lo proqram

control-Iers.10

L.L2 DELI\TERY. STORAGE AI{D TIA}IDLTNG

1.13 .toB

Provide factory-shipping cartons for each piece ofequrpment and control_ device. Maintain cartonsthrough shipping, storage, and handling as required toprevent equipment damage. Store equipment andmaterials inside and protected from weather.

COIIDITIONS

A.

Cooperation with other Contractors: Coordinate theWork of this section with that of other sections andthe TCC, to ensure that the Work will be carried outin an orderl-v f ashion. It wil-l be the FMSI' sresponsibility to check the Contract Documents forpossible confl-icts between his Work and that of theTCC contract or other crafts in equipment locatj_on,pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical_ outlets andfixtures, air di_ffusers, and structural andarchitectural features.

PART 2 - nARplrARE (GENERAL)

2.OL SYSTEMS ITARDIVARE

A. The FMSI wil-l- provide the CHCS hardware (pC, monitor,keyboard) for web access. Hardware will be located inthe Bureau of Supplies (BOS) Building, 44-46 VernonBlvd, Long Island City, NY. Mai-ntenance for theCentralized Host. Station and PC will incl-ude, but not belimited to, LNS database support, Firewall, SecurityAccess updates, Virus Protectj_on updates, and GraphicUser Interface (GUI) software updates. Licensing of al_lrequired software development tools, front-end softwareetc., shall be owned by the Department of Education.

PART 3 - HARpWARE (SpECrFrC REQUTREUENTS)

3.01 MONITOR AIID KEYBOARD FOR CENTRALIZED HOST CONTROL STATION(cHcs)

To provide for central operating staff Graphic Userfnterface (GUI), the FMSI will provide a color video

n

A.

N:rcscA FACILITY MA}IAGEMET{m SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 159?3 L7

07 /2e/LO

r-

3.02

R

LLW NO.: 063545

display interface card that supports pCI-64 bit Col-orVideo Monitors.

The video monit.or is to have a minimum resol-ution of1600 x L200 @ 16 Hz, dual scan capabilit j_es , 24-biL(16.7M Col-ors) at .21 mm dot pitch, and 2I inch(viewable picture size-LCD) (minimum) NEC, SONY orapproved equal.

The monitor, interface board, and keyboard are to beequipped with the fol_lowing minimum features:

t_. Video ROM to support monitor configuration andgraphic software. Software is to be initializedrrnrrn Pf- ql- : r1- .- -uP.

2.

?

Display Memory: Minimum 2M bytes EDO.

SCU bus interface, 64 bit memory addressing.

AT compatible, QWERTY keyboard.

Energy Star Compliant (2 power savi_ng modes) .

Enhanced kevboard with mouse.

5

A.

PC FOR GUI SOFTIVARE FOR CENTRAI HOST CONTROL STATION

The central-ized Host control stat.ion (CHCS) will beprovi-ded with a PC for the GUr software meetinq thefnl I nuri nn mi -'!v!rvvvrrry rLLrrr-l-IIlIlII1 feqUJ-fements :

Intel PentiumGHz/ 800 MHz.

, ^^TT4 t Pt t. Prn^acenr.l vvvuv! t clock speed 3.00

2 GB dual-channel ECC DDR400 system memory.

Two(2) I20 cB 10000 rpm Ultra ATA/100 Hard Drives.

UPS to support 15 minutes of power loss.

Floppy drive: 3.5 inch high density (I.44 Mb).

FJ-oppy and hard drive control_ler cards.

40X CD ROM Drive.

B

r-

D

E

F

(:

NvcscA FACTLITY MA}IAGEMEIiIT SYSTED{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 18

o7 /2elLO

M

I\T

H 48 MAX CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive.

Two (2) - RS-232 serial ports.

Three available PCI slots (latest revision) .

Network Interf ace Dri_ver.

10/100 PCI Ethernet Network fnterface Adapter.

LonWorks Network Interface ApIU to functi_ontermi-nal.

Dual power supplies and cooling systems.

ttW NO.: 063545

NSI

r.

J.

K

L.

3.03 IIAIN AND BACK-UP SER\IERS AT THE BT'REJAU OF SUPPLIESBUILDING/ 44-46 VERNON BL\/D, LONG ISLAIID CITY, Ny

A. The LNS Main central server and Backup server wilr bel-ocated at the Di-vision of school- Facilities, Bureauof Supplies Building, 44-46 Vernon BIvd, LIC, Ny.Maintenance for the servers will_ incl_ude, but not belimited to LNS database support, Firewall, SecurityAccess updates, Virus protection updates, and VirtualPrivate Network to the central-ized Host controlStation. This secured connection, via TCp/Ip(Transmission Control_ Protocol (TCp) over fnternetProtocol- (IP) ), is to enabl_e any authorized remote pCt.o access the system graphics of any school_ connectedLo the Centralized Host Control Station.

The Maln server (MS1 and Back-up server (BS) will beprovi-ded with each meeting the following minimumrequirements:

Intel Pentium 4 CPU:GHz/ 800 MHz.

Processor; clock speed 3.00

2 GB dual-channel ECC DDR400 system memory.

Two (2) 1,20 cB 10000 rpm Ultra ATA/100 HardDrives.

UPS to support 15 minutes of power loss.

Floppy drive: 3.5 inch high density (L.44 Mb) .

B.

az

3

4.

5

NYCSCA FACILITY I{ANAGEMENT SYSTEI4S INTEGRATION 15973 19

ot /29lLo LtW NO.: 063545

6. Floppy and hard drive control_ler cards.

7. 40X CD ROM Drive.

8. 48 MAX CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive.

9. Two (2) RS-232 seriat ports.

10. (3) available PCI slots (l-atest revision) .

11. Network Interface Driver.

72. 10/100 PCI Ethernet Network Interface Adapter.

13. LonWorks Network Interface ApfU to function asNSI terminal.

:-.4. Dual power supplies and cooling systems.

3.04 T'NINTERRUPTIBLE POI{ER SUPPTY

A. The LNS Main and Backup servers and the centralj-zedHost controlstation (CHCS) pc for the GUr softwarel-ocated at the Bureau of Supplies (BOS) Building, 44-46 Vernon Blvd, Long Island City, Ny, will be provj_dedwith a reliable backup uninterruptible power supply(UPS) meeting the following specifications:

1. Surge Protected Outlets.

2. Lightning and Surge protection.

3. Site wiring faul_t indicator.

4 . Resettabl-e circuit breaker.

5 . Audible alarms : l_ow battery.

6. User replaceable Lrot swap batteries.

1. Output power capacity 1100 VA.

B. Output power supply 640W Input.

9. Nominal output voltage 12OVlOutput

INTCSCA FACILITY IIAI\IAGEMENT sYsTEMs INTEGRATIoN 159?3 - 20

o7 /29lLO tLI[ NO. : 063545

l-0. Output connections 5 surged protected outlets, 4

with battery back-up.

Runtime:

Typical backup time at full- load: 8 minutes

Batteries:

Type: Maintenance-free seal_ed Lead-Acid batterywith suspended electrolyte: leakproof

Recharge time: 11 hours

Manufacturer: Bel-kin Enterprise Series 1100 VA (PartNumber: F6C1100-UNV) or approved equaI.

3.05 SCHOOL OPERATTNG CONSOLE (SOC)

A. The FMSI wifl- provide a School Operator Consol_e (SOC) ,at each school-, consisting of one dedicated computer,monitor and keyboard to functj-on as the Local networkoperator workstation. The SOC wil_I al_l_ow the^atoa^f

i nn anni naa- +* -*-.y srrvrrtss! ;o aCCeSS the LOnWOTkS ContrOlNetwork and vj-ew or change all or portions of thesystem database. The SOC is to incorporate thefollowinq items as a minimum requi-rement:

1. CPU: Single Pentium 4 Dual Core Processor with azXI MB Memory Cache with a cl_ock speed of i " l)

GHz/800 MHz or hiqher.

2. RAM: Minimum 4 Gig ECC DDR2 Style 4x1GB Single*Ranked.

3. 800 MHz bus speed.

4. (2) I20 GB 9000 rpm Ultra Wide SCSI HardDrives.

5. Hardware RAID Card Arranqed as Level 1.

6. Floppy drive: 3.5 inch hiqh density (L.44 Mb) .

1 . Floppy and hard drive controller cards.

B. CD ROM Drive: CR-DVD-RW mini-mum 40X read speed.

NYCSCA FACILTTY !{AI{AGETI{ENT SYSTE!,IS INTEGRATION 15973 - 2L

07 /ze/L0 LLTI NO.: 053545

9. One RS-232 serj_al port.

10. L9 inch display.

11. (3) available PCI slots (latest revision).

12. Enhanced keyboard with mouse.

13. Network Interface Driver.

I4. I0/t00 PCI Ethernet Network Interface Adapter.

15. Dial-out 56K modem.

Acceptable Manufacturers: Del_l_ or Hp

B. The Schoof operator console (soc) is to be capable ofsupporting al-l- LonWorks network transceiver types(FTT, PL, RF, Ethernet/TCp/Ip, etc.) and provide forthe ability to serve multiple control channel-s throughLonWorks Networks Interface for the appropri_atenetwork tvpe.

C. The School- Operator Console (SOC) will_ incl_ude:

1. A factory-install_ed Operating System to includeMicrosoft Vdindows XP professional, Iatestrel-ease.

2 . Internet Expl-orer.

3. Network Manaqement Application operating in acl-ient/server f ashi-on to the NSS (NetworkServices Server) .

3.06 ENGINEER AIJARM AIID I{ESSAGE REPORTING SYSTEM

A. Genera.l_

1. Provide system software to manage alarm andmessage reporting from the School OperatorConsole (SOC) and from the Centralized HostControl- Station (CHCS) in accordance to thefollowing requirements .

z. GUI Al_arm Reporti_nq

NYCSCA FACILITY IIAIIAGE!,IENT SYSTnIIS INSEGRATION 159?3 . 22

oz /29/t0 LLlil NO. : 053545

The alarming feature of the control system shai_lprovide for the notification of out-of-toleranceconditions for control points beinq moni_tored 1nthe LNS database. Maxi-mum and minimum valuesshall be assigned to prevent outside resetting ofa controf point bel-ow or above a pre-establ_ishedoperating band.

Local- alarms shal-l be generated and acknowl_edgedby each schoo-l-' s operator at the School- OperatorConsole (SOC) . In the event a l-ocal criticalalarm is not acknowledged in a predetermined andadj ustable time-period, the l_ocal_ control_ systemshall- automatically send an al_arm message via thebroadband WAN connection to the Central_ HostControl Station. At the Central Host ControlStation, alarm-reporti_ng software SCADA1arm,nrnrzi r{ar{ }a-' .|- ha I-MqT ohalI be USed tO nOtifVLrrE ! r'rJJ, altqlM UDEU

Department of Education personnel_ of an alarmcrront hrz o-m:iI l-a]anhnno nr r{iran# n-^^r Tn

- vf rrlqlI, LSTEIJIIVII9t v! UMUL PO9|=r. f tJ

addition, alarm reporting software SCADAlarm,nrnrzirlarl h-' EMSI, will be used to directlv nof i fvvJ _ uDsu Lv uflguLrJ rrvurlJ

Depart.ment. of Educati_on personnel of an alarmerrenl- krrz f al onhnna n r rli ronl- nad6r rli ranJ-'l rz f rnm

- "J L lrqYe! urlsv urJ llvttl

the LNS Server Wonderware SCADAI-arm softwarethrough the il,on 100. (Divisi-on L6 ConLractorshall run l-ine from the ilon 100 to the IntrusionAlarm Qrrq.l-am :rr1-nri'i al ar\v_)' v evrlr uu uvurqrur / .

GUI Securitv Provisions at Al-l- Workstations

Security access level-s will be provided by theFacility Management System's Integrator in theGUI software, to restrict outside users tovarr_ous read/write control access, alarmacknowledging, remote viewing, etc. Qanrrri trr

wil-l- al-so be provided by signing dialogs thatprovide secured electronic records of who, whac,and why changes in the control_ system occurred.The control- operator or remote user controlactions will be monitored by the GUI software andstored for future record retrieval_.

4. Control Point Trendinq

NYCSCA FACTLITY !{AIiIAGEIIENT SYSTE!{S INTEGRJATION 15973 - 23

07 /2e/L0 LtI[ NO. : 063545

Historical- trending data will be st.ored in theSlhOol OnaraJ- nr f-nnqnl a /qnr-\ r.{- ^-^h ^nlrnnl =nr{uurrvvr vyEr q Lv! vvrrJvru \ U\-/\-,, Ct L CCf UII DUIIUU-L, d.IIL,l

will be avail-able for graphical viewing at theSchool Operating Console by the control_ operator.

This trend data will also be schedul-ed to beupl-oaded to the Central Host Cont.rol Stati-onduring off-peak traffic times to minimize trafficon the DIIT WAN.

FiIe transfer to the Centralized Host ControlSt.ation willbe performed in accordance with theNYCDOE DIIT file transfer protocol- requirements.

Control Point Programminq and Reset Control

A11 local programming and reset control wil-l- begenerated locally at each schoof's operatorconsole (SOC). The FMSI and assigned New YorkCity Department of Education personnel- will- havet.he ability to provide remote control andWonderware programming modification capabilityfrom the Central Host Control Station.Read/writ.e capability to the Schoof's OperatorConsole (SOC) should exist. The manner in whichf h:1- n:nal-ri 1 .i f v i s .i mnl cmcnted will be determinedrrrLF r vrLrv.

by DIIT/SCA policy.

Control Schedulino

The scheduling of HVAC equipment for on and offtime periods wil-l be generated via the i-Lon 100Lon Scheduler using the 1LON 100 e-3 software.The FMSI and assigned New York City Department ofEducation personnel will have the ability toprovide remote scheduling controf, for eachschool- connected on the network, remotely fromthe Central- Host Control Station. Read/writecapability to the School-'s Operator Consol-e (SOC)should exist. The manner in which thatcapability is implement.ed wil-1 be determined byDIIT/SCA policy.

File Transfer

File transfer encapsulation and encryptionrequirements for the uploading of the LNS

NYCSCA FACILITY IIAI{AGEI6ENT SYSTEMS TNTEGRATION 15973 . 24

0z /ze/Lo LLIV NO. : 063545

to the Bureau of Supplies Buildingaccordance wit.h NYCDOE DI IT

database fileswill- be inrequj-rements.

File transfer of the LNS database will- beprovided for back-up purposes each time thecontrol- database is changed or at a minimum oncenar rrtr:11- ar f g ensgfe the i nteori tv of the baCk-r-. 9ITJ U! U LIIT JII LEY ! f, UJ VI

up copy of the LonWorks database at the Bureau ofSupplies Building. File transfer will beschedul-ed to be uploaded to the Bureau ofSupplies Building during off-peak traffic timesto minimize traffic on the NYCDOE DIfT WAN.

B. Centralized Database

The Centralized Database and its backup serverwil-l also be periodically backed up at a mj-nimumof weekly intervals.

PART 4 SOFTWARE

4.01 GRAPHIC USER TNTERFACE - SCHOOL OPERATOR CONSOTE SOHHVARE

The Graphic user rnterface (GUr) software (wonderware) wil-l-provide display, control and trending capabilities. Thesoftware wil-l enable an operator to interact with variousdevices including LonWorks nodes, recorders, input/output(f/O) systems, intelligent transmitters, and other fielddevices.

A. The GUI will_ provide:

Calendar functions.

Tronrl'i nn

Al-arm moni-toring and routing

T'i me srzn r-h rnn i zation .

Integration of LonWorks controller data.

Graphicaf Viewing at SOC.

2.

4.

MrcscA FACILITY IIANAGEMENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATTON 15973 - 25

07 /29/LO

Generate text

Qa"l anl- nni n1- ovva9u L l/vrlt uo

al-arm state.

B

LLTil NO. : 063545

System Configuration: At. a minimum, the GUI willpermit the operator to perform the following tasks,with proper password access:

1. f i1a rannnf-q fn a nr-infars _v!

to be al-armabl-e and def ine the

^^-.i ^x ^F +.i -Per'ro(} or L-rrileof values

Ca-l a^f ^^..i -+ ^Je-Lect pol-nts t'o be trended over aand initiate +l-^Lltg rannrrl i na

automatically.

Event Alarm Notification and Actions:

1. The GUI software wifl- provide afarm recoqnition,q.l- nraaa. rnrrf i nn manraamanf rnrl rna'l -ro_i o .F nuev!q:,v, ---;lng, manaqenrerrL, d.lru dtral-ysl_s tosuppfement distributed capabilities of equipmentor AGC, ASC, and CAC.

The GUI software will be able to route any alarmcondition to any defined user l-ocation whetherconnected to a l-ocal network or remote vi-a dial-uP, telephone connection, or wj-de-area network.Alarm generation will be selectable forannunciation rype and acknowledgementrequirements including, but not Iimited to:

To alarm.

Return to normal

To fault.

Provide timed (schedul-e ) routingclass, object, groupr or node.

of al-arms by

Provide afarm generation from "runtime" and /orevent counts for equipment maintenance. The userwil-l be abl-e to reset runtime or event countvafues with appropriate password control.

1-.

A

6

7.

Control- equipment+e^-!^l ^-l -LredLeq ds drarms

Alarms wil-l- befollowing manners

and network f ail-uresand annunciated.

annunciated in anyas defined bv the user:

will be

of the

N:rcscA FACILITY MASIAGEMENT SYSTS{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 26

07 /29/L0 LLTI NO. : 063545

a. Screen messaqe t.ext.

b. Email- of the complete afarm message tomultiple recipients. Provide the ability toroute and emai] a]arms based on:

1) Day of week.

2) Time of day.

3) Recipient.

c. Pagers via paging services that initiat.e apage on receipt of email_ message.

d. Auto answer (at GUI) and auto dial (fromnode).

e. Graphic with flashing alarm object(s).

f. Printed message, routed directly to adedicated alarm printer.

8. The following wil-l be recorded by the GUIsoftware for each alarm (at a minimum):

a. Time and date.

b. Location (building, f l-oor , zone, of f icenumber, etc. )

c. Equipment (air handler #, accessway, etc.)

d. Acknowledge time, date, and user who issuedacknowledqement .

e. Number of occurrences.

9. Alarm actions may be initiated by user definedprogrammable objects created for that purpose.

10. Defined users will be given proper access toacknowledge any alarm, or specific types orcl-asses of alarms def ined bv the user.

MTCSCA FACILITY IIAIIAGEMENT SYSTEI,IS INTEGRATION 15973 - 27

07 /29/L0

Repeat/nuisancedisabled.

Tho qrz<fam

alarm windowthe operatorrtrtaral-nr l-n

acknowledgewindow willdesktop andminimized orr^r'i I I nnl-i frz

acknowfedged

LLW NO.: 063545

11. A fog of al-l al-arms wil-l be mai-ntained by the GUIand willbe availabl-e for review by the user.

Provide a "query" feature to all-ow reviewspecific alarms by user-defined parameters.

Attach a graphic screen, text notes, and/or plantstatus report, to each afarm, as defined by user.

ofI2

13

14.

15.

L1 .

18.

al-arms must have feature to be

will be provided with a dedicatedor console. This window wil-l notifyof an alarm condition, and allow the

view details of t.he alarm andthe alarm. An alarm notificationsupercede all other windows on the

wil-l- not be capable of beingc'l oscrl lrrz tha nrraraf nr nhis WindOWthe operator of new al-arms and un-al-arms.

1-6. The Windows based, 32 Bit, object oriented,graphical user interface wil-l al-l-ow thegeneration of custom dynamic graphics forgraphical representation of system design andsystem parameters. Thc crranh i r-s editOr wil_fall-ow zones of the building, mechanical systems,floor plans, etc., to be custom generated for thenrni anl-I.-vJ The operating software will- beWonderware In-Touch or latest version.

Display: Information on the color graphic displaywill be dynamic and automatical-l-y updat.ed.

Graphic Size: The graphic definition mode ofoperation will al-Iow the creation of oversizedgraphics that are up to 30 video screens wide and30 video screens high. The operator wil-l- be abl-eto pan and scroll around t.he oversized graphic toview areas of interest. It willbe possible tomove from one graphic to a new graphic in lessthan one second.

Trending: The software will allow anal-ogr, digitalvalues and calcul-ations to be graphically plot.ted

NvcscA

1q

TACILITY IIANAGEI{ENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATTON 15973 - 28

o7 /29lLO

20

LLII NO. : 063545

in real--time or histori-cal f ormat. Refer toDatabase Management for specific requirements onhistorical format requirements.

l-)or-'l rrfl-ori nr-r. Tho elmo nrenhin uriII appear r_nsimplified form to a non-sophisticat.ed operatorthrough the use of display suppression cal-1ed"DecluLtering". The 'I ^*.^'t!9VE! of displaysophistication wifl be automat.ic upon entry ofthe user's password. All arrnhin qrrmhnlcaa,ri nmanf 'l i nes - ctr-. Will be assionahl e i- nffrruJ, ELU. wf rf vg qooIYlrqvlg uv

classification sroups. Sixteen user definablecl-as si f ication (.f r.tltnq rnri I I be availabl-e.Displays wilf be capable of being decluttered byindividual- or multiple classification groups byoperator. Decluttering will aIl-ow graphics to bedisplayed to meet the needs of differentoperators with different levels of expertise.

Recipe Buifder: Create, modify, andautomat.ically download setpoints, control unitand fntelligent Device set-up parameters andother variables f or all nodes wit.hin the HVACControl System.

Alarms: Alarm directives will be provi-ded aroundthe border of the graphic display so as not to-i mnar-f f ho di qnl :rli nfnap6liOn.ur ryrqJ rrr!v The borderdisplay wilf change cofor upon afarm condition.The user will be able to define the al-arm limitsand location of alarm notification (i.e. printer,display screen, alarm, files, etc.).

Windows: A windowing environment wil-l- be providedto all-ow the system operator to monitor up tothree (3) district graphic slides r or separatesoftware packages, simultaneously. The wi-ndowingenvironment will- al-low the operator to open orcl-ose wj-ndows by use of pop-up menu sel-ection andmanipulate data or graphics j-n each of the openwindows. The wi-ndowing environment wiIl al-lowdynamic display of the data in each of the openwindows with no degradation to overal-l- graphicnarfnrmrnna

Database Manaqement: Trended data will be capableof automatically being ret.rieved (via DDE or DDL)

27

22

23

N:rcsca,

24

FACILITY IIANAGEMENT SYSTEIT{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 29

o7 /2e/LO LLTI NO. : 063545

from Level- 1 or Level 2 Control Units and storedon the LNS server locally for each school and abackup copy provided at the Centralized HostControl Station (CHCS) and the Main and Back*upServers. The data fil-e will be stored in themost current version of Excel for Windows. Thecnroadoheet WiI]_ be nnn f i arr rar{ f .\ d i qnl arz thesr!vssvrrvvu vv uvrl!!:Ju!9v uv groyrqJ Ll

time, i-ncrement of the trended data, theengineering units, total over the fisted time,average, mini-mum and max j-mum val_ues over thelisted time. Provide a supervi-sory program topermit the operator to archive trended data whenthe hard drive capacity begins to reach theinstall-ed l-imits.

25. LonTalk DLL Driver: Provide a DLL Software driveror approved equal to dynamically map LonTal-kSNVTs into the GUf Window based applications.

4.O2 COMMAND A}TD OPERATING SOFTIVARE

A The Centralized Host Control Stationequipped with the following softwareFMSI.

Wonderware Industrial ApplicationI/O points v2.0 or newer.

Wonderware Factory Suite A2Toolsets/Client Access License.

(CHCS ) will benrnrr.i dcd lrrz i--he

Sarrzar. 1nO-000f vv, \

and associated

Wonderware In Touch Development v9.0 or newer (InTouch Window Maker, In Touch Window Viewer).

MS SQL Server 2000.

Industrial SQL Server 8.0 or newer

Wonderware Suite Voyaqer WEB Portal or In TouchTerminal- services opt.ion.

Wonderware Active Factorv Cl_ient.

Wonderware Active Factory WEB Reporting (if usingSuitevoyager) .

2.

8.

NYCSCA FACILITY MANAGEI{ENT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION 15973 30

o7 /29/LO

10

11

LLII NO. : 063545

Enterprise-Wide Telephony Messaging System: SCADAAlarm 5.0 with remote paging ability and remoterzni r-e ntrnna nr I 'l i na :l-ri 'l ies+++rrY -tY.have e-mail support.

Svstem wil-1 also

Microsoft Office

Microsoft WindowsNewer.

Professional 2003 or Newer.

2003 Server Operati-ng System or

The CHCS wif l- store replications of aIl- graphicscreens that resi-de in each school included inthe DOE LonWorks network.

Communications between the CHCS and the SchoolOperating Consoles wil-f be accomplished using theDOE's Wide Area Network. PC remote access to theDIIT Main and Backup Servers or the CHCS will beaccomplished over the Internet usinq a VPN.

The Facility Management System Integrator wil-l- provideGUI software at each SOC based on the Wonderwareplatform to provide display, control-, and trendingcapabilitles throughout the LonWorks DDC network. TheGUI wil-l provide: system configuration functions,event alarm notification and actions, graphicscreation, scheduling, trending, etc. The GUI softwarewiIl provide graphicaf object-oriented programmlngsof t.ware I i hr: rrz of control- /di splayapplications.

The Facility Management System Integrator will- verifythat the control and informati-on data being receivedfrom each individual LonWorks DDC install-ed system isaccurately read and that the control commands areexecuLed by the BMS are in full- accordance with theSCA's design standards and specificatj-ons.

Graphic User Interface (GUI) WEB Server Functionality:The GUI Web Server Interface will be accomplished byusing SuiteVoyager WEB port.al or fnTouch TSE (TerminalServices Edit.ion) and TSAC (Terminal Services AdvancedCl-ient). ff SuiteVoyager Web portal is used, ActiveFactory WEB reporting (or equivalent i. e. CrystalReports Web) wil-l- be added.

Centralized Host Control Station (CHCS) Functionality:

FACILITY IIAI{AGE!,IENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 159?3 31

R

r-

D.

F

NYCSCA

o7 /29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

1. Alarm notification will be performed locally ateach SOC. Sel-ected alarms willbe broadcast vi-ae-mai-l- /paqer to the CHCS and to personnelselected bv the DOE when not acknowl-edqed at theqna

Scheduling for all SOCs will be performedlocally. However, schedules will be observed andr:anabl e of hei ncr mnd'i f i od f rom the CHCS.

Trondi ncr r^ri I I ha :r-nnmnl i qhad hrz nori nr{i n: I I rrvu qvuvrrllJrrorrsu pI lrv! rvurvqrry

uploading to the CHCS l-ocal SOC stored trendedinformation from each school.

Trend viewing from the CHCS will be accompl-ishedusi-ng a web browser.

Programming changes for controllers located ineach school- will be accomplished from the centralCHCS over the DOE's Wide Area Network through theEchelon i-Lon100 Internet servers (or equivalenttrrnnel i ncr qrrlrsf i trrf e) I or"ated in each school- .eruuue/ rvvqL

As a mj-nimum, Lhe menu driven command andoperating software willpermit the operator tonarfnrm 1. l.ra fnl I nr"r.i nn f.aSkS With a minimUmL

knowledge of the LonWorks Control system providedand basic computing ski11s.

?

A

Configure the network.

Create and revise t.ime schedules

Create control sequences.

Tranrli nrr nf rl:f r nn'i nl- csuuq I/vlrlLo.

Graphical- interface to systems

f. Alarming and acknowledging

1-,

.l

NYCSCA FACILITY I'IAI{AGEMENT SYSTED4S TNTEGRATION 15973 32

o7 lzelto LtT[ NO. : 063545

Provide additional third party l_icensed copysoftware (Microsoft Operating System) topermit the operator to manaqe hard drivefil-es such as access, delete, copy, modify,nl-aELU. The package willbe ob j ect or j_entedand permit the user to manaqe directoriesupon boot-up. The fil-e management softwarewill /-)r^1n1 2A directories

!IIEDt

and sub-f il-e f olderdirectories using

obj ects .

On-Line Help: Provide a context sensitive, on-linehelp system to assist the operator in operation andediting of the system. On-line help will_ be availabl_efor al-1 applications and will provide the relevantdata f or that parti-cul_ar screen. Additional helpinformation wil-1 be avail-abl_e through the use ofhypertext.

Security: Each operator will be requi_red to fog on tothat system with a user name and password in order toview, edit, add, or delete dat.a. System securit.y willbe sel-ectable f or each operator. Tha qrz<l-am

supervisor will have the abilit.v to set passwords andsecurity l-evels for all_ other operarors. Eachoperator password wil_l_ be able to restrict theoperator's access for viewing and/or changing eachsystem application, full screen edj_tor, and objects.Each operator will automatically be logged off of thesystem if no keyboard or mouse activity is detected.This aulo 1og-off time will be set per operatorpassword. A11 system security data will_ be stored inan encrypted format. In addition, a central Departmentof Education control person wil_1 be able to deleteCustodian access.

H. System Diagnostics: The system wj-11 automaticallymonitor the operation of all- HVAC control-workstationsr printers, modems, network connections,Network Area Control_s (NAC) , and nodes. The failureof these devices wilt be annunciated to the operator.

NYCSCA FACILITY I{A}TAGEI{ENT SYSTEI,TS INTEGRATION 15973 - 33

o7 /29/L0

I.

LL[il NO. : 063545

Reports and Logs: Provide a reporting package thatal-1ows the operator to sel-ect, modify, or createreports. Each report will be definable as to datacontent, format, interval, and date. Report data wil_Ibe archived on the hard disk for historical reporting.Provide the ability for the operator to obtain real_t.ime logs of designated lists of objects. Reports andlogs wil-l- be stored on the PC hard disk in a formatthat is readil-v accessible bv other standard softwareapplications i nn-l rrrli nnf rrvr uvrrrY spreadsheets and wordprocessing. Reports and logs wil-l be readily printedl-n l- ho qrzqf om nri nf ar Data will be able totransferabl-e to other software packages so as tocreate custom reports.

J. Web Browser Access: The DDC system shall provide totalintegration of the facility infrastructure systemswith user read/write access to al-l- system data, overthe secured DIIT Intranet. Remote access via astandard Web Browser over the Internet shalI be inaccordance to the DfIT requirements. All- remoteaccess must go through Virtual Private Network (VPN)authenti-cation to the Bureau of Supplies building, andthen connect to the school.

NYCSCA FACILITY ltru{AcEldENT SYSTEI.{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 34

o7 /29/L0 LLII NO. : 053545

03 LTBRARY oF APPLTCATToNS (wonderware software provided bythe FMSI)

A. A library of control, application, and graphic objectswil-l be provided by the FMSI to enable the creation ofapplications and user interface screens. Provide thecapability to cut & past.e ob j ects and librar j_es intoapplications for a node/system. Applications are tobe created by selecting the desired control object.sfrom the library, dragging or pasti-ng them on thescreen, and linking them together, using a built-ingraphical- connection tool-. Completed applicat j_ons maybe stored in the library for future use. GraphicalUser Interface screens will be created in the samefashion. Data for the user displays is obtained bygraphically Iinking the user display objects to theannl i n=+ i6n Oh-i eCf .S {- ^ nrnrri da ..f ea]_-time/ datavvJ 9u Lo Lv I/! v v f,ug

updates. Any real--time data value or object propertymay be connected to display its current val-ue on ar'rqar rli qnl rrz Srzsf ems rccn r i ri ncr scn^ ra f g Sof twaretools or processes to create appfications and user'i ntorfaco rli en'1 r.' '.''i'l

'l na*- ha :nnanf rl.rl arrrLe! !qus urDyf c:.y wI-LI IIUL vE quuspLqurE.

1. Provide integral trend-logging presentation inthe programming screen.Print capability, with page break reference tagsto all-ow down to B h."x 1,1,' size paper.

Rofaran.a frn--Ys on programmrngf .

Off-fine simulations (step function, continuousrun function, simulation of external inputs).

5 Dynamic presentation of logic(a11 intermediate val-ues) .

Text to logic screens.

Memory monltori-ng.

in on-.1-ine state

.1

9.

10

Power r:vr:l e restart funCtiOn

Run-t j-me capability.

Calcufat.or oblect.s, (* | | +, X) , including if-fhon-al qa lnn 'ln avh :nA l- rin frrnn{- ir ,-9, rIIr eXpr aL* L!r.:J !urrv,-ons.

N:rcsce, FACILITY I,IAI{AGEI,IENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 . 35

o7 /29lLO LLIV NO. : 063545

11. Recogni-ze standard Network Variable Input (NVI)and Network Variable Output (NVO).

4.O4 PROGRAMING OBJECTS (E'tvlSl,/Dlonderware)

A. Provide the capability to copy objects from thesupplied libraries, or from a user-defined library tothe user's application. Objects will be finked by agraphical linking scheme by dragging a link from oneobject to another. Object l-inks will support one-to*one/ many-to-one, or one-to-many relationships.Linked objects will maintain t.heir connections toother objects, regardless of where they are positionedon the page and will show link identification forl-inks to ob j ect.s onidentif icati-on.

nl-Lrnr h-^n 6 f nr oa e\zL' LIfEI Po'\jED !v! sqo]

C.

Configuration of each object will be done through thenl'r-iaaf t e nrn666f 17 qhoof rrq.i nrr f i I I -in t.he b]_ankJrrugL uofrrY rtlr

fields, list boxes, and selection buttons. Use ofnrrqf nm nrn^ i ^{-

.i -^ 1 an.y--yrarnmahg, scrrprrng ranguage, oy amanufacturer-specific procedural lanquage forconfi-guration will not be accepted.

The software will provide the ability to vi-ew thelogic in a monj-tor mode. When on-line, the monitormode willprovide the ability to view the logic inreal- time for easy diagnosis of the logic execution.When of f-l-i-ne (debug) , the monitor mode will al-low theuser to set values to inputs and monitor the logic fordiagnosing execution before it is applied to thesystem (step function and run mode, integral trendI nnai n^\rvyYLtLYl .

The svsf em wi I 'l qrrnn^rf nl.r-i ecf flrrnl i r.etiOn Within theu vvJevL uuyrreqi

DOE database. An application, once configured, can becopied and pasted for easy re-use and duplicati-on.AlI l-inks, other than to the hardware, will bemaintained during duplication.

4. 05 OBJECT LIBRARIES (E'tvtSl/Wonderware)

A standard library of object function blocks will- beincluded for development and setup of applicationlogic, user interface dispJ-ays, system services, andcommunicati-on networks.

R

D.

A.

NTCSCA FACILITY MAI{AGEI4EIIT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 36

o7 /29lto tLI[ NO. : 063545

B. The function bl-ocks in this library will be capable ofbeing copied and pasted i-nto the user's database andwill- be organized accordins to their function. Inaddition, the user wil-l- have the capabitity to groupobjects created in their application and store the newi-nstances of these obiects in a user-defined fibrarv.

4.06 APPLICATION SPECIFIC NODE CONFIGIIRiATION (TCC Contractor)

A. The TCC shallprovide application specj-fic nodeconfiguration software tools, approved by the FMSIthat wil-l permit each individual school's LonWorkscontrol network to be confi-gured and commissioned withappropriate parameters. This software will reside onthe Portable Operator's Termi-nal- (POT) , provided bythe TCC and shal_l_ be util-ized by the TCC during thecommissioning process .

Functi-onalitv shal-l- i-nclude:

Recoqnize all(SCPTS ) .

Standard Confiquration Parameters

Prorzi rlo r.:n:hi I i l- rz fnr

Configuration Parameters

Translation capabilityr-r-rnf i crrrrel- i nn rrlrrmaf arq

all Standard

llaAr defined

qal-f i nn

(SCPTS ) .

for

4 Monitoring capability for NVO's from the nodes.

Ability to set the val-ues for NVI's to the nodes

4 . O7 NETIIORK MAI\TAGEMENT

A11 LonWorks network management software tools(licensed copies to the DOE) shall be provided by theTCC. These tools wil-l be approved by t.he FMSI, whowill- assign domain, subnet, and node addresses tonoo.es.

Network management shall include the followingservices: browse all network variables on nodes;Attach, Detach, Manage, Add, Remove, and Replacenodes; plus transmission error off-1ine, on-linereportinq.

A

B

riwcscA FACILITY !4A}IAGEI{ENT SYSTB{S INTEGRATION 15973 37

o7 /2elLO LtI[ NO. : 063545

The network management database shal_l be resident ineach school LNS Server and a back-up copy of eachdatabase maintained by the FMSI at the Bureau ofSupplies Building. The FMSI wil-l- provide securitypassword protection, in accordance to the Authorityrequirements, to ensure that anyone with proper username/password authorization has access to the networkmanagiement database at all times.

The software shall have Client/Server capabiJ_ity toall-ow multiple users ability to manipul_ate thedatabase simul-taneouslV.

The network configuration tool shall also be capableof performing the above stated functions for other 3rdparty LonWorks devices that may be added to thenetwork (or replaced by maintenance). This tool shallalso be used to download control- sequences to eachsystem controller' s non-volatil_e memorv.

The Network conf iquration tool- shall_ al_so provide^; ^**^^! ': ^^ !r'\ i rionf i f rz SVSt.em eOntrO]-lef S On theUIqYITUDLJUD Lv ruErrLa!y _J _ **-., :_--**network, to reset controllers, and to vj-ew heal_th andstatus counters within controllers.

C Alt network software tools shall be provided by theTCC. See requirements of 1.018 for TCC softwaretools.

4.08 DATA COLLECTION Alrp STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

A. The CHCS/SOC Wonderware Software will have the abilityto col-lect data for any property of any object andstore this data for future use.

B. The data coll-ection will be performed by objects,resi-dent in the node, and, if desired, the CHCS/SOCwil-1 have, dt a minimum, the following configurableproperties:

C

D.

E

tr

For interval loqs,for time of day,col-l-ection interva]

t. l.ro nl.ri aaf t.ri 'l I J.ra ann f i ^'tf edevrr!rYL

day of week and the sampJ-e

2. For deviation 1ogs, the object wil-l- be configuredfor the deviation of a vari-abl-e to a f ixed value.

NYCSCA FACILITY IIAI{AGE}IENT SYSTETIIS INTEGRATION 15973 - 38

07 /2e/L0

4.09 AUDTT LOG

Th'i s rza'l rro r^7han rarnhari! vsvrruut

of the object.

LtW NO.: 063545

initiate loggingwill

1.

For alI logs, provide the ability to set themaxj-mum number of data stores for the log and toset whether the log will_ stop collecting whenful-l r ar rollover the data on a first-in, first-out basis.

Each log will have the ability to have its datacl-eared on a time-based event or bv a user-def ined evenL or acti-on.

All f og data will be stored in a relat.ional-database in the CHCS/SOC Wonderware Software andthe data wil-] be accessed from a server via theDSF VPN WAN or a standard Web Browser inaccordance with DIfT requi_rements.

Systems that cannot provide l-og data in HTMLformats at a minimum will not be acceptable.

The SOC wil-l have the ability to archive its logdata either Iocally (to itsel-f), or remotely tothe CHCS server. Provide the ability toconfj-gure the following archiving properties, ata minimum:

Archive on time of dav

Archive on user-defined numberstores in the log (buffer size) .

of data

Archive when fog has reached its user-def ined capaci-ty of data stores.Provide abll-itv to cl-ear l-oqs once archived.

b.

d.

A. Provi-de and maintain an Audit Log that tracks all-activities performed on the CHCS GUI. Provi_de theability to specify a buffer size for the log and theability to archive log based on time or when the foghas reached 1ts user-def i-ned buf fer si-ze. Provide theability to archive the fog locally to the SOC GUI orremotely to the CHCS server. For each log entry,provi-de the folf owing data:

FACILITY I{AI{AGEMENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 - 39MrcscA

o7 /29/LO

Time and date

User ID.

Change or activity: i.e.,delete objects, commands,

LLW NO.: 063545

change setpoint, adda1-n

or

4.10 DATABASE BACKUP A}ID STORAGE

The CHCS and SOCs will have the ability toautomatically backup their database. The databasewil-l be backed up based on a user-defined timeinterval. Each SOC database and the CHCS databasewil-l be backed up to the Main and Backup serversl-ocated at the Bureau of Supplies Building inaccordance to the NYC DIIT requiremenLs. The centralservers wil-l have the ability to automaticallynnmnl af a frr'l 'l or narf i a'l h-^r-'.^^ ^ LaVe the abil-itvvvrtryf e Le ! UII v! Irq! urqr vOU^tlyD 7 €lI](J IIOVV LIIC CrJJf f r u_y

fn frrllrz nr narfiallrz resfore. Partial restOratiOn iSI9J L

defined as only items that have changed in thedatabase.

Copies of the current database and the most recent.Iysaved database wil-l be stored in the SOC LNS Serverand in the CHCS Main and Back-up servers. The age ofthe most recently saved database is dependent on theuser-defined database save interval.

4. 11 GRAPHTCAL REAT.TIME DISPI,AYS

The CHCS GUI and SOC Wonderware Software, will at aminimum, support the f ollowi-ng graphical- features andfunctions:

Graphic screens wil-1 be developed using anydrawing package capable of generating a GIF, BMP,DWG, DXF, or JPG file format. In addition to, orin lieu of a graphic backqround, the GUI willsupport the use of scanned pictures.Graphic screens wil-l- have the capability t.ocontain ob j ects f or t.ext, real-time values,animation, col-or spectrum objects, logs, graphs,HTML r or XML document l-inks, schedule objects,hyperlinks to other URL's, and l-inks to othergraphic screens.

A

A

NvcscA FACILITY }AiIAGEDIENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 - 40

07 /2elto

5.

tLI[ NO. : 063545

Modification of common application objects, suchas schedules, calendars, and set points, will beaccomplished in a graphical- manner.

Commands to start and stop binary objects will- berlnna h-' r'i ^Lt-cf ickino the selected ohi er"f :nclv I ! rYrr LrtE aEasv Lgg vvJ E9 L etru

selecting the appropriate command from the pop-upmenu. No entry of text wil-l be reguired.

Adjustments to analog object.s, such as setpoints, willbe done by right-clicking theselected ob;ect and using a graphical- slider orentry of text to adjust the value.

The CHCS and SOC Operator Work Stations will- beable to support muIt.ipIe graphj-c objects at thesame time. If tiled, then each graphical objectwill be fuJ-ly scalable.

Trend and X-Y Plots - Theallow the user to createwindows in process graphiccommands.

crranh i cs hrr i I der willtrend and x-y plot

drawings using simple

x Trend Displays (variabl-e versus time) - A trenddisplay wil-f show the val-ues of points plottedversus time similar to a strip chart recorder.Eight tags wilf be trended per trend. The GUIsoftware wil-1 provide real*time and historicaltrending (for data that had been logged).

q

10

Reaf -Ti-me Trends will containwithout consuming hard disk space.

real--time data

11.

Hj-st.orical Trends Logs An historical- trend logdisplay presents data stored on the computer'shard disk.

X-Y Pl-ots (variable versus variable) - An x-yplot will- dynamically represent the real--time orhistorical rel-ationship with one variable plott.edagainst another variabl-e.

Automatic Generation All trends and plots will-be self-generated and not require any programmingby the user.

NYCSCA

12.

FACILITY ![AI{AGEME![T SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 . 4L

07 /2e/LO

t1

1A

4.L2 GRAPHICS BUTLDER

The Wonderware sof tware wil-1hrr-i I rlar nrnrr-i A i nn f l.ra €^-l 'l /r\rJ_tlg LIIe rol-lowl_ng:

LLTil NO. : 053545

The GUf software witl- provide dialog boxes andmenu picks for configuring trends and pIots.

Anrz anrl nnqrrurvY

nl nf 1-arlor 1^.i ^^-,, l^+^.Dr-nary oara may be trended or

The software wil-l store pre-configuredpresentation of trends to facil-itate operatorcal-l--up of trend log displays. It wil-l- bennsqihlo l-n ca'l 'l rrr"r a .l-ranr-l Inrr i^ril-h l..rra-.e<qicrnorlu!vrfv rvY wf urr _yrs qDorYrtgv

data.

A n rnrz i rla

Display Documentation The graphics buinratlir{a ehn..' ^.i*,.1^|^ rarriar^r InrlIrrvvJuEt JIIUWT -_Llil.Ll_LClLtj, !EvrEW, qrru

animati-on functions to allow thei rlonl-'i f rz rli a^^^6^ ^l-.-n*a annIusrtLLLy, UrAVll\JDC, WIlO.rrVEt O.IlLt

animation points on each display.

musL be continuously scal-able.be editabl-e by the user.

graphics

lder willdocument

user t.odocument

A I i l'rra rv nf rrandnr-crrnrl'l 'i p6l Ol^l-i er-f S Wil]_ bew vrrvv! J uI/I/f rvv vvJ uv uo

incl-uded. These ob j ect.s, widgets, and symbolsThese items will

A I il.rrarrr

included.of animated graphj-c obj ect will t\^

Animation The Graphics Buil-der wil-1 animateprocess graphics with real-time data from fielddevices.

Mul-t j--State Color Animation wil-1 be provided tochange a graphic object's cofor from a pal-ette ofcol-ors.

Al-arm Col-or Color animation for normal-, al-arm,and al-arm acknowledqed states for both anal-oq andh'i narrz nni nl- f aac uri I I l-ra nrnrri riade uqYU vv ylvvrsev. The userwill- define the foreground and background colorsf or each stat.e.

Al-arm Blink Ob j ects and text data will bl-inkbased on al-arm state and acknowledged state.

NycscA FACIIITY I{AITAGEilIEIW SYSTEMS INTEGRJATION 15973 - 42

oz lzelLo

4.13 DDE SERVER

ur_sp j_ay LrnKrngc]r_ spray r l_nKl_ngassociated withnew user-defined

The sof tware wil-function. Clicking

the l-ink changes thedisplay.

'l nrnrri rla 2- _Y'f ha nh-i aa l-

display to a

able to communicateParty DDE compliant

Text and Numeric Animation

LLII NO. : 063545

- The software willdisplay the numeric val-ue of an analog po j_nt,text of a text point, and the descriptors of abinary point. The user wil-1 sel-ect signif icantdigits displayed and decimal- digits displayed foreach point displayed on a graphic on a point-by-na-i ^+ 1^-^.: ^F/VfIIL L'O.DID.

10. Pickable/Non-Pickable The software wiIl enabl_eactive points to be sel_ected with the mouse and.""."""J. It will be possible to make a pointn^n-n i nlral-rl a. t_ ha rlr?namiC inf Ormat j_On WiIl_ beuf

displayed, but the operator wil_1 not be able toaccess a detail display, change the value, etc.,based on securitv settinqs of the software.

A The Wonderware software will beand exchangie data with any Thirdapplication.

5.01 GENERAJ,

PART5-CONTROLSYSTEM

The controlsystem wil_l_ support web clients usingInternet Explorer* version 6.0 or later in accordanceto the Virtual- Private Network (VPN) requirements ofthe NYC DIIT.

The Web browser'software will run on any operatingsystem and system configuration that is supported bythe Web browser. Systems that require specificmar:h i nc ro.rl'r ifements in 1- erms nf nrnr-Aqq...rr qrroorl

_urrlvrrur rrl UEltrle V! IJ!vVEpOV! OygEU,

memory, etc., in order to allow the Web browser tofunction with t.he Web server, will not be acceptabl_e.

The Web browser wil-1 provide the same view of thesysLem, in terms of graphics, calendars, Iogs, etc.,

A

R,

C.

NYCSCA FACILITY MAI{AGEMENT SYSTEI4S INTEGRATION 15973 - 43

o7 /29lLO LLe[ NO. : 063545

and provide the same interface methodoloqv as isnrn-'.i,O^,O t-.' !1^^ r'l^-l^ o^r+r/!vvluss vJ .ne Wonderware Software.

D. The Web browser cl-ient will support at a minimum, thefollowinq functions:

User 1og-on identification and password will berequired. If an unauthorized user attemptsaccess , a bl-ank web page will be displayed.Security using authentication and encrypt.iontechniques to prevent unauthorized access will- beimplemented.

Storage of the graphical screens wilI be in theWeb Server without requiring any graphics to bestored on the client machine.

Real--time val-ues displayed on a Web page willupdate automatically without requiring a manual"refresh" of the Web page.

Users will have admlnistrator-defined accessprivileges. Depending on the access privilegesaccinnarl fhe USef Wil_1 lro :hlo 1-n -effgfm thet erru uJ9r vyJr! v9 qvrE Lv y\

following from the Central Host Control- Stationor anv remote PC:

Modify common application objects and setnr-r'inl- q in : arrnh'ia:'l mihn4Yrdpn]Cal manner.

Schedul-e ti-mes will be ad-iusted.

Holidays will be set.

Commands to start and stop binary objectswil-f be done by right-clicking or doubleclicking, the sel-ected ob j ect and selecti-ng1- l.ra .hnrn^ri ate COmmand f rnm i- ha nnn-rinstrt-! vy! rq LE vvrlullqllu ! ! vlll Lrrg _yv-y uy

menu.

Vi-ew logs and charts.

View and acknowl-edqe alarms.

Remote Internet Web Access will be providedvia a Virtual- Pri-vate Network to the DSF

b

d

titYcscA FACILITY IIAI{AGEIIENT SYSTEIIS INTEGRATION 159?3 - 44

07 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

Office, the Bureau of Supplies Building, 44-46 Vernon Blvd - Long Isl-and City, NY f ormonitoring and remote read/write access.This secured connection wlll be provided viaTCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol- (TCP)over Internet Protocol-.

Tha qrzql-am uriII nrnrzirla fha a=n=1-'i'ii]-.' r-n d^^^'i€.'rrrs DyDLslrr wffr p!uvJLrs Llrc L-aIJdlJ_L-LrLy LLi -}JcL-rrya user' s (as determined by the log-on useridentification) home page. Provide the abilitvto l-imit a specific user to just their definedhome page. From the home page, links to otherv.iews r ot pages in the system wil-l be possible,if all-owed by the system administrator.

The Web browser will provide the same view of t.hesystem, in terms of graphics, schedules,calendars, Iogs, etc., and provide the sameinterface methodology as is provided by theWonderware Software.

The Centralized Host Control- Station (CHCS) willsupport at a minimum, the following functions:

5

1.

User foq-on identification and password wil-1

(SSL), while domain

l'ra radrli rarl If an unauthorized userattempt.s access I a blank page wil-l bedisplayed.Sockets

Encryption will- uti-1ize Securelaysr

authentication will util-ize either NT LANManager (NTLM) or the Windows 2003 Kerberosauthentication method prevenrunauthorlzed access willbe implemented

a,-.-^]. -i ^^ 1\J!O.Prr_LL-Crr screens developed for theWonderware Software wil-l be the same screensused f or the Web browser cl-ient. Anyanimated graphical objects supported by t.heWonderware Software wil-1 be supported by theWeb browser interface.

5.O2 CENTRAL HOST CONTROL STATTON (CHCS)

A. The (CHCS) operator workstation willsupport all ofthe DOE's LonWorks network and LNS dat.abases whetherlocal- or remote.

t^,

NYCSCA, FACILITY !{A}IAGEI4ENT SYSTEII{S INTEGRATION 15973 45

o7 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

B. It willbe possible to provj-de access to all- LonWorksnodes via a single connection to t.he NYC DIIT WideArea Network.

The (CHCS) and Main/Back up servers located at theBureau of Supplies Building, 44-46 Vernon Blvd, LIC NYr^liII nrnrrirla .l-ho fnlln.^r'inn €rrnnf i^r- :#ylvvrvv rurlcL-Lorrsr dc a ml_nlmum:

1. Global Data Access: The servers will provi-decomplete access to distributed data defined2n\/r^rhara in l-l-ne system.C'l 'i enf mAnarrcman1- i nnl rrdi ncr itsername/ naSSWOfd.rrqrrlu / I"

Handle acknowledgement of afarms.

Handl-e reports, diagrams, and other documents.

Handle events (hist.orical_ logging) .

Presentation of web-based color graphics, readj-ngand wri-tinq of values.

PART 6 - START-UP A!{D COMISSIONING

6.01 GENERAL

The Graphical User Interface software (GUI) providedby the F_'MSI, wil-1 provide the ability to perf ormsystem programming and graphic display engineering aspart of a complete software package as defined herein.

The TCC shall- coordinate with the FMSI in developingcontroi- sequences that require cafendar and schedulingfunctions (such as time schedule start/stop and nightsetback) .

The TCC shal-1 coordinate with the FMSI in developingcontrol- sequences that require alarminq functions.The FMSI will accept NVO's and provide NVI' s usingSNVT formats to/from the LonWorks nodes as requestedfor alarming.

The TCC shall- coordinate with the FMSI i-n developingcontrol sequences that require setpoints, offsets,on/off commands, and override commands. The TCC shal-l-provide for Network Variable Inputs (NVIs) and Outpucs

r-

2.

?

A

5.

6.

nd

B

I

D

rinrcscA FACILITY IIANAGEMENT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 46

01/29lLO

controll-ers.eal- n^'i nl- c

on/off, and overrides.

6 . 02 LONWORKS NETWORK I{AI{AGEMENT

5.03 coM![rssroNr]rc

Lt?il NO. : 063545

(NVOs) , using SNVT formats , t-o/ f rom the FacilityManagement control system to the LonWorks nodes, to becoordinated in their sequence programming and setup of

The NVIs and NVOs shall be used forinstrumentation calibration nffcal- cv!!vv9u,

A

R

The network management software too] (s) (LonMaker forWindows) provided by the TCC shall provide a completeset of integrated LonWorks network management toolsfor working with LonWorks networks. These tools willmanaqe a database for all LonWorks devices by type andrevision, and will provide a software mechanism foridentifying each device on the net.work.

The TCC under the oversight of the Facility ManagementSrzql-om Tnfoara]_nr shafl- define network dataconnections between LonWorks devices, known as"binding".

The TCC shal-l- provide manpower support and work underthe oversight of the FMSI during the networkmanagement setup to ensure all the LonWorks nodesprovided shall- correctly have device identification,device instal-l-ation, device configuration, devicediagnostics, device maintenance and network variabl-ebinding, onto the network, with the network managementsoftware.

The TCC shall provide tables, drawings, and otherinformation, of all the LonWorks nodes, networkvariable bindings, and other LonWorks network requireddata, for the FMSI to correct.ly integrate the networkdatabase, bindings, and confiqurations prepared by thenr-.]

The TCC shal-l- accept NVIs and provide NVOs with SNVTsformats to/from the Lonworks nodes as required for aninteroperabl-e BMS system-

D.

A. FMSI wil-I provide manpowerr ds required, and directedby the Authority's Project Management personnel, toreview and perform punch list of the TCC's control

MrcscA FACILITY IIANAGEMENT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION 15973 - 47

o7 /29/LO

B

LLII NO. : 063545

system checkout, testing, and commi_ssioning. provideinspection review of the control system commissioningby the TCC to ensure conformance to the Authoritv, sdesign standards and specifications.

FMSr will review and recommend. approvar or rejectionof the Temperature Cont.rol Contractor, s (TCC) work (tothe Architect/Engineer of Record who shal-1 make the€j ^ -'r!ftlaf determination) . f IIE Temperature ControlContractor's (TCC) work consists of performing al-l_necessary calibration, testj-ng and de-bugging and toperform al-l required operational checks to ensure thatthe system is f unctioning and is in ful-l- accordancewith the Authority's Specifications and Standards.

FMST will coordinate the checkout of the system withthe TCC and the Authority's authori-zed representatives(Project Officer and CID personnel) . FMSI willwj-tness and verify the TCC tests to verify properperformance of DDC components, routines, and points.tFae{- i na h.' f he TCC shall- i nc l rrric a nrli nJ. -l-rrz-nni ni- Irs- LrllY py LrJ.e tUU SIIdI_t_ _ -Ogto validate 100% of the input and output points of theDDC system operation. TCC shal-l utilize the portabl-eOperators Terminal- (POT) laptop pi or LNS server tocommi-ssion the TCC instal_l_ed network.

FMSI will- witness and verify the TCC databasecommissioning f or al-1 associated Lonworks control-devices installed by the TCC.

FMSr wilf provide commissioning oversight services tocheck out the TCC's Lonworks DDC control inst.allationdatabase and to incorporate the Lonworks node databaseinto each school,'s BMS front-end Graphical UserInterface (GUI) and into the DOE's Central_ized HostControf Station for alarming, trending, monitoring,and programmi_ng.

D. FMSr willprovide Lonvforks network manaqementoversight and will- connect the Lonworks DDC Nodes tothe wAN. Lonworks network management and connectionof the LonWorks DDC Nodes to the WAN will becoordinated with the TCC and Drrr and installed perthe Authority's design standards and specifications.

FMSr will provi-de recommended modifications to theAuthority for resolution on a case-bv-case basis as

C

NrcscA FACILITY }{A}IAGEMETiIT SYSTEIIIS INTEGRATToN 15973 - 48

07 /29/LO LLII NO. : 053545

requlred. FMSr will- coordinate with contractors asrequested by crD and Project Management for testingperformance in order to ensure safe operati-ons of theHVAC svstems.

FMSI will witness the TCC start-up and systemcommissioning. Al-l- work will be reviewed and verifiedby the FMSI before final payment to the TCC isauthorized by the Authority,s pro-ject Officer.

The TCC shall- perform tests, under the oversight ofthe FMSr, to verify proper performance of components,routines, and points.

6.04 FTELD O\ZERSIGHT SERVICES

The FMSr will moni-tor the TCC work progiress and submitbi-weekly progress reports. The SCA,s project Officerwill- inform the FMST when the TCC' s work hasprogressed to such a point as to require fiel_dinspections by the FMSf.

The FMSr wil-1 provlde field oversight servicesr dsrequested by the SCA, s pM to monitor the TCC'sschedule and progress during the engi_neering,procuremenL, install-ation, testing and commiss j-oningstaqes of the project.

PART 7 - EXECUTION

7.01 INSTALLATION

Alr work described in this sectlon unr-ess otherwisespecified, will be performed bv the FMST.

B. FMSr wil-l- install system and materials in accordancewith manufacturer's instructions, and as detailed onthe project drawing set.

c. Drawi-ngs of the network are diagrammatic only and anyapparatus not shown, but required to make the systemoperative to the comprete satisfaction of theAuthority shal-1 be furnished and instarled withoutadditional_ cost.

A

B

A.

NYCSCA FACILITY I{AI{AGEMENT SYSTEI{S INTEGRATION 159?3 49

o7 /2elLO LLII NO. : 063545

7 .02 WIRING

A. A11 wiring shal-l- be in accordance with the pro j ectElectrical Specifications, and the New york CityElectrical- code. A11 wiring shal-l- be installed in theconduit types specified in the project ElectricalSpecif ications unl_ess otherwise al-lowed bv the NewYork City Electrical Code. Where plenum rated cab]ewiring is afl-owed it shall be run parallel to or atright angles to the structure, properly supported andinstafl-ed in a neat and workmanlike manner.

7.03 IIARRJAI{TY

A. workmanship and software incorporated into the work ata given school_ shal-l_ be warranted for a period of oneyear from the time of Substantial- Completion. Allhardware provided at a given school shal-l- be warrantedfor a period of two years from the time of substantialCompletion.

The FMSI control system repairs at each school- wil-l bebased on a one-year workmanship labor warranty period.A11 hardware furnished at each school bv the FMSr willbe warranted for a 2-year period. The FMSI wil-l-warranty the Wonderware software functionality at eachschool for a one-year period, which will include al-lsoftware and l-abor, related to warranty repairs.Pursuant to the SCA's specification requirements,system repai-rs beyond the first year warranty at eachschool- are under the jurisdiction of the DOE. Controlsystem warranty at each l_ocal_ school_ beyond thewarranty period in the TCC base contract will_ beaddressed by the DOE as a separate system warranty.-a\nt TA?t

The repair of al-I software and hardware instal_led byFMSI and associated labor will be as listed below:

1. to correctSoftware, trdrts and repair laborsystem def iciencies at tfre CHCS.

2. Software, parts and repair l-abor to correct MainServer and Back-Up Server system deficiencies atDSF, Bureau of Supplies Building | 44-46 VernonBl-vd., LIC, NY 11101.

N:rcscA FACILITY }IA}IAGEMENT SYSTE}IS INTEGRATION 15973 - 50

o7 /ze/Lo LLTI NO. : 063545

Iabor to correctschool's SOC and

Facil-ities

Qnfft^r:ra ^.1^tS anfl rCnaift t/q! ur qiru rsl/'

system deficiencies at eachi-nstal]ed Wonderware Software.

a

(workmanship) for the duration of theManaqement Systems Contract.

7 .04 CONTROL SYSTEIIS CHECKOUT AI{D TESTING

B tali fh i n fL'i - nori n| rln^n nn1. i na l.rrz l-ha Arrfhnri frz 3vvrLrrl_rt L|.1_s p----*, uyvrr fluLlio.ft_Ly, anydefects in the work (at a given school) provided underthis section due to methods of instal-l-ation orworkmanship wifl be promptly (within 48 hours afterrer:e-i nf crf nn1- i r.ol ron.ai ror{ ^r ran'l =narl hrz f ha trMCT af!EvsryL vr lrvuruu/ !Eyqrrs\l (Jl_ l-gy_LclL-gLr vJ LllE !t.!ur dL

no expense to the Authority.

The Authority will grant to the FMSI, reasonableaccess to a given school's operating consol_e, CHCS andthe DSF Facilities' Main and Back-up servers durinqf ho r^rarrlnl-\z nari nA The Authority wil-l- al-l-ow theFMSI to access the CHCS and servers from a remotelocation for the purpose of diagnostics andtroubleshooting, via the Internet, during the warrantyperiod in accordance with the requirements of DIIT.

The warranty period for the Central Host ControlStation and Main and Back-up servers at the Bureau ofSupplies Building at Vernon Boulevard, LIC is to coverboth yqr LJ (equipment, software ) ^.,.narlu labor

D.

A The FMSI wifl- oversee the TCC's necessary calibration,testing and de-bugging and al-l- required operationalchecks to ensure that the svstem is functioninq infull accordance with these specifications. Uponsuccessful demonstration by the TCC of al-l sequence ofoperations commissioninq, the FMSI will- load all-system Wonderware software and start-up the system.

The TCC shall- perform tests, under the oversight ofthe FMSI, to verify proper performance of components,rnrrf i h^- -6n ^^-i ^r ^!vuLJrrsDt orl(r PUJtILD. The TCC shall- repeat testsuntil- proper performance results are achieved. Thisf oql- incr qh:l 'l 'i nnl rrrlo 2 n^i nl--l.rrz-nn'i nf 'l an ra -?5'f i .l-'r rrrur uvs q y-int.-by-point rvy Lv r o--r-ro.tO100% of the i-nput and output points of t.he DDC syst.emoperation.

a Upon completion ofabove, repeat these

the performance tests describedr^^! ^i -.+ hrz n^.i nl- i-n rzor.i frz

NYCSCA FACILITY IIA}IAGEI,TENT SYSTEMS II\TTEGRATION 15973 - 51

o7 lze/Lo

D.

LLII NO.: 063545

proper performance of components and sequences inpresence of Authority's Representatives (FID andProject Management personnel) . Properl-v schedul-ethese tests so testing is complete at a time directedby the Authority's Representative.

System Acceptance: Substantial Completion is definedwhen the TCC and FMSI have performed all the requiredtesti-ng successfully to show performance compliancewith the requirements of both of the FMSI's and TCC'sContract Documents t.o the satisfaction of theAuthority's Representatives /trTn and Proj ectManaqement personnel), including integrati_on with theCHCS and Main and Back-up Servers. System acceptancewill- be contingent upon completion and revi_ew of al1corrected deficiencies.

R ^Sv.stem Ma i ntan3ngg

Centralized Host ControlServer system maintenancethe FMSI will j-nc1ude,f nl 'l nt.ri nn.

Station and Main and Back-Upfunctions to be provided by

but not be fimited to the

2.

Receive and Input LNS Database from the TCC aseach school is brought on-line and incorporatej-nto the LNS DDE Server f or graphicalrepresentation at the Central Host Control-Station (CHCS) .

Provide central control/monitoring of each schoolas it is brought on-line and connected to theCentral-i-zed Host Station Srzql- am :nd energymanagement software.

Develop the "standard" Graphical- User Interface(GUI) for each school as it is brouqht on-]ine.

District Wide Web server and development of V0ebBrowser Pages for each school_ as it is broughton-l-ine.

Mrcsca FACILTTY InTAGEMENT SYSTED{S INTEGRATION 159?3 . 52

07 /29lLO LL9il NO. : 063545

5. Setup of contro1 time, logrs, trending, al-armmanaqement, and programming control at theCentral- Host Control Station (CHCS) for eachschoof as it is brouqht on-line.

6. System software upgrades, GUI, Microsoft, etc.

7. Support for password security maintenance.

B. Energy Management software modifications.

9. Support of each school's LNS database from thedfld6

10. Fj-rewal-l-, Security Access updates.

11. Licensing of al-l required software anddevelopment tools.

12. Database upgrades and centralized storageupgrades.

13. Provide NYCDOE DSF/DIf T with at_l_ ports andprotocols being utilized.

1-4. Anti-Virus protection and upgrades.

15. The FMSI will provide the followinq Main and Back-Up Server system maintenance:

a. LNS database supcort.

16. The FMSI will provide the Central- DatabaseApplication Maintenance functj-ons on a time andmaterj-al- basis, including but not limited to thef ollowi_ng:

a. Point Additions/Deletions.

b. Graphics Generat j-on Changes.

c. Alarms, Trends, Add/De1ete/Adjust.

F. Standards and Specification Documentation to beprovided by the FMSI wifl include, but not be limitedto the following:

NYCSCA FACITITY I{AIIAGEMENT SYSTBIS INTEGRATION 159?3 53

o7 /29/t0 LLII NO. : 063545

1. Software Licenses/Documentation ofOr^rnarqhi n/Desr:ri nf i nn Of SOf tWafe ln ha nrorz.i 6o;eLLlyt ruuavrr v! Uv!uvvqlE Lv vs ylvvrUgU.

2. Maintenance Procedures.

3. School Operating Consol-e Display Standards.

4. Operator Interface Standards.

5. Database Maintenance Standards.

5. Software Driver Maintenance.

1. System Security.

B. Alarm/Schedul-ing/Trending Standards.

g Ronorf i ncr Ql-:ndardcuf rtY u uqtlgq! vo .

10. Graphic User Interface Software Standards andrFr:injnn Prnrrr-amMIjTII-[V ! !v\j!qrrl.

11 Taqrinn and Commissionino of Srzs1-em Standards.LLrJJ!VrrrrrY v! uJoLgrtt

12. SampIe of Commissioning Documentation requiredfrom the TCC.

13. Typical System Control- Drawings.

14. Typical System Graphics per the Authorj-ty'sstandards.

END OF SECTION

NYCSCA, FACILITY I{AI{AGEMENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 54

07 /29/L0 tLW NO.: 063545

LTST OF ST'BMITTAI"S

SUBMITTAL DATE ST'BMITTED DATE APPRO\TED

Turnover to Authority'sRepresentative the'It | \nnn llrar.Ta h^^ ,l,h-tsfvv urrvy u!qwf,rlvD J_I1o.L

Were TransmittedTo FMSI

Turnover to Authority, sRepresentative theTCC As-Built Drawings ThatWere TransmittedTo FMSI

Shop DrawingsQrrl.rm.i {- +^.l h-, TMSI:

"As-Buil-ts"Srrl^rmi f f od hrz F-[t{g];ueev v_y

Turnover to Authority, sRepresentative: TCCProgramming Tools AndSoftware That Were TransmittedTo FMSI

Programming Tools andSoftware by FMSI

Certificate:

hJarrrnl-rr.

Digital video recordingsof FMSI Training:

***

MTCSCA FACILITY I{AI{AGEI{ENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 . 55

o7 /29/L0 LLIV NO. : 063545

THIS PAGE TS INTENTIONATLY LEFT BI,AI{K

MTCSCA FACILITY !4ASIAGEIIENT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION 15973 - 56

o7 /29lLO LLTI NO. : 063545

sEcrroN 15980THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTTON OF VIORK

A. Provide al-l- types of thermometers and gauges as shown onthe Drawingsr ds referred to by each Division-l5 Section(HVAC), and as needed for a complete and properi-nstall-ation. Product specific requirements are containedherein; Section 15501, Basic HVAC Requirements shal-l- bereferred to for generaf requirements.

B. Thermometers and gauges provided as part of factory-fabricated equipment are specified as part of theequipment assembly in other Division-15 Sections.

L.O2 REI.ATED SECTIONS

A. Division 15 Sections.

1. 03 SUPPLEMENTAI ST'BDIITTALS

A. Product Data shal-l- include calibrated performance curves.

B. Schedule for thermometers and gages indicatingmanufacturer's number, scale range, and location foreach.

C. Operation and Mai-ntenance manuals.

1. 04 SUPPTEI4ENTAL QUALTTY ASSttR;AlrCE

A. Codes and Standards

UL Compliance: comply with applicable UL st.andardspertaining to gauges.

ANSI and ISA Compliance: comply with applicableportions of ANST and Instrument Society of Amerj-ca(ISA) standards pertaining to construction andinstallation of thermometers and gauges.

American Society of Mechanical- Engineers (ASME):ASME 840.200, Thermometers, Direct Reading andRemote Readinq; ASME 840.100, Pressure Gauges andGauge Attachments.

1.

MrcscA

3.

THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES 15980 1

o7 /29lLO LLII NO.: 063545

PART 2 PRODUCTS

z.OL I{ATERIATS ATID MAI\TUFACTI,RERS

A. Gfass Thermometer:

l. Provide fabricated from materials, and withcapacities and ranges, designed and constructed foruse 1n service.

a. Case: die cast alumi-num finished in bakedepoxy enamel or powder coated, glass front,9" 1ong.

b. Adjustable Joint: die cast afuminum, finishedto match case, 1B0o adjustment in verticalplane, 360o adjustment in horizontal plane,with lockinq device.

c. Tube and Capi}lary: non-toxic liquid filIed,r^ril-h m:arni€rtinn -lano 1% cn:la rand.rlru.rrr-Lryrllg rerrs, - - -*..:,J accuracy,shock mounted.

d. Scal-e: non-ref lective aluminum withpermanently etched markings. The scale shal-lbe V-shaped for optimum readability.

e. Stem: copper-plated st.eel-, brass , or aluminumfor separable socket or installation inmn,,hr.i nn braCket anfl of I cncr1- h tO SUitv! svr\u L qrtu v! rgrrY Ltr

installation.

1) Desi-gn f or Air-Duct Install-ation: Withventilated shroud.

2) Design for Thermowell- Instal-lation: Barestem.

f. Connector: L-T/4", with ASME 81.1 screwthreads.

g. Range: conform to the following:

l-) Hot Water: 30o F. - 240" F.

2) Duct: 30" F 1B0o F.

NYCSCA THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES 15980 2

o7 /29lLO LL?[ NO. : 053545

2. Approved Manufacturers:

Miljoco CorporationMarsh BelloframTrerice (H. O. ) Co.Weiss Instruments, Inc.Weksl-er Instruments

B. Dial- Type Inserti-on Thermometers :

1. Provide fabricated from materi-als, with capacitiesand ranges, desiqned and constructed for use inservi-ce.

a. Type: bi-metaI, stainl-ess steel_ case and stem,5" di-ameter dial, dust and leak proof, of st.emdi-ameter and lenqth to suit inst.allation.

b. Accuracy: +1% of dial- range.

c. Range: conform to the following:

1) Hot Water: 30o F. 240" F.

2) oil: 30o F. - 240" F.

3) Duct: 30o F. 180o F.


MiJ- j oco CorporationMarsh Bel_loframTaylor fnstrument Co.Trerice (H. O. ) Co.Weiss Instruments, Inc.Weksler Instruments

C. Remote-Mountinq, Vapor-Actuated Dial Thermometers:

1. Adjustable type of design and material-s as fol-l-ows:

a. Case: dry type cast aluminum, 4-7/2-r,nchdiameter with holes for panel mounting.

b. Element: bourdon tube or other type ofpressure el_ement.


o7 /2e/t0 LLII NO. : 063545

c. Movement: mechanical, with link to pressureel-ement and connection t.o pointer.

d. Dial-: satin-faced, nonrefl-ective aluminum withnorm:nonl- lrz o1-r-harl qnalo m:rkinr.rqu Lvrrvv o9q!E rrlq! J\frrY o .

e. Polnter: red or other dark-color metal-.

f . Window: glass orolastic.d Rincr. q1-ainlo<q ql-oal

h. Connector: bottom or back union tvpe.

i. Thermal- System: Liquid- or inert gas-fi1ledbul-b in copper-plated steel-, aluminum, orbrass stem for thermowel-l instal-lation and oflength to sui-t installation.

1) Design for Air-Duct Installation: Withventilated shroud.

2) Design for Thermowel-l- Installati-on: Barestem.

-'i an^,ira^\z. +1? of r^n1^1F Of +1 SCal_e diViSiOn tOmaximum of 1 .5% of rangfe.

k. Range: conform to the following:

1) Hot Water: 30o F. 240o E.

2) Duct: 30" F 180" F.


Trerice (H. O. ) Co.Wei-ss Instruments, Inc.Weksler Instruments

D. Thermometer Wel_ls

1. Provide thermometer well_s constructed of brass orstainl-ess steel, pressure rated to match pipingsystem design pressure; length as required to hol-dthermometer with a 2" extension for insulatedpiping. Provide cap nut with chain fastenedpermanently to thermometer wel-l-.

2. Manufacturer: same as thermometers.

rnrcscA THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES 15980 4

o7 /2elLO

E.

tl,9il NO. : 063545

Duct-Thermometer Mount.ing Brackets: Flanged bracket withscrew holes, for attachment to air duct and made to holdthermometer stem.Pressure Gauges:

Provide pressure gauqes of materials, capacitiesand rangfes, designed and constructed for use inservice as required.

1.

c.

Range: conform to the following:

1) Water: 0 200 psi.

Approved Manufacturers :

lUneteK,/ U .5. Gauge.Ernst Flow Industries.Marsh BelloframMi 'l i nnn /-nrnn14liOn.vv!yv.

Trerice (H.O. ) Co.Weiss Instruments, Inc.Weksl-er fnstruments

l- Pressure Gauge Cocks:

Provide pressure gauge cocks between pressuregauges and gauge tees on piping systems. Constructgauge cock of brass wj-th 1-/4" female NPT on eachend, and rrT' handl-e brass plug.

h

d.

Type: General- use, IZ accuracy, ANSI 840.1grade A, bronze bourdon type, bottomconnection unfess otherwise indicated.

Case: drawn steel or brass, cast aluminum,shatterproof glass l-ens, 4-I/2" diameter.

Connector: brass with L/4" male NPT. Providenrn.l-an]_ ixza orzrllgn When USed fOf Steam SefViCe.u_vt

Scale: white coated afuminum, with permanentlyetched markings.

arznlrnn. 1/Att a.r-rr.i^l.r ^^i1 constructed ofuylJrrvrr. !l a DLraf,grrL uL,brass tubing or loop-shaped section of brass,stainless-steel or steel- pipe with I/4" mal-eNPT on each end.

2.

1.

MrcscA THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES 15980 5

o7 /29/L0 LLW NO.: 063545

b. Snubber: I/4" brass bushing with corrosionresistant porous meta1 disc, througrh whichpressure fluid is filtered. Select discmaterial- for ffuid served and pressure rating.Incl-ude extension for use on insulated piping.

Manuf acturer : same a s f or nraq qrr ra .rArr.raq

Pf e.S.qttre and / ar Tomnor:l-rrra. /-rrraa r/aannnnl- 6T D'l rra< .urru/ v! rElLtIJg!aLu!E \JauyE vLjtlf tcuuv! ! ruyo.

Prorri da arA.l.lara r.nnnor.l. ^r n'l rrac rrl- arl €nr qnn ^- j rf!!vvrvs yquyE uvrtrrsuLU! pruyo !aLEu lvr Jv\J },Dr dL

200" F. Construct of brass and finish in nickel-plate equip with I/4" or 7/2" NPS fitting, withself-sealing val-ve core type neoprene gasketedorifice suitabfe for inserting I/8" OD probeassembly from dial- type insertlon pressure and/ortemperature gauge. Equip orifice with gasketedscrew cap and chain. Provide extension, Iengthequal to insulation thickness, f or insul-at.edpiping.

Approved Manufacturers :

Miljoco Corporation.MG Piping Products Co.Peterson Equipment Co.Sisco, A Spedco, fnc. Co.Trer j-ce (H. O. ) Co.Watts Requlator Co.

PART 3 - SUPPLEMENTAI EXECUTION

3.01 INSTAILATION

A. Temperature Gaugies

1. Install temperature gauges in accordance with themanufacturerfs printed installatlon instructions,in vertical upright posit.ion and tilted so as to beeasil-y read by observer standing on the floor.Each thermometer shal-l- have an isolation shutof fval-ve for service and removal. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowell-s.

Thermometers for Sensing Liquid Temperature:provide with separable sockets. Sockets for use ininsulated piping, insul-ated tanks or similarequipment shal-l- have exLension lagging neck type,

H

NYCSCA THERMOMETERS AI{D GAUGES 15980 6

o7 /29/LO LtW NO.: 063545

of length as required to compensate for insul_ationthickness, and proper immersion.

Duct Thermometer Support Flanges: install in wal_l_of duct where duct thermometers are required orindicated on the Drawinqs. Attach to duct withQ/-FAIaTa

Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs inthermowel-1s and install cases on panels; connectcases with tubing and support tubing to preventkinks. Use minimum tubing length.

2. Locations: install in the fol-l-owing locatj-ons, andelsewhere as indicated on the Drawings:

a. At inlet and outlet of each heatinq andcooling zone.

b. At inlet and outl-et of each boiler.

c. At inf et and outlet of each coil in buil_t-upcentral- systems.

d. At infet and outlet'of each thermal_ storagetank.

e. At inlet and outl_et of the pump and heater setof each oil burner.

f. At outside- aJ-T I return-air, and mixed-airducts.

3. Thermometer Wells: install in piping tee whereindj-cated on the Drawings, in vertical uprightposition. Fill wel-l- with oil- or graphite, secureUAU.

4. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs: install inpiping tee. where required and indicated on theDrawlngs, located on pipe at most readabl_eposi-tion. Secure cap.

B. Pressure Gauqes

1. Instal-l pressure gauges in accordance with themanufacturer's printed installation instructions,in piping tee with pressure gauge cock, located onpipe at most readabl-e position.


o7 /2e/LO

3 .02

2.

LL9[ NO. : 063545

Locations: install in the following locations, andelsewhere as indicated on the Drawinqs:

At each oi-l burner.

At sucti-on and discharge of each pump.l^\

c.

A

At dj-scharge of each pressure reducing val_ve.

At each boiler as shown on the Drawings.

Draccrrra r::rrng COCkS : inSta'l I i n n.i n.i ncr f ee wi thvvvr\J . !!r- Lqr r rtr l/rlJrrry uvu vv r Lrr

snubber. Inst.all syphon for steam pressure gauqes.

Gauge Connector Plugs: instal-l in piping tee whererequired and indicated on the Drawi-ngs, located onpipe at most readable position. Secure cap.

ADJI'STING A}ID CLEANTNG

A. cal-ibrate meters according to manufacLurer's writteninstructions, after instal-l_ation.

B. Adjusting: adjust faces of gaugles to proper angle for

(.

best visibifitv.

Cleaning: cl-ean windows of thermomeLers and giauges andfactory-finished surfaces. Replace cracked or brokenwindows,' repair any scratched or marred surfaces withmanufacturer's touch-up paint.

END OF SECTION

4

N:rcscA THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES 15980 8

o7 /29lLO LLlil NO. : 063545

IIST OF ST'BITTTAI,S

SUBMITTA],

Product Data:

1. Manufacturers Product Data2. Instal-l-ation Instructi_ons3. Cal-ibrated Performance

Curves

Snharlrr I a .

DATE SUBD{ITTED DATE APPROVED

***

N:rcscA THERMOMETERS A}ID GAUGES 15980 . 9

07 /29lto LLTI NO. : 063545

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONAILY LEFT BI,A}IK


07 /2elLO LtW NO.: 063545

SECTION 15985SEQnENCE OF OPERATION

PART 1 - GENERA],


(-

The sequence of operation is hereby defined as thewritten manner and method by which HVAC systems andother building systems and equipment operate. Thisdescription incl-udes automatic and manual controlfunctions and incl-udes operation (s) which aremonitored, observed, trended, etc, and otherwise usedto make decisions regarding system operation.

Operating equipment, devices, and system componentsrequired for controlsystems are also specified inother Dj-vision 15 Sections. Specific requirements foreach type of control system operation are specified inSection 15501, Basj-c HVAC Requj-rements, and thissection and are included bv specific reference.

Input/Output (I/O) points which are required are hereindefined as those hardware and software points needed toachieve the described eadrran-a nf nnar:l- i nn

measurement, monitoring, calculating and alarming.Thaca ara ac shown on the Point Lists, and as descrj-bedand/or shown on the contract drawings, and as descrj-bedin al-I specification sections. The points requirementis cumulative in its effect so as to be more completeand inclusive than any one cited source. The pointsshall be monitored, displayed, adjusted, trended,and/or alarmed at the POT and/or SOC.

Ad-irrsl- el-ri 'l 'i J- rr of Scl- f i ncrs: DeClarati_onS within thevuuerrrYiqnea..i f.i r-a1-.i nnq r.rf qaj-nn.inl-q difforon+..i:'la rima-olJsv!!IUqLMIJ v! osU[rvIIlUDt UMg!gllLICtf-, LAIttEDt

alarm settings, and al-l other such settings are herebyunderstood to be adjustable at the POT and/or SOC.Setting provided are intended as an initial- operatingcondition for system startup and configuration unlessotherwise noted. Final- settings determined inconjunction with other trades, such as the Test & AirBalancing Contractor, and durlng system startup andcalibration shallbe included in final system backed-up, sequence of operations and included in the owner'smanual and close-out documentation.

A

B

D.

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERiATION 15985 1

07 /29lLO

L.O2 DEFINITIONS

B. ACU:

C. ACCU:

D. AHU

E. BMS

F. CAV

\r. UDW

H. ERW

I. FCU

J. FPB

K. HHL

L. NSB

M. NSU

N. RTU

O. UV:

P. VAV

1.03 RELATED SECTIONS


B. Division 16 Sections.

LLII NO. : 063545

A. Refer to the plans and specifications throughout forabbreviations and other references used to defineobjects, systems, and operations commonly used in thissection to describe the sequences of operation. Commontrade abbreviations miqht be used without reference.

Air Conditioning Unit.

Air-Cooled Condensing Unit.

Air Handling Unit.

Building Management System.

Constant Air Volume.

Di rect 1-r'i o'i f a I Control-s.

Energy Recovery Wheel.

Fan Coil Unit.

Fan-Powered VAV Box.

Hrrmi d'i f rr Hi nh Limit.

Night Set Back Temperature.

1r'li nht So.l- Iln Tamnoral- rrroL vy r vlryv!

Roofton H\/AC lJnit.

Unit Ventilator.

Variabl-e Air Volume.

NYCSCA SEQTTENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 2

07 /2elLO LLII NO.: 063545

1. 04 SUPPLEMENTAI, SI'BMITTATS

A. Sequence of Operation: Submit Shop Drawings for each ofthe systems being controlled shall include a writtensequence of operation as it appears in thesespecifications. Any deviation from the writtensequences shal-l- be highlighted by the TemperatureControls Contractor (TCC) so that the A/E of Record andthe Facilities Management Systems Integrator (FMSI) canrevj-ew, comment and respond to each change. Omission ofa sequence or modification of a sequence does notrel-i-eve the TCC from providing the specified sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

3.01 TERMINAI TNITS' CONTROL SEQUENCES

A. Radiator, Fj-nned-Tube Radiation :

Not applicable to

PART 3 - EXECUTION

this section

4. BMS I/O Points:snF.-'i f i ed.

Unit Heater Controlr'f \7nf

^tI tnr httH-| /lvlr L, -

narmi I

controller

Provide the BMS I/O points as

(DDC/Electric- Freeze Protection), 3, 4, 5, 6 & 1)

1. Provide room thermostat to maintain space1- amnare1. rrra hv annf rn1 1 i i-1 6 the f i nned tUbeqLqrv vJ vvrru!vrrrrrY urrv

radiation hot water val-ve. Ful1 BMS/DDC projectsshal-l employ Lonworks analog modulation control.VAV Termi-nal Units with Hot Water Finned TubeRadiati-on: The tie-in of the control- val-ve to VAVcontroller shal-l- i nf anrrl- arl roomheat inglcoo1j-ng to control- bymodulating the radiator control valve. In eachroom the perimeter radiation control val-ve will becontrolled through the controller (see VAV Boxcontrol for more detail-).

A11 finned-tube radiation units shall be provi-dedwith e]ectric/electronic control va]ves asindicated.

B

Provide space sensor connected to Lonworkscontrol-1er or LonWorks thermostat to cycle fanmotor and electric element to maintain constantunoccupied space temperature 50 " F setting forcrawl spaces or other unoccupied spaces that have

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF rrVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 3

o7 /2elLO

r-

?

LLII NO. : 063545

pipes subject to possibl-e freezr-ng.

Unit heater controllers for freeze protectionlocated in mechanical- rooms shall haveoccupied/unoccupied setpoint adjustments (throughthe network for BMS/DDC projects. Provide integralheat sensor to prevent fan operati-on until elementtemperature is warmed up.

Temperature Control- Contractor (TCC) shall providea LonWorks control-l-er physically mounted outsideof the unit heater housi-ng if unit heater housingdoes not permit integral mounti-ng of thecontroller. Room sensor or sensor integral wlthunit heater shal-I connect to the controller. Thecontroller shall send a l-ow temperature alarm at45'F to the BMS system. Alternate option is toprovide LonWorks thermostat in 1i-eu of remoteLonWorks controller.BMS I/O Points:specified and as

Provide the BMS I/O pointsshown on the Drawlngs.

Cabinet Unit Heater Control (Hot Water/Steam) WithOccupied/ Unoccupied Setback: (Type for CUH-1 to CUH-26)

l. For new building and major modification projects,provide wall--mounted or integral cabj-net unitheater LonWorks thermostat (or sensor/LonWorkscontrol-Ier) to cycle fan motor and isolation valveto maintain occupied 12"8 space temperature andunoccupied space temperature of 55'F. Provideaquastat to prevent fan operation unti-l- hot wateris availabl-e. The thermostat will send a 1owf amnnrrrrrra -'l arm af snace 1- amnoraf rrrc Of 45 " F tOugr[lJg!aLuIg o.rqrrlr qL DIJqvE LglttPgIoLu!g't-he BMS srzsterl .

BMS I/O Points: Provide the BMSana^i fi ad9I/vvl

T la nnin.|- < ^^Ll v yvrrrLo qJ

D. Cabi-net Unit Heater Control (El-ectricOccupied/Unoccupied Setback: (Type for ECUH-1)

1.

I/fith

For new building and major modification projects,provide wafl--mounted or integral cabinet unitheater LonWorks thermostat (or sensor/LonWorkscontroller) to cycle fan motor to maintainoccupied 12'F space temperature and unoccupiedspace temperature of 55 " F. Provide sensor to^u^--^*r F^- anArAl- i nn rrn1_ i I harl- i nrr 6l aman+. hroyrgvErrL fdll (JygraLfvrr ulruf! lruqLrrty ef,clttcrrL tlaJwarmed up. The Lonworks thermostat will send a 1owt- amnarrf rrrn - Iarm at SDaCe 1- omnor.af irro Of 45 " F tOLsr[ysraLu!s a!qlrrr uyqvv LslrrlJs!aLurs

the BMS system.

N:rcscA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 4

07 /2elLo

2.

tLI[ NO.: 063545

BMS TIO Points: Provide the BMS T/A pointsspecified and as shown on the Drawings.

E Variable Air Volume Box Control (Non-fan-powered,cooling-only) with perimeter heating system.

Applies to existing and new VAV Boxes

System Description: The VAV box and perimeter fintube radiator valve shal-l- be controlled by adedicated, VAV box LonWorks DDC controll-er. Eacharea served sha1l have mounted within its space al-ocal- zone device which shall provide the spacetemperature sensor and setpoint adjustmentthrough the network. Each perimeter fin tuberadj-ator shall have a modulating control va1ve.

Operat.lng Mode: The operating mode of the VAV boxcontroller shall be occupied sequenced heating andcooling and unoccupled heating and cooling througha space temperature sensor wired to the DDCcontroller.

Scheduling: The DDC Scheduler shal-l pJ-ace the DDCcontrolled VAV box in the unoccupied mode oroccupied mode.

1

3.

4

5.

6.

7.

Occupied Heating/Cooling Mode: On a drop in spacetemperature be}ow its cooling setpoint of 78"F theVAV box shal-I modulate from its maximum coolingairflow setting to its minimum cooling airflowsetting. On a further drop in space temperaturethe controll-er shal-l pass through a deadband of2.0 "F. On a further drop in space temperature thebaseboard radiation valve shall be modulated opento maintain its heating setpoint of 72" F. On af i Se 'i n SnAcF i- amrrar:f rrra the feve1. se qe.rrrFn.-Fshall occur.

Unoccupied Heating Mode: VAV box shall becommanded closed and shall maintaln the unoccupiedheating setpoint of 55'F by throttling theneri mef er rrn i I COntrOl ValVe.

rrnnanrrni ar] a,,mmer Dehumidif ication Mode: All vAVboxes shall be opened to their mj-nimum ventilationposition. Centra] air unit shall cycle its supplyfan untl1 the sel-ect.ed representative room has metthe unoccupied space cutoff of 65?" maximumrel-ative humiditv for at least 30 minutes.

Warm Up Cycle: VAV box shall be opened to theirmi-ni-mum ventilation position in the warm*up

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 5

o7 /2e/LO

cycl-e. See the sequencecentral- air unit.

LLW NO.: 063545

operation for theof

tr

Pull-Down Cycle: A1l- VAV boxes shal-l- be opened totheir minimum ventilati-on position in the pul1down cycle. See the sequence of operation for thecentral air unit.BMS I/O Points:qna.-i f i orl

Provide the BMS T/O points as

Fan-Powered Variable Air Volume (VAV) Terminal Unicswith Series Fan (DDC Control-s), With El-ectric Heatersor for Science Labs with Fixed Fume Hoods andCorridors. This is applicable to al-l- FPVAV boxesexistinq and new.

General: Each fan-powered VAV box with electricheater shall be control-1ed by a dedicated DDCcontroller that conforms to the LonlVorksinteroperability guidelines, enabling informationsharing with LonWorks products from other vendors.

The controllers shall incorporate multipleOperating Modes (that the operator can scheduleand control through the BMS ) based on t j-meschedu]e and/or outside air conditions. Theoperator shall be able to offset the cooling orheating setpoint of one or more group of boxes byAn rrnar:fnr =.lirrsf,1h'l e rrelrre fhrorrcrh l-he BMS.urrrvuYrr

The primary air valve shall- modulate in accordanceto the space temperature to vary the air supplyfrom the maximum to the minimum to maintain aspace temperature of 7B'F during occupied coolingcycle.

Control- Offset: The BMS shall be capable ofoffsetting the cooling or heating setpoints of oneor more groups of boxes by an operator adjustablevalue. In addition, each setpoint can be adjustedf rom the l-ocal room sensor.

5. Operating Mode: The DDC Schedul-er shall place theDDC control-1ed VAV box in the unoccupied mode oroccupied mode.

llnnr.nrrni orl lJo:f i nn Mnrlo.mode of operation of theterminal- unit, the unitel-ectric resistant heatenergized and the primarycl-osed.

During the unoccupiedf an-powered ser j-es VAV

srrnn'l rr f:n and thecanar:i tv sha l1 be de-ai-r valve indexed fullv

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF rMC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 6

o7 /29lLO LLW NO.: 053545

In the unoccupied mode of operation, thel-ocal- VAV box fan, damper and electric heaterwill be enabled if the room loca1 sensorfal-ls below the niqht setback temperature(NSB) of 55"F. when- the space temieraturerises 5oF above the NSB the fan, damper andelectric heater shallbe de-enerqi-zed.

Occupied Heating Mode: During the occupied mode ofoperation of the fan-powered series VAV terminal,,-.i {- +-1^^ €^-Lrrrr L, Lrrv .r-crrl powered unit supply f an shall beenergized and shal-1 maintain continuous operation.

a. The central air handl-er shall- supply anri ma rrr neUtral_ diSCha roe :'i r f emnefatUf e Ofuruvrrq!Yv uvrrry\

65"F to 12'8. When the space temperaturedrops bel-ow the space temperature setpoint, the controller shall modul-ate ther-*^^- *c the minimum cF"M set no'i nf TTna*uorrrl/sr L\J LlrE IttJ_II_LIttLlItt v! f-r oe L yvf rl L . uIJ(JII 4

further decrease in space temperature, thecontrol-l-er shal-1 modulate the electricresistant reheat SCR up to maximum capacity,A < raarrli rad to maintain the spacel- cmner:J- rrre sef noi nf of 12" F.

b. The supply damper shall be maintained at itsadjustable minimum setpoint position duringthe heatinq cvcle.

c. When the space temperature rises above thespace temperature set point, the reheat coilSCR shallbe modulated off and the supplydamper shall maintain the minimum ventilationposition.

f-an"l inn - Annrrniod Mnr'la.vvvulrrvu !fvuu.

Whenever the central air handler unit servi-ngthe termi-nal unit is lndexed to the occupiedmechapical DX cooling mode, the Fan PoweredSeries VAV terminal unit supply damper shallbe modulated based on a comparison differences'i onal hrefr^raon fhe snace -l-omncre1-rrrc sensofand the DDC VAV control-l-er. On a rise inspace temperature above the space setpoint,the DDC control-l-er shall modul-ate the primaryair val-ve open to increase primary coolingairflow up to its maximum setting as requiredto meet the cooling requirements of theena -a

b. Upon a decrease in space temperature/ theopposite action shall occur. The minj-mumdamper setting and primary airflow discharge

NYCSCA SEQTTENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 7

o7 /2elLO

temperature settingsthe software of thebe ad-iustable at the

LLW NO.: 063545

shal-1 be maintained inVAV controll-er and shal1qnr-

Drrri no f he ^^^'l ''i -^ ^"a] ^ +1^^ ^. ^CtfiCuu! rrry urrs uv!,,I-LIIg \-y\-JE Lrrg gf g

resj-stance reheat shall be de-energized (withthe exception of VAV boxes that serve theScience Labs/Prep Rooms and Corridors. VAVreheat shal-l only be permitted after the VAVbox has throttled down to its minimum airf l-ow setting.

The discharge air temperature shall be resetfrom the central air return temperaturesensor per the controlsequence of operationsfor the central air handler to maintain asupply air temperature of.50"F to 60'F.

Unoccupi-ed Summer Dehumidif ication Mode: All- VAVbox shall be fully opened to the j-r minimumventilation posltion and the fan shall run.Central air unit shal-I cycle its supply fan untilthe se'l ecl-ecl representative room has met theunoccupied space cutoff of 65,? maximum relativehumiditv for at least 30 minutes.

10. In the morning warm-up, morning purge mode ormorning pull down mode, the VAV box damper shallbe opened t.o its minimum ventil-ation position, thefan shalf start and the electric reheat shall bedisabled. The exception to this is should therooftop unit fail in the morning warm-up mode, theelectric reheat shall be enabled and the fan shal-lstart.

Fire Alarm Shutdown (reference MC 606.2.2) Fanpowered boxes shall be shutdown during a firecondltion when their associated RTU or airhandling unit is commaned to shutdown by the1--,,.i 1r.i ^^ E.i -^ Alarm Control panel- (FAcp) . Fanvurf vrrrv ! r! q

powered boxed shallbe shutdown by the buildingFire Alarm Control Panel (FACP).

BMS T/O Points:cna-i f i orl

Provide the BMS I/O points as

3.02 VENTTTATTON CONTROL SEQUENCES

nn General Exhaust Fan Control- Comments:

1. Dedicated exhaust fans util-ized for toiletexhaust, shower rooms, locker rooms, laboratoryawherrql- qf nrrno rn^mq r-nnforonr-o rrrrlmq ofr-

t vvrr!

shal-l be monitored and automatical-Iv control-l-ed bv

A

11

L2

NYCSCA SEgITENCE OF II.C SYSTEM OPERiATION 15985 I

o7 /2elLO LLII NO.: 063545

the BMS system for remote DDC control and statusindication. Fractional- horsepower motors shall- becontrol-l-ed through local manual switches in a non-automatic mode unless otherwi-se noted.

For al-l- motors provided with ON-OFF-AUTO (H*O-A)combination motor starters, the following controlsequence shall be provided:

a. The f an exhaust systems shallbe i-ndexed ONby the DDC Scheduler whenever the building isindexed to the occupied mode of operation.Exhaust fans associated with recircul-atingsystems need not be placed into operationduring non-occupied periods since the supplyunit wil-1 be operating j-n a rec j-rculationmode where all outsj-de air intake dampers andspill dampers will be closed. Exhaust fansassociated wlth spaces that do notrecirculate air such as a Locker room shallbe energized and cycled with the supply unitduring the unoccupied night setback cycles.

b. The fan exhaust systems shall be indexed off(as defined above) by the DDC Schedulerwhenever the building is indexed to therrnor-r-rrnied modc of onefatiOn.v_ve

Each fan shal-l- be capable ofa unique time schedul-e andthe DDC Schedul-er.

Tn oenera'l - whenever an

operating undercontrolled from

exhaust fan isindexed to start its respectiveintake/exhaust damper(s) shal-l be energized,opening t.he exhaust damper. Whenever anexhaust fan is indexed to stop its respectiveintake/exhaust damper (s ) shall- cl-ose.

Exhaust fan status shallbe monitored throughmotor-leg current swltch for fan motor runstatus. Failure of the exhaust fan to runafter being commanded to run shall be alarmedat the SOC of the BMS system.

The Kitchen hood exhaust fan shallbe controlledas defined in the related Article.

Toilet Exhaust Fans: EF-33, TX-25, EF-1, EF-s &

EF-43 and storage room exhaust fans: EF-23, EE-41shal1 interlocked with their respective RTU unit:nrl qhr I -l nnar:f a rlrrri na nnnrrni ar{ hnrrr.rr vyu!quv vurrrrY vvvuyrvv

For Existing Gas Meter Room (EF-42) z Exhaust fan

.l

?

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OE' HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 9

o7 /29lLO

8.

tLI[ NO. : 053545

shall be energized from gas leak system. When fanstarts, exhaust damper in ductwork shall- open. Theexhaust fan run status shall be monitored, via amotor feg current switch. Failure of the exhaustfan to run during a Gas Leak Alarm shall bealarmed at the SOC of the BMS system. Fan sha1lstart through a l-ocal H-O-A switch.

El-ectric Service Room (EF-3 , EF-26, EF-41, EF-46) :On a rise in space air temperature above thecooling setpoint of 85"F the exhaust air fan shallbe energized via a DDC controller. On a drop inspace temperature bel-ow the cooling setpoint plusa differential of 5 " F the fan shall be de*energized. The exhaust fan run status shall bemonitored via motor leg current switch. Failure ofthe exhaust fan to run shall be alarmed at the SOCof the BMS system. Fan shall start through a local-H-O-A switch.

El-evator Machine Room (Hydraulic) (EF-2 & EF-34):Elevator Machine Room exhaust fan shal-1 run atconstant speed to provide ventil-ation at allti-mes. The exhaust fan run status shal-l- bemnn i 1- nrod rzi 4 a mnJ- nr I eo CUf f ent SWitCh. Fail_Ufeuv!9v,-vY

of the exhaust fan to run shall be alarmed at theSchool Operating Consol-e (SOC) of the BMS system.

Sub Slab Depressurization System Suction Fans(SSEF-1 to 6): Fan shall start through local- H-O-Aswitch and shall- operate continuously. Failure torun as sensed by any air fl-ow sensor mounted onany of risers, shal-I be alarmed at the SOC of theBMS system.

Air flow proving sensor mounted on eachvertical riser (total of 72), shall sendal-arm signal to BMS on low flow constion.

Indicate al-arm condition for each vert.i-ca1riser on low flow (total- of risers 72\ .

Laboratory Hood Exhaust Fans: (For CombinationFixed Fume Hood/Integral Acid Storage Cabinet):

a. Two exhaust fans shall serve combi-nationfixed fume hood/acid storage cabinet. Onefan shal1 be dedicated to serving the topfume hood portion and shall be provided withan H-O-A controller. This f an shal-l- beinterlocked with the supply unit, dsdescribed in the related Article (EE-21 (Sci-223) , EE-22 (Sci. prep. 22I) , EF-44 (Sci. l-ab224) al-1 interlocked to RTU-15, and EF-37

q

MrcscA SEQI'ENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATTON 1s98s 10

o7 /29lLO

l-\

LLW NO.: 063545

(Sci. lab 258) EF-31 (Sci. prep. 256), EF-30(Sci. lab 253) al-l- interlocked to RTU-17). Aseparate exhaust duct shal1 be provided forthe top fume hood portion. The bottom acidstorage cabinet shall have a separatededicated fan and separate dedicated exhaustductwork. This acid storage cabinet fan (s)shall operate continuously. Both exhaust fansstatus shall be monitores and al-armed througha motor leg current switch to the BMS/DDCsystem. Failure of the either exhaust fan torun shallbe alarmed at the SOC of the BMSsystem.

Acid Storage Room (EF-21A, ET-22A, EE-44A,trtr-?na trtr-?1A & EF-37A): The exhaust fansJvL',

shall operate continuously ( 2 4 -hours-7day/week) . The exhaust fan run status shal-l-be monitored via a motor leg current switch.Fail-ure of the exhaust fan to run shall bealarmed at the SOC of the BMS svstem.

Portable Fume Hood Exhaust Fans:

a. All Portabl-e Fume hood exhaust fans shall beof the recirculating type wlth integralFactory OEM Controls.

Acid neutral-ization room exhaust fan EF-45 and EF-3B shall- operate continuously 24/1.

Combustion Air Control- for Domestic Hot WaterHeater in Boil-er Room:

a. Provide boiler room outside intake damper,when burner on the hot water heater starts,the associated combustion air j-ntake damperAMD-B1 shal-l open as commanded by the MasterController. Note: If hot water heater is notprovided with integral OEM control power, TCCshall provide additional DDC controller, stepdown transformer, panel and al-l- control-r^ririnrr fr^r r-omnlefe se.rlrenr-F nf onc;6lj9n. ECvvrrryrv uv uvYuvrrvv "y"shall provide additional power to DDCcontroller. When burner is off, the damper(s)shall cl-ose. Provide an open-auto sel-ectorswitch for damper on the OEM hot water heatercontrol panel to override the aboveoperation. Burner sha1l not start unl-ess thedamper end switch closes, when the damperopens as monitored by the Master OEM Contro1Panel. Hot water heater contractor shal-l-provide a signal in the heaters control- panelto open the damper and shall prevent burner

10.

11.

12.

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 1s98s 11

01/29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

operation until the combustj-on dampers areproven open.

13. Tank Room Ventilation:

a. Rooms containing fuel oil- tanks located aboveground above the lowest fl-oor of a buildinqshal-l- l^^ ventil-ated to lirnit theconcentration of vapors in the room at orbelow 252 of the Lower Flammability Limit(LFL) of the fuel oil- being used per NYCMechanicaf Code MC 1305. 13.3.4. The

15.

combustibl-e vapor sensor sha1l operate theexhaust fan and remote annunciation throughthe BMS When 252 LFL is exceeded. Fan EF-50is 2-speed fan. During normal mode ofoperatj-on, fan shall run at l-ower speed uponincrease of concentration of vapors above 252of LFL, f an shal-l- run to higher speed upondecrease of concentration, fan shall slowdown to lower speed. Space temperature shal-lbe mounted bv lower thermostat and maintainat 55' F by u-uH-S. The exhaust fan run statusshall be monitored, via a motor leg currentswitch. Fail-ure of the exhaust fan to runafter being commanded to run by thecombustible vapor sensor shal-I be alarmed atthe School Operating Console (SOC) of the BMSsysrem.

Fire Pump Room Ventil-ation: Upon increase in roomspace temperature above 90"F, motorized damperAMD-129 shall fully open, and then exhaust fan EF-48 shall- start.

Water meter room ventilation fan EF-35 shal1 beoperate 24 /1 to prevent odors (main from housetrap) to be spread through the building.Recycle room #153 fan EF-35 shal-l operatecontinuousfv 24/1.

BMS I/O Points: Provide the BMS T/O points as specifiedand as shown on the Control Drawinqs.

L4

L6

D.

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 L2

ot /zelLo LLII NO. : 063545

3.03 CUSTOM ROOFTOP VAV FOR CLASSROOMS (RTU-2, RTU-8 & Rsg-17)

cooLrNG,. HoT-GAS REHEAT, ENERey RECO\ZERY IIHEEL-\\ERIV/ A]ID DDCCoNTROTS)

NOTE:

There will be numerous references to various dampers mountedon the RTU-2, RTU-B and RTU-17.

OA-MIN: Outside Air Minlmum DamperOA-ECO: Outside Air Economizer DamperEA-MIN: Exhaust Air Mini-mum DamperEA-BCO: Exhaust Air Economizer DamperRECIRC: Recirculating Air DamperBP-OA: Outside Air Bypass DamperBP-EA: Exhaust Air Bypass Damper

For schematic diagrams refer to M40B for RTU-17 and to M415for RTU-2 and RTU-8; for unit Sections refer to M508.

n General- System Overvj-ew

1. Mechanical- System Summary: The classroom VAV boxesare provided with coollng air supplied by customrooftop units (RTU-2, RTU-8 & RTU-17) with supplyand return f ans (with variabl-e f requency drivesoperating in variable-speed mode), economizerdampers, energy recovery wheel- (ERW) with bypassdampers) sel-f-contained DX-cooIing, modulated hot-gas reheat for use during dehumidifying, andmodulating gas-fired duct furnace heating. Therooftop unit shalf operate in various modes;System-OFF, Morning Warm-Up, Morning-Purge, PuI1-down, Unoccupied Mode or Occupied Mode (with orwithout ERW applicable to RTU-17 only). Thehard-wired room temperature and humidity sensorsshall- be designated as the representative roomcondition for the RTU during room-condition basedcontrol- modes. These sensors shall be located in aspace which has either a northern exposure orwhich is most representative of the areas servedby the RTU.

Safety Devices. Safeties shal-l be in force at al-ltimes and all modes of operation, including al-1operating modes of the VFDs including VFD bypassoperation.

a - Sttnnl rz frrni- f)rrornraSSUfe COntfOl_: If thevvu!t/!uL

static pressure in the supply duct exceedsthe positive static pressure switch setpointfor any reason, the supply fan shal-l- stop and

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 13

07 /2e/LO

b.

LLIV NO. : 063545

shall remain in the System-OFF Mode until thesafety pressure switch is manually reset.After the alarm is cleared, the RTU shallresume its normal operatj-on according to theappropriate mode. A change-of-state alarmshal-l be generated at the SOC. Note that thisfan safety shall be hardwired to shut the fanoff in all modes of operation.

Return Duct Suction Pressure Control: If thestatic pressure in the return duct exceedsthe negative static pressure switch setpointthe return fan shall stop and shal-I remain inthe System-OFF Mode until the safety pressureswitch is manually reset. After the alarm iscleared, the RTU shall resume its normaloperation according to the appropriate mode.A change-of-state alarm shal-l be generated atthe SOC. Note that this fan safety shal-l- behardwired to shut the fan off in all modes offan-control operation.

Clogged Fil-ter Alarm: There shall beinstall-ed an indicating, differentialpressure gauge across the filters which shalIindicate the combined pressure drop acrossthe filters and which includes a pair ofalarm contacts. A clogged filter alarm shallbe generated at the SOC when the pressuredrop exceeds the combined pressure drops asrecommended bv the filter manufacturer forreplacement.

Sa fof rz Emcrnencv Heaf i no Mode : A furnaceYvrrvJ rrvqurrrY

control- Hand-Of f -Auto toggle sel-ector swi-tchshall be uti]ized as foll-ows. In the "Auto"nosiiion- j-he furnace shalI be controlled aSdefined herein. In the *Off" position, thefurnace shall be disabl-ed. In the "Harrd"posi-tion, the units'DDC furnace operatingcontrols shallbe overridden and the furnacestarted and modul-ated to maintain a manuallyqaf r'l i <nlra rfla ramnar:rrrra tltha f omnorarrrra

shall be maintained bv an electronic PImodulating controller sensing furnacecli sr:harcre f pmnar=r- rrro qctnoi nl. sha'l f beadjustable up to 130F. Tn al-l modes, thefurnace operation shall be subject to allsafety devices including but not limlted to ahigh temperature cut-out safety set at 145Fand a unit airflow proving switch.

Energy Recovery Wheel (ERW): The TCC shalfi-ncorporate the af arms f rom the OEM wheel-

d.

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 L4

07 /2elLO

3.

LLW NO.: 063545

controll-er into the BMS database for alarmingat the SOC (i. e. wheel rotation stopped,conimon a1arm, broken/f ail-ed bel-t f ailure,etc. ) . TCC sha11 coordinate with the OEM toinclude all alarms and status pointsfurnished by the OEM.

Per NYC Mechanical Code MC 307.2.3, for curbmounted units RTU-17 only, (not applicablefor dunnage mounted units) where the primarydrain pan is not provided with auxili-arydrain l-ine or an auxiliary drain pan is notprovided with an auxiliary drain l- j-ne andwhere an auxiliary drain pan is provided witha condensate water level detection device inthe auxiliary drain pdn, a hard-wired waLer-l-evel detection devi-ce located in theauxiliary pan sha11 shut off the equipmentserved prior to overflow of the auxiliaryUOII.

Fire Alarm Shut Down: This sequence of operationshall be in force at all times and under al-l- modesof operation.

The Fire Al-arm contractor shall furnish andthe mechanical contractor shal1 install thesmoke detector (s) to shut down the systemupon sensing smoke. Furthermore, thefollowing shal-l- be provided through Div. 16.

During a fire al-arm condition, the Fire Al-armContro] Panel (FACP) sha11 shut down thesttnnl rr end e I ect ri ca I 'l v interlocked returnu! +vq+rl

fan and the system shal-l- operate and remainin the System-OFF Mode until- the alarmcondition is cleared. When the unit fans areshut down by a f ire alarm conditi-on, al-lfirelsmoke and smoke dampers shal1 close ascommanded by the FACP. After the fire alarmshutdown is cl-eared, all smoke and fire/smokedampers shall be commanded open by the FACPand the unit shall resume its normal-operation according to the appropriate mode.

Smoke Isol-ation Damcers: F"nr qrrq1.om<qtrnn'l rri nn 1 q 000 Cfm or more (RTU-17 Only) ,LJ,

smoke isolation dampers shall be provided forboth the supply and return ducts. The smokedampers shallbe commanded open against theirnorm^ I I rz-r-l osed - snri ncr-returned aCtuatOf Sl,, -..i ^ ^ ^ r 'r n.\n _amF r.f Fn /-\/ one rF | .i on Theuu! f Ir9 orf rrvll grlrgrYgrru)/ vyE!q urvrr.

starting of the supply (and associated

b

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 15

o7 /2elLO LLW NO.: 063545

el-ectrically interlocked return fan) shaIl bedelayed for one minute after receivingcl-earance from the global fire alarm systemto restart in order to allow time for theFire Alarm System to reopen the damper so asto not trip the static pressure switches uponfan restart. The units shal-l- restart in theappropriate mode as governed by the schedul-eand sequence of operation. Upon restart,units shal-l- be restarted in a staggeredfashion 15 seconds apart to avoid currentsurges.

Fire al-arm system activation initiated bymanual- pull station shallnot shut down therrn i t srrnn'l rr and return f ans and shal-l nOtclose the associated smoke and/or firelsmokedampers if in the testing mode.

Fans on systems that recircul-ate air or are100 percent outside air handling less than2,000 cfm shall not be shut down upon manual-or automatic activation of the fire alarm

Exhaust systems that do not recirculate aj-rshall not be provided with smoke detectors orsmoke dampers and shall not be shutdown bythe fire alarm system. Fire dampers shal-I benrorrided ^s rodrli red al- nanetrations of firerated construction.

g. The mechanical contractor shal-l provide ductSmoke Dampers (SD) and Combination Fire/SmokeDampers (FSD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-switches. The FACP shall monitor allassociated end-switches for proof-of-open onan individual or zone basis. The FACP shallindicate via a FACP mounted LED that a damperor zone of dampers has not proven open.

BMS I/O Points: Provide the BMS I/o point's asspecified.

Operating Modes. The operating modes of the RTU shallbe automatically determined by the combined actions ofthe DDC Scheduler, the OEM ERW control-s, the local unitmounted OCC-UNOCC-AUTO switch; control and safetvdevices and the Fire Alarm System.

Mode Sel-ection and Fan Operation:

The operator shall be able to manually selectthe oneraf i no mode J-hrorroh an H-O-A switch

.l

R

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OE' HVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 16

o7 /2e/LO LtW NO.: 063545

(labeled OCC-UNOCC-AUTO) mounted in the RTUand wired into the digital controller. In theautomatic-position the RTU is indexedautomatically by the DDC Schedul-er betweenthe various modes of operati-on describedherein. fn the OCC-position the RTU shal1remain in the Occupied Mode. fn the UNOCC-position the RTU -shall remain j-n theUnoccupied Mode. Note that the H-O-A switchis not the same as the manufacturer's serviceswitch which wil-l- shutdown the RTU.

l.-\ When the H-O-A switch is placedthe *OCC" or the *UNOCC" positionis qenerated at the SOC.

Return air fan (RF) shall beinterlocked with the supply fanRTU.

into eitheran advisory

electrically/ qF"\ nf l- ha\ vL /

.l Summer/Winter Mode Selection and EconomizerMode Selection: The rooftop unit shall- beautomatically indexed to operate in eitherthe Summer Mode or Winter Mode based on theoutside ambient temperature.

1) If the outside temperature is l-ess thanor equal to 45 F, the unit shal1 beindexed to the Winter Heating Mode. ForRTU-17: ERW shal-l be energi-zed and ERW

bypass dampers (BP-OA and BP-EA) shallbe fully closed. For RTU-2 & B: ERWshal-l be energized and OA-ECO and BA-ECOd:mncrs cL^1-r L-^ €..'r 1,, closed.vqrrrl/s! J DIIct_LI UV r LrJ-Lf/

2) If the outside temperature is greaterthan 45 F but l-ess than 50 F, the unitshall- be in whatever Mode was the l-astMode of operation (heating or cooling) .

For RTU-17: ERW shal-1 be energized andERW bypass dampers (BP-OA and BP-EA)shal-l- be fully closed. For RTU-2 & 8:ERW shafl be energized and OA-ECO andEA-ECO dampers shallbe fully closed.

3) Summer Mode: If the outside temperatureis greater than or equal to 50 F butless than 65F, the unit shall be indexedto the Summer Cooling Mode. For RTU-17:ERW shal-l be energized and ERW bypassdampers (BP-OA and BP-EA) shall be fuIlyc]osed. For RTU-2 & 8 : ERW shal-l- beanorni zorl and OA-ECO and EA-ECO dampersshal-] be fully closed.

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 L7

o7 /2elLO LLtil NO.: 063545

4) Economizer Mode: Vfhen the calculatedglobal outside air is l-ess than thecontroll-er's ca]culated return airenthalpy to the calculated globaloutside air enthalpy. When the outsideair enthalpy is less than the returnenthalpy the roof top unit shal-l- beindexed to the Economizer Mode. When theoutside air enthalpy is greater than thereturn enthalpy, the rooftop unit shal-1be indexed to Summer Mechanical- CoolinoMode. If the outside temperature isgreater than or equal to 65F, the unitshall be indexed to the MechanicalCooling Mode. Upon a Lon Networkcommunication fail-ure, the rooftop unitshall defaul-t to the seasonal OccupiedMode. If economizer mode is activated:For RTU-17 only ERW shall be de-energized and its bypass dampers "BP-OA"and "BP-EA" shall be fully open. "OA-MfN" shal-l be fu1ly open, "EA" and "OA-ECO" and *RECIRC" shal-f modu1ate open.For RTU-2 and RTU-B ERW shallbe de-energized, "OA-MIN" and')EA-MIN" shall-be ful1y open, "EA-ECO", *RECIRC" and"OA-ECO" shall modulate open.

Fan Accel-eration/De-acceleration: When thesupply fan and return fans are started, thefans shal1 be slow1y accel-erated up to therequired speed according to the rampadjustments in the VFDs. The ramp-up timeshall be set to (30) seconds. When the fansare de-energized they shal-l be de-energizedimmediately without de-acceleration.Regarding of mode of operation, ERW shall beqlrrr^llrr aa.,-a-l orrforl rrr-r fn raafrr-irod qnaod

uy uyevs,

according to the ramp adjustment in ERW'sVFD. When ERW is de-energized, wheel- shall bede-energized and slowed down.

Sunnlrz and Return Fan ContfOl-:

Tho qrrnnl rr fan Shall be Started andu uyyrj

stopped as described in these sequences.

2) The supply fan VFD speed shal-l- be placedunder control- of the duct staticpressure controller to maintain itsreset setpoint. The final- setpointsetting shall be determj-ned by theTesting & Bafancing Contractor.

r)

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 18

o7 /2e/LO LtI[ NO.: 063545

The return fan VFD speed shal-l- be placedunder control of the BMS control-ler tomaintain a fixed percentage of thesupply fan speed; initially set to B5%of supply fan speed (for the case of al-lreturns brought back to central unitwithout separate exhaust fans),.with thefinal- setting determined and set by theTest & Air Balancing Contractor. In thecase where separate exhaust fans areprovided, the return fan shall run atreduced capacity (as adjusted by itsrrari ahl e f rerrrrenr-rz dri rra\ tO feturn t.he')'v!+vv/recirculation fl-ow plus any local- spillexhaust f l-ow. I or mornr_ng warm uP,morning pu11 down and unoccupied cycles,the return fan capacity sha11 increaseto the nomi-nal- supply f an capacity asadj usted by the return f an variabl-efrequency drive to be able to run in afull recirculation mode.

1\ TJnnn nrnnf nf qrrrrn'l rr f an nrror:.l- i n.r ) upurr pruv! --*,n, lilal-l- modes of fan operation, the control-sequence shal-l- proceed according to theappropriate Mode. If the supply fan doesnot prove ON, a BMS alarm shall beis sued.

Supply Duct Static Pressure Setpoint Control:

The supply fan speed shall be controlled bycomparj-ng the measured duct static pressureto the nominal duct stati-c pressure setpointof 1. 5 j-n. w. g. If the measured duct staticpressure is less than the duct staticpressure setpoint, the fan speed shall beincreased. If the measured duct staticpressure is greater than the duct staticpressure setpoint, the f an speed shal-l- beA^^-^ ^ ^^r\rg\-! gd >cLl .

Svstem-OFF Mode:

Tha rnnf+- ^^ "ni I srrnn-l rz anrl retUfn fanS Shal]!vv! uvy ullr u oql/yrJ qrr!

be OFF; all associated exhaust fans shall beOFF; the rooftop unit economizer dampersshall be commanded to their respective fail-safe positions, for RTU-17 \\EA//, "OA-MfN","OA-ECO" shal-1 be closed, *RECIRC" dampershall be open; for RTU-2 and RTU-8" "EA-ECO","EA-MIN", "OA-ECO", "OA-MIN" shal-l- be closedand "RECfRC" shal-l be open; DX-cooling, hot-

3)

g.

2.

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 19

07 /2elLO

?

LLll NO. : 063545

gas reheat valve, and gas-fired heating shallbe de-enerqized.

b. ERW shall be de-energ:-zed, and for RTU*17only its bypass dampers "BP-OA" and "BP-EA"shall . be commanded in their fail; safenaqi l- innq frr'l'l rz

^nanvlrvrr.

Unoccupied Mode:

Bmergency/Standby Winter Mode: The rooftopunit shal-l- be cycled intermittently tomaintain an emergency night set-backtemperature (NSB) setpoint of 50'F. Normalunoccupied NSB shall be 55 oF and shall bemaintained hrz fhe nerimeter fin tuberadiation.

When the space temperature fall-s below]- ha 6mor.ran/-\7 I\IqR qal- nni nl- l- ho qrrrrrrl rruv Lyvrrr u tfan and return fan shall be started; allassociated exhaust fans shall- remainOFF; the economizer dampers shall be inthe full-return position; for RTU-17\\EA//, "OA-MIN", "OA-ECO" shal-l- beclosed, "RECIRC" damper shal-I be open;for RTU-2 and RTU-8 "EA-ECO", "EA-MIN","OA-ECO", "OA-MIN" shall be cl-osed and*RECIRC" shall be open. ERW shall be de-energized, for RTU-17 only bypassdampers "BP-OA" and "BP-EA" shal1 befully open.

IJnnn nrnaf nf rir flnur l-ha ^ia

harl-arI/!vv! v! qII Irvvvt ullv Yqu rfvquv!

^r^ ^ 1 'r r'-^ ^-- ^roi zed and the qas valveJIIAAI UE EIIE

shall be modul-ated to maintain adischarge temperature of 85"F

b.

(adjustable) until the space temperaturerises above the emergency NSB setpointplus its differential of 5oF, afterwhich the gas heater shal1 de-energi-zeand the gas val-ve shall cl-ose. The^"^^'r " and return fans shall be de-ruIJPf,y c

energi-zed and the RTU shal-l cycle OFF.

Ilnor-r-rrn'i od Srrppgl Dehumidif iCatiOn MOde: Thernn€].nn ,rnif sha'l I he r-rir-led to maintain aurrf u Jlf q!J vu vJ v

space humidity (for the representative room)h.i ^r..-r .i --i | / urlT,) setnoi nf aS deSCribed bel-Ow.rrrYrr !rrrlru \r111!/ JULI/vrr1L c

1) When the space humidity rises above theHHL setpoint of 70.0 ?RH for acontinuous period of time greater thaneight (B) hours, then the supply fan and

1)

o\Ll

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 - 20

o7 /2elLO

4

LLII NO. : 063545

return fan shallbe started; for RTU-17\\EA/" "OA-MrN", "OA-ECO" shall beclosed, 'RECIRC" damper shal"l be open;for RTU-2 and RTU-8 "EA-ECO", "EA-MIN","OA-ECO", "OA-MIN" shall be closed and*RECIRC" shall be open. ERW shal-l be de-energized, for RTU-17 only bypassdampers shall be fully open.

2) Upon proof of air flow, DX-cooling shallbe energized and controlLed to maintaina DX coil- discharge temperature of 55F.The hot-gas modulating reheat valveshal-l- be energized and modulated tomaintain a return temperature of B0oF.

3) After the space humidity (for therepresentative room) falls below the HHLsetpoint, less a differentj-al of 5.0 ?RHfor a period of time not less than (30)minutesi DX-cooling sha1l be de-energi-zed and the hot-gas reheat valveshal-l- cl-ose. The supply and return f ansshal-l be de-enersized and the RTU shallcycle OFF.

Morn i nrr In7: rm-rrn. Dra-nnar,**Jpancy mornr_ng warm-upmode shall be required as sensed by the spacetemperature sensor one hour (adj. ) before thesystem is indexed from the unoccupied to theoccupied mode for the following condi-tions. ERWshall- be de-energized. Its bypass dampers shall beful1y open.

When the space temperature is below theoccupied setpoint less a differential of 5'Fthen the warm-up sequence shall be initiated.r'f harr^r.i ca f hs RTU shall_ remain off until the, urr\'f.raa'i n- i ^^ ^F f ho Onnrrni arl MOde.vv\,rrrrrrrry v! Llls vuuulJrvu r-.

Warm-up Mode: The supply fan and return fanshall be started; all associated exhaust fansshall remain OFF; for RTU-17 "EA", *OA-M]N","OA-ECO" shal-l- be closed, *RECIRC" dampershal-l be open; for RTU-2 and RTU-8 "EA-ECO","EA-MIN", *OA-ECO", "OA-MIN" shall be closedand "RECIRC" shall be ooen.

Upon proof of air flow, the gas heater shall-be energized and the gas valve shal-l bemodul-ated to maintain a discharge temperatureof B5"F until the space temperature risesabove the occupied setpoint plus itsdifferent.ial of 2"F, after which the gas

].-,

NYCSCA SEQ('ENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 - 2L

o7 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

heater shal-1 de-energize and the gas valveshal-l- close. Once the Warm-up Mode cycle issatisf ied, the unit shall be j-ndexed tooccupleo mode.

Morning Purge and/or Pu11-down: Pre-occupancyspace cooling shal-l- be required as sensed by thecombination space temperature and humidity sensorone hour before the system is indexed from theunoccupied to the occupied mode for the followingconditions.

Pro-Or-r-rrni ad Marn'i nn Prrrrya Crrr-'l o.

1) The DDC Controll-er shafl calculate spacedewpoint from the combination of thespace temperature and space relativehumidity sensor readj-ngs to thebroadcast val-ue of the calcul-atedoutside air dewpoint. If the outs j-deair dewpoint is less than the insi-dedewpoint, a pre-occupied morning purgecycle shall be initiated for a (15)mi-nute duratlonf)rrri nn ]. lra nra-n ^^rrni arl ny, - ,nornrng purgecycle, 100? outside air shal-l- belntroduced into the building to purgethe building air before occupancy. ForRTU-17 "EA", "OA-MrN", "OA-ECO", "Bp-OA", "BP-EA" and for RTU-2 & RTU-8, "EA-ECO", "OA-ECO", *OA-MIN", "EA-MIN" shal_1be fully open, and both *RECIRC" dampersfor RTU-17 and RTU-2 and RTU-8 shall- bef ully cl-osed.

The central air conditioner supply andreturn fans shallbe indexed to full CFMwith DX-cooling l-ocked out until- themorning purge cycle is termi-nated. Thenro-r^r.r-rrni ar] r-rzr-'l o qha I 'l.|-,- mornr_ng purge _r__be terminated after a 15 minute cycle.'Fha nra-^n -rrni ar{ mnrn'i nn nrr raa nrrnl a 'i fy-v v]vrvt LL

initiated, shal-l- be foll-owed by a pre-nnntrni ari nrr-l-l -r'lnr^rn crznl ayuffv-)'vlv.

b. Fre-Acnrrni ari Prr'l I -rlnr^rn f-rrnl ^.!!E VVVUPTSU fUII UUWII Uyurs.

Af f er f hc nrr r.re r:vr:l e clr f he outside airdewpoint is greater than the insiderlor^rnn-i nj- f ha o nrzr'la ehr-l lmornlng purQube locked out and mechanicalref ri creraf i on shall be used i n ,a nrp-_v'voccupied pul1-down mode to bring the

2)

?\

1)

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 22


return air temperature down.

During the pre-occupied pu11-down cycle,the outside and re]ief exhaust airdampers shal-I be closed with the reLurndamper fu1Iy opened. The RTU unit supplyand return fans shall be indexed toprovide their full CFM. ERW shall beenergized. Its bypass dampers shal1 befu11y closed. The compressors shal1 bemodul-ated to provide their ful-1 capacitywhile the DDC controll-er limits thedischarge air temperature to be no lessthan 2" F l-ess than the calculated spacedewpoint. The pre-occupied cycle shallbe terminated when the return airtemperature is at or below 78'F.

Once the pre-occupied pull-down cycle is.qat i sf i ecl - f he unit shall be indexed to!+vvt

occupied economizer cooling or occupiedmechanical cool-inq to maintain therequired occupied space rlrrr-hrrlhs'j

temperature of 78"F and occupied spacerelative humidity of 50% (per BC 1204.2)as sensed by the return duct temperaturesensor and return duct humidity sensor.The outside air dampers shall be set totheir minimum ventilation positionrlrrri nn J_ ha nnnrrni orl mach:n i n: l nnn'l i nnvu! rrry urrs vuuulJf gu rltgulrorltuor uuuttl19cycle. The DDC Controller sha11 comparethe controller' s calculated return airenthalpy to the calculated globaloutside air enthalpv to determine ifAa\a\narml 7Ar aan'l -i navvv f f rrY or mechanical-refrigeration shal-l be initiated

Occupied Mode: When the rooftop DDC control-Ier isindexed to the occupied mode, the followinga\ara,tt ra

l-t

The srrnn'l rz - if nOt alreaclv st a rtecl 'i n the, LL

preoccupancy mode, shallbe started and thesupply fan VFD speed shal-l be placed undercontrol- of the duct static pressurecontrofler to maintain its setpoint usingTrim and Response strategy described above.

The return f an VFD speed shal-l- be placedunder control of the BMS controller tomaintain a fixed percentage of the supply fansnoer-l ini.|--i :'l lrz qaJ. l_n R5* (far l-ho .-Ao^ atJl/sgv JtlJ Lrq!rJ J9 L uv vJ u \ !v! urru eqJC UI

allreturns brought back to central unitwithout separate exhaust fans) wlth the final-

2)

?\

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 23

07 /2e/LO

/.l

c. Upon proof of supply fan operation thecontrol seouence shall operate in theoccupied mode. Morning Warm-up or MorningPrrrrro,/trrrl I D,-'wn shall nOt be aCtive when inL u!Yv/

the occupied mode. If the fans do not proveON, an al-arm shall be issued to the BMS.

ERW shal-I be energ"i zed. For RTU-17 onlybypass dampers "BP-OA" and "BP-EA." shall befu11y closed, "OA-MIN" shal-l be fully open,\\EA// shall index to predetermined minimumexhaust position, "OA-ECO" shall be closed.For RTU-2 & RTU-B *EA-MIN" and "OA-MIN" shallfrr'l 'l rr r-rnen - "OA-ECO" and *EA-ECO" Shal-l- bevI/v4r t

fully closed.

Per NYC Mechanical Code MC 403.3.3, variableair volume systems other than those designedfor 100% outdoor aLr I shall be provided withcontrols to regulate the fl-ow of outdoor air.Such control systems shal1 be designed tomaintaj-n the minimum required flow of outdoorair over the entire range of supply airoperating rates.

Return Air Reset of Supply Air Temperature:

<al- 1- i nrr r'la.l- arm'i norl hrrBalancing Contractor.separate exhaust fansreturn fan shal-l- run atadjusted by 1ts variablereturn the recirculationspiIl exhaust fl-ow.

Af 1. ar .l- ha nro-ha:f i nn mnrla_v!v

supply air temperature ofcontrolled to maintainf emneraf rrre sef noi nt resettemperature of 65"F to 12'F

LLW NO.: 063545

the Test & AirIn the case whereare provided, the

reduced capacity (asfrequency drive) toflow plus any local

is completed, thethe RTU shal-l- be

- -,,^^1,,a suppr-y af rfrom return air

1:rlirrq]- ah'l a\

b. After the pre-purge and pull down modes are-nmnl etor-l: 1- hp qrrnn'l rr :'i r 1- amnorai. rllg Of thevvltll/fvLvV'JutJyrj/U9rtlyv!gu\

RTU shal-l be control-led to maintain a supplyair temperature setpoint reset from returnair temperature of 60'F to 55'F (adjustable).

Humidity Control- for Space Dehumidification/-a^^*- l .ugrrg! or .

There shal-l- be a rel-ative humidity andtemperature duct detector transmittermounted in the common return ai-r duct

1)

NYCSCA SEQLENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERJATION 15985 24

o7lzelLO

b.

LLII NO. : 063545

serving the packaged rooftop unit andconnected to the dedi-cated unit DDCcontrol-ler. Duct sensors shall beutilized to maintain occupied setpolnts.n(f,\-rr L I\JIld,-! -L v, there shall be acombination space temperature/relativehumidity transmitter in one of the non-assemhl rz sn^ces ( f or sensors l-ocationsrefer to schematic control diagrams) orplans. The combination space transmittershall be util-ized during unoccupiedperiods.

2) The Humidity measuri-ng accuracy at 6B'Fin the 20 to 952 RH range shall be (+/-22) . The temeparture sensitivity shal-l-be l-ess than or equal to 0.068 RH perrloaroa tr

3) The Dehumidification Control Sequenceshall be activated during both occupiedand unoccucied periods.

Cnn1. rn l Scrrrronr-o r-tf C)noraf i_OnuvYuvrrvu vt/urqLr

If the occupied return air relative humidityrises above 50% RH (+/-2%) (adjustable) or ifthe ttnoccrrni erl sn.ar-F re'l e1- i rzo hrrmi rli 1- rz f isesUIJuvv

above 65% RH (+/-22) (adjustable), theDehrrmir-iifrz'ino Seorrenr-e shall be activated aSfollows:

1)

2\

?\

Additional- Stage ofenergized to maintaintemperature of 50"F tosetpoint) .

ux coor_ r_ng r- s- ,l.i - ^1- - -^â Clrscrrd|ge al-rrrO-53 r (aolusraDre

The modulating hot gas reheat coildiverting val-ve shal-l- be act j-vated andmnrlrrl rl- o

^non qrrhionl- J- n 1-ha 1- amrrorll- rrro

.a1- 1- ho qrrnn'l rr ri r eanen r

Tha qrrnnl rz ai r l- omonlrl- rrro aane'-rvvrruv! t

through the dedicated DDC controller,shall modulate the hot gas reheat coilri i rrarl- i nn rr:-l rro rirr 1i nrr nna"ni ad :n.lu!v9!Lr1rv vq!vs uu!rrly \-,/L.L.LrlJrg\l clllnunoccupied periods to limit the supplya j-r temperature to the required l-oadr^-î r^mh^rrl-rrra ^^nqarl hrr tho''',dLurc ctJ Dcreturn air temperature sensor and aqrmnl i na nf 1. ho an:â i- omr"ror.a1- rrro

readings.

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 25

o7 /2slLO LLW NO.: 063545

When the occupied return air relativehumidity drops below 503 (+/-22) RH(adjustable setpoint) or the unoccupiedspace rel-ative humidity drops below 65%(+/-22]r RH (adjustable setpoint), asf acre of DX 6.nn1 i nn t.ri'l 'l be deaCtiVatedL

(unless required by the occupied spacecooling load) and the modulating hot gasreheat coil divertinq valve shall close.

An alarm shal-l- be annunciated to the BMSif the space relative humidity readingas recorded by the combination spacetemeparture/relative humidity sensorsenses a relative humiditv at orexceedinq 702.

ERW Frost Control

Frost control shal-l be achieved by slowing downVFD on ERW.

3.04 SEMI CUSTOM ROOFTOP vAV FOR CLASSROOMS (VARIABLE VOLUIVIE UNITw1pDc coNTRoLs (TyprcAL FOR RTU-15 ONI{Y)

A. General System Overvrew

Mechancial Svstem Summarv: The classroom VAV boxesare provided with cooling air supplied by semicustom rooftop rooftop units (RTU) with supply andreturn f ans (with variabl-e f requency drivesa)nArAf i nrri n rzrri rl-rl a-cnaorl mada\*,vvv/, economl_zerdampers, self-contained DX-cooling, modulatinggas-fired duct furnace heating. The rooftop unitshall operate in various modes; System-OFF,Mnrn i na t^t: rm-tl PvL I Morning-Purge, Drr I I -dnr.rnvvvYlr,

Unoccupied Mode, Occupied Mode. The hard-wiredroom temperature and humidity sensors sha11 bedesignated 'as the representative room conditionfor the RTU during room-condition based controlmodes. These sensors shallbe l-ocated in a spaceshown on schematic control diaqram on M413.

Safety Devices. Safeties shall be in force at all_times and all modes of operation, including alloperating modes of the VFDs including VFD bypassoperatr-on.

Supply Duct Overpressure Control: ff thestatic pressure in the supply duct exceedsthe positive static pressure switch setpointfor any reason, the supply fan shal-l- stop andsha1l remain in the System-OFF Mode until the

4\

5)

q


07 /2s/LA

b.

LLW NO.: 063545

safety pressure switch is manually reset.After the alarm is cleared, the RTU shallresume its normaloperati-on according to theappropriate mode. A change-of-state afarmshall be generated at the SOC. Note that thisfan safety shall be hardwired to shut the fanoff in all modes of fan-control operati-on.

Return Duct Suction Pressure Control-: If thestatic pressure in the return duct exceedsthe negative static pressure switch setpointthe return fan shall stop and shall remain inthe System-OFF Mode until- the safety pressureswitch is manually reset. After the alarm iscleared, the RTU shal-I resume its normaloperati-on according to the appropriate mode.A change-of-state alarm shallbe generated atthe SOC. Note that this fan safety shall behardwired to shut the fan off in all modes offan-control- operation.

Clogged Filter Alarm: There shall beinstall-ed a differential pressure transmitteracross the f il-ters which shallindicate thecombined pressure drop across the filters. Ar:loooed fil.l-er alarm shall he oenerafecl atthe SOC when the pressure drop exceeds thesefnoi n1-. The seJ-noi nf is the combinedpressure drops as recommended by the filtermanufacturer for repfacement.

Sa f ef rr F,meroenr-rz Heal- i nrr Mode: A f urnaCecontrol Hand-Off-Auto toggle selector switchshall- be utilized as fol-l-ows. In the "Auto"nosifion- fhe furnace shallbe controlled aSdefined herein. In the *Off" position, thefurnace shall be disabled. In the "Hand"position, the units'DDC furnace operatingcontrol-s shallbe overridden and the furnacestarted and modulated to maintain a manuallyqo1- r'l i qnharrra f omrrar-af rrro Tho i- omnoTrf rrrnJLL VrDVtIq!y9 LUrrly9!qLU!U. f rrE Lgttty9!OLU!g

shall be maintained bv an electronic PImodulating controller sensang furnaced i sr:harcrc J- emneraf rrre - Setnoi nt shal I beadjustable up to 130F. In all modes, thefurnace operation sha1l be subject to al-lsafety devj-ces incl-uding but not limited to ahigh temperature cut-out safety set at 145Fand a unit airflow proving switch.

Fire Alarm Shut Down: This sequence of operationshall be in force at al-l- times and under all modes

.l

?


ot /zelLo

of

a

LtW NO.: 063545

operation.

The Fire Alarm contractor shall furnish andthe mechani-cal- contractor shall install thesmoke detector(s) to shut down the systemupon sensing smoke. Furthermore, thefollowing shal1 be provided through Div. 16.

During a fire al-arm condition, the Fire Al-armControl Panel- (FACP) shal-l shut down thesupply and el-ectrically interlocked returnfan and the system shall operate and remainin the System-OFF Mode until the alarmcondition is cl-eared. When the unit fans areshut down by a f ire alarm condition, al-1fire/smoke and smoke dampers shall close ascommanded by the FACP. After the fire alarmshutdown is cleared, all smoke and firelsmokedampers shall be corrmanded open by the FACPand the unit shal-I resume its normaloperation according to the appropriate mode.

Smoke Isolation Dampers: For svstemssupplying 15,000 cfm or more, smoke isolati-ondampers shall be provided for both the supplyand return ducts. The smoke dampers shall becommanded open against their normally-closed,spring-returned actuators during all non-emergency operation. The starting of thesupply / ^^l\arlLi associated electricallyinterl-ocked return fan) shallbe delayed forone minute after receiving clearance from theglobal fire alarm system to restart in orderto allow time for the Fire Alarm System toreopen the dampers so as to not trip thestatic pressure switched upon fan restart.The units shall restart in the appropriatemode as governed by the schedul-e and sequenceof operation. Upon restart, units shaII berestarted in a staggered fashion 15 secondsr*r *f + ^ ^--^..i .'dp<ir L LO d voro currenc surqes .

Fire alarm system activation initi-ated bymanual- pull station shallnot shut down therrn i | .srrnn.l rr and return f ans and shal-l notcl-ose the associated smoke and/or fire/smokedampers if in the testing mode.

Fans on systems that recj-rculate air or are100 percent outside air handling less than2,000 cfm shallnot be shut down upon manualor automatic activation of the f ire al-armsvstem.

b

.]

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 1s98s - 28

o7 /2elLO

Return airinterlockedRTU.

f an (RF) shall-with the supply

be electricallyfan (SF) of the

and Economizer

1s98s - 29

LLW NO.: 063545

Exhaust systems that do not reci-rculate airshall not be provided with smoke detectors orsmoke dampers and shallnot be shutdown bythe fire alarm system. Fire dampers shall beprovided as required at penetrati-ons of firerated construction.

The mechanical contractor shall provide ductSmoke Dampers (SD) and Combj-nation Fire/SmokeDampers (FSD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-switches. The FACP shall monitor allassociated end-switches for proof-of-open onan individual or zone basis. The FACP shallindicate via a FACP mounted LED that a damperor zone of dampers has not proven open.Fire/smoke dampers associated with the post-fire smoke purge system and smoke controlsystems shal-l- be monitored on an individualbasis bv the FACP.

T/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified

Operating Modes: The operating modes of the RTU sha11be automatically determined by the combined actions ofthe DDC Scheduler, the local unit mounted OCC-UNOCC-AUTO switch; control and safetv devices and the FireAl-arm Svstem.

1. Mode Selection and Fan Operation:

a. The operator shal-l be able to manually selectthe operating mode through an H-O-A switch(labeled OCC-UNOCC-AUTO) mounted in the RTUand wired into the digital control-ler. In the

. automatic-position the RTU is indexedautomatically by the DDC Schedul-er betweenthe various modes of operation describedherein. In the OCC-position the RTU shal-1remain in the Occupied Mode. In the UNOCC-position the RTU shall- rema j-n in theUnoccupied Mode. Note that the H-O-A switchi-s not the same as the manufacturer's serviceswitch which will shutdown the RTU.

b. When the H-O-A switch is placed into eitherthe "OCC" or the "UNOCC" position andaclrri sorrz i s oeneraf ecl at SOC.-r -e

q

^

rl . Summer/Winter Mode Sel-ection

SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATIONNYCSCA

o7 /29lLO LLII NO. : 063545

Mode Sel-ection: The rooftop unit sha11 beautomatically indexed to operate in eitherthe Summer Mode or Winter Mode based on theoutside ambient temperature.

2)

Winter Mode: If the outside temperatureis l-ess than or equal to 45 F, the unitshall be indexed to the Winter HeatinqMode.

If the outside temperature is greaterthan 45"F but less than 50"F, the unitshal-l be in whatever Mode was the lastMode of operation (heating or cooling).

Summer Mode: If the outside temperatureis greater than or equal to 50"F butless than 65oF, the unit sha1l beindexed to the Summer Cooling Mode.

Economizer Mode: When the calculatedoutside air enthalpy is Iess than thecontroller's calcul-ated return airenfhalnrr- the rooffon rrnit shalI beindexed to the Economizer Mode. When theoutside air enthalpy 1s greater than thereturn enthalpy, the rooftop unit shallbe indexed to Summer Mechanical Coolinq

2\

Mode. If the outside temperature isnra=Far 1-h=n Ar a^rr:l 1-n 6qtr l-ha rrni l-V r gq Ugr LIIqIt V! gYuqr UV VJ L , LIlg ulII U

shal1 be indexed to the Mechani-cal-Cnnl'i nn Mndo Upon a Lon Networkcommunj-cation failure, the rooftop unitshall default to the seasonal OccupiedMode.

Fan Accel-eration/De-acceleration: When thesupply fan and return fans are started, thef ans shalf be s1owly accel-erated up to therequired speed according to the rampadjustments in the VFDs. The ramp-up timeshall be set to (30) seconds. When the fansare de-energized they shall be de-energizedimmediately without de-acceleration.

Srrnnlrr :ncl Return Fan ContrOl:'1 ) The qrrnnl v fan shal I be started andLt


)\ Tho qrrnnlrr fan \/Fn qnoad qhall ho n]=nadL I rrru JulJIJrJ rqr! u L u ryugv Jrrqr! vu yf augu

under control- of the duct staticpressure controller to maintain itssetpoint. The final setpoint setting

tJ

4)

c.

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 30

o7 /2e/LO LtW NO.: 063545

shall be determined byBalancing Contractor.

the Testing

3) The return fan VFD speed shallbe placedunder contro] of the DDC controller tomalntain a fixed percentage of thesupply fan speed; initially set to flowrate indicated in RTU schedule, with thefinal setting determined and set by theTest & Air Balancing Contractor. In thecase where separate exhaust fans areprovided, the return fan shall run atreduced capacity (as adjusted by itsvariabl-e frequency drive) to return therecircul-ation flow plus any local spillexhaust flow. E-nr mnrn i nn warm uP,morning pull down and unoccupied cycles,the return fan capacity shal-1 increaseto the nominal supply fan capacity asacl-irrsfecl hrz fhe refurn fan variablefrequency drive to be abl-e to run in aful-l- recircul-ation mode.

4) Upon proof of supply fan operation, inall modes of fan operation, the controlsequence shal-l proceed accordinq to theappropriate Mode. If the supply fan doesnot prove ON, an BMS al-arm shall beissued.


The supply fan speed shall be controlled bycomparing the measured duct static pressureto the nominal duct static pressure setpointof 1.5 in. w.g. If the measured duct staticpressure is less than the dirct staticpressure setpoint, the fan speed shall beincreased. If the measured duct staticpressure is greater than the duct stati-cpressure setpoint, the fan speed shal-1 bedecreased.

System-OFF Mode:

a. The rooftop unit supply and return fans shal-lbe OFF, allassociated exhaust fans shall beOFF; the rooftop unit economizer dampersshal-l- be commanded to their respective fail-safe nosi 1-'i ons - orrJ-si de air and exhaust airt vqeer

clamnorq r-l nqod ro1- rr rn : i r dlmnar ^r'ran : DYvlvvvvt f uzt

r-nol inrr hn]- -rraq roho:l- :nd .r.aq-f i rodvvvrtrrY, llvu Yqo !vrrgqL, qrru YqJ !r!gv

heating shal-l be de-energized.

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF IIVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 31

07 /2e/L0

maintaintemperatureunoccupiedmaintainedradiation.

3.

LLW NO.: 063545

Unoccupied Mode:

a. Emergency/Standby Winter Mode: The rooftopunit shallbe cycled intermittentlv to

an emergency night set-back(NSB) setpoint of 50'F. Normal

NSB shal-1 be 55 o f and shal-l beby the perimeter fin tube

l'-

1) When the space temperature f alls bel_owthe emergency NSB setpoint, the supplyfan and return fan shall be started; allassociated exhaust fans shal-l remainOFF; the economizer dampers sha1l be inthe full--return position; with thereturn damper open and the outside airand exhaust dampers closed.

2) Upon proof of air flow, the gas heatershall be energized and the gas val_veshall be modulated to mai_ntain adi qchr r^a temperature of 6J T

(adjustable) until the space temperatureri-ses above the emergency NSB setpointplus its differentiil of 5"F, afterwhich the gas heater shafl de-energizeand the gas val_ve shall c1ose. Thesupply and return f ans shal-l- be de-anar^i caj and the RTU ehal I crrr-l o nFF.r\r v Jlrq!r vJvIE v

Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification Mode: Theroof top unit shal-l- be cycled to maintain aspace humidity (for the representative roomrefer to M413) hiqh-Iimit (HHL) setpoint asdescribed below.

When fhe sn:ce hrrmicl ifrr ri ses above theHHL setpoint of 70.0 %RH for ar:onf inrrorrs neriod of time oreaf er thanuatllv v!uquE! LIIqII

eight (B) hours, then the supply fan andreturn fan shal1 be started; theeconomj-zer dampers shallbe in the fu1l-return position, with the return damperfully open and the outside air andexhaust dampers closed.

Upon proof of air flow, DX-cooling shall_be energized and controlled to maintaina DX coil- discharge temperature of 55F.Thc hnJ- -r1:q mnrlrrl rf i nn r^l^^-! --^l --^^rrru rrvu yuJ rrlvuuJqLrrrg rcllCd.L Vcl_LVe5shal-l- be energized and modul-ated tomaintain a return temperature of 80"F.

1)

2)

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF rrVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 32

07 /2e/L0

L

LL![ NO.: 063545

3) After the space humidity (for therepresentative room) falls below the HHLscf noi nf - l_ess a dif f erential of 5. 0 ?RHUv uyv+r19,

for a period of time not less than (30)minutesi DX-cooling shal1 be de*energized and the hot-gas reheat valvesshall cl-ose. The supply and return f ansshal-l be de-energized and the RTU shallcvcle OFF.

Morning Warm-up: Pre-occupancy morning warm-upmode shall be required as sensed by the spacetemperature sensor one hour (adj. ) before thesystem is indexed from the unoccupied to theoccupied mode for the following conditions.

h

When the space temperature is below theoccupied setpoint less a differential- of 5'Fthen the warm-up sequence shall be initiated.Otherwise, the RTU shallremain off until thelreoi nn i nrr nf f hc Or-r-rini pd MOde.

Warm-up Mode: The supply fan and return fanshal-1 be started; allassociated exhaust fansshall remain OFF; the economizer dampersshal-1 be in the full-return position; withthe return damper open and the outside airand exhaust dampers closed.rrnan F ^F a-i r f I ow _ the cIas heaf er shallvl/vrr y!vv! v! qr! !lvw, Lrrg Yqo rrsqLs!

be energi zed and the gas valve shall bemodulated to maintain a discharge temperatureof B5'F until the space temperature risesabove the occupied setpoint plus itsdi-f f erential- of 2o F , af ter which the gasheater shall- de-energize and the gas valveshall cl-ose. Once the Warm-up Mode cycle issatisfied, the unit shall be indexed tooccupied mode.

Morning Purge and/or Pu11-down: Pre-occupancysn^cF r-ool i no Shall be reolt'i reci as senscd krrz f hecombination space temperature and humidity sensorone hour before the system is indexed from theunoccupied to the occupied mode for the followingconditions.

Pro-Or-r-rrni or{ Marn'i nn Frrrrro f-rrr-'l o.rrvrrrrrrY L u!Yv v)'vrv.

1) The DDC Control-ler shall- cal-culate spacedewpoint from the combination of thespace temperature and space reLative

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 1s98s 33

o7 /2elLO LLII NO. : 063545

humidity sensor readings to thebroadcast value of the calculatedoutside air dewpoint. If the outsideair dewpoint is less than the insiderlaurnai ni 2 nra-rrnnrrn'i orl ly,- mornlng purgecycle shall be initiated for a (15)minute duration.

During the pre-occupied morning purgecycle, 100% outside air shall beintroduced into the building to purgethe building air before occupancy. Theoutside air and rel-ief a j-r dampers areto be indexed to their fully openposition, and the return air damper tofho frrllrr n'lnqod nnqi.l-innluJlJI/vJ!

The central air conditj-oner supply andreturn fans shal-l be indexed to full CFMwith DX-cooling locked out until themorning purge cycle is terminated. Thenra-rr.r\rrniarl '

' r-rrr-lo qhrll.Y- - mornl_ng purge -r -*be terminated after a 15 minute cycle.The pre-occupied morning purge cyc1e, ifinitiated, shall be followed by a pre-anarrni orl nrrl I -rlar^rn nrznl avvvuyruu yurr vJvfv.

b. Pra-Onnrrni ar{ Prrl I -rlnr^rn f-rzn'l ^.L!E VUUUyTSU rLlra-Lt\JWrr UyUtE.

2\

3)

r)

o\LI

Aff cr f ho nl.rr^^ ^.,^1^ j fn! Lsr Llrc lJu!yE uyurs v! !eir dor^rnn'i nl_ is oreater fhanrlar^rnni n]- l- ha mornr_ng purgebe locked out andrefrigeration shallbe usedoccupied pul1-down mode toreturn air temperature down.

the outsidethe inside

cycle shallmechanical'i n e r.rro-r-.'bring the

F\rrri nn f ha nra-nnnrrni arl nrrl I -rlnr^rn arral aurrv ylu vvvuyfvu vJe4et

the outside and relief exhaust airdampers shall be cl-osed with the returndamper fuIly opened. The RTU unit supplyand return fans shall be indexed toprovide thelr full CFM. The compressorssha11 be modulated to provide their fullcapacity while the DDC controller limitsthe discharge air temperature to be noless than 2" E less than the cal-culatedspace dewpoint. The pre-occupied cycleshal-l- be termi-nated when the return airtemperature is at or below 78'f'.

Once the pre-occupied pul1-down cycle issaf i sf i ecl - the unit shal-l- be indexed to4 +vvt

occupied economizer cooling or occupied

?\

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 34

o7 /2e/LO LLW NO.: 063545

mechanical- coolinq to maintain therequired nnnrrn'i arlvvvul/rvs space dry-bu1btemperature of 78"F and occupied spacerelative humidity of 50% (per BC 7204.2)as sensed by the return duct temperaturesensor and return duct hurnidity sensor.The outside aj-r dampers shall be set totheir minimum ventilation positionduring the occupied mechanical coolingcycle. The DDC Controller shall- comparethe controller's calculated return airenthalpy to the cal-cul-ated globaloutside air enthalpy to determine ifeconoml_zer cooranq or mechanicalrefriseration shall be initiated.

Occupied Mode: When the rooftop DDC controller isindexed to the occupied mode, the followinga)aa-ttrq

The supply fan, if not already started in thepre-occupancy mode, shall be started and thesupply fan VFD speed shall be placed undercontrol of the duct static pressurecontroll-er to maintain its setpoint.

The return fan VFD speed shall be placedunder control of the DDC control-l-er tomaintaj-n a fixed percentage of the supply fansneed 'i nitiellrz sef 1-o (17i0 cfm) refer to\r, rv vlrrr/

schedul-e on M003 (for the case of all- returnsbrought back to central unit without separateexhaust fans) with the final settino

h

determined by the Test & Air Bal-ancinqContractor. fn the case where separateexhaust fans are provided, the return fanshall run at reduced capacity (as adjusted byits variable frequency drive) to return therecirculation flow plus any local spillexhaust flow.

c. Upon proof of supply fan operation, thecontrol sequence shal-I operate in theoccupied mode. Morning Warm-up or MorningPurge/Pul-1 Down shal-l- not be act j-ve when inthe occupied mode. If the fans do not proveON, an al-arm shall be i-ssued to BMS.

d. Per NYC Mechanical- Code MC 403.3.3, variab1eair volume systems other than those designedfor 100? outdoor arr, shall be provided withcontrols to regulate the fl-ow of outdoor air.Such control systems shal1 be designed tomaintain the minimum reouired flow of outdoor

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF rMC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 35

07 /2elLO

1.

air over the entirenneral- i nrr rrf aq

FIrrmi rli l- rr f-nni- rnl f nr Qn:narrurlrrvr uJ vvrru!vr !v! uyqug

LLII NO.: 063545

range of supply air

Dehumidification

General:

1) There shall be a rel-ative humidity andtemperature duct detector transmittermounted in the common return air ductserving the packaged rooftop unit andconnected to the dedicated unit DDCcontroller. Duct sensors shal-I beutil-ized to maintain occupied setpoj-nts.Additionally, there shal-I be a

?\

combination space temperature/relativehumidity transmitter in one of the non-assembly spaces (f or sensors l-ocationsrefer to schematic control diagramsM413) or plans. The combination spacetransmitter shall be util-ized durinqunoccupled periods.

The Humidity measuring accuracy at 68oFin the 20 to 952 RH range shallbe (+/-2Z) . The temperature sensitivity shal-l-be less than or equal to 0.06? RH perrlaaraa Evvv! vu

The Dehumidification Control Sequenceshal-1 be activated during both occupiedrnrl rrnnnarrn-i arl nori nrlq

Cnn1- rn'l Qanrron^o ^+ Annrr{- i--.a*-.tce or uperatfon

If the occupied return air relative humidityrises above 50% RH (+/-2e.) (adjustable) or if't-ha rrnnanrrni arj snacF rel et i rre hrrmi ji f rz f iSeSuyqvv

above 652 RH (+/-22) (adjustable), theDehumidifying Sequence shaIl be activated asfollows:

?\

b.

1) Additional Stage ofenergized to maintaintemperature of 50'F tosetpoint).

rrY ^ n rrh^ rs- ,l.i ^^1-^*^^a q]-scnarge aJ_rrrO-55"F (adjustable

2) The modulating hot gas reheat coildiverting val-ve shallbe activated andmodulat.e open subject to the temperatureat the supply air sensor.

'{l tltlra qrrnnl rr.l-hrnrrnh fha

air temperature sensor,dedicated DDC controller,

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 36


shall modulate the hot gas reheat coil-diverting valve during occupied andunoccupied peri-ods to l-imit the supplyair temperature to the required l-oadreset temperature as sensed by thereturn air temperature sensor and asampling of the space temperaturereaor_ngs.

When the occupied return air rel-ativehumidity drops below 50% (+ / -2e") RH(adjustable setpoint) or the unoccupiedspace relative humidity drops below 65%(+/-2%) RH (adjustable setpoint), astaoe of DX r-nnl i no r^ri I I he deactivated(unless required by the occupied space

^^^'l ..i *^ I ^-J\uvvllrry rvau,r and the modulating hot gasreheat coil divertinq valve sha11 cl-ose.

An al-arm shallbe annunciated to SOC ifthe space relative humidity reading asrecorded by the combination spacetemperature/relative humidity sensorsenses a relative humiditv at orexceeding 102.

Return Ai-r Resef of Srrnn'l rz Ai r Temneraf rrro'

a. After the pre-heating mode is completed, thesupply air temperature of the RTU shall becontrolled to maintain a supply airtemperature setpoint reset from return airtemperature of 65'F to 12"8 (adjustable).

b. After the pre-purge and pulldown modes arecompleted; the supply air temperature of theRTU shall be controlled to maintain a supplyair temperature setpolnt reset from returnair temperature of 60'F to 55"F (adjustable).

05 sEMr CUSTOM ROOFTOP VAV FOR CLASSROOMS (VARTABLE VOLUME ttNrT

ENERGY RECOVERY WTIEEL, Ar{p DDC CONTROLS (TypE FOR RgU-11,

A. General Svstem Overview

Mechancial System Summary: The classroom VAV boxesare provided with cooling air supplied by semir:rrsf om roofl-nn rrni ts (RTtl) r^ri l_ h srrnnl rz encl exhaust\ !\r v i/

fans (with variable frequency drives operating inrr:ri:1-rl a-qrroad mnda\ onnnami zar rl:mnorq cal f -Ilvvu/ r uurrryvrutcontained DX-cooIing, modulating gas-fired ductfurnace heating. The rooftop unit shall- operate invarious modes; System-OFF, Morning Warm-UP,

4)

5\

X

NycscA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERiATION 15985 37

07 /2e/LO LLII NO. : 063545

Morning-Purge, PuII-down, Unoccupied Mode,Occupied Mode. The hard-wired room temperature andhumidity sensors shallbe designated as therepresentative room condition for ifre RTU duringroom-condition based controlmodes. These sensorsshall be located in a space shown on schematiccontrol- dlagram on M413.

Safety Devices. Safeties shallbe in force at alltimes and al-l- modes of operation, including alloperating modes of the VFDs including VFD bypassoperation.

b.

Supply Duct Overpressure Control: If thestatic pressure in the supply duct exceedsthe positive static pressure switch setpointfor any reason, the supply fan shall stop andshal-l remain in the System-OFF Mode until thesafety pressure switch is manual-ly reset.Af ter the alarm is cl-eared, the RTU shallresume its normal operation according to theannrn^ri =i-a nOde. A Chanoe-of -sf ate alafm*|.I/.vlrurlYv

shal-l- be generated at SOC. Note that this fansafety shallbe hardwired to shut the fan offin al-l modes of fan-control operation.

Return Duct Suction Pressure Control: If thestatlc pressure in the return duct exceedsthe negative static pressure switch setpointthe exhaust fan shallstop and shall remainin the System-OFF Mode until the safetynressrrrF sr^ri f gh is manuallv resef - Aff ef thealarm is cleared, the RTU shall resume itsnormal operation according to the appropriatemode. A change-of-state alarm shal1 becrenerafeci :f SOC. Note that this fan safetvifraff be hardwired to shut the fan off in allmodes of fan-control operation.

Clogged Filter Alarm: There shall beinstall-ed a dlfferential pressure transmitteracross the filters which sha1l indicate thecombined pressure drop across the filters. Aclogged filter afarm shall be generated atSOC when the pressure drop exceeds thesetpoint. The setpoint is the combinedpressure drops as recommended by the filtermanufacturer for replacement.

d. Safety Emergency Heating Mode: A furnacecontrol- Hand-Off-Auto toggle selector switchshall be utilized as follows. In the "Auto"nos i f i on , the f urnace shal_l_ be controlled aS94vII,

defined herein. In the *Off" position, the

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 1598s 38

o7 /29lLO

The Fire Al-armthe mechanicalsmoke detector (

'rlr.rrtn qanqi n,"".."-^^qfollowi-ng shall

LLII NO.: 063545

furnace shall be disabled. fn the "Hand"position, the units'DDC furnace operatingcontrol-s shall be overridden and the furnacestarted and modulated to maintain a manuallyset discharge temperature. The temperatureshal-1 be maintained by an electronic PImodulating control-l-er sensing furnacedischarge temperature. Setpoint shall beadjustable up to 130F. In al-1 modes, thefurnace operation shal] be subject to allsafety devi-ces including but not linited to ahigh temperature cut-out safety set at 145Fand a unit airflow proving switch.

Fire Alarm Shut Down: This sequence of operationshall be in force at all times and under al-l modesof operation.

contractor shal-l furnish andcontractor shall install thes) to shut down the system

smoke. E-rr rf ha rmnra r-l^^LIIC

l^'a nrnrz'i rlarl f hrnrrah fti rr 16

b. During a fire al-arm conditi-on, the Fire Al-armControl Panel (FACP) shal-l shut down thesupply and electrically interl-ocked exhaustfan and the system shal-l operate and remainin the System-OFF Mode until- the alarmcondition is cleared. When the unlt fans areshut down by a fire al-arm condition, al-1f irelsmoke and smoke dampers shall cl-ose ascommanded by the FACP. After the fj.re alarmshutdown is cleared, al-l- smoke and fire/smokedampers shall be commanded open by the FACPand the unit shallresume its normaloperation according to the appropriate mode.

Smoke Isolation Damcers: E'nr <rrc.l-omq

supplying 15,000 cfm or more, smoke isol-ationdampers shall be provided for both the supplyand return ducts. The smoke dampers shall becommanded open against their normally-closed,spring-returned actuators during alf non-emergency operation. The startlng of thesupply / -^.J\o11U associated aIar-]- r-icaI Irzinterlocked return fan) shal-l be delayed forone mi-nute after receiving clearance from theglobal fire alarm system to restart in orderto all-ow time for the Fire Al-arm System toreopen the dampers so as to not trip thestatic pressure switches upon fan restart.The units shal1 restart in the appropriatemode as governed by the schedule and sequence

NYCSCA SEQTTENCE OF rrVAC SySrsM OPERjATTON 15985 39

o7 /2e/LO tl,ll NO.: 063545

of operation. Upon restart, units shall berestarted in a staggered fashion 15 secondsapart to avoid current surges.

d. Fire al-arm system activation initiated bymanual- pul1 station shal-l- not shut down theunit supply and return fans and shal1 notclose the associated smoke and/or fire/smokedampers if in the testino mode.

e. Fans on systems that recirculate air or are100 percent outside air handling less than2,400 cfm shal-l- not be shut down upon manualor automatic activation of the fire alarmsysrem.

Exhaust systems that do not recirculate airshall- not be provided with smoke detectors orsmoke dampers and shal-l not be shutdown bythe fire afarm system. Fire dampers shall beprovided as required at penetrat.ions of firerated construction.

The mechanical contractor shall provide ductSmoke Dampers (SD) and Combination Fire/SmokeDampers (FSD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-swi-tches. The FACP shafl monitor allassociated end-switches for proof-of-open onan individual or zone basis. The FACP shal-lindicate via a FACP mounted LED that a damperor zone of dampers has not proven open.F:-re/smoke dampers associated with the post-f ire smoke nltrcre svsf em and smoke control-u_)' u uerrt

systems shallbe monitored on an individual-basrs bv the FACP.

T/O Points: Provide the I/O points as specified

Operating Modes: The operating modes of the RTU shal-1be automatically determined by the combined actions ofthe DDC Scheduler, the local unit mounted OCC-UNOCC-AUTO switch; control- and safetv devices and the FireAl-arm System.

Mode Selection and Fan Operation:

The operator shall be able to manually select1_ l-ra nnaraf i na -^-l^ f h r^,t^h an H-O-A SWitChLrrs vyE! q u !rr(J rLLvuE Lrr! vuY.

(labeled OCC-UNOCC-AUTO) mounted in the RTUand wired into the digital controller. In theautomatic-position the RTU is indexedautomatically by the Schedul-er between thevarious modes of operation described herein.In the OCC-position the RTU sha1l remain in

Y

A

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERiATION 15985 40

o7 /2elLO

b.

LLII NO.: 063545

the Occupied Mode. In the UNOCC-posj-tion theRTU shall remain in the Unoccupied Mode. Notethat the H-O-A swltch is not the same as themanufacturer's service switch which willshutdown the RTU.

When the H-O-A swltch is placed into eitherthe *OCC" or the "UNOCC" position, andadrr.i snrrr i q .f.-'^.^-+^r -f croc.auvaJv!y fD vsrrEraLsu eL J\

Exhaust a j-r f an (EF) shall be electricallyinterlocked with the supply fan (Sf1 of theRTU.

.l Summer/Winter Mode Selection and EconomizerMode Sel-ection: The rooftop unit shall beautomatically indexed to operate in eitherthe Summer Mode or Winter Mode based on theoutside ambient temperature.

1l

Winter Mode: If the outside temperatureis Iess than or equal to 45 F, the unitshall- be indexed to the Winter HeatinqMode.

If the outside temperature is greaterthan 45"F but less than 50oF, the unitshal-l be in whatever Mode was the l-astMnrla nf ^nari+

i ^^ /l.rarf i na 1,.1r r-6a'l i nrr\!'rvus vr uIJs!qLI\rII \lrEO.LarrV \rr uuufJr19/.

Summer Mode: If the outside temperaturei s oreal- er l. han rlr ecrlr^ I to 50 " F butl-ess than 65 " F, the unit shall beindexed to the Summer Coolinq Mode.

Economizer Mode: When the calculatedoutside air enthalpy is less than thecontrol-1er's cal-culated return airentha.l nrz- fhe rooffon rrnit shall- beindexed to the Economizer Mode. When theoutside air enthalpy is greater than thereturn enthalpy, the rooftop unit shallbe indexed to Summer Mechanical Cool-inqMode. If the outside temperature isaroalar l- h:n n r a.rr1: I 1-n 66tr J- ho rrn'i I

vJL,

shal-l- be indexed to the MechanicalCanI'i nrr Mnda Upon a Lon Networkcommunication failure, the rooftop unitshall- default to the seasonal OccupiedMode.

Fan Acceleration/De-accel-eration: When thesupply fan and exhaust fans are started, thef ans shal-I be slow1y accel-erated up to the

1)

z)

4)

NYCSCA SEQTTENCE OF rrVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 4L

07 /2elLO

f.

LLW NO.: 063545

required speed according to the rampadjustments in the VFDs. The ramp-up timeshal-1 be set to (30 ) seconds. When the f ansare de-energized they shall be de-energizedimmediately without de-acceleration.

Supply and Exhaust Fan Control:

Tho qrrnnl rr fan Shall be Started andu uyyrl


The supply fan VFD speed shall be placedunder control of the duct staticpressure controller to maintain itssetpoint. The final setpoint settingshal-I be determined by the Testing &

Balancing Contractor.

The exhaust fan VFD speed shall beplaced under control of the DDCcontroller to maintain a fixedpercentage of the supply fan speed;initially set to flow rate refer toschedule, with the final- settingdetermined and set by the Test & AirBalancing Contractor. For morning warmup, morning pul1 down, and unoccupiedcycles, the return f an capacity shal-l-increase to the nominal supply fancapacity as adjusted by the exhaust fanvariable frequency drive to be able torun in a ful-l- recircul-ation mode.

4) Upon proof of supply fan operation, inall modes of fan operation, the control-sequence shall proceed according to theappropriate Mode. If the supply fan doesnot prove ON, an BMS alarm shal-l beissued.


The supply fan speed shal-1 be control-l-ed bycompari-ng the measured duct static pressureto the nominal- duct static pressure setpointof 1.5 in. w.g. If the measured duct staticpressure is less than the duct staticnressrrre sef nnin1- 1- ho fan sneecl shal.f beuv Lyvrrr L tincreased. If the measured duct staticpressure is greater than the duct staticpressure setpoint, the fan speed shall- bedecreased.

1)

z)

2. System-OFF Mode:

SEQI ENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERLTTONNYCSCA 15985 42

o7 /2e/LO LLTI NO.: 063545

a. The rooftop uni-t supply and exhaust fan shallbe OFF, afl associated exhaust fans shall beOFF; the rooftop unit economizer dampersshall be commanded to their respective fail-safe positi-ons, outside air and exhaust airrlamnorq. r-l nqad roJ- rrrn li r rl:mnar ^n6n. nY

, !v uu!f I q!! uqlltyg! VyEtI, UZ\

cooling, hot-gas reheat, and gas-firedheating shall be de-energized,OFF.

Unoccupied Mode:

ERW shall be

a. Emergency/Standby Winter Mode: The rooftopunit shall be cycled intermittentl-v tomaintainfomnor:l-rrrarrnnnarrni ar{

maintainedradiation.

an emergency night set-back(NSB) setpoint of 50"F. Normal-

NSB shall be 55 "F and shal1 beby the perimeter fin tube

l^,

1) When the space temperature fal-1s belowthe emergency NSB setpoint, the supplyf an shall be started; al-1 associatedexhaust fans including unit mountedexhaust f an shall remain OFF,' theeconomizer dampers shal-l be in the ful1-return position; ERW shall be OfF, withthe return damper open and the outsideair and exhaust dampers closed.

2) Upon proof of a j-r f low, the gas heatershall- be energized and the gas val-veshall- be modul-ated to maintain arl i qnlrr rno t.emperature of B5OF(adjustable) until the space temperaturerises above the emergency NSB setpointplus its differential of 5oF, afterwhich the gas heater shal-1 de-energizeand the gas valve shall- close. Thesupply fan shall be de-energized and theRTU shall cvcfe OFF.

Unoccupied Summer Dehumidification Mode: Thernn€rnn ,,^.i + sha'1 I kle cvr:fed to maintain a!vvrLvI/ urrrL Jlrqrr vv vJv

space humidity ( for the representative roomrefer to M413) high-Iimit (HHL) setpoint asdescribed below.

1) When the space humidity rises above theHHL setpoint of 70.0 %RH for acontinuous period of time greater thanai nh1- /a\ ]rnrrrq l- han J- ha qrrnn'l rr fanu \v I lLvsLO, Lrrltt Lrre oqyl/rJ

NYCSCA SEQTTENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 43

o7 /2e/LO LLll NO.: 063545

shall be started; the economizer dampersshall be in the ful1-return position,with the return damper fuI1y open andthe outside air and exhaust dampersclosed. Unit mounted exhaust fan, andERW shal-l be OFF.

Upon proof of air flow, DX-cooling shallbe energized and control-fed to maintaina DX coil discharge temperature of 55F.The hot-gas modulating reheat valvesshall be energized and modulated tomaintain a return temperature of 80oF.

After the space humidity (for therepresentative room) falls below the HHLsefnoi nf - I es5 a differential of 5.0 %RHfor a period of time not l-ess than (30)minutes; DX-cooling shall be de-energized and the hot-gas reheat valvesshal-l- close. The supply f an shal-l be de-energized and the RTU shallcycle OFF.

Morning Warm-up: Pre-occupancy morning warm-upmode shall be required as sensed by the spacetemperature sensor one hour (adj. ) before thesystem is indexed from the unoccupied to theoccupied mode for the following conditions.

When the space temperature is bel-ow theoccupied setpoint fess a differential of 5'Fthen the warm-up sequence shall be initiated.Ofherwise- fhe RTU shall remain off until thet e1!,

beginning of the Occupied Mode.

Warm-up Mode: The supply fan shall bestarted; al-l associated exhaust fansincluding unit mounted exhaust fan shallremain OFF; the economizer dampers shall bein the full-return position; with the returndamper open and the outslde air and exhaustdampers closed. ERW shal-l be OFF

rrnnn t ^€ a-i r f I ow - f he (^f As he:l- er shallvyvll I/!vv! V! qlMvvv, LlrU YqJ lrvquvl

be energized and the gas val-ve shall bemodulated to maintain a discharge temperatureof B5"F until the space temperature risesabove the occupied setpoint plus itsdifferential of 2"F, after which the gasheater shall- de-energize and the gas valveshall- cl-ose. Once the Warm-up Mode cycle issaf i sfi eci - 1_he unit shall be indexed to! +vvt

occupied mode.

2)

b.

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF IIVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 1s985 44

o7 /2e/L0 LLtl NO.: 063545

Morning Purge and/ or Pul-l--down: Pre-occupancyspace cooling shall be required as sensed by thecombination space temperature and humidity sensorone hour before the system is indexed from theunoccupied to the occupied mode for the followingconditions.

a. Pre-Occupied Morning Purge Cycle:

1) The DDC Controller shall- calculate spacedewpoint from the combination of thespace temperature and space relativehumidity sensor readings to thebroadcast value of the calculatedoutside air dewpoint. If the outsidea i r der^rnni nt is l-ess than the insidedaurnai n]_

^ nr^-^nnrrni arly- - mornr_ng purge

cycle shall be initiated for a (15)minute duration.llrrri nn 1_ ha nra-^^-rrni arl ly, - .nornlng purgecycle, 100% outside air shal-l- beintroduced into the building to purgethe building air before occupancy. Theoutside air and relief exhaust ai-rdampers are to be indexed to their fullyopen position, and the return air damperto the fulIy cl-osed position.

The central air conditioner supply andexhaust fan shall be indexed to ful-I CFMwith DX-cooling locked out, ERW shall beON until- the morning purge cycle isterminated. The pre-occupied morningpurge cycle shal1 be terminated after a15 mj-nute cycle . The pre-occupiedmorn'i nrr nrrrcre crzr:le- 'i f in'i t'i al.ed- shal-l-f LL

be fol-l-owed by a pre-occupied pul1-downcyc1e.

Pra-Or-r-rrni cd Prr I 'l -dnr^rn Crrr-1 g;vl vf

Afl- er J- he nlrrde r-rrr-l e clr i f the outsidea i r jewno'i nJ- i c nroa l-or f han the inSideriar^rnni nl- ]-l.ra a arrnl a qlra I Imornlng purg-be l-ocked out and mechanical-refrigeration shallbe used in a pre-

2)

?l

h

1)

NYCSCA SEQLENCE OF rrVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 45

07 /2elLO

z)

LLW NO.: 063545

occupied pu11-down mode to bring thereturn air temperature down.

During the pre-occupied puII-down cycle,the outside and relief exhaust airdampers shallbe closed wj-th the returndamper ful1y opened. The RTU unit supplyf an shal-l- be indexed to provide fullCFM. Unit mounted exhaust fan and ERWshal-l- be OFF. The compressors shaIl bemodulated to provide their fu1I capacitywhil-e the DDC controller limit.s thedischarge air temperature to be no lessthan 2" F l-ess than the calculated spacedewpoint. The pre-occupied cycle shallbe terminated when the return airtemperature is at or bel-ow 78"F.

Once the pre-occupied pul1-down cycle issatisfied, the unit shal1 be indexed tooccupied economizer coolj-ng or occupiedmechanical cool-ins to maintain theradrr i rorl nanrrni arl space dry-bu1btemperature of 7B"F and occupied spacerel-ative humidity of 50% (per BC L2A4.2)as sensed by the return duct temperaturesensor and return duct humidity sensor.The outside air dampers shallbe set totheir minimum ventil-ation positionduring the occupied mechanical coolingcycJ-e. The DDC Controll-er shall comparethe controller's calcul-ated return airenthalpy to the calculated globaloutside air enthalpy to determine ifeconoml_ zer coot_ l-nq or mechanicalrefriqeration shal-l be initiated.

Occupied Mode: When the rooftop DDC controll-er isindexed to the occupied mode, the followingoccurs.

a. The supply fan, if not already started in thepre-occupancy mode, sha1l be started and thesupply fan VFD speed shal1 be placed undercontrol of the duct static pressurecontroller to maintain its setpoint.

b. The exhaust f an VFD speed shal-l- be placedunder control of the DDC controller tomaintain a fixed percentage of the supply fanspeed initially set to values determined inRTU schedule on M003 (for the case of allreturns brought back to central- unit withoutseparate exhaust fans) with the final setting

<l

NYCSCA SEQTTENCE OF rrVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 1598s 46

o7 /2e/LO LLTI NO.: 063545

determined by the Test & Air BalancingContractor. In the case where separateexhaust fans are provided, the return fanshall run at reduced capacity (as adjusted byits variable frequency dri-ve) to return therecircul-ation f low plus any local spi1lexhaust f l-ow.

Upon proof of supply fan operation, thecontrol- sequence shall operat.e in theoccupied mode. Mornlng Warm-up or MorningPurge/Pull Down shall not be active when inthe occupied mode. If the fans do not proveON, an alarm shall be issued to BMS.

Per NYC Mechanical Code MC 403.3.3, variableair vol-ume systems other than those designedfor 100% outdoor air, shall be provided wj-thcontrols to regulate the flow of outdoor air.Such control systems shall be designed tomaintain the minimum required flow of outdoorair over the entire range of supply airoperating rates.

Return Air Resef of Srrnnl rr Ai r Tcmneraf tt-^')EL v! uuIJIJry nf ! f srrrysraLurs.

'-l

After the pre-heating modearlh^'l rr -'i - l-amnor:f rrra nfJtlPIJ-Ly ct-LI Lgrrrl/E!q Lu!e v!

control-l-ed to maintainl_ omncrai- rrro qaJ- nn'i nl_ roqo1-temperature of 65"F to 12"8

i e r-nmnl e1. ed thevvr4yf v uevt

t.he RTU shal1 bee srrnnl v airfrom return air

1-l-1,,^+-L-1^\\ cl\lJ L,rD LAJ.-,'JE / .

b. After the pre-purge and pull down modes arecompleted; the supply air temperature of theRTU shall be control-l-ed to maj-ntain a supplyair temperature setpoint reset from returnair temperature of 60"F to 55"F (adjustable).

Humidity Control for Space Dehumidificatj-on/r^^^--'l .uEltcr dr .

There shallbe a relative humidity andtemperature duct detector transmittermounted in the common return air ductservi-ng the packaged roof top unit andconnected to the dedicated unit DDCcontroller. Duct sensors shall beutilized to maintain occupied setpoints.n^'.l.i+.;^^-11,,nuuf Lrvrrof Iy, there shall be acombj-nati-on space temperaturq/relativehumidit.y transmitter in one of the non-assembly spaces (for sensors locationsrefer to schematic control diagrams) or

1)

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 1s98s 47

o7 /2e/L0

h

tLW NO.: 063545

plans. The combination space transmittershall be utili-zed during unoccupiedperiods.The humidity measuring accuracy at 68"Fin the 20 to 95? RH range shall be (+/-22) . The temperature sensitivity shal-lbe less than or equal to 0.063 RH perdegree F.

The Dehumidification Control- Sequenceshal-1 be activated during both occupiedand unoccupied periods.

Control Sequence of Operation

If the occupJ-ed return air relative humidityrises above 50% RH (+/-2e") (adjustabl-e) or ifthe unoccupied space rel-ative humidity risesabove 65% RH (+/-22) (adjustable), theDehumidifying Sequence shal-l- be activated asfollows:

Additional Stage ofenergized to maintaintemperature of 50"F toqaf nn'i nl- \

ux coof r_ng asa d.i sr:haroe airrrO-55"F (adjustable

The modulating hot gas reheat coil-diverting val-ve sha1l be activated andmodufate open subject to the temperatureat f he srrnnl rz air sensor.tlho qrrnnl rr r-i r-l-amnorri- rrro aal.rq^r

through the dedicated DDC controller,shal-l- modulate the hot gas reheat coil-rl i rrar{- i nn -r:'l rra r{rr ri nn nnnrrn'i arl =nrlurvgr Lf r19 varvg uu!frr9 vuuulJrgu arruunoccupied periods to limit the supplyair temperature to the required loadraaar TAmnapr.l-rrra -^n<arl hrr {-ho!EDEL LErrrIJs!d.L(-l!g cf> >glrJgu py urrgreturn air temperature sensor and aqimnl i nn nf l- ho e?1a-a f aana*r+,,vaJqrrryrrrrv v! LrrE Jyqus LglttlJgIclLLrrg

readings.

When the occupied return air rel-ativehumidity drops below 50? (+ / -2%) RH(adjustable setpoint) or the unoccupiedo^a^a r^l af irra hrrmirl .i1_ rz rlrnn< ha'lnr^r 6^9JPO.\-g rEICILJVE rrLlrrrrlf,rLy Ur\JIJO VErvw vJ o

(+/-22) RH (adjustable setpoint), aql. :na nf nY nnnl inn uri I I h^ r^^^+':---!^.JJLqye v! uz\ vvvrrlrY w!rf ug LlcdL-LJVclLcLt

(unl-ess required by the occupied spacecooling load) and the modulating hot gasreheat coil divertinq valve shall close.

2)

?)

1)

z)

?\

4\


o7 /2slLo LLW NO.: 053545

An al-arm shall be annunci-ated to BMS ifthe space relative humidity reading asrecorded by the combination spacetempered/rel-ative humidity sensor sensesa relative yumidity at or exceeding 102.

Control-

q\

10. ERW Frost

Frost control shallbe achieved by cycling ERWON/OFF through ERW's OEM.

3.06 cusroM RooFToP IrNrT FOR THE COMBTNED CAFETERTA/KrICIIENRTU-18 (CONSTATiIT VOLIIME IINIT vilITH DCV-ECONOt{IlERr___lgAg;

DDC CONTROLS

A General System Overview

The combined Cafeteria/t<ltchen area is served by asingle constant-vol-ume rooftop unit (RTU-18) withsupply and return fans, economLzer dampers, self-contained llY-^nnlah^

UI\ UVVTITIY, hot-gas reheat andmodulating gas-fired duct furnace heating. Thefans are operated through their respecti-vevariable frequency drives. Variable frequencyrlri rrac r ra ^rovided tO f aCilitate the balanCinqprocess and to provide ad;ustable constant speednnar:t- i nn Flrrri na nncrrni arl mOdeS aif iS fetUfnedvvv qI/ ! uu

to the RTU sol-e1v from the Cafeteria area whileair from the KiCchen is vented outside throughvarious exhaust fans serving the Kitchen area.Makeup air for the exhaust fans is supplied by therooftop unit via supply air diffusers and at ransf er ori I le in the wal] above the r:ei I i ncrbetween the Cafeteri-a Serverv and Kitchen.

Safety Devices. Safeties shall be in force at all-times and al-1 modes of operation, including all-operating modes of VFD.

Qrrnnl.z f\rrn{. Orrornraeqltra Safetff : Tf theuuvL vv9!vr9Jou!9 Jq!ELJ. I!

staf ir: rrresqlrre in the gynnl rz drrnl- o-CeedSthe positive static pressure switch setpointfor any reason, the supply fan shal-l stop andshal-l- remain in the System-OFF Mode until- thesafety pressure switch is manually reset.Af ter the alarm is cleared, the RTU shal-lresume its normal operation according to theennrnnr.i r1- a .nOde. A Chanoe-of -sf ai. e a]-afm".c-|'/*vllgIIYUshall be generated at the SOC. Note that thj-sfan safety shall be hardwired to shut the fan


07 /2e/LO LLII NO. : 053545

off in all modes of fan-control- operati-on.

b . Return Duct Suction Pressure Saf ety: f'f thestatic pressure in the return duct exceedsthe negative static pressure switch setpointthe return fan shal-l- stop and shall remaj-n inthe System-OFF Mode until the safety pressureswitch is manually reset. After the alarm iscleared, the RTU sha1I resume its normaloperation according to the appropriate mode.A change-of-state al-arm shallbe generated atthe SOC. Note that this fan safety shall behardwired to shut the fan off in al-I modes offan-control operation.

c. Clogged Fil-ter Alarm: There shall beinstall-ed a differentialpressure transmitteracross the filters which shall indicate thecombined pressure drop across the fil-ters. Aclogged f ilter al-arm shal-1 be generated atthe SOC when the pressure drop exceeds thesetpoint. The setpoint is the combinedpressure drops as recommended by the filtermanufacturer for replacement.

d. Safety Emergency Heating Mode: A furnacecontrol Hand-Off-Auto toggle selector swj-tchshall be utilized as follows. In the "Auto"position, the furnace shall be control-led asdefined herein. In the *Off" position, thefurnace shall be disabled. In the "Hand"position, the units'DDC furnace operatingcontrols shall be overridden and the furnacestarted and modulated to maintaj-n a manuallyset discharge temperature. The temperatureshall be maintained bv an electronic PImodulating controll-er sensr_ng furnacedischarge temperature. Setpoint shallbe:rl irrcfal-rls up to 130F. In al-l- mOdeS, thefurnace operation shal-l be subject to allsafety devices including but not l-imited to ahiqh temperature cut-out safety set at 145Fand a unit airflow proving switch.

Fire Alarm Shut Down: This sequence of operationshall- be 1n force at all times and under all modesof operation.

The Fire Alarm contractor shal-l furnish andthe mechanicaf contractor shal-l- install thesmoke detector (s) to shut down the systemupon sensing smoke. Furthermore, thefollowing shal-l be provided through Div. 76.

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 50

o7./2e/Lo

b.

LtW NO.: 063545

During a fire alarm condition, the Fire Al-armContro] Panel (FACP) shall shut down thesttnnlrr and electrical'l v interlOCked retUrnu!rvqfrl'

fan and the system sha1l operate and remainin the System-OFF Mode until the alarmcondition is cleared. When -rhe unit fans areshut down by a f ire al-arm condition, al-lfire/smoke and smoke dampers shal-1 close ascommanded by the FACP. After the fire alarmshutdown j-s cleared, all smoke and fire/smokedampers shal-I be commanded open by the FACPand the unit shall resume its normal-operation accordi-ng to the appropriate mode.

Fire al-arm system acti-vation initiated bymanual- pull station shal-l- not shut down thettni I sirnnl rr and return fanS and shal-l_ nOtclose the associated smoke and/or fire/smokedampers if in the testing mode.

Fans on systems that recirculate aj-r or are100 percent outside air handling less than2,000 cfm shaf l- not be shut down upon manual-or automatic activation of the fire alarmsystem.

Exhaust systems that do not recirculate airshall not be provided with smoke detectors orsmoke dampers and shal1 not be shutdown bythe fire alarm system. Fire dampers shall beprovlded as required at penetrations of firerated construction.

.l

f. The mechanical contractor sha1l provide ductSmoke Dampers (SD) and Combination Fire/SmokeDampers (FSD) with actuators and proof-of-open end-switches. The FACP shall monitor allassociated end-switches for proof-of-open onan individual or zone basis. The FACP shal-l-indicate via a FACP mounted LED that a damperor zone of dampers has not proven open.Fire/smoke dampers associated with the post-fire smoke purge system and smke controlsystems shall be monitored on an individualbasis bv the FACP.

BMS I/O Points: Provide the BMS I/O points asqno-'i f i orl


o7 /2e/LO

R,

LLII NO.: 063545

Operatinq Modes:

The rooftop unit shall operate 1n either of fourmodes; Syitem-OFF, Unoctupied, Occupied-Cookingand Occupied-Non-Cooking. The operati-ng modes ofthe RTU shall be automatically determined by thecombined actions of the DDC Scheduler, Room SensorBypass Pushbutton, Control and Safety Devices, theDietician's Manual- Switch; and the Fire AlarmSystem (Div. 16).

Mode Selection and Fan Operation:

a. The operator shallbe abl-e to manually selectthe operating mode through an H-O-A switch(label-ed OCC-UNOCC-AUTO) mounted in the RTUand wired j-nto the digital controller. In theautomatic-positi-on the RTU is indexedautomatically by the DDC Scheduler betweenthe various modes of operation describedherein. In the OCC-position the RTU shallremain in the Occupied-Not-Cooking Modeunless overridden by the Dietician's switch(as provided in Section 11400 On-Off switch).In the UNOCC-positj-on the RTU shallremain inthe Unoccupied Mode. Note that the H-O-Aswitch is not the same as the manufacturer, sservice switch whi-ch will shutdown the RTU.

b. When the H-O-A switch is placed into eitherthe "OCC" or the "UNOCC" position an advisoryis qenerated at the SOC.

Return air fan (RF) shal-1 be electricallylnterl_ocked wi +.h .r_ha crrnnr.y f an (Sf ) of theRTU.

Fan Acceleration/De-accel-eration: When thesupply fan and return fans are started, thefans shal-1 be slow1y accelerated up to therequired speed accordi-ng to the rampadjustments in the VFDs. The ramp-up timeshal-1 be set to (30 ) seconds . When the fansare de-energized they shal-l- be de-energizedimmediatelv without de-acceleration.



Summer/Winter Mode Selection and EconomizerMode Selection: The rooftop unit shal-l beautomatically indexed to operate in ej-therthe Summer Mode or Winter Mode based on theoutside ambient temperature.

1) If the outside temperature is l-ess thanor equal to 45 F, the unit sha1l beindexed to the Winter Heatinq Mode.

If the outside temperature is greaterthan 45 F but less than 50 F, the unitshal-l- be in whatever Mode was the l-astMode of operation (heating or cooling).

Summer Mode: If the outside t.emperatureis greater than or equal to 50 F butless than 65F, the unit shall be indexedto the Summer Cooling Mode.

Economi zer Mode : When the calcul-atedglobal outside air enthalpy is less thanthe control-l-er's cal-culated return ai-renthalnrz- fhe rnnf1_nn rrnit Shal-l- be, UIIV

indexed to the Economizer Mode. When theoutside air enthalpy is greater than thereturn enthalpy, the rooftop unit sha1lbe indexed to Summer Mechanical CoolinqMode. If the outside temperature iscrraa1-or 1-han (\T a.r'r'r,al fn 6qtr 1-ho rrnif

vJL,

shal-l- be indexed lo the Mechanical-( na | lnd lvtn da Upon a Lon Networkcommunication failure, the rooftop unit.shal-l default to the seasonal OccupiedMode.

System-OFF Mode:

The roof1-nn lr-r' ^"*^1" -*'l retufn fanS shalll rrs ! vv! LvIJ u.l.tI L D uIJlJry d.rlL

be OFF, the rooftop unit economj-zer dampersshall be commanded to their respective fail--safe positions, outside air and exhaust airdampers closed, return air damper open; DXcooling, hot-gas reheat, and gas-firedheating shall be de-energi-zed. The KitchenHood (KEF-1) and General- Exhaust fans (GKEF-1) shall be OFF; the Can Wash Room (EF-40)shall run continuouslyi the Staff Toilet (TX-26) shall be OFF.

2)

?\

4)

NYCSCA SE9ITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION 1598s s3

07 /2elLO

b

LLW NO.: 063545

Unoccupied Mode:

a. Unoccupied Bypass Mode. During the unoccupiedmode an authorized occupant shal-l- be able tomanually bypass the Unoccupied Mode bydepressing the bypass button on the spaceaan en r Depressing +tr^^

Lllc button >trct_L_L

temporarily place the rooftop unit into theOccupied Non-Cooklng Mode for (120) minutes(adjustable). After this time has elapsed theunit shal-1 automatically return to theappropriate mode of operation. If during thistemporary time the Kitchen Hood exhaust fanis manually started by the switch locatednear the Dietician's office, then the rooftopunit shal-l- operate in the Occupied CookingMode until the Kitchen Hood exhaust fan isturned OFF by the manua1 switch.

Winter Unoccupied Mode. The rooftop unitshall be cycled intermittently to maintain anight set-back temperature (NSB) setpoint of55'F. When either space temperature (Kitchenor Cafeteria) fal-1s below the NSB setpoint;iha c,,n^-r ., fan and return fan shall ber uIrI/ r lstarted at 50? speed, the economizer damperssha11 be in the full--return position, withthe outside air and exhaust dampers closed.Upon proof of air flow, the gas heater shallbe energized and shal-l- modul-ate the gas valveto maintain a discharge temperature of 85oF.On a further drop in space temperature bel-ow50 oF, the fan speed shall be increased from50% to 100%. When the space temperature risesabove the NSB setpoint plus a 5.0 " Fdifferential, the gas heater shallbe de-energi-zed, the gas vafve shall cl-ose, and therooftop unit sha}l be de-energized.

1) Al-1 unoccupied modes (winter or summer) :The Kitchen General Exhaust Fan shall beintermittently cycled to maintain asetpoint of 87'F as sensed by thekitchen temperature sensor. When theKitchen temperature rises above thesetpoint the fan starts. When thetemperature f alls bel-ow the setpoint,less a 5"F differential- the fan stops.

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 54

a7 /2elLO

c.

LLW NO.: 063545

Summer Unoccupied Mode. The rooftop unitshal-l- be cycled intermittently to maintain aCafeteria space humidity high-Iimit (HHL)setpoint and a Cafeteria space set-upl- emnor:1- rrro 1T{qIl\ qo.i- nai nl-\ttuv/ uvuyvrrrL.

1) Night setup Temperature Control: Thernn f.F n^!vv! uvy unlt shall ho cycledintermittently to maintain a Cafeteriaspace set-up temperature (NSU) setpointof 85"F. When the Cafeteria temperaturerises above the NSU setpoint; the supplyfan and return fan shall be started at50% speed, the economizer dampers shallbe in the ful1-return position, with theoutside air and exhaust dampers closed.Upon proof of air flow, DX cooling shallbe energi-zed and shall continue until-the Cafeteria space temperature dropsbelow the NSU setpoint minus a 5oFtemperature differential, dL which timethe DX cooling shal-1 be de-energized,and the rooftop unit shall be de-energized.

Dehumldi ficat ion r!.,^'l ^.uyuJs. When theCafeteri-a space humidity rises above theHHL setpoint of 70 ?RH for a continuousperiod of time greater than (B) hours;the supply fan and return fan shall bestarted at 50? speed, the economizerdampers shal-l- be in the full-returnposition, with the outside air andexhaust dampers closed. Upon proof ofair flow, the DX cooling shall- beenergized and shal-l be controlled tomaintain a coollng coil dlschargetemperature of 55"F. The hot-gasmodulating reheat valve shal1 beenergized and shal-l be modul-ated tomaintain a space temperature of 80"Funtil- the space humidity falls bel-ow theHHL setpoint less its differential of 5ARH, at which time the DX cooling shall-be de-energized and the hot-gas reheatvalve is closed. The supply and returnfans shal-1 be de-enerqized.

2)

NYCSCA SEQIIENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 55


Occupied Cooklng Mode:

This Mode of operation is defined as beingwhenever the Kitchen Hood EF is proven ON.The Kitchen Hood exhaust fan shall bemanual-ly control-led via a local- Dietician'sswitch (as provided in Section 11400 On-Offswitch) located near the Dietician's officewired to the exhaust fan's motor starter.Note that this manual- mode overrides al-1other modes and, if the switch is left ON,will continue in this mode until the switch1S t'urneo ut t .

When the Dietician's switch is ON, and uponproof that the Kitchen Hood exhaust fan isrunning, the rooftop unit supply and returnfans shall start. Furthermore, upon proof ofKitchen Hood exhaust fan operation, the gassolenoids of, the Kitchen equipment areenergized OPEN via an el-ectrical hardwiredinterl-ock.

Upon proof that the rooftop unj-t supply fanis ON, the fol-Iowing shall occur.

la

o\Ll

Tho qrrnn'l rz fen \/F D sneed Shal_l_ beuuyyrJ "y*commanded to its fixed occupied speedseff i no and the return fan \/F D sneedshall be commanded to its fixed speedsetting as determj-ned and set by theTest & Air Balance Contractor. Returnf an speed shal-l be adj ustable by thereturn fan variabl-e frequency drive toreturn the Cafeteria recirculation flow.

The outside air damper shall becontroll-ed during the Occupied Modes toprovide the minimum air flow rate.

The outside air and return air dampers shallat all occupied times be controlled tomaintain the reset minimum airflow setpointand sha1l automatically adjust the outsidea'i r r-l:mnor in resnonse fo chanoes in fanspeed and other such conditions.

L)

NYCSCA SEQIIENCE OF rMC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 56

07 /2s/LO LLII NO.: 063545

Winter Mode. The economizer dampers arecontrolled in sequence with the modulated gasheater to maintain the space occupledsetpoints.

rj The modulating economizer dampers shalllre srrlrior-l- l-rr an acjirrsl-able mixed-airusvJvvu

Iow-l-imit controller set to 55"F.

On a rise j-n space temperature above t.heoccupied heating setpoint temperature,the economizer dampers shal-l bemodulated open, overcalling the minimumairflow setting. On a further rj-se inspace temperature, the DX cooling shall-be energized and controlled to maintainthe Cafeteria occupied space coolingtemperature setpoint of 78'F. On a dropin space temperature the reversesequence shal-l- occur.

3 ) On drnn i n qner-F f cmOeratUre bel-OW theJlv!vt/Jl/gvvuvrl(}

or-r-rrni od 1^^^r ': -.- ^^r--'ri nf f emner:f rrI.g OfvuuuvJsu IlccrL-LII9 JELy\JfrrL LsrrrPsrqLuJ2"F, the gas heater shal-1 be energizedand shall be modul-ated to maintain thedesired Cafeteria space heating setpointtemperature, subject to an adjustabledischarge-air high-limit controller setto B5'F. On a rise in space temperaturethe reverse seouence shall- occur.

Summer Mode. The economizer dampers arecontroll-ed at the minimum airflow setpointwhil-e DX cooling is cycled to maintain thean:^a nnnrrni arl qof nni nl-vvvuyfvvUvuyvrrlL.

1) On a rise in space temperature above theoccupied Cafeteria cooling temperatureq.ot-nnint of 78oF-- fhe DX r:oolino Shallevuyvrrl L I vvvrrraY

be energized and controlled to maintainthe Cafeteria occupied space coolingl- omnorrl-rr ra qa1_ nni n l- On : drnn i n spacefnmnnrrrr'*^ fl^^ qA.frlAnr-F willLgrttlJgraLLtrE Lrrg rEVg!os os\4uErrvsr'r ar a.l I r

2)

NYCSCA SEQITENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPER.jATTON 15985 57

o7 /29lLO LtW NO.: 063545

6. Or-r-rrni cd NTnn-f-nalzi nn Mnda.vvv r!rrrY

h

The roof top unit shal-l- automatically bestarted and stopped by the BMS via a BMSschedule for the Occupied Mode. The schedul-eshall be adjustable at the SOC. This Mode isdefined as the occupied mode during which theKitchen Hood exhaust fan is OFF via a switch(as provided in Section 11400 On-Off switch)l-ocated near the Dietician's office. When therooftop unit supply fan has been proven ON,and when the Hood exhaust fan is OFF, theGenera] Kitchen exhaust fan sha11 becommanded ON.

With the Dietician's switch OFF, the gassolenoids of the Kltchen equipment shall bede-energized, closi-ng through an el-ectricallyhardwired interlock to the Ki-tchen Hoodexhaust fan.

The roof f on n- 'i + ^"**'r .- t-n shal_l- be startedrrre !vvr Lvy urlr L DuPIJry !aby the BMS via its repective variablefrequency drive (VFD).

1) The supply fan VFD speed shall becommanded to its fixed occupied speedsetting as determined by the Test andAir Balance Contractor. The return fanVFD speed shall be commanded to itsfixed speed setting (as determined bythe air balancer). Return fan speedshall be adjusted by the return fanvariable frequency drive to return theCafeteria recirculation fl-ow plus anyloca1 spill exhaust flow.llnnn nrnnf nf orrnn-l rz €=n nnor:.i. i nn -l- havPvrr IJr uur ur J ulJIJf,y ralr vl/s! a Lrvrl urrscontrol- sequence shall proceed asfollows.

The outside air damper shall becontrol-led during the Occupied Modes toprovide the minimum a j-rf low rate.

Winter Mode. The economizer dampers arecontrol-l-ed in sequence with the modulated gasheater to maintain the Cafeteria spaceoccupied setpoints.

o\

.l

1) The modulated economizerha nnqi1- innarl nn6h n^^+vu l/vpr LIUtlC(l UPerl, Pcl 5 L

dampers shalltheir minimum

1s985 58NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION

01/2e/LO LLll NO. : 063545

airflow ratecooling.

position on a cal-l f or

?\

The modulating economizer dampers shall-be subject to an adjustable mixed-airlow-limit controller set to 50oF whichsha1l overcall the space temperaturecontrol- signal, modulating the dampersclosed towards their minimum position.The outside airflow rate is neverallowed to fall below the minimumsetting.

On rise in space temperature above theoccupied heating setpoi-nt temperature,the economi zer dampers shal-l- bemodulated open, overcalling the minimumflow setting. On a further rise in space1- omneref rrra - the outSide airf l-Ow rateshall be returned back to the minimumairflow setting and DX cooling shall beenergized and controlled to maintain theoccupied space cooling temperaturesetpoint. On a drop in space temperaturethe reverse sesuence will occur.

On drop in Cafeteria space temperaturebelow the occupied heating setpointtemperature, the economizer dampersshal-l be modulated towards the minimurnsetting. On a further drop in spacetemperature the gas heater shall beenergized and shall be modulated tomaintain the desired space heatingsetpoint subject to an adjustabledischarqe-air hiqh-Iimit controller setto B5'F:

Summer Mode. The economizer damper j-s set toits reset minimum position while DX coolingis controlled to maintain the cafeteria spaceoccupied setpoint.

1) On a rise in space temperature above theor-r-rrn'i ad nnnl 'i nrr l. omncr:l-ri ra qotn^; *+vuvuy!ev U\JU-LIIIV LCIttVs!q uurs Js uyvI1l L tthe DX cooling shal1 be energized andcontrolled to maintain its occupiedspace cooling temperature setpoint. On adrop 1n space temperature the reversesequence will occur.

Hum'i cli trz Conf rol f or Snar-c Dehumidif ication

,/-^^^*- I .ugllgr oa .

2)

4)

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 59

o7 /2e/LO LLIII NO. : 063545

1) There shall be a relative humidity andtemperature duct detector transmittermounted in the coilrmon return air ductserving the packaged rooftop unit andconnected to the dedicated unit DDCcontroller. Duct sensors shal-l- beutilized to maintain occupied setpoints.Additionally, there shallbe a

2)

combinati-on space temperature/relativehumidity transmitter in one of the non-assembly spaces (for sensors locationsrefer to schemati-c control diagrams) orplans. The combination space transmittershall be util-ized during unoccupiedperiods.

Tha ljrrmi di f rr ' rlr^.\/ aj. 6R o trmeasurr-ng acc----rin the 20 to 95? RH range shall be (+/-2Z) . The temeparture sensitivity sha1lbe less than or equal to 0.064 RH perdegree F.

The Dehumidification Control Sequenceshal-l- be activated during both occupied,end rrnnr.r.rrrt'i arl ncri nrlq

Cnnt rnl Sorrrrenr-o nf Onere1- i.6n

If the occupied return air relative humidityrises above 50? RH (+/-2%) (adjustable) or ifthe unoccupied space rel-ati-ve humidity risesabove 65? RH (+/-22) (adjustable), theDehumidifying Sequence shal-1 be activated asfoll-ows:

l^t

1)

2\

?\

Additional Stage ofenergized to maintaintemperature of 50"F tosetpoint).

l_sUZ\ UVVf IIIY

a discharge airrrO-53 r (aolusraore

The modulating hot gas reheat coil-diverting valve shal-1 be activated andmodulate open subject to the temperatureaf f he srrnn'l rr air SenSor.

Tha qrrnnl rr : i r f omorr.arf rrro qAnqa\r

through the dedicated DDC controller,shal-l- modulate the hot gas reheat coilr.l i rrarl- i nn rr:-l rra rlrrr-i nrr nnnrrni ad anrl9rv9! LJrrv vq-LVE LlLrrfrr9 uuuuIJJgu arluunoccupied periods to limit the supplyalr temperature to the required loadroqot famnoTr.l-rrra -^nqarl l-rrr fho!Eosu usrrrIJE!ctLL-t!g ct> >€rrJUu vI Lllureturn air temeperature sensor and asampling

SEQI ENCE OF HVAC

of ihe .qnA/-a 1-omrrar:ir.l1.e

NYCSCA SYSTEM OPERATION 15985 60

o7 /29/LO LLW NO.: 063545

readinqs.

4) When the occupied return air relativehumidity drops below 50% (+/-2%) RH(adjustable setpoint) or the unoccupiedspace rel-ative humidity drops below 65%(+/-22) RH (adjustable setpoint), astage of DX cooling willbe deactivated(unless required by the occupied spacecooling load) and the modulating hot gasreheat coi-l- divertinq va]ve shall c1ose.

5) An alarm shall be annunciated to the BMSif the space relat j-ve humidity readingas recorded by the combination spacetemparture/relative humidity sensor

. senses a relative humiditv at orexceedinq 7 0e" .

Supply Air Temperature Control-s-Modulating GasHeating Upon a call for heating by the dischargeduct temperature sensor, the rooftop DDC unitarycontrol-l-er shallprovide the f ollowing controlqa^llan^4.

Initiate heat exchanqer combustion blower

Veri f rz nosi I i rre nrorzi nq of combustionairf l-ow.

3.07 PRTI{ARY-PUMP CONDENSTNG HOT WATER BOTLER PLANT (BMS, OgM Ar{DpDc coNTRoLLEp) (BOILERS B-1, B-2 Ar{p pt MpS HWp-l, HWp-2 sHr{P-3)

Boiler Plant Controlfer (s) (BPC) also known asUniversal Digital Controllers (UDC) by some unitmanufacturers (OEM) shall be interfaced to the BuildingManagement System (BMS ) by the TCC. The boil-er andboiler plant shal-l- be controlled and sequenced throughthe Boiler Plant Controller (BPC) furnished by the unitmanufacturer (OEM) . Provide a manual- Hand-Off-Automaticswitch on the boil-er control panel to allow theoperator to manually override the automatic controlcommand. When the BCP is herein referred to, itincludes the l-ocal OEM controller on the boil-er and theOEM master controller in which ever configuration isfurnished by the OEM. The TCC shal-l provide control ofthe hot water circulating pumps, and other points ascoordj-nated by the MC.

The BPC system has an internal- plant start adjustmentthat can be set nominally between 32"8 to 85"F outdoorair temperature. When the boiler plant is acti-vated,the circulating pump shal1 be started simultaneously.

X

A

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATTON 15985 61

07 /2e/LO

r-

LL!{ NO. : 063545

The BPC shall- stage and control- auxiliary equipmentsuch as isol-ation valves, combustion air dampers, etc.Control of the hot water circulating pumps is by theTCC controller, which receives an enabling contactsignal from the BCP starting the control sequence forthe pumps.

Specif i-ed boil-ers BMK-2LN are boilers with *SEALED"combustion. No combusti-on air openings & dampers arerequi-red. If contractor intents to provi-de boilerswithout *SEALED" combustion it will be contractorsrespons j-bility to provide l-ouvers, dampers, power andcontrol- wiring to complete sequence of operationwithout additional- expenses to SCA.

Combustj-on Air Control (By Boiler OEM Controls):Provide boiler room combustion ai-r intake dampersinterl-ocked into the proof-of-damper open circuit ofthe burner. Before one of the burners on the boilerscan start, and on a call for boiler firing, theassocj-ated combustion air intake dampers shall open ascommanded by the Master BoiIer Control-1er. Burnersshall not start unl-ess the dampers open as monitored bythe Master Boiler OEM Control Panel which 1s provenwhen the damper end-switches close. Boj-ler contractorshall provide one (1) dry-contact in the boiler controlpanel to open the damper and shall provi-de inputterminals for proof-of-open from the end switches toprevent burner operation. When the burners stop thecombustion air dampers close. Provide a manual- OPAN-AUTO switch on the burner panel to allow dampers to bemanually opened.

Once combustion air dampers are proven open, the boil-erplant controll-er (BPC) shall stage on the first boil-erand lncrease the boiler input as required until apreset adjustable percentage of input, nominally 40-50%, is reached as determined by the OEM. At thatnai n1- fha PDC shall start a second boiler and decreaseinput on the first boiler, then modul-ating both boj-lerssimul-taneously in unison. At the point where the two(2) firing modules reach the transfer percentage pointas determined by the OEM, the BPC shal-l- start a thirdboiler (if a third boil-er is furnished) and equalizea1l- boil-er inputs to maxj-mize heating plant efficiency.The OEM lead/lag controlsystem shall- util-i ze theturndown ratio, run time and/or other features on eachboiler as part of their lead/Iag sequencing system.

On a cjron i n he,ai_ inrr demancl - f he hoilerS Shall bevurrrqr rv tsequenced by the BPC in a reverse manner. The boil-ershall come off-line at the transfer setpoint (asdetermined by the OEM) to maximize condensing. Whether

D.

tr

F.

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATTON 15985 62

o7 /2e/LO

tl

LLII NO. : 063545

the BPC is set in a constant temperature or modulatingtemperature mode, it shall use the modulating abilityto prevent header temperature fl-uctuation and maximizeefficiencv.

The BPC shal-l- provide adjustable reset control of thehot water supply temperature based upon the outside airtemperature. Maximum design hot water supplytemperature shal1 not exceed 140"F.

The BMS system shall- automatically sequence thecirculating hot water pumps (HWP). Upon a call from theOEM BPC heating plant controller to enable the pump(s),the lead hot water pump shallbe started through itsrespective variabl-e frequency drive (VF"D) . If the l-eadHWP fail-s, the fag HWP shal-I be started. A11 hot waterpumps shall be started and stopped in a lead-1ag-lagf ashion based on run time. The speed of the lead Hi/ilPshal-l- be modul-ated to maintain the ad'l ustab1edifferential setpoint pressure.

The BMS system shal-1 automatically control- the hotwater pump VFDs to maintain the desired systemdifferential pressure setpoint. On a rise in pressurethe pump speed shal-l- be reduced. On a further rise theVFDs shal-l- be at their minimum allowabl-e speed to avoidmotor over-heating. On a drop in differential pressure1-ha ra\7ara6 seguence shall occur. Note that the hotwater piping system is designed with a constant minimumfl-ow to accommodate the hot water pumps running attheir minimum speed to prevent overheating of the pumpmotors.

TCC shal-l- provide the BMS I/O points as shown oncontrol schematics and point lists on the contractdrawings and as required accomplishing the descrj-bedsequence of control. Mechanical Contractor (MC) shalIcoordinate with the Temperature Controls Contractor(TCC) AND the Boiler Vendor/Manufacturer (OEM) for acomplete system.

ParaIIeI positioning control- or combustion fan speedmodulation or common combustion air/fuel val-ve shaftarrAnrremenJ- / I i nk:rra--l oqq \ -la- l 'l nnnrrf 5 raanrrli nn Ie \ +--^.--Y - / snaII operat, errrY coOEM's control sequence.Modulating Control-1er: On each boiler, a modulatlng,combination temperature control-1er consisti-ng of ananalog header temperature sensor firing ratecontroller, OnlOff Cut-In/Cut-Out controller, and Limitcontroll-er with manual reset shall modul-ate theburners. Varying boil-er temperatures will actuate theairlfuel- metering system to maintain constanttemperature.

J

K

L.

NYCSCA SEQI'ENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERiATION 15985 63

07 /2elLO LLW NO.: 063545

Temperature Operati-ng Control

A temperature operating control shal-l- beutilized on each boiler. Operating control-shal-l- function to stop the operation of theburner when the boiler temperature reachesits cutout setting and cause the burner tostart when the temperature drops to aselected lower cut-in temperature.

When the lead-Iag programming controlrequlres a temperature control installed onthe header, it shallbe in addition to thecontrol instal-led on the boi-ler. f n thiscase, the control instal-l-ed on the headershall act as the primary operating control,and shall be set in accordance with therecommendation of the l-ead-laq controlm.anlt1-.a-rrlr6r The temperature operatingcontrols instal-l-ed on the boilers shal-l- allbe set al-ike.

Temperature Limit Control-: A temperature limitcontrol on each boil-er wired in series with allother control devices to the ungrounded conductorshal-l- stop the burner and interrupt completely thepower to the flame fai-l-ure control if the boilermax j-mum temperature exceeds the hiqh limitsetpoint.

Fl-ame Failure Control-

Each burner shall be provided with a flame fail-ure(combustion safety) programming control- which will-de-energize all- electrically operated fuel valvesand burner equipment within four seconds, andactuate a vi-suaI al-arm mounted on the controlpanel after an operating fl-ame failure hasoccurred. Automatic start up and shutdownnroorammi no shall be a nart of thi s safetrzf--"), rqlvLJ

equipment.

Pilot and main flame shall be detected by a leadsulphide infrared or ul-traviolet scanner as perburner manufacturer's recoflrmendatlon. Scannershal1 be so located as not to be actuated by hotrefractory or other hot body.

Control- shall provide for prepurge prior to lightof f _ nrnnf of ^.i I ^f l-^€^_^ main fUel Val rzes onen _v!!, yrvvr vr vrruL u€I\J!g ILtc.IIMlgI vctr vso v}JErl,nrnnf n€ m:in f I =ma nn-l rr rlrrrinrr rttt.1 =nrl nnol_y!vv! v! lrlaa]] Iao.lttE \-/i]_Ly uu!rtrv !utl, d.IlLl IJU>Lpurge at the end of each firing period. Controlshal1 affect a safetv shutdown prior to the

b.

M

NYCSCA SEQI ENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERjATION 1598s 64

o7 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

opening of the main fuel val-ves if the presence ofthe pilot flame has not been proven.

Tlra nra-n,1r^a cvel e sha I I be 100% air f lOW andv-)' vru rrrqar

shall have a duration equivalent to a minimum of 4air changes. The post-purge cycle shallbe 15seconds minimum (adjustable) .

In case of electrical power supply failure,controlshal-l recycle automatically when power lsrestored. In case of safety shutdown, controlshall not permit recycling of the burner equipmentuntil after the manual- operation of a resetbutton

The control- shallcomponent check during

Carbon monoxide shut down:shut down by the fire alarmcarbon monoxide l-evels.

Night Setback:

Burner equipment shall be<rzq.l- om nn da.| ani- i nn nf hi nh

:^^nmnl i ch a

each start.^-f^ -t^-!JC1IE > LCI.L L

N.

The night setback operation of the hot water boilerplant shall be automatically determined by the combinedactions of the DDC Scheduler, the local- OEM control,and the outdoor air temperature sensor i-n order tomai-ntain 55"F space temp in setback mode during wj-nter.

3.08 EMERGENCY GENERATOR SYSTEMS

(Refer to M414 "Typical System ControlTank,/Generator/Automati-c Transfer Switch)

ur o.u ! o.Itl L)d, v

A FueI Oil Svstem:

'l Emar^an^\/ oenerator r-lav tank I errel COntfO]l_ef WithYVrrv! q uv! vqy Lqrr^ rE v gJ

1ow, full-, high levels shall- energize remote f ueloil transfer pump (DOTP-1) and cycle oil- transferpump to maintain day tank oil level.l-evel contro]ler rel-ated wiring.

Provide

?

When oil leve1 in day tank reaches fu11 level,fuel oiI transfer pump shall stop. When hiqhlevel- in oil tank is reached or leak is detectedin rupture basin of day tank or containment areaof the generator, fuel oiltransfer pump shallstop and visibl-e and audibl-e loca1 alarm atgenerator (with silence switch) and at a remotel-ocation near fuel- oil tank shall be activated.

When fuel oil leak is detected in basin/floor offuel oil storage tank, or in containment basin

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF HVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 65

a7 /29lLO LLII NO.: 063545

(24"x24"x24") bel-ow fuel oil- piping, visible andaudible al-arm (with silence switch) shall beactivated. A Day Tank Common Alarm shall beannunciated to the BMS.

Fuel oil transfer pumpsremote control from thedetection of excess heattank room.

wi1l be shut down byfire alarm system uponin diesel oil storase

tr Emergency Generator Exhaust (Generator OEM Controlled)

Emergency generator is mounted outside on theroof. Outdoor air intake and generator exhaustshal1 be controlled bv OEM.

C. BMS I/o points:sncr-i f i od.

Provide the BMS T/O points as

3.09 BREAI(-GLASS STATIONS: BOILERS

A. The Electrical- Contractor shall- provi-de in thelocat j-ons shown on the Electrical- Drawings, ASCO 1242(minimum 2 pole) or approved equa1, flush mounted breakglass stations, with appropriate approved designation,for emergency shutdown of boil-ers. Atl wiring toboiler, control panels shal-l- be by the ElectricalContractor. Refer to Section 16480.

3.10 MONITORING A}ID MEASI'RING ENERGY SYSTEMS

The Temperature Control Contractor (TCC) shallinr:ornorafe fha fnlIar^rjna |afa noints from bOth OEM andTCC furnished metering devices.

1. Electrical Power-Lighting, Fan & Pump Motors, Etc:

(Refer to Dwgs: M410 & M411.

Provide for each Watt meter the following BMSI/O points which shall be trended, archived,and monitored at the SOC.

fnstantaneous Power (kW)

1.

A.

1\tl

h

2) Totalized power (

Provide an automaticpower on a monthly andas stored on the local

kvfH ) .

nr i nf orrt of total_1zedrzear-fo-clafe basis anddrive.

Natural- Gas Flow:

Provide for each meter the following BMS I/O

NYCSCA sEgttENCE Or HVAC SYSTEM OPER;ATION 15985 66

o7 /2e/LO LLIV NO.: 063545

points whi-ch shall be trended, archived, andmonitored at the SOC.

1) Instantaneous Gas Fl-ow (cu-ft/hour) .

2) Total-ized Gas Flow (CCF/month) .

? \ Tomnar:l- rlf e ( 'F) .

Provide an automatj-c print out of totalizedflow on a monthly and year-to-date basis andas stored on the local drive.

Water Flow:

a. Provide for each waLer meter the followingBMS f/O points which shall be trended,archived and monitored at the SOC.

1) fnstantaneous Flow (gals/minute) andTotalized Flow (gals/month) .

2) Supply Temperature ( " F) .

3) Return Temperature ( "F) .

4) For hot water flow, calculate the energydelivered (MBH) .

Provide an automatic print out of totalizednn\arF r / onornv f or al-} measuf ed lOadS on a/ vrrur Y jm^^ts]-, r ., ---,r rzee r_f n_date basis. A1 Irlrvrl Lllry qrru ygor Lv uq

power/energy data shall be stored on the LNSdatabase.

3.11 SPLIT DUCTLESS AIR COOLED HEAT PUMPS

ASC-1A, 18, 1CIACC-1, ASC-2 /ACC-2, ASC-3/ACC-3, ASC-4A,48,4C/ACC-4, ASC-5A,5B,5CIACC-5 space temperat.ureshal-l be maintained t- hrnrrrrh f ar-19;y prOvidedthermost at /t emperature sensor. ! r_etd providedtemperature e humlditv sensors shall be connected t.oBMS. Room temoerat-ur6 shall be maintained at 12of

, /-^ O -Winter/78"F Summer humidity 602 (adjustable). Upon

increase or decrease in space temperature above orberl ow sef nni nf s - a I a rm shal_f be Sent tO BMS.

END OF SECTION

l-\

1

b.

n

NYCSCA SEQUENCE OF IIVAC SYSTEM OPERjATION 15985 67

07 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

LIST OF SI'BMITTALS

DATE SUBMITTED DATE APPROVEDSUBMITTED

N:rcscA SEQUENCE OF IMC SYSTEM OPERATION 1s98s 68

o7 /2elLO LLI{ NO. : 063545

sEcTroN 15992CLEJAIiTTNG A}ID TESTING

PART 1 - GENERAL


Note: Cleaning and testing shal-l be performed on bothexisting equipment and new equipment.

A. Provide Cleaning and Pressure/Operational Testing for theHVAC Work done on this Project, ds specified herein, andas needed for a complete and proper installation.Section 15501, Basic HVAC Requirements, shall be referredto for general requirements. Equipment and systemsInterdisciplinary/Functionaf Performance Testing isdefined in the respective Specification Sections.

L.O2 REI,ATED SECTIONS


1. 03 SUPPLEMENTAI, SI'BMITTAIS

A. Product Data: Li-st of instruments to be used for eachtest. Include instrument cal-ibration requirements asspecified.

B. Quality Control Submittal-s

1. Submit Field Cl-eaninq/Test Results For TheFollowinq:

a. Piping Pressure Tests.

b. Hot Water Heating Boil-ers and PressureVessels: Hydrostatic Test and Rel-ief ValveToq1-

c. Hot Water System: Cleaning and Operationalm^^+ ^]EJLJ.

cl- Refrideration Svsfems: Pressurization Testsand Operational Tests.

e. Fuel- Oil Tanks: Hvdrostatic Tests.

f. Fuel- Oil Lines: Pressurized Tests.

cr - Fi resi cie Cl ean i no of Boiler.

NYCSCA CLEA}IING AI{D TESTING t5992 1

o7 /29lLO

Ductwork Pressure Leakage Tests

Commercial CookingAirf l-ow Rates.

Pnqt Claan-i na Pannr1.

LLII NO. : 053545

Appliances: Measuredi.

i

Refrigerant: Submit the record of the weight in pounds ofrefrigerant charged into each system to the Authority andthe Custodian (DOE).

Test Schedule and Procedures Plan: Submit time schedul-e^-^ ^€ -he sfen-l-rrr-s.|-pn tesfino nrocedures for eachaI1\f, \-L/yy \rI Llre o UEI/ vy J Lst/ ueJ Lf rry v!v\system. Isol-ating valves and flanges, vent fittings andpressure gauges util-ized during the testing shall beindicated on the submitted appropriate shop drawings.

1 . 04 SUPPLEMENTAL QUAI,rTY ASSURiAITCE

A Rcrrtrlal-nrrr Rorrrriromonl- qr\vYuJuLv!j t\vYu!!grllgff Lo

1. Perform testing of factory fabricated equipment inaccordance with all the City agencies havingi urisdiction .

2. Perform f ield-testing of piping systems j-naccordance with all the Cit.y agencies havingjurisdiction and as specified.

1.05 PRO.]ECT COI{DITIONS

Protection: During Test Work, protect control-s, gaugesand accessories that are not designed to withstand testpressures. Do not util-ize permanently install-ed gaugesfor f iel-d-testinq of svstems.

1.06 SEQT ENCING Alrp SCHEpI'LTNG

A. Transmit written notificat.ion of proposed date and timeof all tests to the Authority (Project Officer andConstruction Inspection Division (CID) Personnel-) and theCustodian (DOE) at least 5 days in advance of such tests.

Perform Cleaning and Testing Work in the presence of theAuthority (Project Officer and Construction InspectionDivision Personnel) .

('

D.

A

NYCSCA

R

CLEA}IING AIiID TESTING L5992 2

o7 /2elLO

r.

LLlr NO. : 063545

Pressure test piping systems inside buildings, at theroriohinrr-'i n qf acre of instal'l a1-ion- hefore n'i n'i no isu LUYU rrrr uqrrs t vv!v! v

enclosed bv construction work and at other times asdirected. Perforrn test operations in sections asrFcnri red ancl di rer-f ori 1_ rl nrooress the WOf k in avt!vvuvu'-y-"Y

satisfactory manner and not delay the generalconstruction of the building. Valve or cap-off sections^r ^i^i^^ rn be tested. Contractor can utilize valvesv! l/rylIrY Lv

required to be instal-led in the permanent piping systems,or temporary valves or caps as required to perform theWork. The contractor is responsible to provide all-isolation valves/flanges required in order to perform thenraqarrra l-aqt--- -t-ng. Testing valves/flanges sha11 beindicated on the submitted shop drawings. Contractorshal-I also provide al-l- vents required to vent the air outof the piping prior to performing a hydrostatic test.Fittings for pressure gauges shall be located at the topof the risers. Vent fittings and pressure gauge fittingsshal-l- be shown on the submitted shop drawings.

120-Hour Operational Tests:

For systems that run in the occupied mode andrrnnnnrrni aA mnrlp ( i e n i crhj- SetbaCk COnditiOnS Withuv rrlvvv \4.e. rrfYrru

: Rrri'lrlina M:.,.rnagement System) the 720 hour testshall consist of multiple contiguous occupied andunoccupied periods to verify that the systemsnerform j-he redrli reci se.nrFnce of nneraJ-"i ons in bothf he or-r-rrni cd ancl rrnor:crrni ed I i me neri ods. Thesetup of the 120-hour Operational Testing shall- bewitnessed by the Authority (Project Officer andCID) and the DOE Custodian. For projects utilizrngthe services of an FMSI, the Authority's FMSI shall-wj-tness the initial setup of the 120-hourOperational Test and shal-l- verif y that al-l- datarequired to be monj-tored will be trended so that al, --l ^-..: .,,qLu uvyy yrrt-ttout is avail-able for the period offwo hoirrs nrj^- fa fa t LrUfS aftefuvvv rrvu!J y!f,uI LU \JUUUIJAIIUy LV 4 IIr

occupancy with samples taken every 15 minutes, dSdefined in Section 1597 0 Sequence Verificationarticle.

Accepted Tolerance LeveIs:

f)ttri nrr nnnrrn'i ad rnri rrnnnnrrni orl nori nrlq .l-ha l-nnf rnl I rrnrvsF+ev ---psunder test shall maintain control of t.he process variablewithin the followinq tol-erances:

D

tr

NYCSCA CLEAI{IING A}ID TESTING L5992 3

o7 /2e/LO

Duct Static PressurePump Head PressureDuct Temperature LoopsRoom Temperature LoopsPipe Temperature LoopsDuct Humidity

Room Humidity

LLW NO.: 063545

+/- 0.3 " wc+/- 10% of contro] range+/- 2 cleorees F+/- 2 Aanraa tr

+/- 2 deorees F+/- 5% rated error oftransmitter+/- 5% rated error oftransmitLer

I

I

I

I

I

I

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.OL }IATERIAIS

Certified Test Equipment and Instruments: Type and kindshal-1 be as required for the particular system undertest. A11 gauges, instruments and test devices shal-l beprovided with a certificate of calibration andcalibration curve or letter indicating that a mi-nimum offive (5) test points have been cal-ibrated. Thecerti-f icate and l-etter must show date of f astcal-ibration. The cal-ibration date must be within a vearof the testinq date.

Test Media: Provide as specified for the particularninino or srrslg111 under tesL.e-re'

C-lo:n.ina Ananl- r/cl.ramical onlrrf inn ofa:m r^r:1-ar\. T^vreqrrrrrY nVErre \vrrvrrl 5U-Lt.lL-LLrItt >Lgortrt wa Ls! / . f1D

specified for the particul-ar piping, apparatus or systembeinq cl-eaned.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PRELIMINARY WORK

rnla^-^,,^l- r ., ^'r -^n ni ne end f ,,L-.i -^ ^-i ^- f o installation.rrrvrvuyrrJy urgqrr yfPg qllu Luvrrry I/!Jvr L

During instal-l-ation, prevent foreign matter from enteringthe systems. Prevent if possible and remove stoppages orobstructions from piping and systems.

D rFr.,nrn,,^r-, 1.7 cl_ean refricrcrant nine ancJ similar svstemslrlvrvqYlrrJ vrEqrl !E!rrYs!qrrL }/!-L/E qrrv

prior to pressure or vacuum testino.

3.02 CONTRjACTOR'S PESPONSIBILITY

A

B.

A

A The Contractor shal-lfuel, oi1, water, air

nrnrzi rla ^a e raf ri nor:nl-Yve, energy,- l'i crht ancl el-ectrical instruments

NYCSCA CLEATiTING AIiID TESTTNG ts992 4

o7 /2e/LO LLW NO.: 063545

as required for al-I testing, including testing associatedwith Special Inspections (unless otherwise noted).

Although the Authority will sel-ect Special InspectionFirms and pay for al-l Special Inspection services, theContractor shal-I furnish labor, material, and instrumentsnecessary to conduct all acceptance tests at noadditional- cost to the Authority including testingassocj-ated with Special Inspections. Contractor sha1lprovide access for Special Inspections and testingl-aboratorv services.

3.03 PRESSI'RE TESTS . PTPING

A Apply tests as specified bel-ow. No work shallbe coveredor conceal-ed bef ore it i-s tested. Piping may beconceal-ed after the hydrostatic test and an inspection ofthe position, pitch and al-Iowance for expansion has beenmade.

Hydrostatic Tests: (Per MC 1208.1) hot water systems,shal-l be tested at one and one half times the systemdesign operating pressure, but not less than 100 poundsper square inch hydrostatic pressure maintained for atl-east 2 hours during the progress of installation. A11leaks shal-I be properly el-iminated. Caulking of leakyjoints 1s not permitted. For testing purposes, end ofpiping to be tested shallbe plugged or capped.Convectors, and other equipments or apparatus whrich maybe damaged by this hydrostatic test shall be excludedfrom the test.

3.04 TESTING OF EQUIPMENT,'APPARjATUS AI{D APPITRTENAI{CES (Reference :

BC L704.23, MC 1011)

A. Hot Water Boil-ers: Perform field hydrostatlc test at 30psig, after lnstall-ation, with piping connections shut-off.

Pressure Vessels: Perform field hydrostatic test at 1.5times the maximum operating pressure aft.er installationwith all- piping connections shut-off. Hydrostatic testpressure shal-l be 45 psi.

Boj.lers and pressure vessels shall be factory tested inaccordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Code. Per MC

1011.1 Tests: Upon completion of the assembly andinstal-lation of boilers and pressure vessels, acceptancetests (above) shall be conducted in accordance with therequirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

NYCSCA

C.

CLEAI{ING AI.ID TESTING t5992 5

07 /2elLO

3.05

D.

LLW NO.: 063545

Boilers shallnot be placed in operation upon completionof construction until they have been inspected and testedand a Qglfifin:fo nf f-amnr iance has been lSsued by thecommissioner. ;1i"fi;"i;;;ections and tests for boilersshal-l be made by a qualiiieO boiler inspector in theemploy of the department or a duly authorized insurancecompany as provided in Section 204 of the Labor Law ofthe State of New York. Equipment having a Btu input ofnot more than 350,000 Btu/h shall be exempt from thisrequi-rement. Where field assembly of pressure vessels orboilers j-s required, a copy of the completed l-ow pressureH-2, hiqh pressure P-2 or unfired pressure vessel U-1Manufacturer's Data Report required by the ASME Boilerand Pressure Vessel Code shall be submitted to thedepartment.

ReLief Valves: Increase pressure in equipment orapparatus to relief val_ve setting to test opening ofval-ves at required relief pressures.

dampers, deflectors, and othershalf be tested and ad-iusted

qrzc.l- omq r^rarl:vl u vvr!,u For detailssee Section 15993: Balancing of

tr Tacl- ^.ridas. An indicat-i ncr J- csJ- d,ancre shall be connectedYsqYvr rrrurvq LrttY LsJ u yquYs

directly to the boiler or pressure vessel where it isvj-si-bl-e to the operator throughout the duration of thetest. The pressure gauge scal-e shall be graduated over arange of not l-ess than one and one-half times and notgreater than four times the maximum test pressure. A11gauges utilized for testing shall be calibrated andcertified by the test operator. Reference MC IAII.2.

HEATING' \ZSNIU,ATING At{D AIR CONDITIONING SYSTED{S - CLEiANINGA}ID OPERATIONAI TESEING

A Hot Water Svstems

After the hot water systems installation has beencompleted, they shall be chemlcally cleaned.Notify the Authority (Project Officer andConstruction Inspection Division Personnel) and theCustodian (DOE) 5-davs in advance of startinq thecleaning operation. In the presence of theAuthority (Proiect Officer and ConstructionInspection Divi=io.r Personnel) and the Custodian(DOE), one of the following solutions shal-1 beplaced in the system and circulated: (1) TrisodiumPhosphate - one pound for each fifty gallons of

E - Damner: Theaccessories,ha'l anr:i no ofarli rr qf monl--...-^. - s ,

items anddurlng theof damperSystems.

1.

NYCSCA CLEA}IING A}ID TESTING 15992 6

oz /ze/Lo

3.06

LLII NO. : 053545

water in the system; (2) Sodium Carbonate -onepound for each thirty gallons of water in thesystem; or (3) Sodium Hydroxide (Lye) one poundfor each fifty gallons in the system. Theirpreference is in the order named, and a sol_ution ofnnl rr ana 1- rrna Shall be USed.uJ vv

Fil1, vent, and circul-ate this solution through thesystem, allowing it to reach desJ-gn or operatingtemperature. After circulating for not l_ess than4-hours, the sol-ut.ion shallbe drained completelyfrom the system, strainers shallbe cleaned, andthe system shall be refil-led with fresh water. Thewater shal-1 be circulated for one hour, and, atthat time, a sample of the water shall be testedfor alkalinity (Reference Sectlon 15517, WaterTreatment for Hydronic Systems) in the presence ofthe Arrthorifrr IDrn-ianf nffiCer and COnStrUCtiOn\rrvJvuL

Inspection Division Personnel) and the Custodian(DOE).

Operational Test: Run system in an automatic modefor a mj-nimum of 12O-Operational hours (aft.er thefinal balancinq as defined in Section 15993).

REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS (Reference: MC 1108, BC 1704.15)

A. MC 1108.1 General: Every refrigerant-containing part ofevery system that is erected on the premises, exceptcompressors, condensers, vessels, evaporators, safetydevices, pressure gauges and control mechanisms that arelisted and factory tested, shall be tested and provedtight after complete installation, and before operation.Tests shal-1 include both the high-and 1ow-pressure sidesof each system at not less than the lower of the designpressures or the setting of the pressure reliefdevice (s) . The design pressures for testing shall bethose listed on the condensing unit, compressor orcompressor unit name-pIate, as required by ASHRAE 15.

Exceptions:

Gas bulk storage tanks that are not permanentlyconnected to a refrigeration system.

Systems using an A1 refrigerant erected on thenrem'i sos r^li 1- h .-a\T111ar l_ rrhi na nni- ownood'i n E 'vvaLrr -..---**,,9 J/B-rncn(15.8 mm) OD, with wall- thickness as required byASHRAE 15, shall be tested in accordance with MC1108.1, or by means of refrigerant charged into the

?

NYCSCA CLEA}IING AND TESTING Ls992 7

o7 /2e/LO

p,

LLW NO.: 063545

system at the saturated vapor pressurerefrigerant at 70"F (21"C) or higher.

of the

Limited-charge systems equipped with a pressurerelief device, erected on the premises, shall betested at a pressure not l-ess than one and one-halftimes the pressure setting of the relief device. Ifthe equipment or appliance has been tested by themanufacturer at one and one-half times the designpressure, the test after erection on the premisesshall- be conducted at the design pressure.

MC 1108.1.1 Booster compressor: Where a compressor j-sused as a booster to obtain an j-ntermediate pressure anddischarges into the suctj-on side of another compressor,the booster compressor shall be considered a part of thelow side, provided that it is protected by a pressurerel-ief device.

c. MC 1108.1.2 Centri fugal /nonpos it ive di splacementcompressors: In field-testing systems using centrifugalor other nonpositive displ-acement compressors, the entiresystem shall be consi-dered as the low-side pressure forfield test purposes.

MC 1108.2 Test gases: Tests shal-l be performed with aninert-dried gas including, but not limited to, nitrogenand carbon dioxide. Oxygen I aLT, flammable gases andmixtures containinq such oases shall not be used.

Exceptr-ons:

1.

D.

The use of air is al-lowedsystems provided thatevacuated before charging

to test R-7I7, ammonia,they are subsequentlywith refrigerant.

Mixtures of dry ni-trogen, i-nert gases, or acombj-natj-on of them with nonflammabl-e refrigerantsin concentrations of a refrigerant weight fraction(mass fraction) not exceeding 5 are allowed fortests.

MC 1108.3 Test apparatus: The means used to build up thetest pressure sha11 have either a pressure-limitingdevice or a pressure-reducing device and a gauge on theoutlet side.

MC 1108 . 4 Declaration: A certif icate of test shal-l- beprovided for all systems containing 55 pounds (25 kg) ormore of refriqerant. The certificate shall- qive the name

NYCSCA

F.

CLEA}.IING AI{D TESTING L5992 I

o7 /2e/LO LLII NO. : 053545

of the refrigerant and the field test pressure appli-ed tothe high-side and the low side of the system. Thecertification of test shall be signed by the install-erand shallbe made part of the public record.Operational Test: Run system in an automatj-c mode for aminimum of 120-Operational- hours.

3.07 FIELD TESTING FOR ET'EL OIL A}ID DIESEL OIL LINES A}ID TA}IKS(Reference: MC 1308, BC 1704.16)

A. Per MC 1.308.2, al-l tanks complying wlth the alternatetank design and construction standards contained in MC

1305.14, shallbe hydrostatically tested for tightness bythe contractor who made the instal-lation before the workis closed in and before the system is operated. Day Tanks(Nominally 60 gal-lons) and Main Free Standing Tanks witha Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 275 Gal-Ions:

Install tanks with piping isolated or val-ved offexcept for one vent l-ine and one fill line.

fill with water all-owinq all- the air to escape.

After the tank has been filled and all the air hasbeen removed, the tank shall be hydrostaticallypressurized to one and one half times the maximumworking pressure applicable to the tank but in nocase less than 25 psig. The hydrostatic pressureshall be maintained until- all- j oints andconnections have been visually inspected for leaks,but in no case less than one-half hour. (Refer toMC 1308.2).

Detected leaks or a drop in pressure as indicatedby the pressure gauge or any tank permanentdeformation shall indicate a fail-ed test.

If the test should faiI, Contractor shall identifythe defect (s) and helshe shall correct them.

After the tank has been repaired, a new test shall-be performed.

During the testing procedure, dll isol-ation valvesancl nressrrre ctancres sha'l I 1-ro nrnrri dori f or thisYsuYvr I/!v v

!^^! ^l I --^1Le>L, d.LL vdrves shall be of the indicating type,and al-l- tanks connections shall be flanged , or asena-i f i arl

G

1.

h

NYCSCA CLEANING AI{D TESTING L5992 9

o7 /2elLO

8.

9.

10

LLIrI NO. : 063545

The tank shall not show any permanent deformationas a resul-t of the test. (Refer to MC 1308.2) .

Thoroughly remove al-1 the water prior to theaddition of oil. Tanks shall not be filled with oilprior to the successful hydrostatic tests.Listed fuel oil storage tanks 660 gallons or lessin capacity, supplied with a label ormanufacturer's certification attesting that thetank was factory tested to NFPA 31 are not requiredto be field tested in accordance with BC 1704.16.Per MC 1308.1, fuel-oil storage tanks, other thantanks complying with the al-ternate tank design andconstruction standards contained in MC 1305.14,shal-l be factorv tested in accordance with NFPA 31.

11 A record sha1l be.showi no the namenrAqqrrra< ef WhiChMC 1308.2).

kcnt of 1-he nressrrre festsof the contractor and the

the tank was tested. (Refer to

Per MC 1308.2, all liquid-fuel piping shall- behydrostatically tested for tightness by the contractorwho made the installation before the work is closed inand before the system is operated. Fuel oil- lines forNominal 60 Gal-lon Day Tanks and Main Free Standing Tanks(215 Gallons or Greater):

Instal-l- all- the fuel oil lines j-n such a way as tofacilitate testing of the pipe with the equipmentinstal-l-ed and valved off .

The nini nr^r r^ri l_f have valve and tee installed in thesupply side and the suction side of the pump toal l-ow a pressure gauge and isolation valve to beinstalled and al-] valves shal-l- have unionsinstalled after the valves or adiacent to theonrli nmant

Test the fines with water.

After the fuel oil piping has been filled and allthe air has been removed, the fuel oil piping shall-be tested at II/2 times the maximum workingpressure applicable to that part of the pipingsystem but at a pressure not less than t.he testpressure required for the storage tank. Thehydrostatic pressure shallbe maintained until- al-l-joints and connections have been visually inspected

NYCSCA CLEJAI{ING AT{D TESTING t5992 10

o7 /zelLo

f or 'l ea ks - lrrrl in nof vv

(Refer to MC 1308.2)._40 psi.

Any leaks detected orby the pressure gauge

case for lessToql- i nrr qh: I I

LLW NO.: 063545

{-r-.-^ 1 /^ L^,.LIIaII -/'2 nOUr.be conducted at

a drop in pressure indicatedshall indicate a failed test.

6. If the test should f ai1, Contractor shal-l- repairthe pipe and/or replace the fittings at noadditional- cost.

A11 isol-ation val-ves installed for this test andall- valves shal-l- be of the post indj-cator type.

The approved pressure gauge used in conjunctionwith these tests shall have pressure indications ofone (1) pound/square inch increments.

10.

rnl-^-^,,^1- r ., -?move all therrrv!vuvrrry r\addition of oi]. Oil shal-ll-ines prior to the successfuf

A record shall bechnr^ri nn l-ha namel.rrcqqrrrAq :1- WhiCh(Refer to MC 1308.2)

water prior to thenot be added to thehydrostati-c tests.

lran.l. af l- lra nraeerrra i- o-t ^NsyL v! LrlE IJrEDDurg LgJLbof the contractor and the

1- hc n'i ni ncr WaS teSted at.

C. A11 field-testing shal-l be performed in the presence ofthe Authority (Project Officer and Constructionfnspection Division Personnel-) and the Custodian (DOE)with no exceptions.

3.08 FIRESTDE CLEAI{ING OF THE BOILERS

After the entire heating plant has been erected andwaterside cleaning and treatment has been completed, theplant shal-l- be fireside cleaned by operating it for aperiod of three (3) consecutive eight (8) hour workingdays wlth the boil-ers on low f ire.

The fire chambers, tubes and breeching of boil-ers shal-l-be completely wire brushed and all soot shall be removedwith a vacuum cleaning machine suitable for this purpose.The vacuum cleaning machine shall also be used if theoutside surface of the bollers, piping, breeching, andal-1 accessories have an accumulation of dirt.

A

NYCSCA CLEA}IING AND TESTING L5992 11

o7 /29/LO LLW NO.: 053545

3.09 CHIMNEY A}iID BREECHING PRESSITRE SMOKE TEST (Reference MC 810,BC 1704.23 and L704.24,

e

After the completion of a new chimney and breeching, todetermine the tightness of both constructions, a SmokeTest. shal-I be made in accordance with the NYCDOB BuildingCode BC L1A4.23 and BC L104.24. The Authority (ProjectOfficer and Construction Inspection Division Personnel)shall witness al-l- Smoke Tests. Independent Specialfnspector retained by the Authority shal-l- additionallywitness the Smoke Test. Perform the test when the schoolis not occupied. Isolate the boiler during the test. Nowork shallbe covered or concealed before testinq.Reference Section 15575.

MC 810.1 Test run: Al1 new chimneys shal-l- be test rununder operati-ng conditions to demonstrate fire safety andthe complete exhausting of smoke and the products ofcombustion to the outer air. The test run shall bewi-tnessed by a registered design professional overseeingthe test (i.e. Special fnspector), and the results ofsuch test run shallbe certified as correct by suchprofessional and submitted in writing to the department.

MC 8I0.2 Requirement of a smoke test: A smoke test shal-lbe made as outlined below in MC 810.3. Any faults orleaks found shall be corrected by the Contractor. Suchsmoke test shal-l be witnessed by a representative of theCommissioner. fn lieu thereof, the Commissioner mayaccept the test report of a registered designnrofession:l resnclnsihlc for fhe fesf (Sner:ial Tnsner-for)

\ vl/vv4s4

which shafl- be submitted in writing to the department.

MC 810.3 Smoke test: To determine the tightness ofchimney construction, a smoke test shall be made inaccordance with the followino conditions andreguirements:

The ocnli nmon| maferi a'l s- ngwer and l_abor necessarvrlrq uv! LqLr I Y rrvvurrqr j

for such test sha1l be furnished by, and at theexrlense of l-he Contractor who is the hofder of thework permit. The Authority will sel-ect HVAC SpecialTnqnanJ- i nn E-i r- =nrl ^arr tar rl I Qnan'i :l Tnonanl- i anrrrJIJsuLf vrl r r!rrl o.rILr IJdy !\Jr_ arr JyEUf,ar f,rlJPEULr(JIIservices.

If the test shows any evidence of leakage or otheidefects, such defects shal-1 be corrected by theContractor and the test shal-l- be repeated until theresul-ts are sati-sfactorv.

A.

B

NYCSCA CLEA}IING A}ID TESTING Ls992 L2

o7 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

The Contractor shall fill the breeching/chimneywith a thick penetrating smoke produced by one ormore smoke machines, or smoke bombs, ar otherequivalent method. As the smoke appears at thestack opening on the roof, such opening shall betightly cl-osed and a pressure equivalent to I/2-inch (13 mm) col-umn of water measured at the baseof the stack, sha1l be applied. The test shall beapplied for a length of time sufficient to permitthe inspection of the chimney.

3.10 DUCTWORK PRESSI'RE LEAI(AGE TESTING

A. Leakage Tests: Perform leakage tests on ductworkoperating in excess of 3"w.c. and on all ductworkupstream of the VAV boxes (regardless of the operatingpressure) for al-l variable volume systems in accordancewith SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test ManuaI, lstEdition-1985 and in accordance with the 2001 Bdition ofthe New York State Energy Conservation Construction Codeand ASHRAE 90.L-2004. Any other ductwork operating at 3"wc or l-ess that is to be tested, if defined on thecontract Drawings, shall also be tested. A11 rectangularductwork upstream of the VAV boxes shallbe sealedaccordj-ng to minimum Seal- Cl-ass B, Construction Cl-ass 3"wc or higher (equal to equipment external- staticnressrrre) ^s recnri red l-rrr Arfir-lc 2.02.A.3 Of SeCtiOnvJ

15981 or as indicated on the Drawings and shall haveLeakage Class 12. A11 rectangular ductwork upstream ofthe VAV boxes shallbe leak tested at equipment externalstatic pressure but in no case less than 3" wc testingpressure. Reference Section 15891.

\ZENTILATION SYSTEM SERVING COMMERCIAL COOKING APPLIA}ICES(Reference MC 507.t6, BC 1704.15)

Per MC 507.16 Performance test: A performance test shall-be conducted upon completion and witnessed by arepresentative of the Fire Department before final'r ^€ ihe installation of a vent i 'l af ion srrstemoIJPTUVO.I \J! L.l.lg -LII>Ld. Il-ctL_ -r!qLlvrr oJJu(

serving commercial cooking appliances. The test shallverify the rate of exhaust airflow required by MC 507.13,mekcrrn eirflnr^r ro.nl'i rod l-rir MC 50R enri nrrlnFr clr)Fral-iOnvv vj llv Jvv, qIIv y!vyvr vl/erquI\

as specified in MC 507. The permit holder (i.e. theCont rar:f or) shal-I f urnish f he necessA rv l-aqt orrrli nmanl

I VLLSL +rvvvrrq!

and devices required to perform the tests.

3.11

A

NYCSCA CLEA}IING AI{D TESTING L5992 13

07 /2e/LO LLII NO. : 063545

(Reference MC 926, BC 1704.15.2.8)3.L2 NOISE CONTROL

A. Per MC 926.I Minimum air-borne noise insul-ationregui-rements:

Exterior mechanical equipment: Mechanical equipment in abuilding in any occupancy group, when located outside ofthe building in a yard or court or on a roof, ox wherethe equipment opens to the exterior of the building,shall be subject to the noise output limitations given inMC Tabl-e 926.1(I) where one or more windows of a dwelllngunit in any building in occupancy groups R-1, R-2, and R-3, are l-ocated within a sphere of 100 foot radius whosecenter is any part of the equipment or its housing,unless it can be shown that the sound pressure levels, inoctave bands, of the exterior mechanical- equipment asmeasured within the dwelling unit do not exceed theI arra I q ai rran in Tabl_e 926 . | (2) .

Per MC 926.L.2 Noise Control Code: Sound sources shall-al-so comply with any applicabl-e requirements of Section24-232 of the Administrative Code, also known as the NewYork City Noise Control Code.

Although the Authority will select the Acoustical SpecialInspector to verify compliance with MC 926 and the NewYork City Noise Control- Code and pay for all SpecialTnsneeti on .serrri ces - the Contractor shall furnish laborand material necessary to conduct aII acceptance tests atno additional cost to the Authority. Contractor shallprovide access for Special Inspections and testingJ-aboratory services, including but not limited toproviding the manpower to run the HVAC units whil-e theAr:orrsf.i r:a'l Snani:l Tncnanfll takeS the necossAr\/ fieldmeasurements. For this Acoustical Special Inspection,f he Sner-i : I Tnsnecf or wi I I nrnrz'i da a lI sound levelfrrrl/vv uv! vv rrr

measurinq instruments .

3.13 HVAC SYSTEM CLEA}TING

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal ofvisible surface contaminants and deposits from within t.heHVAC svstem as defined herein.

B. The HVAC system includes any interior surface of thefacility's air distribution system for conditioned spacesand/or occupied zones. This incl-udes the ent j-re heating,air-conditioning and ventilation system from the pointswhere the air enters the system to the points where theair is discharoed from the svstem. The return arr

('

NYCSCA CLE,JN{ING AT{TD TESTING L5992 L4

07 /2e/LO

C.

LtW NO.: 063545

grilles, return air ducts to the roof top units (RTU),the interior surfaces of the RTU, mixing box, coilcompartment, condensate drain pans, dehumidifiers, supplyair ducts, fans, fan housing, fan blades, turning vanes,filters, filter housings, reheat coils, and supplydiffusers are all- considered part of the HVAC system. TheHVAC system shall also include other components such asdedicated exhaust and ventilation components and make-upair systems.

Prior to the commencement of any cleaning work, the HVACcontractor shall- perform a visual inspection of the HVACsystem to determine appropriate methods, tools, andcrrtt'i nmpn1_ rArrrrirarl .l_n oafisfar-.forilrr r-nmnlcfc fheuv JqurJ!evuv!lrJ

cleanlng. The cl-eanliness inspection should incl-ude airhandling units and representative areas of the HVACsystem components and ductwork. In HVAC systems thatinclude multiple air handling units, a representativesamp16 of the units should be inspected. The cleanlinessinspection shall be conducted without negativelyimpacting the indoor environment through excessivedisruption of settled dust, microbial amplification orother debrls.

Debris removed during cleaning shall be collected andprecautions shall be taken to ensure that debris is nototherwise dispersed outside the HVAC system during thecleaning process.

Particulate Col-lection: Where the particulate collectionequipment is exhausting inside the building, HEPAfiltration with 99.91% collection effi-ciency for 0.3-mi r:ron si ze (^- ^-^-+^-\ ^articl-es shallbe used. Whenllrf v!vrr Jf 4v \v! 9!goLgt / I/

the particulate collection equipment is exhaustingoutside the building, mechanical cleaning operationsshall be undertaken only with particulate collectionequipment in p1ace, including adequate filtration tocontain debris removed from the HVAC system. When theparticulate collection equipment is exhausting outside1- ha l-r,ri I rli nn nrecarrf i ons Shall- be taken tO l-OCate the, Y-UVqULtVrfJ

equipment down wind and away from all air intakes andn1-har nn'i nf - ..rf an]- rrr .i nl-n j- ho hrri I rl'i n1.1vLIIgI y\JIIILD Ur urrL!y !rrLv Lrrg vuf !urrrv.

Component Cleaning: Cleaning methods shall be employedsuch that aII HVAC system components must be visiblycl-ean. Upon completion, all components must be returnedto those settings recorded just prior to cleaningoperations.

Air-Volume Control Devices: I-):mnorq anrl An\,z a i r-

D.

tr

tr

NYCSCA

G.

CLEA}IING A}ID TESTING L5992 15

o7 /2e/LO

J.

LLW NO.: 063545

directi-onal mechanical- devices inside the HVAC systemmust have their position marked prior to cJ-eaning and,upon complet.ion, must be restored to their markedposition.

Rigid f iber glass duct systems shal-t be reseal-ed inaccordance with North American Insulation ManufacturersAssociation (NAIMA) recommended practices. OnIy qlosuretechniques that comply with UL Standard 181 or ULStandard 181a are suitable for fiber qlass duct svstemclosures.

Air distribution devices (registers, grilles &

diffusers): The contractor shal-I clean all airdistribution devi-ces .

Air handling units, terminal un j-ts (VAV boxes, etc. ) ,blowers and exhaust fans: The contractor shal1 insurethat supply, return, and exhaust fans and blowers arethoroughly cleaned. Areas to be cleaned include blowers,fan housings, plenums (including ceiling return plenums),scrol-l-s, blades, or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers anddrive assembfies. AIl visibl-e surface contaminationdeposits shal-1 be removed. Contractor shal1:

Clean all- air handling units (RTU) internalsurfaces, components and condensate collectors andoraans.

Assure that a suitable operati-ve drainage system isin place prior to beginning wash down procedures.

Cl-ean al-l- coils and rel-ated components, includingevaporator fins.

For duct systems, Contractor shall mechanically clean allduct svstems to remove all- vislble contaminants.

It4echanj-caf Cleanlng Methodology

Source Removal- Cleaning Methods: The HVAC system shallbe cl-eaned using source removal mechanical cleani-ngmethods designed to extract contaminants from within theHVAC system and safely remove contaminants from the!oL-rar Ly . It is the contractor's responsibilitv toselect source removal methods that wi-11- render the HVACsystem visibly cl-ean, in accordance with all- generalrequirements. No cleaning method, or combination ofmethods, shall be used which could potentially damagecnmnnnonJ- c aF the HVAC SVS.I-em .)r nF.ral. i rzel rz a I l- 6]r l- heJJJLVTLL V! rrUVqLrVUrJ qrUVr Lt

ta

L.

NYCSCA CLEAI,TING AIID TESTING t5992 16

o7 /2s/to LLW NO.: 063545

integrity of the system.

A11 methods used shal1 incorporate the use ofvacuum coll-ection devices that are operatedcontinuously during cleaning. A vacuum deviceshal-I be connected to the downstream end of the'section being c1eaned through a predeterminednnaninrr The Vacuum colleCtion deviCe mUSt be OfvyvrrarrY

sufficient power to render al-l- areas being cleanedrrnrlor narr:l- i',-ve pressure, such that containment ofdebris and the protection of the indoor environrnentare assured.

) AIl vacuum devi-cesbuilding sha1l bei/mi n.imrrm affi ni annrr\\.!!!rt+r!rsr! +urslruy,/

and wet-vacuums.

exhausting air inside thean,r.i nnarl r^ri tI HEPA f iltef SuYuryyvv

i -^'l "rli nn hand-held VaCUUpS, IlIvr uvrrIY

M

All vacuum devices exhausting air outsi-de thefacility shall be equipped with particulatecol-lection incl-uding adequate filtration to containdebris removed from the HVAC system. Such devicesshall exhaust in a manner that wil-f not allowcontaminants to re-enter the facility. Release ofdebris outdoors must not violate any outdoorenvironmental standards, codes or regulations.

All- methods requi're mechanj-cal- agitation devj-ces todislodge debris adhered to interior HVAC systemsurfaces, such that debris may be safely conveyedto vacuum col-l-ection devj-ces. Acceptabl-e methodswill include those, whi-ch wil-l- not potentiallydamage the integrity of the ductwork, nor damageporous surface materials such as Iiners inside theductwork or svstem components.

Methods of Cl-eaninq Fibrous Glass Insul-ated Components

1. Fibrous glass thermal or acoustical- insulationelements present in any equipment or ductwork shal-l-be thoroughly cleaned with HEPA vacuumingequj-pment, whil-e the HVAC system is under constantnanr]- i rro nraaerrra :nri nn1- narmi ]- .i. orl in r-rol_ i^lol- i nIIUYqLJ vU I/!UoJu!V, qIIu llvL I/u!ltlr Y"u

accordance with applicable National Air DuctCleaners Associati-on (NADCA) and NAIMA standardsand recommendatlons.

Cleaning methods used shal-1 not cause damage tofibrous glass components.

NYCSCA CLEA}IING AT{ID TESTING L5992 L7

07 /2e/LO

N.

LLlt NO. : 063545

Damaoed Fibrous Glass Material

Evidence of damage: If t.here is any evidence ofdamage, deterioration, del-aminating, friablematerial, mold or fungus growth, or moisture suchthat fibrous glass materials cannot be restored bycleaning or resurfacing with an acceptableinsul-ation repair coating, they shall be identifiedfor renl ar:emenl .

Replacement: Contractordamaged insulation in airro.n ri ri nrr ranl6ggllent .- vv-

shall remediate exposedhand]ers and/or ductwork

Replacement material: In the event fiber glassmaterials must be replaced, all materials shallconform to applicabl-e industry codes and standards,includinq those of UL 181 and SMACNA.

o. Cleaning of coils

Any cleaning method may be used which will renderthe coil visibly cl-ean. Coil drain pans shall besubject to non-porous surface cleaning. The drainfor the condensate drain pan shall be operational-.Cleaning methods shal-l- not cause any appreciabledamage to, displacement of, inhibit heat transfer,or erosi-on of the coil- surface or fins, and shallconform to coil manufacturer reconimendations whenavail-abl-e. Coils shaf 1 be thoroughly rinsed withclean water to remove anv latent residues.

Antimicrobial Asents and Coatinqs

Antimicrobial- agents shal-1 only be applied ifactive fungal growth is reasonably suspected, orurhere rrnA.r-cn+-1^ r ^ r ^--^r ^ rf frrnna'l r-ontaminationwrlE!E ulrquusl/LdJJIC IgVCI> (Jr rUrryAr uvrr

have been verified throuqh testinq.

^^^t .i ^-+.i ^- ^FnIJl/JJUA Lf Vrl Ur Arly

control- the growthcontaminants shallnf qrrrfer-o deoosits""r

antimicrobial-^F €,-^^- 1or r urlgdr- or

]-rc nerf ormecl ayv! !

and debris.

acreni- s rrsecl tobacteriological

fter the removaf

? When used, antj-microbial treatments and coatingsshall be applied in strict accordance with themanufacturer's written recommendations and EPAreqistration l-istinq.

Antimicrobial coatings shall be applied according

NYCSCA CLEA}IING ATiID TESTING Ls992 18

07 /2elLO LLW NO.: 063545

to the manufacturer's written instructions.Coat'i nos sha I 'l hc snrarzcd rii rer-l-'l rz nnt6 interioruy!sjuu u+!vve+J

ductwork surfaces, rather than "fogged" downstreamonto surfaces.

O. Cleanliness Verification

General: Verif ication of HVAC System cleanl- j-nesswill be determined after mechanical- cleaning andbefore the application of any treatment orintroduction of any treatment-related substance tothe HVAC system, including biocidal agents andcoati-nqs.

Visual Inspection: The HVAC system shal-l- bethat no visiblei nqnan1- arl rri o"al'l r' In

" *iuarry ro ensurecontaminants are present.

If no contaminantsi nsnpr-f i nn - thevlvll,

considered clean,'fhp ri rrh1- tOrr)JrrL

cl-eanliness.

are evident through vj-suaIHVAC system shal-I be

hnurcrrcr- the owner resefvesrrvvrv v v! t

further verify system

?

b. If visible contaminants are evident throughvisual- inspection, those portions of thesystem where contaminants are visible shall bere-cl-eaned and subjected to re-inspection for^'l ^-*1 .i -^^^UIEAII]]IICJJ.

Verification of Coil Cleaninq

a. Cleaning must restore the coil pressure dropto within 10 percent of the pressure dropmeasured when the coi-l- was f irst installed.If the original pressure drop is not known,the coil willbe considered cfean only if thecoil 1s free of foreiqn matter and chemicalres i clrre - ha sed on, vv-

-.i ^^^^^+..i ^'-rlr.JIJvL-LrL.r.-r.

a thorough visual

Post-Cleaning Report

At the conclusion of the cleaning, the Contractor shallprovide a report to the Authority and Architect/Engineerof Record indicating the following:

1. Success of the cleaningf hrnrrrrh rri qrr:l i n<non.l_ i nn

nrn-i anl. ct> verified

K

NYCSCA CLEA}IING A}TD TESTING Ls992 19

o7 /2elLO

3.15

LL!'i[ NO. : 063545

Areas of the system that were found to be damagedand/or needed repair which were remediated by theContractor.

SEQIIENCE OF BUTLpTNG T4ANAGEMENT SYSTEMTNTERDTSCTPLTNARY/EI NCTTONAT pERFORt{AtitCE TESTS, BiALAtitCING A}lDOPERJATIONAI TESTS

ml,.^J. rrE JC9LTCTTUC of events shal-l be as follows:

1. Contractor shal-l start up all systems and do aniniti al t/rnrrrrh\ hrl :nr-o

\!vqYIl/vgfgllvv.

After the Contractor's successful testing of theBuilding Management System/Direct Digital Control-System (BMS/DDC), the Contractor shal-ICommi s s ion / Demons t rate the Authority'sRepresentative (the Facilities Management SystemsIntegrator, FMSI) all equipment and verify that thesequence of operations as defined in Section 15970and 15985, Sequence of Operations, is achieved. TheInterdisciplinary/Functional- Performance Test forms(as detaj-led in Section 15970) for correctlyfunctioning systems willbe signed by theFacilities Management Systems Integrator (FMSI) forprojects that utilize the servj-ces of an FMSI.After the completion of above, this portion of thework may be considered to be SubstantiallyComn'l ete - clrl^'i an1- 1-n the f eVieW Of thevvll(yfvLv,UuvjvvL

Architect/Enqineer of Record.

3. Following Steps 1 and 2, the Contractor shal-l-perform a Final Balance as defined in Section15993, Balancing of Systems.

The Contractor shall then perform the applicableSeasonal 120-hour Operational Tests as describedherein.

The Contractor shall complete the Final Bal-ance ofStep 3 and the applicable Seasonal 120-hourOperational Test of Step 4 within sixty (60) daysof being awarded Substantial- Completion. Contractorshall be required to operate and maintain all HVACequipment controll-ed by the Building ManagementSystem/Direct Digital Control (BMS/DDC) System ifthe Final Balance and applicable 120-hourn^^--+.i^^-'l mvrrE!qLlvrrqr rest are not completed within sixty(50) days after Substantial Completion. The workshall not be considered to be final until the

2.

A.

A

NYCSCA CLEATiIING A}ID TESTING L5992 - 20

o7 /2e/LO LLII NO. : 063545

remaining next Seasonal 120-hour Operational Test.has been approved.

Note that two separate 120-hour Operati-onal Testsshal-l- be perf ormed; one f or heating systems andanother for cooling systems. A11 12O-hourOperational Tests shal-I be performed when outsideconditions are at least 85"F dry bulb for thesummer Operational Tests and no more than 35"f forthe winter Operational- Tests.

END OF SECTION

NYCSCA CLEAI{ING ATiID TESTING t5992 - 2L

o7 /2elLO

LIST OF SUBMITTALS

ST'BMITTED

Product Data:

1. Instrument Listing2. Instrument Cal-i-bration

Quality Control- Submittals:

i Pi ni nrr Praggglg TeStS2. Hot Water Heating Boil-ers

and Pressure Vessel-s: HydrostaticTest and Relief Valve Test.

3. Hot Water System:Cleaning and Operational Tests

4. Refrlgeration Systems:Pressurization Tests,Operational Tests andCertificate of Test

5. Fuel Oil Tanks: Hydrostatic Tests6. Fuel Oil Lines: Pressurized Tests

and Vacuum Tests1. Fireside Cleaning of BoilerQ f-hi mna.r -^r] Rraanhi na Qm^1.^ rFa^fe . urrJlrrrrsy ct rlrl Dr Eg(-IIIl.lg JIttuJae I c5 L

9. Ductwork Leakaqe tests

Raf ri rrorani C\_,targang:

l,ror-nrd r^roinh.l- in narrndq\\ ! vvv! v l/vurrvr /

Test Schedule andProcedures Pl-an

Post Cleaning Report

Smoke Control Systems

1. Pressurization Method:Measured Pressure Difference

2. Airfl-ow Design Method:Minimum Average Velocity

3. Exhaust Method:Measured Exhaust Fl-ow Rates

Commercial Cooking Appliances:Measured Airflow Rates

LLW NO.: 063545

DATE ST'BMITTED DATE APPROVED

NvcscA CLEA}ITNG A}ID TESTING L5992 22

o7 /2e/LO

Hiqh Pressure Steam piping:

1. Copies of Certified WeldersQualification Reports

2. Hydrostati-c Testing Resul-ts

***

LLll NO.: 063545

NYCSCA CLEA}IING A}iID TESTING L5992 - 23

o7 /2e/LO LLW tilO. : 063545

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONATLY LEFT BI.ANK

NYCSCA CLEAT{ING AIiID TESTING L5992 . 24

o7 /29/LO LLVil NO. : 063545

sEcTroN 15993gAr,ANmEldsPART 1 - GENEFJAL


Note: This applies to aII systems and equipment existingano new_

Section 15501, Basic HVAC Requirements, shall bereferred to for general requirements. Section 15993cnA^'i f i ac r6.rtri romanf q f Of the final aIirrqf .i nrr ^ndurLLUrf Lp !v! Lrrg !rrf qr qvJ uJ Lf rry q

balancing of air and hydronic fluid distribut.ioncrzc{. amc i nnl rrrl-i nn 1- ha anrri nmant and deViCeS, rrrvr uvrrrY Lrls EYurytllErr L

associated wit.h each system to produce the designobj ectives .

The Work shall include checking instal-l-ations f orconformity to design, setting final- fl-ow and fan andpump speed, adjusting equipment and devices, recordingdata, preparing and submitting final- balancingreports, and recommending modifications to themechanical- installations .

A

R

C. The following relatedQanl-innc =nA i- nn+-, ancl l-s not, part'

1. Install-atlon anddevices.

work is specif ied i-n otherof the Work of this Section:

2.

start-up of equipment and

Pressure testing of piping and leakage testingductwork systems.

Electrical hook-up and wiring of equipment anddevices.

Sequence of Building Management SystemInterdisciplinary/Functional Performance Tests,Balancing and Operational Tests shallbe as follows:

Contractor shall start up all systems and do aninitial- (rough) bal-ance.

After the Contractor' s successful- testing of theBuilding Management System/Direct Digital Control-System (BMS/DDC), the Contractor -lldff

Commi s s ion / Demon s trate to the Authorj-ty'sRepresentative (the Facilities Management SystemsIntegrator, FMSI) alt equipment and verify thatthe sequence of operations as defined in SectionL591 0 and 15985, Sequence of Operations, isachi-eved. I IIg I nterdi s cipl inary/ Functional-Performance Test forms (as detailed in Section

NYCSCA BAI.A}ICING OF SYSTEIT{S 15993 - 1

07 /29/LO LLII NO. : 063545

15970) for correctly functioning systems wil-I besigned by the Facil-ities Management SystemsIntegrator (FMSI) for projects that utilize theservices of an FMSI. After the completion ofabove, this portion of the work may be consideredto be Subsiantially Complete, subject to therevj-ew of the Architect/Engineer of Record.

Following successfuf completion of Steps 1 and 2,the Contractor shal-l perf orm a Final- Balance asdefined herein.

The Contractor shal-l- then perf orm the applicableSeasonal 120-hour Operational Tests as describedin Section 75992.

The ConLractor shall complete the Final Bal-ance ofStep 3 and the applicable Seasonal- 120-hourOperational Test of Step 4 within sixty (601 daysof he'i no euiA rrlg 6| Substantial- /-nmnl af i nn

Contractor shal1 be required to operate andmaintain all HVAC equipment control-led by theBuilding Manaqement System/Direct Digital- Control(BMS/DDC) System if the Final_ Bal_ance andapplicable 120-hour Operational Test are notcompleted within sixty (601 days after SubstantialCompletion. The work shall not 'be cons j-dered to bef inal until- the remaining next Seasonal- 120-hourOperational Test has been approved.

E. Retain the servi-ces of an independent testing,adjusting, and balancing firm meeting thequalifications specified to be the single source ofresponsibility to test, adjust, and perform a final_balance of the building mechanical- systems specifiedand identified in this proiect.

L.O2 PERTORMAIICE REQUIREI,IENTS

A. Procedures, measurements, instruments and final reportsfor adjust.ing and bal-ancing work shal-l comply with theapplicable provisJ-ons of the codes, standards,recommendations of the fol_lowinq:

1. Amerj-can Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) .

6

Sheet Meta] and AirNational AssociationTesting, Adjusting &arli{-inn\vvr Lrvrr / .

National- Environmental-

Conditioni-ng Contractors'(SMACNA) HVAC SYSTEMS

Balancing Manual (J-atest

Balancing Bureau (NEBB) .

MrcscA BAI,AI{CING OF sYsTE![S 15993 - 2

o7 /29/L0

1.03 dIOB

I,tl[ NO. : 053545

Associated Air Balance Council (AABC).

5. Testing, Adjusting and Bal-ancing Bureau

6. New York City Construction Codes.

The f inal air de]iverv or intake of eachgrilte and register snifl- be as designed orof the airflow rates shown on the Drawinss.

(TABB) .

rl'i f frrqorwithin 10%

B.

C Thefinai-fanacross the fanvalue at design

COIIDITIONS

airffow rate and static pressure riseshall be within 10% above the desiqnspeed.

A

B

Contractor shall have the balancing specialist reviewall the work with the respective manufacturers of theequipment and devices involved and shal1 coordinateal-l- the Work. The balancing specialist shalt examinethe Drawings and Specif ications t.o become f amil_iarwith Project requirements and to discover condi-tionsin systems' designs that may preclude proper adjustinganfl lfelanr-incr ^F ^-.^r^-^ -rrl oarr.inman1-qrru vqrqrrurrrv \JI -yD Lgltt> d-tlv syuryrrrsrrL.

Provide balancing dampers, pressure taps, gauqes,val-ves, and any other items and components as requiredfor a properly bal-anced system, whether or notspecified herein or shown on the Drawings, dl-l- at noadditional cost to the Authoritv. Adjustment orreplacement of parts recommended by the balancingspecialist shallbe made in strict accordance with therespective manufacturer I s recommendations.

General Contractor shall have the Temperature ControlContractor set the adjustment of the automaticallyoperated dampers, control valves and all the otheritems and accessories to operate as reguired by thebalancing contraccor.

SUPPLEMENTAL QUALITY ASSURAI{CE

A. Persons performing the Work of this Section shal_1 becertified by NEBB, AABC or TABB and shall haveexperience on at l-east 2 prolects involving samecomplexities to t.hose required under this Contract.The testing, adjusting and balancing firm shal-l- have aProfessional Engineer registered in the State of NY(on staff or a sub-consultant of the testinq,adjusting and balancing firm) who shall- sign and seal_all the re'oorts.

1.04

NYCSCA BAI,AI{CING OF SYSTEI{S 15993 3

o7 /29/LO LLII NO. : 063545

1.. 05 SUPPLEUENTAT ST'BMITTALS

A. Qualificat.ion Data: Firms performing the work of thisSection shallbe on the "HVAC Certified Testing andBalancing Firms" l-ist of the Authority's ContractorQualification Unit.

B. Submit blank forms of report.s indicating all data to beincluded and step-by-st.ep procedures. A11 formssubmit.ted shallbe t.he standard forms issued by NEBBor AABC or as illustrated in the SMACNA HVAC SYSTEMSTesting, Adj usting & Bal_ancing Manual . Cust.om madef orms are not acceptabl-e.

Samn'l a nf Rorrnrf E-nrmq .r\uyvr u ! vrltlo .

Submit standard reportSMACNA standards as anbe submitted when theForms shall incl-udefollowing information :

forms according to AABC, NEBB oravrmnr a n€ rhe fOfmS that Wil_Ihrl rnni nn -on1.1rt i S r-omn1.glgd.but not be l-imited to the

'l f rla pad6.

l^)

.J

Y.h.

h

rl

c

1-\

d.

CompanyCompanyCompanyPrni antProi oel-Prni onl-Frn-i onl-Prni ar'l-

I rolttE

addresstel enhone nrrml3ganamelocationArchitectI'n^i!rlYrrrgg!

Contractor

Instrument List:Inst.rumentManufacturerModelSerial numberRangeCalibrat.ion date

Quantities of outside, supply, return,exhaust airflowsWater flow ratesDuct, outlet, and inlet sizesPipe and valve sizes and l-ocationsTerminal units, including VAV

System Diagrams: Incl-ude schematic layouts of air,hydronic and steam dlstribution systems. Presenteach system with single-line diagram and incl_udethe folfowinq:

and

MrcscA BAI,AI\TCING OF SYSTEI,IS 15993 4

0z /ze/Lo Lt![ NO. : 053545

f . Balanci-ng stationsg. Positlon of bal-ancing devices

4. Exhaust Fan Data:

a. Locationb. Manufacturerc. Modeld. Airflow, specified and actual-e. Total static pressure (total external)

specified and actualf . Inl_et pressureg. Dlscharge pressureh. Fan RPM

5. El-ectric Motors:

a. Manufacturerb. HPIBHPc. Phase, voltage, amperage,. nameplate, actual,

no loadd. RPMe. Service factorf . Starter size, rating, heater el-ements

o. v-belt, Drlve:

a. Ident.if ication/locationb. Required driven RPMc. Driven sheave, diameter and RPMd. Bel-t, size and quantitye. Motor sheave, diameLer and RPM

. f . Center to center distance, maximum, mj-nimum,and actual

1 . Duct Traverse:

a. System zonelbranchb. Duct size

?\-^-9. nlga

d. Design velocitye. Design airf l_owf. Test velocityg. Test airf l-owh. Duct static pressurei. Air temperaturej. Air correction factor

8. Variable Air Volume Boxes:

a. Air-HandJ-ing or Rooftop unit identification.b. Locati-on and zone.c. Type, non-fan powered or fan poweredd. Area served

NYCSCJL BALANCING OF SYSTE{S 1s993 - 5

o7 /29lLO LLTil NO. : 063545

ManufacturerNumber from system diagrramType and model- numberSi-ze.Design velocityTest (fina1) velocityRoom Temperature, specified and actualMinimum static pressureMinimum design airfl-owMaximum design airflowMaximum actual- ai-rflowInl-et static pressureEl-ectric Coil identification.Electric CoiI CapacityNumber of staqesConnect.ed vo1ts, phase, and hertzRated amperageI-nf ari nn-r i lI remperat,ureLeaving-air temperatureVoltaqe at each connectionAmno..)no f nr a:nlr nhr caI/rrqou

Air Distribution Test Sheet:

Ai-r outlets and inlets numberRoom number/locationOutlets and inlets typeOutlets and inl-ets sizeArea factorDesign velocityDesign airflowToql- /f inrl \ rzalnni1_ rz

\ !+rrq+ / v v+vvr L_)'

Test (f inal- ) airf lowPercent of desiqn airflow

10 Out.lets and Inlets Unit Data:

ManufacturerType, constant, variabl-e, single ductI dent i f i cat ion /numberLocationModel-Si zeMinimum stat.ic pressureMinimum design airflowMaxi-mum design airflowMaxi-mum actual airflowInlet static pressure

Rooftop Unj-ts

fg.Lrf .

i.-i

k.'l

m

n

.v.Y.r

Iu.V.w.x.v.

1^\

]^t

d

fg.h.ii.

]a

rl

I

qh.l

j.L

11

LocatlonManufacturerModel-

BJAI,AI{CING OF SYSTEMSNYCSCA 1s993 6

o7 /29lLO LLW NO.: 063545

d. Total- Out.put capacity MBH, specif ied and:nfrr:l

e. Inlet gas pressuref. Heating Capacity, speci-fied and actualq. Air Conditioning Capacity, specified and

actualh. Airflow, supply specified and actual-i. Outside airflow, specified and actual-j. Return airflow, specj-fied and actualk. Entering-air temperature.1. Leavi-ng-air temperature.m. Total- system static pressure, specified and

raf'.^-lAU L UdI

n. Fans RPMo. Discharge static pressurep. Sheave make, srze in inches, and bore.q. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center, and

amount of adiustments in inches.

12. Pump Data:

a. Identification/numberb. Manufacturerc. Sizelmodeld. Impellere. Servicef. Design ftow rate, pressure drop, BHPg. Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHPh. Discharge pressurei. Suction pressure-i rFnf al alr.larrf i nn ha:rl nraeerrra_). f vLo.r vIJs!qLrrry rrEau IJrsoou!gk. Shut off, discharge and suction pressures1. Shut off, total head pressure

13. Cool-inq Coil Data:

a. Identif icat.ion/numberb. Locationc. Serviced. Manufacturere. Airflow, desigin and actualf. Entering air DB temperature, design and

actualg. Entering air WB temperature, design and

^ ^t-. ^ "l

h. Leavi-ng air DB temperature, design and actuali. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actualj. Water flow, design and actual-k. Water pressure drop, design and actual-I I-nf ar.i na water i- cmncratrrre - r{oq.i 1^yn and aCtUaIvvqu9! LvrLLyE!quu!s, vEorYrr

m. Leaving water temperat.ure, design and actuafn. Air pressure drop, desiqn and actual-

rnrcscA BAI.AIICING OF SYSTEMS 15993 - 7

07 /29lLO

I4

LLW NO.: 063545

Heating Co11 Data:

a. Identification/numberb. Locationc. Serviced. Manufacturere. Airflow, design and actualf. Water flow, design and actual-d InT:J-ar nraccrrra rlrnn .leSi Crn anfl ar-l- UalIr'!vuuuru srvl/, vurrYrr qrru qvuh E nf ari nn 1s3f p1 f emnera1- rrrc _ fleq.i crn and aCtUalvYquu! UsILtyE!qUU!E, UEDTYIT

i. Leaving water temperature, design and actual--i Fnt-ari nn 2 j 1 f emneratr"-^ ,.1^F.i ^n -^d actual). !IIUE!IIIY qMslltusIquUIE, Lf,gDfVlI AIl

k. Leaving air temperature, design and act.ual-I - A'i r nressr.rra Irnn .loq-i ^* -- ,-i ^^f ,.^1! . nr ! IJr sD D u! E u! vIJ; uc D J!l It d.rILl ct\_ L ucl

Duct Leak Test (as described in SMACNA):

a. Description of duct.work under testb. Duct design operating pressurec. Duct design test static pressureI n,.^+ ^----tr-.i f rz_ ai rf I nrnlu. uuu L \-crPour Ly , aJ! r Jvne. Test apparatus

1. Blower2. Orifice, tube si-ze3. Orifice size4. Calibrated

f. Test static pressureg. Test orifice differential pressure

Submit copies of the marked-up Contract Drawings andCertificate of Conformance Certification that assuresthat the balancing specialist has performed theircontracted services in accordance with the app]icableaqency's (NEBB, AABC or TABB) standards andn-^^^-i'.-^^yruuE\-rLlrE>. Copies of Contract Drawings shall bemarked up and indicate outlet/inlet diffuser, registerand grille identification.Submit certified reports signed by the registeredprofessional- engineer referred to in Artic1e 1.04.A.Submit f inal- testing and balanc j-ng results onapplicable report formsr ds approved and furnished bythe agency that is certifying the independent memberfirm performing the Work. The certifying agencies,Instrument Calibration Report should be incl-uded inthe submission of the completed final balancing forms.The reports shall be certified proof that the systemshave been tested, adjusted and balanced; are anaccurate representation of how the svstems have beeninstalled and are operat j-ng,. and are an accuraterecord of al1 final- quantities measured to establishnormal- operating values of the systems. Each finalsystem report form shall bear the siqnature of theperson performing the Work and the signature of the

15

('

D.

NYCSCA BAI.A}ICING OF SYSTruS 15993 I

07 /29lLO LLTI NO. : 053545

regist.ered prof essionalertlcle f . Oq.a.

engineer referred to in

1.06

E. Inc]ude in f inal reports uncorrected instal-lationdeficiencies noted during the process of adjusting andbalancing and applicable explanatory comments.

SCHEDULING

A Perform final environmental svstems balancinq afternlarninn and after AII BMS/DDCInterdiscipl inary/ Functional- Performance Test.sassociated with checking the Sequence of Operations (asdetailed in Section 15970) but before the l-20-hourOperat.ional Testing work has been completed.

B. Perform balancing Work i-n the presence of thenlr+L^*.: +-.1^nu Lrru! f Ly J Representative. a ltg Authority'sConstruction Inspection Division reserves the right tospot check the installation t.o verif y compli_ance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.OL PATCHING MAIERIALS

A. Unl-es s otherwise shown on the DrawJ_nqs, use sameproducts as originally instal-fed for patching hol-es ininsulation, ductwork and housings that have been cutor drilled for test purposes, including access fortest instruments, attaching jigs, and similarpurposes.

PART 3 - E:GCUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

Do not proceed with adjusting and final- ba.l-ancing untilunsati-sfactory conditions have been corrected in amanner approved by the balancing specialist and theAuthority.

Examine the air systems t.o see that they are free fromobstructions. Determine that alf dampeis, grilles androci ql- or< -ara nnan J- l.'={- ma-'j nn anrrinmanf- *,:e open, tnal, movl_ng l_slubricated, that clean fil-ters are installed,pneumatic and automatic controls are functioninq, andperform other inspection and maintenance act.ivitiesnecessary for proper operation of the systems.

Examine termi-nal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, to verify that they are accessibleand their controls are connected and functioninq.

A

B

MrcscA BJLT,ANCING OF SYSTEMS 15993 9

o7 /29lLO

3.02

3.03

LLll NO. : 063545

C. Examine the hydronic systems to see that they are freef rom abnormal- obstructions, and that al_1 piping,valves and equipment have been properly made fullyoperational. Determine that al-I equipment and control_systems are performing correctly by functionaltesting.

BALAI{CING A}ID ADJUSTING - GENEFUAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Notify the Authority when any deficiencies aredetected, whether associated with design,installationr or equipment.

R RrIanc'ina qr.ra-i:I'i cf oha'l 'l nerfOrm :II 1-ha nrnne6lglgguyuvrqr!r L Jrrqrr y9! !v!trl qrf LrlE IJrvu\and compile all the data for all- aLT, and hydronicsystems. Al-l standard forms (NEBB, AABC , or SMACNA)approved by the certifying agency (NEBB, AABC or TABB)shal1 be completed as applicable t.o the particularnrn-i anl-Y-v) Missing or lncomplete f orms shal-I bejustification to reject the balancing report.

C. Data shallinclude a schematic di_agram locating the airinlets, air outlets, variable-air vol-ume boxes, roof-f ^* "-.i !- F^-^ ^-"irrmonl_ rl:mnarc :nrl radrr"l =1- -i naLU}J url_LLD, rd.rt5, egu,r __y*IdLJ_rlgdevices for air systems, a schematic diagram forlocation of balanclng valves, flow indicators,equipment, and devices for hydronic systems.

D. All i-nstruments used shal-1 be accuratel_v calibrated andmaj-ntained in good workinq order.

F T1nnnvI/vrr Interdis ciplinary/ FunctionalPerformance Testing of the system as wi_tnessed by theFacil-ities Manaqement Systems Inteqrator, and submittalof the correct forms (as detail_ed in Section 15970),the FMSI will sign the Interdisciplinary/FunctionalPerformance Testing forms and forward to CID for final_-^*-^--^ 1o.PIJrLrvcrr.

AIR EAI.ANCING

A. The final adjusting and balancing of air systems shall_incl-ude but not be limited to the fol_lowinq:

1. Record and adjust fan rpm to design requirements.

2. Record motor full foad amperes.

3. Make pitot. tube traverse of main supply ducts andobtain desiqn flow rate at fans.

Ror-orrl qrzq.l- om q1- rl- i n nraeerrrat/!vurq!vt

and total pressure.velocity pressure4

N:rcscA BjAI,AI{CING OF SYSTEMS 15993 10

o7 /2slto

5

LLTI NO. : 053545

Adlust system for design supply, transfer andreturn airflow rate.

Adjust system for minimum and maximum (economizer)design flow rates of outside air.Record return air temperatures.

Record entering mix air temperatures.

Record l-eavinq air temperatures.nl--"^! ^l1 m=-in cr.nn1 ., rofrrrn ral iaf rnrlflL,rj uD L ctI-L Itlct_LI] 5 UPP]y , srleexhaust air ducts to proper design fl-ow rate.Aclirrst car-h ji f frrcar nri I I o rnrl rar-ri c1- a1.,Y-vYJuLU

Each grj-lle, diffuser and register shal-l- beidentified as to location and area on theschematic diaqram.

Size, type and manufacturer of diffusers, grillesand registers and all- tested equipment shall beidentified and l-isted in the final report.Manufacturerrs data on all equipment shall be usedto make required calculations for adjusting andbalancing. Rcadi ncrs nf di f frrsFrs - rrr:il_l_eS andeve! u t

recri sters shall inCl-Ude rlac'i nn ran,;i196[ andsev+Y11!v\a\

resultant velocity, required and resul-tant flowrate after adiustments.

AII diffusers, grilles and registers shall beadjusted to mi-nj-mize draft.s in all areas.

Dampers shafl be permanently marked after airbalance is complete so that they can be rest.oredto their correct position, Lf disturbed later.Openings in ductwork for pitot tube insertionshal-l be seal-ed with snap-in plugs af ter airbalance is complete.

6.

'7

R

9.

10.

11.

L2.

l_3.

L4.

15.

t_5.

B. Variabl-e-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems havebeen adj usted, adj ust the variable-a j-r-vol-ume systemsas fol-lows:

Set outside-air dampers at minimum, and return ai-r,.r^*^^_^ ^! ^.: !.: ^- !r^^!. SimUl-ates fUl I _r_oo.l i ncruatttlJEr D d L ct ptJ>_L L_L(JtI LIJ.ct L D_Lil.t |',l_Lct LEJ ! t,tJJ uvvrf rlV

roao.

l.

Z. Select the terminal- unitthe srrlnl rz-f4n airfl_owMeasure static pressure.l-.treeqlrra qn l- ha anl- ari naurr LU! rrrY

that is mosL critical toand static pressure.

Adi ust srzstem statiCstatic pressure for the

NvcscA BAI,AI{CING OF SYSTEIT{S 15993 11

o7 /2elLO

3.04

A

LLII NO. : 063545

criticalterminal unit is not less than the sum ofterminal--unit manufacturer's recommended minimuminl-et static pressure plus the static pressureneeded to overcome terminal-unit discharge svstemlosses.

Measure total system airflow.indicated airflow.

Adiust to within

Set terminaf units at maximum airfl-ow and adiustto del-iver the designed maximum airflow. Useterminal-unit manufacturer's written instructionsto make this adjustment. When total airfl-ow iscorrect, balance the air outlets downstream fromterminal units.

Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjustto deliver the designed minimum airflow. Checkair outl-ets f or a proportional- reduction inairf low. If air outl--ets- are out of balance atmini-mum airf 1ow, report the condition but l-eaveoutl-ets balanced for maximum airflow.Remeasure the return airflow to the fan whil-eoperating at maximum return ai-rf l-ow and minimumoutside airfl-ow. Adjust the fan and balance thereturn-ai-r ducts and inlets.Measure static pressure at the most criticalterminal unit and adjust the stat.ic-pressurecontrofl-er at the main supply-air sensing stationto ensure that adequate static pressure i-smaintained at the most critical unit.

B. Record the final fan performance data.

HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

T].ra =ni"a+..ina -^l 1--^'l^-^r rre dLrJ us Lrrrg arlq .oatancl_nginclude but not limited to the

A. Examine water in svstemsbeen treated and cl-eaned.

of hvclron i r: srrsf ems sha l1following:

and determine if water has

R,

C

Check expansion tank to determine that it is not airbound.

Purge al-l- air vents at hiqh points of water systems,check automatic air vents and determine if thev areoperating properly.

Coordinate with Temperature Control-s Contractor forrequired cooling and heating temperature controls andcorresponding automatic val-ve operation settings.

NYCSCA

D.

BAI,A}ICING OF SYSTEI{S 15993 L2

07 /2elLO

F'

G.

I.

J.

E.

LLW NO.: 053545

Open all- normally open val-ves to ful-1 open position.Set automatic val-ves to full coil flow.

Complete air balance shall have been accomplishedbefore final water balance beqins.

Check water pumps for pump rotation and for proper fl-owrate rlel i rzorr/ A(rA i nef m:nrr f ar.l rrrare I nrrn_ I- _..1P CUTVeS .

Set al-1 balancing val-ves for required fl-ow delivery at.mains and branch mains to cool-inq and heatinqelements.

Upon completion of final flow readings and adjustmentsof balancing valves, mark all settings and recorddatar so that they can be restored to their correctfinal- "balanced" position, rf dlsturbed later.After required cool-ing and heating temperature control_sand balancing valve operation settings are made,recheck pump fl-ow requirements and readjust system asrequired.

Ror-nrrl l.rraeerrra rlrnn {-hrnrrah ani-l :{- dz-,,,-Jgn cotr at setcoil- f or ful-l cooling and on ful-Ipressure drop across bypass val-ve tor.lrAeerr16 rlrnn

flow raLe ofhaa.|- i na Qaf

match coil

ar nh nnn'l 'i na

M.

Record and check the followinq items atand heatinq element:

Infet water temperaturesconnections.

Leaving water temperaturesof each coil-.

and static pressure at

and the pressure drop

Ffow rate through coil wlth control- val-ve manuallywide open.

Record operating suction and discharge pressures ofeach pump and final- total dynamic head and ratedamperage versus actual amperage of pump motors.

Record entering and leaving water temperatures and fl-owthrough all equipment and devices.

Check and record all- flow rates at all l-ocations in thepi-ping system with f low meters.

EIID OF SECTION

N

n

NYCSCA BAI,A}ICTNG OF SYSTEIIS 15993 13

o7 /2elLO

SUBMITTAI

Bal-ancing Special-ist' sBlank Samp1e Reports Forms:

P. E. Signed/Seal-edCertified Final- Resul_t ReporcForms

LL![ NO. : 063545

LIST OF ST'BMTTTALS

DATE ST'BMTTTED DATE APPRO\TED

***

N:rcscA BAIANCING OF SYSTEIIS 15993 L4

TEMPEffisysrEl.{ - Iannelli Construction Co...

Documents

Transcript of TEMPEffisysrEl.{ - Iannelli Construction Co...